Show More
@@ -1,6964 +1,6966 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | # commands.py - command processing for mercurial |
|
2 | 2 | # |
|
3 | 3 | # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> |
|
4 | 4 | # |
|
5 | 5 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the |
|
6 | 6 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | from node import hex, bin, nullhex, nullid, nullrev, short |
|
9 | 9 | from lock import release |
|
10 | 10 | from i18n import _ |
|
11 | 11 | import os, re, difflib, time, tempfile, errno, shlex |
|
12 | 12 | import sys, socket |
|
13 | 13 | import hg, scmutil, util, revlog, copies, error, bookmarks |
|
14 | 14 | import patch, help, encoding, templatekw, discovery |
|
15 | 15 | import archival, changegroup, cmdutil, hbisect |
|
16 | 16 | import sshserver, hgweb |
|
17 | 17 | import extensions |
|
18 | 18 | import merge as mergemod |
|
19 | 19 | import minirst, revset, fileset |
|
20 | 20 | import dagparser, context, simplemerge, graphmod, copies |
|
21 | 21 | import random, operator |
|
22 | 22 | import setdiscovery, treediscovery, dagutil, pvec, localrepo, destutil |
|
23 | 23 | import phases, obsolete, exchange, bundle2, repair, lock as lockmod |
|
24 | 24 | import ui as uimod |
|
25 | 25 | import streamclone |
|
26 | 26 | |
|
27 | 27 | table = {} |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | command = cmdutil.command(table) |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | # Space delimited list of commands that don't require local repositories. |
|
32 | 32 | # This should be populated by passing norepo=True into the @command decorator. |
|
33 | 33 | norepo = '' |
|
34 | 34 | # Space delimited list of commands that optionally require local repositories. |
|
35 | 35 | # This should be populated by passing optionalrepo=True into the @command |
|
36 | 36 | # decorator. |
|
37 | 37 | optionalrepo = '' |
|
38 | 38 | # Space delimited list of commands that will examine arguments looking for |
|
39 | 39 | # a repository. This should be populated by passing inferrepo=True into the |
|
40 | 40 | # @command decorator. |
|
41 | 41 | inferrepo = '' |
|
42 | 42 | |
|
43 | 43 | # label constants |
|
44 | 44 | # until 3.5, bookmarks.current was the advertised name, not |
|
45 | 45 | # bookmarks.active, so we must use both to avoid breaking old |
|
46 | 46 | # custom styles |
|
47 | 47 | activebookmarklabel = 'bookmarks.active bookmarks.current' |
|
48 | 48 | |
|
49 | 49 | # common command options |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 | 51 | globalopts = [ |
|
52 | 52 | ('R', 'repository', '', |
|
53 | 53 | _('repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file'), |
|
54 | 54 | _('REPO')), |
|
55 | 55 | ('', 'cwd', '', |
|
56 | 56 | _('change working directory'), _('DIR')), |
|
57 | 57 | ('y', 'noninteractive', None, |
|
58 | 58 | _('do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts')), |
|
59 | 59 | ('q', 'quiet', None, _('suppress output')), |
|
60 | 60 | ('v', 'verbose', None, _('enable additional output')), |
|
61 | 61 | ('', 'config', [], |
|
62 | 62 | _('set/override config option (use \'section.name=value\')'), |
|
63 | 63 | _('CONFIG')), |
|
64 | 64 | ('', 'debug', None, _('enable debugging output')), |
|
65 | 65 | ('', 'debugger', None, _('start debugger')), |
|
66 | 66 | ('', 'encoding', encoding.encoding, _('set the charset encoding'), |
|
67 | 67 | _('ENCODE')), |
|
68 | 68 | ('', 'encodingmode', encoding.encodingmode, |
|
69 | 69 | _('set the charset encoding mode'), _('MODE')), |
|
70 | 70 | ('', 'traceback', None, _('always print a traceback on exception')), |
|
71 | 71 | ('', 'time', None, _('time how long the command takes')), |
|
72 | 72 | ('', 'profile', None, _('print command execution profile')), |
|
73 | 73 | ('', 'version', None, _('output version information and exit')), |
|
74 | 74 | ('h', 'help', None, _('display help and exit')), |
|
75 | 75 | ('', 'hidden', False, _('consider hidden changesets')), |
|
76 | 76 | ] |
|
77 | 77 | |
|
78 | 78 | dryrunopts = [('n', 'dry-run', None, |
|
79 | 79 | _('do not perform actions, just print output'))] |
|
80 | 80 | |
|
81 | 81 | remoteopts = [ |
|
82 | 82 | ('e', 'ssh', '', |
|
83 | 83 | _('specify ssh command to use'), _('CMD')), |
|
84 | 84 | ('', 'remotecmd', '', |
|
85 | 85 | _('specify hg command to run on the remote side'), _('CMD')), |
|
86 | 86 | ('', 'insecure', None, |
|
87 | 87 | _('do not verify server certificate (ignoring web.cacerts config)')), |
|
88 | 88 | ] |
|
89 | 89 | |
|
90 | 90 | walkopts = [ |
|
91 | 91 | ('I', 'include', [], |
|
92 | 92 | _('include names matching the given patterns'), _('PATTERN')), |
|
93 | 93 | ('X', 'exclude', [], |
|
94 | 94 | _('exclude names matching the given patterns'), _('PATTERN')), |
|
95 | 95 | ] |
|
96 | 96 | |
|
97 | 97 | commitopts = [ |
|
98 | 98 | ('m', 'message', '', |
|
99 | 99 | _('use text as commit message'), _('TEXT')), |
|
100 | 100 | ('l', 'logfile', '', |
|
101 | 101 | _('read commit message from file'), _('FILE')), |
|
102 | 102 | ] |
|
103 | 103 | |
|
104 | 104 | commitopts2 = [ |
|
105 | 105 | ('d', 'date', '', |
|
106 | 106 | _('record the specified date as commit date'), _('DATE')), |
|
107 | 107 | ('u', 'user', '', |
|
108 | 108 | _('record the specified user as committer'), _('USER')), |
|
109 | 109 | ] |
|
110 | 110 | |
|
111 | 111 | # hidden for now |
|
112 | 112 | formatteropts = [ |
|
113 | 113 | ('T', 'template', '', |
|
114 | 114 | _('display with template (EXPERIMENTAL)'), _('TEMPLATE')), |
|
115 | 115 | ] |
|
116 | 116 | |
|
117 | 117 | templateopts = [ |
|
118 | 118 | ('', 'style', '', |
|
119 | 119 | _('display using template map file (DEPRECATED)'), _('STYLE')), |
|
120 | 120 | ('T', 'template', '', |
|
121 | 121 | _('display with template'), _('TEMPLATE')), |
|
122 | 122 | ] |
|
123 | 123 | |
|
124 | 124 | logopts = [ |
|
125 | 125 | ('p', 'patch', None, _('show patch')), |
|
126 | 126 | ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')), |
|
127 | 127 | ('l', 'limit', '', |
|
128 | 128 | _('limit number of changes displayed'), _('NUM')), |
|
129 | 129 | ('M', 'no-merges', None, _('do not show merges')), |
|
130 | 130 | ('', 'stat', None, _('output diffstat-style summary of changes')), |
|
131 | 131 | ('G', 'graph', None, _("show the revision DAG")), |
|
132 | 132 | ] + templateopts |
|
133 | 133 | |
|
134 | 134 | diffopts = [ |
|
135 | 135 | ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')), |
|
136 | 136 | ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')), |
|
137 | 137 | ('', 'nodates', None, _('omit dates from diff headers')) |
|
138 | 138 | ] |
|
139 | 139 | |
|
140 | 140 | diffwsopts = [ |
|
141 | 141 | ('w', 'ignore-all-space', None, |
|
142 | 142 | _('ignore white space when comparing lines')), |
|
143 | 143 | ('b', 'ignore-space-change', None, |
|
144 | 144 | _('ignore changes in the amount of white space')), |
|
145 | 145 | ('B', 'ignore-blank-lines', None, |
|
146 | 146 | _('ignore changes whose lines are all blank')), |
|
147 | 147 | ] |
|
148 | 148 | |
|
149 | 149 | diffopts2 = [ |
|
150 | 150 | ('', 'noprefix', None, _('omit a/ and b/ prefixes from filenames')), |
|
151 | 151 | ('p', 'show-function', None, _('show which function each change is in')), |
|
152 | 152 | ('', 'reverse', None, _('produce a diff that undoes the changes')), |
|
153 | 153 | ] + diffwsopts + [ |
|
154 | 154 | ('U', 'unified', '', |
|
155 | 155 | _('number of lines of context to show'), _('NUM')), |
|
156 | 156 | ('', 'stat', None, _('output diffstat-style summary of changes')), |
|
157 | 157 | ('', 'root', '', _('produce diffs relative to subdirectory'), _('DIR')), |
|
158 | 158 | ] |
|
159 | 159 | |
|
160 | 160 | mergetoolopts = [ |
|
161 | 161 | ('t', 'tool', '', _('specify merge tool')), |
|
162 | 162 | ] |
|
163 | 163 | |
|
164 | 164 | similarityopts = [ |
|
165 | 165 | ('s', 'similarity', '', |
|
166 | 166 | _('guess renamed files by similarity (0<=s<=100)'), _('SIMILARITY')) |
|
167 | 167 | ] |
|
168 | 168 | |
|
169 | 169 | subrepoopts = [ |
|
170 | 170 | ('S', 'subrepos', None, |
|
171 | 171 | _('recurse into subrepositories')) |
|
172 | 172 | ] |
|
173 | 173 | |
|
174 | 174 | debugrevlogopts = [ |
|
175 | 175 | ('c', 'changelog', False, _('open changelog')), |
|
176 | 176 | ('m', 'manifest', False, _('open manifest')), |
|
177 | 177 | ('', 'dir', False, _('open directory manifest')), |
|
178 | 178 | ] |
|
179 | 179 | |
|
180 | 180 | # Commands start here, listed alphabetically |
|
181 | 181 | |
|
182 | 182 | @command('^add', |
|
183 | 183 | walkopts + subrepoopts + dryrunopts, |
|
184 | 184 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), |
|
185 | 185 | inferrepo=True) |
|
186 | 186 | def add(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
187 | 187 | """add the specified files on the next commit |
|
188 | 188 | |
|
189 | 189 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the |
|
190 | 190 | repository. |
|
191 | 191 | |
|
192 | 192 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To |
|
193 | 193 | undo an add before that, see :hg:`forget`. |
|
194 | 194 | |
|
195 | 195 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. |
|
196 | 196 | |
|
197 | 197 | .. container:: verbose |
|
198 | 198 | |
|
199 | 199 | Examples: |
|
200 | 200 | |
|
201 | 201 | - New (unknown) files are added |
|
202 | 202 | automatically by :hg:`add`:: |
|
203 | 203 | |
|
204 | 204 | $ ls |
|
205 | 205 | foo.c |
|
206 | 206 | $ hg status |
|
207 | 207 | ? foo.c |
|
208 | 208 | $ hg add |
|
209 | 209 | adding foo.c |
|
210 | 210 | $ hg status |
|
211 | 211 | A foo.c |
|
212 | 212 | |
|
213 | 213 | - Specific files to be added can be specified:: |
|
214 | 214 | |
|
215 | 215 | $ ls |
|
216 | 216 | bar.c foo.c |
|
217 | 217 | $ hg status |
|
218 | 218 | ? bar.c |
|
219 | 219 | ? foo.c |
|
220 | 220 | $ hg add bar.c |
|
221 | 221 | $ hg status |
|
222 | 222 | A bar.c |
|
223 | 223 | ? foo.c |
|
224 | 224 | |
|
225 | 225 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
226 | 226 | """ |
|
227 | 227 | |
|
228 | 228 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
229 | 229 | rejected = cmdutil.add(ui, repo, m, "", False, **opts) |
|
230 | 230 | return rejected and 1 or 0 |
|
231 | 231 | |
|
232 | 232 | @command('addremove', |
|
233 | 233 | similarityopts + subrepoopts + walkopts + dryrunopts, |
|
234 | 234 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), |
|
235 | 235 | inferrepo=True) |
|
236 | 236 | def addremove(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
237 | 237 | """add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
238 | 238 | |
|
239 | 239 | Add all new files and remove all missing files from the |
|
240 | 240 | repository. |
|
241 | 241 | |
|
242 | 242 | New files are ignored if they match any of the patterns in |
|
243 | 243 | ``.hgignore``. As with add, these changes take effect at the next |
|
244 | 244 | commit. |
|
245 | 245 | |
|
246 | 246 | Use the -s/--similarity option to detect renamed files. This |
|
247 | 247 | option takes a percentage between 0 (disabled) and 100 (files must |
|
248 | 248 | be identical) as its parameter. With a parameter greater than 0, |
|
249 | 249 | this compares every removed file with every added file and records |
|
250 | 250 | those similar enough as renames. Detecting renamed files this way |
|
251 | 251 | can be expensive. After using this option, :hg:`status -C` can be |
|
252 | 252 | used to check which files were identified as moved or renamed. If |
|
253 | 253 | not specified, -s/--similarity defaults to 100 and only renames of |
|
254 | 254 | identical files are detected. |
|
255 | 255 | |
|
256 | 256 | .. container:: verbose |
|
257 | 257 | |
|
258 | 258 | Examples: |
|
259 | 259 | |
|
260 | 260 | - A number of files (bar.c and foo.c) are new, |
|
261 | 261 | while foobar.c has been removed (without using :hg:`remove`) |
|
262 | 262 | from the repository:: |
|
263 | 263 | |
|
264 | 264 | $ ls |
|
265 | 265 | bar.c foo.c |
|
266 | 266 | $ hg status |
|
267 | 267 | ! foobar.c |
|
268 | 268 | ? bar.c |
|
269 | 269 | ? foo.c |
|
270 | 270 | $ hg addremove |
|
271 | 271 | adding bar.c |
|
272 | 272 | adding foo.c |
|
273 | 273 | removing foobar.c |
|
274 | 274 | $ hg status |
|
275 | 275 | A bar.c |
|
276 | 276 | A foo.c |
|
277 | 277 | R foobar.c |
|
278 | 278 | |
|
279 | 279 | - A file foobar.c was moved to foo.c without using :hg:`rename`. |
|
280 | 280 | Afterwards, it was edited slightly:: |
|
281 | 281 | |
|
282 | 282 | $ ls |
|
283 | 283 | foo.c |
|
284 | 284 | $ hg status |
|
285 | 285 | ! foobar.c |
|
286 | 286 | ? foo.c |
|
287 | 287 | $ hg addremove --similarity 90 |
|
288 | 288 | removing foobar.c |
|
289 | 289 | adding foo.c |
|
290 | 290 | recording removal of foobar.c as rename to foo.c (94% similar) |
|
291 | 291 | $ hg status -C |
|
292 | 292 | A foo.c |
|
293 | 293 | foobar.c |
|
294 | 294 | R foobar.c |
|
295 | 295 | |
|
296 | 296 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
297 | 297 | """ |
|
298 | 298 | try: |
|
299 | 299 | sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 100) |
|
300 | 300 | except ValueError: |
|
301 | 301 | raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be a number')) |
|
302 | 302 | if sim < 0 or sim > 100: |
|
303 | 303 | raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be between 0 and 100')) |
|
304 | 304 | matcher = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
305 | 305 | return scmutil.addremove(repo, matcher, "", opts, similarity=sim / 100.0) |
|
306 | 306 | |
|
307 | 307 | @command('^annotate|blame', |
|
308 | 308 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('annotate the specified revision'), _('REV')), |
|
309 | 309 | ('', 'follow', None, |
|
310 | 310 | _('follow copies/renames and list the filename (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
311 | 311 | ('', 'no-follow', None, _("don't follow copies and renames")), |
|
312 | 312 | ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')), |
|
313 | 313 | ('u', 'user', None, _('list the author (long with -v)')), |
|
314 | 314 | ('f', 'file', None, _('list the filename')), |
|
315 | 315 | ('d', 'date', None, _('list the date (short with -q)')), |
|
316 | 316 | ('n', 'number', None, _('list the revision number (default)')), |
|
317 | 317 | ('c', 'changeset', None, _('list the changeset')), |
|
318 | 318 | ('l', 'line-number', None, _('show line number at the first appearance')) |
|
319 | 319 | ] + diffwsopts + walkopts + formatteropts, |
|
320 | 320 | _('[-r REV] [-f] [-a] [-u] [-d] [-n] [-c] [-l] FILE...'), |
|
321 | 321 | inferrepo=True) |
|
322 | 322 | def annotate(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
323 | 323 | """show changeset information by line for each file |
|
324 | 324 | |
|
325 | 325 | List changes in files, showing the revision id responsible for |
|
326 | 326 | each line |
|
327 | 327 | |
|
328 | 328 | This command is useful for discovering when a change was made and |
|
329 | 329 | by whom. |
|
330 | 330 | |
|
331 | 331 | Without the -a/--text option, annotate will avoid processing files |
|
332 | 332 | it detects as binary. With -a, annotate will annotate the file |
|
333 | 333 | anyway, although the results will probably be neither useful |
|
334 | 334 | nor desirable. |
|
335 | 335 | |
|
336 | 336 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
337 | 337 | """ |
|
338 | 338 | if not pats: |
|
339 | 339 | raise error.Abort(_('at least one filename or pattern is required')) |
|
340 | 340 | |
|
341 | 341 | if opts.get('follow'): |
|
342 | 342 | # --follow is deprecated and now just an alias for -f/--file |
|
343 | 343 | # to mimic the behavior of Mercurial before version 1.5 |
|
344 | 344 | opts['file'] = True |
|
345 | 345 | |
|
346 | 346 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) |
|
347 | 347 | |
|
348 | 348 | fm = ui.formatter('annotate', opts) |
|
349 | 349 | if ui.quiet: |
|
350 | 350 | datefunc = util.shortdate |
|
351 | 351 | else: |
|
352 | 352 | datefunc = util.datestr |
|
353 | 353 | if ctx.rev() is None: |
|
354 | 354 | def hexfn(node): |
|
355 | 355 | if node is None: |
|
356 | 356 | return None |
|
357 | 357 | else: |
|
358 | 358 | return fm.hexfunc(node) |
|
359 | 359 | if opts.get('changeset'): |
|
360 | 360 | # omit "+" suffix which is appended to node hex |
|
361 | 361 | def formatrev(rev): |
|
362 | 362 | if rev is None: |
|
363 | 363 | return '%d' % ctx.p1().rev() |
|
364 | 364 | else: |
|
365 | 365 | return '%d' % rev |
|
366 | 366 | else: |
|
367 | 367 | def formatrev(rev): |
|
368 | 368 | if rev is None: |
|
369 | 369 | return '%d+' % ctx.p1().rev() |
|
370 | 370 | else: |
|
371 | 371 | return '%d ' % rev |
|
372 | 372 | def formathex(hex): |
|
373 | 373 | if hex is None: |
|
374 | 374 | return '%s+' % fm.hexfunc(ctx.p1().node()) |
|
375 | 375 | else: |
|
376 | 376 | return '%s ' % hex |
|
377 | 377 | else: |
|
378 | 378 | hexfn = fm.hexfunc |
|
379 | 379 | formatrev = formathex = str |
|
380 | 380 | |
|
381 | 381 | opmap = [('user', ' ', lambda x: x[0].user(), ui.shortuser), |
|
382 | 382 | ('number', ' ', lambda x: x[0].rev(), formatrev), |
|
383 | 383 | ('changeset', ' ', lambda x: hexfn(x[0].node()), formathex), |
|
384 | 384 | ('date', ' ', lambda x: x[0].date(), util.cachefunc(datefunc)), |
|
385 | 385 | ('file', ' ', lambda x: x[0].path(), str), |
|
386 | 386 | ('line_number', ':', lambda x: x[1], str), |
|
387 | 387 | ] |
|
388 | 388 | fieldnamemap = {'number': 'rev', 'changeset': 'node'} |
|
389 | 389 | |
|
390 | 390 | if (not opts.get('user') and not opts.get('changeset') |
|
391 | 391 | and not opts.get('date') and not opts.get('file')): |
|
392 | 392 | opts['number'] = True |
|
393 | 393 | |
|
394 | 394 | linenumber = opts.get('line_number') is not None |
|
395 | 395 | if linenumber and (not opts.get('changeset')) and (not opts.get('number')): |
|
396 | 396 | raise error.Abort(_('at least one of -n/-c is required for -l')) |
|
397 | 397 | |
|
398 | 398 | if fm: |
|
399 | 399 | def makefunc(get, fmt): |
|
400 | 400 | return get |
|
401 | 401 | else: |
|
402 | 402 | def makefunc(get, fmt): |
|
403 | 403 | return lambda x: fmt(get(x)) |
|
404 | 404 | funcmap = [(makefunc(get, fmt), sep) for op, sep, get, fmt in opmap |
|
405 | 405 | if opts.get(op)] |
|
406 | 406 | funcmap[0] = (funcmap[0][0], '') # no separator in front of first column |
|
407 | 407 | fields = ' '.join(fieldnamemap.get(op, op) for op, sep, get, fmt in opmap |
|
408 | 408 | if opts.get(op)) |
|
409 | 409 | |
|
410 | 410 | def bad(x, y): |
|
411 | 411 | raise error.Abort("%s: %s" % (x, y)) |
|
412 | 412 | |
|
413 | 413 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts, badfn=bad) |
|
414 | 414 | |
|
415 | 415 | follow = not opts.get('no_follow') |
|
416 | 416 | diffopts = patch.difffeatureopts(ui, opts, section='annotate', |
|
417 | 417 | whitespace=True) |
|
418 | 418 | for abs in ctx.walk(m): |
|
419 | 419 | fctx = ctx[abs] |
|
420 | 420 | if not opts.get('text') and util.binary(fctx.data()): |
|
421 | 421 | fm.plain(_("%s: binary file\n") % ((pats and m.rel(abs)) or abs)) |
|
422 | 422 | continue |
|
423 | 423 | |
|
424 | 424 | lines = fctx.annotate(follow=follow, linenumber=linenumber, |
|
425 | 425 | diffopts=diffopts) |
|
426 | 426 | formats = [] |
|
427 | 427 | pieces = [] |
|
428 | 428 | |
|
429 | 429 | for f, sep in funcmap: |
|
430 | 430 | l = [f(n) for n, dummy in lines] |
|
431 | 431 | if l: |
|
432 | 432 | if fm: |
|
433 | 433 | formats.append(['%s' for x in l]) |
|
434 | 434 | else: |
|
435 | 435 | sizes = [encoding.colwidth(x) for x in l] |
|
436 | 436 | ml = max(sizes) |
|
437 | 437 | formats.append([sep + ' ' * (ml - w) + '%s' for w in sizes]) |
|
438 | 438 | pieces.append(l) |
|
439 | 439 | |
|
440 | 440 | for f, p, l in zip(zip(*formats), zip(*pieces), lines): |
|
441 | 441 | fm.startitem() |
|
442 | 442 | fm.write(fields, "".join(f), *p) |
|
443 | 443 | fm.write('line', ": %s", l[1]) |
|
444 | 444 | |
|
445 | 445 | if lines and not lines[-1][1].endswith('\n'): |
|
446 | 446 | fm.plain('\n') |
|
447 | 447 | |
|
448 | 448 | fm.end() |
|
449 | 449 | |
|
450 | 450 | @command('archive', |
|
451 | 451 | [('', 'no-decode', None, _('do not pass files through decoders')), |
|
452 | 452 | ('p', 'prefix', '', _('directory prefix for files in archive'), |
|
453 | 453 | _('PREFIX')), |
|
454 | 454 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to distribute'), _('REV')), |
|
455 | 455 | ('t', 'type', '', _('type of distribution to create'), _('TYPE')), |
|
456 | 456 | ] + subrepoopts + walkopts, |
|
457 | 457 | _('[OPTION]... DEST')) |
|
458 | 458 | def archive(ui, repo, dest, **opts): |
|
459 | 459 | '''create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
460 | 460 | |
|
461 | 461 | By default, the revision used is the parent of the working |
|
462 | 462 | directory; use -r/--rev to specify a different revision. |
|
463 | 463 | |
|
464 | 464 | The archive type is automatically detected based on file |
|
465 | 465 | extension (or override using -t/--type). |
|
466 | 466 | |
|
467 | 467 | .. container:: verbose |
|
468 | 468 | |
|
469 | 469 | Examples: |
|
470 | 470 | |
|
471 | 471 | - create a zip file containing the 1.0 release:: |
|
472 | 472 | |
|
473 | 473 | hg archive -r 1.0 project-1.0.zip |
|
474 | 474 | |
|
475 | 475 | - create a tarball excluding .hg files:: |
|
476 | 476 | |
|
477 | 477 | hg archive project.tar.gz -X ".hg*" |
|
478 | 478 | |
|
479 | 479 | Valid types are: |
|
480 | 480 | |
|
481 | 481 | :``files``: a directory full of files (default) |
|
482 | 482 | :``tar``: tar archive, uncompressed |
|
483 | 483 | :``tbz2``: tar archive, compressed using bzip2 |
|
484 | 484 | :``tgz``: tar archive, compressed using gzip |
|
485 | 485 | :``uzip``: zip archive, uncompressed |
|
486 | 486 | :``zip``: zip archive, compressed using deflate |
|
487 | 487 | |
|
488 | 488 | The exact name of the destination archive or directory is given |
|
489 | 489 | using a format string; see :hg:`help export` for details. |
|
490 | 490 | |
|
491 | 491 | Each member added to an archive file has a directory prefix |
|
492 | 492 | prepended. Use -p/--prefix to specify a format string for the |
|
493 | 493 | prefix. The default is the basename of the archive, with suffixes |
|
494 | 494 | removed. |
|
495 | 495 | |
|
496 | 496 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
497 | 497 | ''' |
|
498 | 498 | |
|
499 | 499 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) |
|
500 | 500 | if not ctx: |
|
501 | 501 | raise error.Abort(_('no working directory: please specify a revision')) |
|
502 | 502 | node = ctx.node() |
|
503 | 503 | dest = cmdutil.makefilename(repo, dest, node) |
|
504 | 504 | if os.path.realpath(dest) == repo.root: |
|
505 | 505 | raise error.Abort(_('repository root cannot be destination')) |
|
506 | 506 | |
|
507 | 507 | kind = opts.get('type') or archival.guesskind(dest) or 'files' |
|
508 | 508 | prefix = opts.get('prefix') |
|
509 | 509 | |
|
510 | 510 | if dest == '-': |
|
511 | 511 | if kind == 'files': |
|
512 | 512 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot archive plain files to stdout')) |
|
513 | 513 | dest = cmdutil.makefileobj(repo, dest) |
|
514 | 514 | if not prefix: |
|
515 | 515 | prefix = os.path.basename(repo.root) + '-%h' |
|
516 | 516 | |
|
517 | 517 | prefix = cmdutil.makefilename(repo, prefix, node) |
|
518 | 518 | matchfn = scmutil.match(ctx, [], opts) |
|
519 | 519 | archival.archive(repo, dest, node, kind, not opts.get('no_decode'), |
|
520 | 520 | matchfn, prefix, subrepos=opts.get('subrepos')) |
|
521 | 521 | |
|
522 | 522 | @command('backout', |
|
523 | 523 | [('', 'merge', None, _('merge with old dirstate parent after backout')), |
|
524 | 524 | ('', 'commit', None, _('commit if no conflicts were encountered')), |
|
525 | 525 | ('', 'parent', '', |
|
526 | 526 | _('parent to choose when backing out merge (DEPRECATED)'), _('REV')), |
|
527 | 527 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to backout'), _('REV')), |
|
528 | 528 | ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), |
|
529 | 529 | ] + mergetoolopts + walkopts + commitopts + commitopts2, |
|
530 | 530 | _('[OPTION]... [-r] REV')) |
|
531 | 531 | def backout(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, commit=False, **opts): |
|
532 | 532 | '''reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
533 | 533 | |
|
534 | 534 | Prepare a new changeset with the effect of REV undone in the |
|
535 | 535 | current working directory. |
|
536 | 536 | |
|
537 | 537 | If REV is the parent of the working directory, then this new changeset |
|
538 | 538 | is committed automatically. Otherwise, hg needs to merge the |
|
539 | 539 | changes and the merged result is left uncommitted. |
|
540 | 540 | |
|
541 | 541 | .. note:: |
|
542 | 542 | |
|
543 | 543 | backout cannot be used to fix either an unwanted or |
|
544 | 544 | incorrect merge. |
|
545 | 545 | |
|
546 | 546 | .. container:: verbose |
|
547 | 547 | |
|
548 | 548 | Examples: |
|
549 | 549 | |
|
550 | 550 | - Reverse the effect of the parent of the working directory. |
|
551 | 551 | This backout will be committed immediately:: |
|
552 | 552 | |
|
553 | 553 | hg backout -r . |
|
554 | 554 | |
|
555 | 555 | - Reverse the effect of previous bad revision 23:: |
|
556 | 556 | |
|
557 | 557 | hg backout -r 23 |
|
558 | 558 | hg commit -m "Backout revision 23" |
|
559 | 559 | |
|
560 | 560 | - Reverse the effect of previous bad revision 23 and |
|
561 | 561 | commit the backout immediately:: |
|
562 | 562 | |
|
563 | 563 | hg backout -r 23 --commit |
|
564 | 564 | |
|
565 | 565 | By default, the pending changeset will have one parent, |
|
566 | 566 | maintaining a linear history. With --merge, the pending |
|
567 | 567 | changeset will instead have two parents: the old parent of the |
|
568 | 568 | working directory and a new child of REV that simply undoes REV. |
|
569 | 569 | |
|
570 | 570 | Before version 1.7, the behavior without --merge was equivalent |
|
571 | 571 | to specifying --merge followed by :hg:`update --clean .` to |
|
572 | 572 | cancel the merge and leave the child of REV as a head to be |
|
573 | 573 | merged separately. |
|
574 | 574 | |
|
575 | 575 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
576 | 576 | |
|
577 | 577 | See :hg:`help revert` for a way to restore files to the state |
|
578 | 578 | of another revision. |
|
579 | 579 | |
|
580 | 580 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing to backout or there are unresolved |
|
581 | 581 | files. |
|
582 | 582 | ''' |
|
583 | 583 | wlock = lock = None |
|
584 | 584 | try: |
|
585 | 585 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
586 | 586 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
587 | 587 | return _dobackout(ui, repo, node, rev, commit, **opts) |
|
588 | 588 | finally: |
|
589 | 589 | release(lock, wlock) |
|
590 | 590 | |
|
591 | 591 | def _dobackout(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, commit=False, **opts): |
|
592 | 592 | if rev and node: |
|
593 | 593 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision")) |
|
594 | 594 | |
|
595 | 595 | if not rev: |
|
596 | 596 | rev = node |
|
597 | 597 | |
|
598 | 598 | if not rev: |
|
599 | 599 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify a revision to backout")) |
|
600 | 600 | |
|
601 | 601 | date = opts.get('date') |
|
602 | 602 | if date: |
|
603 | 603 | opts['date'] = util.parsedate(date) |
|
604 | 604 | |
|
605 | 605 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) |
|
606 | 606 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) |
|
607 | 607 | node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev).node() |
|
608 | 608 | |
|
609 | 609 | op1, op2 = repo.dirstate.parents() |
|
610 | 610 | if not repo.changelog.isancestor(node, op1): |
|
611 | 611 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout change that is not an ancestor')) |
|
612 | 612 | |
|
613 | 613 | p1, p2 = repo.changelog.parents(node) |
|
614 | 614 | if p1 == nullid: |
|
615 | 615 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout a change with no parents')) |
|
616 | 616 | if p2 != nullid: |
|
617 | 617 | if not opts.get('parent'): |
|
618 | 618 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot backout a merge changeset')) |
|
619 | 619 | p = repo.lookup(opts['parent']) |
|
620 | 620 | if p not in (p1, p2): |
|
621 | 621 | raise error.Abort(_('%s is not a parent of %s') % |
|
622 | 622 | (short(p), short(node))) |
|
623 | 623 | parent = p |
|
624 | 624 | else: |
|
625 | 625 | if opts.get('parent'): |
|
626 | 626 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --parent on non-merge changeset')) |
|
627 | 627 | parent = p1 |
|
628 | 628 | |
|
629 | 629 | # the backout should appear on the same branch |
|
630 | 630 | try: |
|
631 | 631 | branch = repo.dirstate.branch() |
|
632 | 632 | bheads = repo.branchheads(branch) |
|
633 | 633 | rctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, hex(parent)) |
|
634 | 634 | if not opts.get('merge') and op1 != node: |
|
635 | 635 | dsguard = cmdutil.dirstateguard(repo, 'backout') |
|
636 | 636 | try: |
|
637 | 637 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), |
|
638 | 638 | 'backout') |
|
639 | 639 | stats = mergemod.update(repo, parent, True, True, False, |
|
640 | 640 | node, False) |
|
641 | 641 | repo.setparents(op1, op2) |
|
642 | 642 | dsguard.close() |
|
643 | 643 | hg._showstats(repo, stats) |
|
644 | 644 | if stats[3]: |
|
645 | 645 | repo.ui.status(_("use 'hg resolve' to retry unresolved " |
|
646 | 646 | "file merges\n")) |
|
647 | 647 | return 1 |
|
648 | 648 | elif not commit: |
|
649 | 649 | msg = _("changeset %s backed out, " |
|
650 | 650 | "don't forget to commit.\n") |
|
651 | 651 | ui.status(msg % short(node)) |
|
652 | 652 | return 0 |
|
653 | 653 | finally: |
|
654 | 654 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', '') |
|
655 | 655 | lockmod.release(dsguard) |
|
656 | 656 | else: |
|
657 | 657 | hg.clean(repo, node, show_stats=False) |
|
658 | 658 | repo.dirstate.setbranch(branch) |
|
659 | 659 | cmdutil.revert(ui, repo, rctx, repo.dirstate.parents()) |
|
660 | 660 | |
|
661 | 661 | |
|
662 | 662 | def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts): |
|
663 | 663 | editform = 'backout' |
|
664 | 664 | e = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform, **opts) |
|
665 | 665 | if not message: |
|
666 | 666 | # we don't translate commit messages |
|
667 | 667 | message = "Backed out changeset %s" % short(node) |
|
668 | 668 | e = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(edit=True, editform=editform) |
|
669 | 669 | return repo.commit(message, opts.get('user'), opts.get('date'), |
|
670 | 670 | match, editor=e) |
|
671 | 671 | newnode = cmdutil.commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, [], opts) |
|
672 | 672 | if not newnode: |
|
673 | 673 | ui.status(_("nothing changed\n")) |
|
674 | 674 | return 1 |
|
675 | 675 | cmdutil.commitstatus(repo, newnode, branch, bheads) |
|
676 | 676 | |
|
677 | 677 | def nice(node): |
|
678 | 678 | return '%d:%s' % (repo.changelog.rev(node), short(node)) |
|
679 | 679 | ui.status(_('changeset %s backs out changeset %s\n') % |
|
680 | 680 | (nice(repo.changelog.tip()), nice(node))) |
|
681 | 681 | if opts.get('merge') and op1 != node: |
|
682 | 682 | hg.clean(repo, op1, show_stats=False) |
|
683 | 683 | ui.status(_('merging with changeset %s\n') |
|
684 | 684 | % nice(repo.changelog.tip())) |
|
685 | 685 | try: |
|
686 | 686 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), |
|
687 | 687 | 'backout') |
|
688 | 688 | return hg.merge(repo, hex(repo.changelog.tip())) |
|
689 | 689 | finally: |
|
690 | 690 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', '') |
|
691 | 691 | finally: |
|
692 | 692 | # TODO: get rid of this meaningless try/finally enclosing. |
|
693 | 693 | # this is kept only to reduce changes in a patch. |
|
694 | 694 | pass |
|
695 | 695 | return 0 |
|
696 | 696 | |
|
697 | 697 | @command('bisect', |
|
698 | 698 | [('r', 'reset', False, _('reset bisect state')), |
|
699 | 699 | ('g', 'good', False, _('mark changeset good')), |
|
700 | 700 | ('b', 'bad', False, _('mark changeset bad')), |
|
701 | 701 | ('s', 'skip', False, _('skip testing changeset')), |
|
702 | 702 | ('e', 'extend', False, _('extend the bisect range')), |
|
703 | 703 | ('c', 'command', '', _('use command to check changeset state'), _('CMD')), |
|
704 | 704 | ('U', 'noupdate', False, _('do not update to target'))], |
|
705 | 705 | _("[-gbsr] [-U] [-c CMD] [REV]")) |
|
706 | 706 | def bisect(ui, repo, rev=None, extra=None, command=None, |
|
707 | 707 | reset=None, good=None, bad=None, skip=None, extend=None, |
|
708 | 708 | noupdate=None): |
|
709 | 709 | """subdivision search of changesets |
|
710 | 710 | |
|
711 | 711 | This command helps to find changesets which introduce problems. To |
|
712 | 712 | use, mark the earliest changeset you know exhibits the problem as |
|
713 | 713 | bad, then mark the latest changeset which is free from the problem |
|
714 | 714 | as good. Bisect will update your working directory to a revision |
|
715 | 715 | for testing (unless the -U/--noupdate option is specified). Once |
|
716 | 716 | you have performed tests, mark the working directory as good or |
|
717 | 717 | bad, and bisect will either update to another candidate changeset |
|
718 | 718 | or announce that it has found the bad revision. |
|
719 | 719 | |
|
720 | 720 | As a shortcut, you can also use the revision argument to mark a |
|
721 | 721 | revision as good or bad without checking it out first. |
|
722 | 722 | |
|
723 | 723 | If you supply a command, it will be used for automatic bisection. |
|
724 | 724 | The environment variable HG_NODE will contain the ID of the |
|
725 | 725 | changeset being tested. The exit status of the command will be |
|
726 | 726 | used to mark revisions as good or bad: status 0 means good, 125 |
|
727 | 727 | means to skip the revision, 127 (command not found) will abort the |
|
728 | 728 | bisection, and any other non-zero exit status means the revision |
|
729 | 729 | is bad. |
|
730 | 730 | |
|
731 | 731 | .. container:: verbose |
|
732 | 732 | |
|
733 | 733 | Some examples: |
|
734 | 734 | |
|
735 | 735 | - start a bisection with known bad revision 34, and good revision 12:: |
|
736 | 736 | |
|
737 | 737 | hg bisect --bad 34 |
|
738 | 738 | hg bisect --good 12 |
|
739 | 739 | |
|
740 | 740 | - advance the current bisection by marking current revision as good or |
|
741 | 741 | bad:: |
|
742 | 742 | |
|
743 | 743 | hg bisect --good |
|
744 | 744 | hg bisect --bad |
|
745 | 745 | |
|
746 | 746 | - mark the current revision, or a known revision, to be skipped (e.g. if |
|
747 | 747 | that revision is not usable because of another issue):: |
|
748 | 748 | |
|
749 | 749 | hg bisect --skip |
|
750 | 750 | hg bisect --skip 23 |
|
751 | 751 | |
|
752 | 752 | - skip all revisions that do not touch directories ``foo`` or ``bar``:: |
|
753 | 753 | |
|
754 | 754 | hg bisect --skip "!( file('path:foo') & file('path:bar') )" |
|
755 | 755 | |
|
756 | 756 | - forget the current bisection:: |
|
757 | 757 | |
|
758 | 758 | hg bisect --reset |
|
759 | 759 | |
|
760 | 760 | - use 'make && make tests' to automatically find the first broken |
|
761 | 761 | revision:: |
|
762 | 762 | |
|
763 | 763 | hg bisect --reset |
|
764 | 764 | hg bisect --bad 34 |
|
765 | 765 | hg bisect --good 12 |
|
766 | 766 | hg bisect --command "make && make tests" |
|
767 | 767 | |
|
768 | 768 | - see all changesets whose states are already known in the current |
|
769 | 769 | bisection:: |
|
770 | 770 | |
|
771 | 771 | hg log -r "bisect(pruned)" |
|
772 | 772 | |
|
773 | 773 | - see the changeset currently being bisected (especially useful |
|
774 | 774 | if running with -U/--noupdate):: |
|
775 | 775 | |
|
776 | 776 | hg log -r "bisect(current)" |
|
777 | 777 | |
|
778 | 778 | - see all changesets that took part in the current bisection:: |
|
779 | 779 | |
|
780 | 780 | hg log -r "bisect(range)" |
|
781 | 781 | |
|
782 | 782 | - you can even get a nice graph:: |
|
783 | 783 | |
|
784 | 784 | hg log --graph -r "bisect(range)" |
|
785 | 785 | |
|
786 | 786 | See :hg:`help revsets` for more about the `bisect()` keyword. |
|
787 | 787 | |
|
788 | 788 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
789 | 789 | """ |
|
790 | 790 | def extendbisectrange(nodes, good): |
|
791 | 791 | # bisect is incomplete when it ends on a merge node and |
|
792 | 792 | # one of the parent was not checked. |
|
793 | 793 | parents = repo[nodes[0]].parents() |
|
794 | 794 | if len(parents) > 1: |
|
795 | 795 | if good: |
|
796 | 796 | side = state['bad'] |
|
797 | 797 | else: |
|
798 | 798 | side = state['good'] |
|
799 | 799 | num = len(set(i.node() for i in parents) & set(side)) |
|
800 | 800 | if num == 1: |
|
801 | 801 | return parents[0].ancestor(parents[1]) |
|
802 | 802 | return None |
|
803 | 803 | |
|
804 | 804 | def print_result(nodes, good): |
|
805 | 805 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, {}) |
|
806 | 806 | if len(nodes) == 1: |
|
807 | 807 | # narrowed it down to a single revision |
|
808 | 808 | if good: |
|
809 | 809 | ui.write(_("The first good revision is:\n")) |
|
810 | 810 | else: |
|
811 | 811 | ui.write(_("The first bad revision is:\n")) |
|
812 | 812 | displayer.show(repo[nodes[0]]) |
|
813 | 813 | extendnode = extendbisectrange(nodes, good) |
|
814 | 814 | if extendnode is not None: |
|
815 | 815 | ui.write(_('Not all ancestors of this changeset have been' |
|
816 | 816 | ' checked.\nUse bisect --extend to continue the ' |
|
817 | 817 | 'bisection from\nthe common ancestor, %s.\n') |
|
818 | 818 | % extendnode) |
|
819 | 819 | else: |
|
820 | 820 | # multiple possible revisions |
|
821 | 821 | if good: |
|
822 | 822 | ui.write(_("Due to skipped revisions, the first " |
|
823 | 823 | "good revision could be any of:\n")) |
|
824 | 824 | else: |
|
825 | 825 | ui.write(_("Due to skipped revisions, the first " |
|
826 | 826 | "bad revision could be any of:\n")) |
|
827 | 827 | for n in nodes: |
|
828 | 828 | displayer.show(repo[n]) |
|
829 | 829 | displayer.close() |
|
830 | 830 | |
|
831 | 831 | def check_state(state, interactive=True): |
|
832 | 832 | if not state['good'] or not state['bad']: |
|
833 | 833 | if (good or bad or skip or reset) and interactive: |
|
834 | 834 | return |
|
835 | 835 | if not state['good']: |
|
836 | 836 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot bisect (no known good revisions)')) |
|
837 | 837 | else: |
|
838 | 838 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot bisect (no known bad revisions)')) |
|
839 | 839 | return True |
|
840 | 840 | |
|
841 | 841 | # backward compatibility |
|
842 | 842 | if rev in "good bad reset init".split(): |
|
843 | 843 | ui.warn(_("(use of 'hg bisect <cmd>' is deprecated)\n")) |
|
844 | 844 | cmd, rev, extra = rev, extra, None |
|
845 | 845 | if cmd == "good": |
|
846 | 846 | good = True |
|
847 | 847 | elif cmd == "bad": |
|
848 | 848 | bad = True |
|
849 | 849 | else: |
|
850 | 850 | reset = True |
|
851 | 851 | elif extra or good + bad + skip + reset + extend + bool(command) > 1: |
|
852 | 852 | raise error.Abort(_('incompatible arguments')) |
|
853 | 853 | |
|
854 | 854 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) |
|
855 | 855 | |
|
856 | 856 | if reset: |
|
857 | 857 | p = repo.join("bisect.state") |
|
858 | 858 | if os.path.exists(p): |
|
859 | 859 | os.unlink(p) |
|
860 | 860 | return |
|
861 | 861 | |
|
862 | 862 | state = hbisect.load_state(repo) |
|
863 | 863 | |
|
864 | 864 | if command: |
|
865 | 865 | changesets = 1 |
|
866 | 866 | if noupdate: |
|
867 | 867 | try: |
|
868 | 868 | node = state['current'][0] |
|
869 | 869 | except LookupError: |
|
870 | 870 | raise error.Abort(_('current bisect revision is unknown - ' |
|
871 | 871 | 'start a new bisect to fix')) |
|
872 | 872 | else: |
|
873 | 873 | node, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents() |
|
874 | 874 | if p2 != nullid: |
|
875 | 875 | raise error.Abort(_('current bisect revision is a merge')) |
|
876 | 876 | try: |
|
877 | 877 | while changesets: |
|
878 | 878 | # update state |
|
879 | 879 | state['current'] = [node] |
|
880 | 880 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) |
|
881 | 881 | status = ui.system(command, environ={'HG_NODE': hex(node)}) |
|
882 | 882 | if status == 125: |
|
883 | 883 | transition = "skip" |
|
884 | 884 | elif status == 0: |
|
885 | 885 | transition = "good" |
|
886 | 886 | # status < 0 means process was killed |
|
887 | 887 | elif status == 127: |
|
888 | 888 | raise error.Abort(_("failed to execute %s") % command) |
|
889 | 889 | elif status < 0: |
|
890 | 890 | raise error.Abort(_("%s killed") % command) |
|
891 | 891 | else: |
|
892 | 892 | transition = "bad" |
|
893 | 893 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, node) |
|
894 | 894 | rev = None # clear for future iterations |
|
895 | 895 | state[transition].append(ctx.node()) |
|
896 | 896 | ui.status(_('changeset %d:%s: %s\n') % (ctx, ctx, transition)) |
|
897 | 897 | check_state(state, interactive=False) |
|
898 | 898 | # bisect |
|
899 | 899 | nodes, changesets, bgood = hbisect.bisect(repo.changelog, state) |
|
900 | 900 | # update to next check |
|
901 | 901 | node = nodes[0] |
|
902 | 902 | if not noupdate: |
|
903 | 903 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) |
|
904 | 904 | hg.clean(repo, node, show_stats=False) |
|
905 | 905 | finally: |
|
906 | 906 | state['current'] = [node] |
|
907 | 907 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) |
|
908 | 908 | print_result(nodes, bgood) |
|
909 | 909 | return |
|
910 | 910 | |
|
911 | 911 | # update state |
|
912 | 912 | |
|
913 | 913 | if rev: |
|
914 | 914 | nodes = [repo.lookup(i) for i in scmutil.revrange(repo, [rev])] |
|
915 | 915 | else: |
|
916 | 916 | nodes = [repo.lookup('.')] |
|
917 | 917 | |
|
918 | 918 | if good or bad or skip: |
|
919 | 919 | if good: |
|
920 | 920 | state['good'] += nodes |
|
921 | 921 | elif bad: |
|
922 | 922 | state['bad'] += nodes |
|
923 | 923 | elif skip: |
|
924 | 924 | state['skip'] += nodes |
|
925 | 925 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) |
|
926 | 926 | |
|
927 | 927 | if not check_state(state): |
|
928 | 928 | return |
|
929 | 929 | |
|
930 | 930 | # actually bisect |
|
931 | 931 | nodes, changesets, good = hbisect.bisect(repo.changelog, state) |
|
932 | 932 | if extend: |
|
933 | 933 | if not changesets: |
|
934 | 934 | extendnode = extendbisectrange(nodes, good) |
|
935 | 935 | if extendnode is not None: |
|
936 | 936 | ui.write(_("Extending search to changeset %d:%s\n") |
|
937 | 937 | % (extendnode.rev(), extendnode)) |
|
938 | 938 | state['current'] = [extendnode.node()] |
|
939 | 939 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) |
|
940 | 940 | if noupdate: |
|
941 | 941 | return |
|
942 | 942 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) |
|
943 | 943 | return hg.clean(repo, extendnode.node()) |
|
944 | 944 | raise error.Abort(_("nothing to extend")) |
|
945 | 945 | |
|
946 | 946 | if changesets == 0: |
|
947 | 947 | print_result(nodes, good) |
|
948 | 948 | else: |
|
949 | 949 | assert len(nodes) == 1 # only a single node can be tested next |
|
950 | 950 | node = nodes[0] |
|
951 | 951 | # compute the approximate number of remaining tests |
|
952 | 952 | tests, size = 0, 2 |
|
953 | 953 | while size <= changesets: |
|
954 | 954 | tests, size = tests + 1, size * 2 |
|
955 | 955 | rev = repo.changelog.rev(node) |
|
956 | 956 | ui.write(_("Testing changeset %d:%s " |
|
957 | 957 | "(%d changesets remaining, ~%d tests)\n") |
|
958 | 958 | % (rev, short(node), changesets, tests)) |
|
959 | 959 | state['current'] = [node] |
|
960 | 960 | hbisect.save_state(repo, state) |
|
961 | 961 | if not noupdate: |
|
962 | 962 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) |
|
963 | 963 | return hg.clean(repo, node) |
|
964 | 964 | |
|
965 | 965 | @command('bookmarks|bookmark', |
|
966 | 966 | [('f', 'force', False, _('force')), |
|
967 | 967 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision'), _('REV')), |
|
968 | 968 | ('d', 'delete', False, _('delete a given bookmark')), |
|
969 | 969 | ('m', 'rename', '', _('rename a given bookmark'), _('OLD')), |
|
970 | 970 | ('i', 'inactive', False, _('mark a bookmark inactive')), |
|
971 | 971 | ] + formatteropts, |
|
972 | 972 | _('hg bookmarks [OPTIONS]... [NAME]...')) |
|
973 | 973 | def bookmark(ui, repo, *names, **opts): |
|
974 | 974 | '''create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
975 | 975 | |
|
976 | 976 | Bookmarks are labels on changesets to help track lines of development. |
|
977 | 977 | Bookmarks are unversioned and can be moved, renamed and deleted. |
|
978 | 978 | Deleting or moving a bookmark has no effect on the associated changesets. |
|
979 | 979 | |
|
980 | 980 | Creating or updating to a bookmark causes it to be marked as 'active'. |
|
981 | 981 | The active bookmark is indicated with a '*'. |
|
982 | 982 | When a commit is made, the active bookmark will advance to the new commit. |
|
983 | 983 | A plain :hg:`update` will also advance an active bookmark, if possible. |
|
984 | 984 | Updating away from a bookmark will cause it to be deactivated. |
|
985 | 985 | |
|
986 | 986 | Bookmarks can be pushed and pulled between repositories (see |
|
987 | 987 | :hg:`help push` and :hg:`help pull`). If a shared bookmark has |
|
988 | 988 | diverged, a new 'divergent bookmark' of the form 'name@path' will |
|
989 | 989 | be created. Using :hg:`merge` will resolve the divergence. |
|
990 | 990 | |
|
991 | 991 | A bookmark named '@' has the special property that :hg:`clone` will |
|
992 | 992 | check it out by default if it exists. |
|
993 | 993 | |
|
994 | 994 | .. container:: verbose |
|
995 | 995 | |
|
996 | 996 | Examples: |
|
997 | 997 | |
|
998 | 998 | - create an active bookmark for a new line of development:: |
|
999 | 999 | |
|
1000 | 1000 | hg book new-feature |
|
1001 | 1001 | |
|
1002 | 1002 | - create an inactive bookmark as a place marker:: |
|
1003 | 1003 | |
|
1004 | 1004 | hg book -i reviewed |
|
1005 | 1005 | |
|
1006 | 1006 | - create an inactive bookmark on another changeset:: |
|
1007 | 1007 | |
|
1008 | 1008 | hg book -r .^ tested |
|
1009 | 1009 | |
|
1010 | 1010 | - rename bookmark turkey to dinner:: |
|
1011 | 1011 | |
|
1012 | 1012 | hg book -m turkey dinner |
|
1013 | 1013 | |
|
1014 | 1014 | - move the '@' bookmark from another branch:: |
|
1015 | 1015 | |
|
1016 | 1016 | hg book -f @ |
|
1017 | 1017 | ''' |
|
1018 | 1018 | force = opts.get('force') |
|
1019 | 1019 | rev = opts.get('rev') |
|
1020 | 1020 | delete = opts.get('delete') |
|
1021 | 1021 | rename = opts.get('rename') |
|
1022 | 1022 | inactive = opts.get('inactive') |
|
1023 | 1023 | |
|
1024 | 1024 | def checkformat(mark): |
|
1025 | 1025 | mark = mark.strip() |
|
1026 | 1026 | if not mark: |
|
1027 | 1027 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark names cannot consist entirely of " |
|
1028 | 1028 | "whitespace")) |
|
1029 | 1029 | scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, mark, 'bookmark') |
|
1030 | 1030 | return mark |
|
1031 | 1031 | |
|
1032 | 1032 | def checkconflict(repo, mark, cur, force=False, target=None): |
|
1033 | 1033 | if mark in marks and not force: |
|
1034 | 1034 | if target: |
|
1035 | 1035 | if marks[mark] == target and target == cur: |
|
1036 | 1036 | # re-activating a bookmark |
|
1037 | 1037 | return |
|
1038 | 1038 | anc = repo.changelog.ancestors([repo[target].rev()]) |
|
1039 | 1039 | bmctx = repo[marks[mark]] |
|
1040 | 1040 | divs = [repo[b].node() for b in marks |
|
1041 | 1041 | if b.split('@', 1)[0] == mark.split('@', 1)[0]] |
|
1042 | 1042 | |
|
1043 | 1043 | # allow resolving a single divergent bookmark even if moving |
|
1044 | 1044 | # the bookmark across branches when a revision is specified |
|
1045 | 1045 | # that contains a divergent bookmark |
|
1046 | 1046 | if bmctx.rev() not in anc and target in divs: |
|
1047 | 1047 | bookmarks.deletedivergent(repo, [target], mark) |
|
1048 | 1048 | return |
|
1049 | 1049 | |
|
1050 | 1050 | deletefrom = [b for b in divs |
|
1051 | 1051 | if repo[b].rev() in anc or b == target] |
|
1052 | 1052 | bookmarks.deletedivergent(repo, deletefrom, mark) |
|
1053 | 1053 | if bookmarks.validdest(repo, bmctx, repo[target]): |
|
1054 | 1054 | ui.status(_("moving bookmark '%s' forward from %s\n") % |
|
1055 | 1055 | (mark, short(bmctx.node()))) |
|
1056 | 1056 | return |
|
1057 | 1057 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' already exists " |
|
1058 | 1058 | "(use -f to force)") % mark) |
|
1059 | 1059 | if ((mark in repo.branchmap() or mark == repo.dirstate.branch()) |
|
1060 | 1060 | and not force): |
|
1061 | 1061 | raise error.Abort( |
|
1062 | 1062 | _("a bookmark cannot have the name of an existing branch")) |
|
1063 | 1063 | |
|
1064 | 1064 | if delete and rename: |
|
1065 | 1065 | raise error.Abort(_("--delete and --rename are incompatible")) |
|
1066 | 1066 | if delete and rev: |
|
1067 | 1067 | raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --delete")) |
|
1068 | 1068 | if rename and rev: |
|
1069 | 1069 | raise error.Abort(_("--rev is incompatible with --rename")) |
|
1070 | 1070 | if not names and (delete or rev): |
|
1071 | 1071 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark name required")) |
|
1072 | 1072 | |
|
1073 | 1073 | if delete or rename or names or inactive: |
|
1074 | 1074 | wlock = lock = tr = None |
|
1075 | 1075 | try: |
|
1076 | 1076 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
1077 | 1077 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
1078 | 1078 | cur = repo.changectx('.').node() |
|
1079 | 1079 | marks = repo._bookmarks |
|
1080 | 1080 | if delete: |
|
1081 | 1081 | tr = repo.transaction('bookmark') |
|
1082 | 1082 | for mark in names: |
|
1083 | 1083 | if mark not in marks: |
|
1084 | 1084 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' does not exist") % |
|
1085 | 1085 | mark) |
|
1086 | 1086 | if mark == repo._activebookmark: |
|
1087 | 1087 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) |
|
1088 | 1088 | del marks[mark] |
|
1089 | 1089 | |
|
1090 | 1090 | elif rename: |
|
1091 | 1091 | tr = repo.transaction('bookmark') |
|
1092 | 1092 | if not names: |
|
1093 | 1093 | raise error.Abort(_("new bookmark name required")) |
|
1094 | 1094 | elif len(names) > 1: |
|
1095 | 1095 | raise error.Abort(_("only one new bookmark name allowed")) |
|
1096 | 1096 | mark = checkformat(names[0]) |
|
1097 | 1097 | if rename not in marks: |
|
1098 | 1098 | raise error.Abort(_("bookmark '%s' does not exist") |
|
1099 | 1099 | % rename) |
|
1100 | 1100 | checkconflict(repo, mark, cur, force) |
|
1101 | 1101 | marks[mark] = marks[rename] |
|
1102 | 1102 | if repo._activebookmark == rename and not inactive: |
|
1103 | 1103 | bookmarks.activate(repo, mark) |
|
1104 | 1104 | del marks[rename] |
|
1105 | 1105 | elif names: |
|
1106 | 1106 | tr = repo.transaction('bookmark') |
|
1107 | 1107 | newact = None |
|
1108 | 1108 | for mark in names: |
|
1109 | 1109 | mark = checkformat(mark) |
|
1110 | 1110 | if newact is None: |
|
1111 | 1111 | newact = mark |
|
1112 | 1112 | if inactive and mark == repo._activebookmark: |
|
1113 | 1113 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) |
|
1114 | 1114 | return |
|
1115 | 1115 | tgt = cur |
|
1116 | 1116 | if rev: |
|
1117 | 1117 | tgt = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev).node() |
|
1118 | 1118 | checkconflict(repo, mark, cur, force, tgt) |
|
1119 | 1119 | marks[mark] = tgt |
|
1120 | 1120 | if not inactive and cur == marks[newact] and not rev: |
|
1121 | 1121 | bookmarks.activate(repo, newact) |
|
1122 | 1122 | elif cur != tgt and newact == repo._activebookmark: |
|
1123 | 1123 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) |
|
1124 | 1124 | elif inactive: |
|
1125 | 1125 | if len(marks) == 0: |
|
1126 | 1126 | ui.status(_("no bookmarks set\n")) |
|
1127 | 1127 | elif not repo._activebookmark: |
|
1128 | 1128 | ui.status(_("no active bookmark\n")) |
|
1129 | 1129 | else: |
|
1130 | 1130 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) |
|
1131 | 1131 | if tr is not None: |
|
1132 | 1132 | marks.recordchange(tr) |
|
1133 | 1133 | tr.close() |
|
1134 | 1134 | finally: |
|
1135 | 1135 | lockmod.release(tr, lock, wlock) |
|
1136 | 1136 | else: # show bookmarks |
|
1137 | 1137 | fm = ui.formatter('bookmarks', opts) |
|
1138 | 1138 | hexfn = fm.hexfunc |
|
1139 | 1139 | marks = repo._bookmarks |
|
1140 | 1140 | if len(marks) == 0 and not fm: |
|
1141 | 1141 | ui.status(_("no bookmarks set\n")) |
|
1142 | 1142 | for bmark, n in sorted(marks.iteritems()): |
|
1143 | 1143 | active = repo._activebookmark |
|
1144 | 1144 | if bmark == active: |
|
1145 | 1145 | prefix, label = '*', activebookmarklabel |
|
1146 | 1146 | else: |
|
1147 | 1147 | prefix, label = ' ', '' |
|
1148 | 1148 | |
|
1149 | 1149 | fm.startitem() |
|
1150 | 1150 | if not ui.quiet: |
|
1151 | 1151 | fm.plain(' %s ' % prefix, label=label) |
|
1152 | 1152 | fm.write('bookmark', '%s', bmark, label=label) |
|
1153 | 1153 | pad = " " * (25 - encoding.colwidth(bmark)) |
|
1154 | 1154 | fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', pad + ' %d:%s', |
|
1155 | 1155 | repo.changelog.rev(n), hexfn(n), label=label) |
|
1156 | 1156 | fm.data(active=(bmark == active)) |
|
1157 | 1157 | fm.plain('\n') |
|
1158 | 1158 | fm.end() |
|
1159 | 1159 | |
|
1160 | 1160 | @command('branch', |
|
1161 | 1161 | [('f', 'force', None, |
|
1162 | 1162 | _('set branch name even if it shadows an existing branch')), |
|
1163 | 1163 | ('C', 'clean', None, _('reset branch name to parent branch name'))], |
|
1164 | 1164 | _('[-fC] [NAME]')) |
|
1165 | 1165 | def branch(ui, repo, label=None, **opts): |
|
1166 | 1166 | """set or show the current branch name |
|
1167 | 1167 | |
|
1168 | 1168 | .. note:: |
|
1169 | 1169 | |
|
1170 | 1170 | Branch names are permanent and global. Use :hg:`bookmark` to create a |
|
1171 | 1171 | light-weight bookmark instead. See :hg:`help glossary` for more |
|
1172 | 1172 | information about named branches and bookmarks. |
|
1173 | 1173 | |
|
1174 | 1174 | With no argument, show the current branch name. With one argument, |
|
1175 | 1175 | set the working directory branch name (the branch will not exist |
|
1176 | 1176 | in the repository until the next commit). Standard practice |
|
1177 | 1177 | recommends that primary development take place on the 'default' |
|
1178 | 1178 | branch. |
|
1179 | 1179 | |
|
1180 | 1180 | Unless -f/--force is specified, branch will not let you set a |
|
1181 | 1181 | branch name that already exists. |
|
1182 | 1182 | |
|
1183 | 1183 | Use -C/--clean to reset the working directory branch to that of |
|
1184 | 1184 | the parent of the working directory, negating a previous branch |
|
1185 | 1185 | change. |
|
1186 | 1186 | |
|
1187 | 1187 | Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch. Use |
|
1188 | 1188 | :hg:`commit --close-branch` to mark this branch head as closed. |
|
1189 | 1189 | When all heads of the branch are closed, the branch will be |
|
1190 | 1190 | considered closed. |
|
1191 | 1191 | |
|
1192 | 1192 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
1193 | 1193 | """ |
|
1194 | 1194 | if label: |
|
1195 | 1195 | label = label.strip() |
|
1196 | 1196 | |
|
1197 | 1197 | if not opts.get('clean') and not label: |
|
1198 | 1198 | ui.write("%s\n" % repo.dirstate.branch()) |
|
1199 | 1199 | return |
|
1200 | 1200 | |
|
1201 | 1201 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
1202 | 1202 | try: |
|
1203 | 1203 | if opts.get('clean'): |
|
1204 | 1204 | label = repo[None].p1().branch() |
|
1205 | 1205 | repo.dirstate.setbranch(label) |
|
1206 | 1206 | ui.status(_('reset working directory to branch %s\n') % label) |
|
1207 | 1207 | elif label: |
|
1208 | 1208 | if not opts.get('force') and label in repo.branchmap(): |
|
1209 | 1209 | if label not in [p.branch() for p in repo[None].parents()]: |
|
1210 | 1210 | raise error.Abort(_('a branch of the same name already' |
|
1211 | 1211 | ' exists'), |
|
1212 | 1212 | # i18n: "it" refers to an existing branch |
|
1213 | 1213 | hint=_("use 'hg update' to switch to it")) |
|
1214 | 1214 | scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, label, 'branch') |
|
1215 | 1215 | repo.dirstate.setbranch(label) |
|
1216 | 1216 | ui.status(_('marked working directory as branch %s\n') % label) |
|
1217 | 1217 | |
|
1218 | 1218 | # find any open named branches aside from default |
|
1219 | 1219 | others = [n for n, h, t, c in repo.branchmap().iterbranches() |
|
1220 | 1220 | if n != "default" and not c] |
|
1221 | 1221 | if not others: |
|
1222 | 1222 | ui.status(_('(branches are permanent and global, ' |
|
1223 | 1223 | 'did you want a bookmark?)\n')) |
|
1224 | 1224 | finally: |
|
1225 | 1225 | wlock.release() |
|
1226 | 1226 | |
|
1227 | 1227 | @command('branches', |
|
1228 | 1228 | [('a', 'active', False, |
|
1229 | 1229 | _('show only branches that have unmerged heads (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
1230 | 1230 | ('c', 'closed', False, _('show normal and closed branches')), |
|
1231 | 1231 | ] + formatteropts, |
|
1232 | 1232 | _('[-ac]')) |
|
1233 | 1233 | def branches(ui, repo, active=False, closed=False, **opts): |
|
1234 | 1234 | """list repository named branches |
|
1235 | 1235 | |
|
1236 | 1236 | List the repository's named branches, indicating which ones are |
|
1237 | 1237 | inactive. If -c/--closed is specified, also list branches which have |
|
1238 | 1238 | been marked closed (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`). |
|
1239 | 1239 | |
|
1240 | 1240 | Use the command :hg:`update` to switch to an existing branch. |
|
1241 | 1241 | |
|
1242 | 1242 | Returns 0. |
|
1243 | 1243 | """ |
|
1244 | 1244 | |
|
1245 | 1245 | fm = ui.formatter('branches', opts) |
|
1246 | 1246 | hexfunc = fm.hexfunc |
|
1247 | 1247 | |
|
1248 | 1248 | allheads = set(repo.heads()) |
|
1249 | 1249 | branches = [] |
|
1250 | 1250 | for tag, heads, tip, isclosed in repo.branchmap().iterbranches(): |
|
1251 | 1251 | isactive = not isclosed and bool(set(heads) & allheads) |
|
1252 | 1252 | branches.append((tag, repo[tip], isactive, not isclosed)) |
|
1253 | 1253 | branches.sort(key=lambda i: (i[2], i[1].rev(), i[0], i[3]), |
|
1254 | 1254 | reverse=True) |
|
1255 | 1255 | |
|
1256 | 1256 | for tag, ctx, isactive, isopen in branches: |
|
1257 | 1257 | if active and not isactive: |
|
1258 | 1258 | continue |
|
1259 | 1259 | if isactive: |
|
1260 | 1260 | label = 'branches.active' |
|
1261 | 1261 | notice = '' |
|
1262 | 1262 | elif not isopen: |
|
1263 | 1263 | if not closed: |
|
1264 | 1264 | continue |
|
1265 | 1265 | label = 'branches.closed' |
|
1266 | 1266 | notice = _(' (closed)') |
|
1267 | 1267 | else: |
|
1268 | 1268 | label = 'branches.inactive' |
|
1269 | 1269 | notice = _(' (inactive)') |
|
1270 | 1270 | current = (tag == repo.dirstate.branch()) |
|
1271 | 1271 | if current: |
|
1272 | 1272 | label = 'branches.current' |
|
1273 | 1273 | |
|
1274 | 1274 | fm.startitem() |
|
1275 | 1275 | fm.write('branch', '%s', tag, label=label) |
|
1276 | 1276 | rev = ctx.rev() |
|
1277 | 1277 | padsize = max(31 - len(str(rev)) - encoding.colwidth(tag), 0) |
|
1278 | 1278 | fmt = ' ' * padsize + ' %d:%s' |
|
1279 | 1279 | fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', fmt, rev, hexfunc(ctx.node()), |
|
1280 | 1280 | label='log.changeset changeset.%s' % ctx.phasestr()) |
|
1281 | 1281 | fm.data(active=isactive, closed=not isopen, current=current) |
|
1282 | 1282 | if not ui.quiet: |
|
1283 | 1283 | fm.plain(notice) |
|
1284 | 1284 | fm.plain('\n') |
|
1285 | 1285 | fm.end() |
|
1286 | 1286 | |
|
1287 | 1287 | @command('bundle', |
|
1288 | 1288 | [('f', 'force', None, _('run even when the destination is unrelated')), |
|
1289 | 1289 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('a changeset intended to be added to the destination'), |
|
1290 | 1290 | _('REV')), |
|
1291 | 1291 | ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to bundle'), |
|
1292 | 1292 | _('BRANCH')), |
|
1293 | 1293 | ('', 'base', [], |
|
1294 | 1294 | _('a base changeset assumed to be available at the destination'), |
|
1295 | 1295 | _('REV')), |
|
1296 | 1296 | ('a', 'all', None, _('bundle all changesets in the repository')), |
|
1297 | 1297 | ('t', 'type', 'bzip2', _('bundle compression type to use'), _('TYPE')), |
|
1298 | 1298 | ] + remoteopts, |
|
1299 | 1299 | _('[-f] [-t TYPE] [-a] [-r REV]... [--base REV]... FILE [DEST]')) |
|
1300 | 1300 | def bundle(ui, repo, fname, dest=None, **opts): |
|
1301 | 1301 | """create a changegroup file |
|
1302 | 1302 | |
|
1303 | 1303 | Generate a compressed changegroup file collecting changesets not |
|
1304 | 1304 | known to be in another repository. |
|
1305 | 1305 | |
|
1306 | 1306 | If you omit the destination repository, then hg assumes the |
|
1307 | 1307 | destination will have all the nodes you specify with --base |
|
1308 | 1308 | parameters. To create a bundle containing all changesets, use |
|
1309 | 1309 | -a/--all (or --base null). |
|
1310 | 1310 | |
|
1311 | 1311 | You can change bundle format with the -t/--type option. You can |
|
1312 | 1312 | specify a compression, a bundle version or both using a dash |
|
1313 | 1313 | (comp-version). The available compression methods are: none, bzip2, |
|
1314 | 1314 | and gzip (by default, bundles are compressed using bzip2). The |
|
1315 | 1315 | available format are: v1, v2 (default to most suitable). |
|
1316 | 1316 | |
|
1317 | 1317 | The bundle file can then be transferred using conventional means |
|
1318 | 1318 | and applied to another repository with the unbundle or pull |
|
1319 | 1319 | command. This is useful when direct push and pull are not |
|
1320 | 1320 | available or when exporting an entire repository is undesirable. |
|
1321 | 1321 | |
|
1322 | 1322 | Applying bundles preserves all changeset contents including |
|
1323 | 1323 | permissions, copy/rename information, and revision history. |
|
1324 | 1324 | |
|
1325 | 1325 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if no changes found. |
|
1326 | 1326 | """ |
|
1327 | 1327 | revs = None |
|
1328 | 1328 | if 'rev' in opts: |
|
1329 | 1329 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts['rev']) |
|
1330 | 1330 | |
|
1331 | 1331 | bundletype = opts.get('type', 'bzip2').lower() |
|
1332 | 1332 | try: |
|
1333 | 1333 | bcompression, cgversion, params = exchange.parsebundlespec( |
|
1334 | 1334 | repo, bundletype, strict=False) |
|
1335 | 1335 | except error.UnsupportedBundleSpecification as e: |
|
1336 | 1336 | raise error.Abort(str(e), |
|
1337 | 1337 | hint=_('see "hg help bundle" for supported ' |
|
1338 | 1338 | 'values for --type')) |
|
1339 | 1339 | |
|
1340 | 1340 | # Packed bundles are a pseudo bundle format for now. |
|
1341 | 1341 | if cgversion == 's1': |
|
1342 | 1342 | raise error.Abort(_('packed bundles cannot be produced by "hg bundle"'), |
|
1343 | 1343 | hint=_('use "hg debugcreatestreamclonebundle"')) |
|
1344 | 1344 | |
|
1345 | 1345 | if opts.get('all'): |
|
1346 | 1346 | base = ['null'] |
|
1347 | 1347 | else: |
|
1348 | 1348 | base = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts.get('base')) |
|
1349 | 1349 | # TODO: get desired bundlecaps from command line. |
|
1350 | 1350 | bundlecaps = None |
|
1351 | 1351 | if base: |
|
1352 | 1352 | if dest: |
|
1353 | 1353 | raise error.Abort(_("--base is incompatible with specifying " |
|
1354 | 1354 | "a destination")) |
|
1355 | 1355 | common = [repo.lookup(rev) for rev in base] |
|
1356 | 1356 | heads = revs and map(repo.lookup, revs) or revs |
|
1357 | 1357 | cg = changegroup.getchangegroup(repo, 'bundle', heads=heads, |
|
1358 | 1358 | common=common, bundlecaps=bundlecaps, |
|
1359 | 1359 | version=cgversion) |
|
1360 | 1360 | outgoing = None |
|
1361 | 1361 | else: |
|
1362 | 1362 | dest = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default') |
|
1363 | 1363 | dest, branches = hg.parseurl(dest, opts.get('branch')) |
|
1364 | 1364 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest) |
|
1365 | 1365 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, revs) |
|
1366 | 1366 | heads = revs and map(repo.lookup, revs) or revs |
|
1367 | 1367 | outgoing = discovery.findcommonoutgoing(repo, other, |
|
1368 | 1368 | onlyheads=heads, |
|
1369 | 1369 | force=opts.get('force'), |
|
1370 | 1370 | portable=True) |
|
1371 | 1371 | cg = changegroup.getlocalchangegroup(repo, 'bundle', outgoing, |
|
1372 | 1372 | bundlecaps, version=cgversion) |
|
1373 | 1373 | if not cg: |
|
1374 | 1374 | scmutil.nochangesfound(ui, repo, outgoing and outgoing.excluded) |
|
1375 | 1375 | return 1 |
|
1376 | 1376 | |
|
1377 | 1377 | if cgversion == '01': #bundle1 |
|
1378 | 1378 | if bcompression is None: |
|
1379 | 1379 | bcompression = 'UN' |
|
1380 | 1380 | bversion = 'HG10' + bcompression |
|
1381 | 1381 | bcompression = None |
|
1382 | 1382 | else: |
|
1383 | 1383 | assert cgversion == '02' |
|
1384 | 1384 | bversion = 'HG20' |
|
1385 | 1385 | |
|
1386 | 1386 | |
|
1387 | 1387 | changegroup.writebundle(ui, cg, fname, bversion, compression=bcompression) |
|
1388 | 1388 | |
|
1389 | 1389 | @command('cat', |
|
1390 | 1390 | [('o', 'output', '', |
|
1391 | 1391 | _('print output to file with formatted name'), _('FORMAT')), |
|
1392 | 1392 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('print the given revision'), _('REV')), |
|
1393 | 1393 | ('', 'decode', None, _('apply any matching decode filter')), |
|
1394 | 1394 | ] + walkopts, |
|
1395 | 1395 | _('[OPTION]... FILE...'), |
|
1396 | 1396 | inferrepo=True) |
|
1397 | 1397 | def cat(ui, repo, file1, *pats, **opts): |
|
1398 | 1398 | """output the current or given revision of files |
|
1399 | 1399 | |
|
1400 | 1400 | Print the specified files as they were at the given revision. If |
|
1401 | 1401 | no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used. |
|
1402 | 1402 | |
|
1403 | 1403 | Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is |
|
1404 | 1404 | given using a format string. The formatting rules as follows: |
|
1405 | 1405 | |
|
1406 | 1406 | :``%%``: literal "%" character |
|
1407 | 1407 | :``%s``: basename of file being printed |
|
1408 | 1408 | :``%d``: dirname of file being printed, or '.' if in repository root |
|
1409 | 1409 | :``%p``: root-relative path name of file being printed |
|
1410 | 1410 | :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits) |
|
1411 | 1411 | :``%R``: changeset revision number |
|
1412 | 1412 | :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits) |
|
1413 | 1413 | :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number |
|
1414 | 1414 | :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository |
|
1415 | 1415 | |
|
1416 | 1416 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
1417 | 1417 | """ |
|
1418 | 1418 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) |
|
1419 | 1419 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file1,) + pats, opts) |
|
1420 | 1420 | |
|
1421 | 1421 | return cmdutil.cat(ui, repo, ctx, m, '', **opts) |
|
1422 | 1422 | |
|
1423 | 1423 | @command('^clone', |
|
1424 | 1424 | [('U', 'noupdate', None, _('the clone will include an empty working ' |
|
1425 | 1425 | 'directory (only a repository)')), |
|
1426 | 1426 | ('u', 'updaterev', '', _('revision, tag or branch to check out'), _('REV')), |
|
1427 | 1427 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('include the specified changeset'), _('REV')), |
|
1428 | 1428 | ('b', 'branch', [], _('clone only the specified branch'), _('BRANCH')), |
|
1429 | 1429 | ('', 'pull', None, _('use pull protocol to copy metadata')), |
|
1430 | 1430 | ('', 'uncompressed', None, _('use uncompressed transfer (fast over LAN)')), |
|
1431 | 1431 | ] + remoteopts, |
|
1432 | 1432 | _('[OPTION]... SOURCE [DEST]'), |
|
1433 | 1433 | norepo=True) |
|
1434 | 1434 | def clone(ui, source, dest=None, **opts): |
|
1435 | 1435 | """make a copy of an existing repository |
|
1436 | 1436 | |
|
1437 | 1437 | Create a copy of an existing repository in a new directory. |
|
1438 | 1438 | |
|
1439 | 1439 | If no destination directory name is specified, it defaults to the |
|
1440 | 1440 | basename of the source. |
|
1441 | 1441 | |
|
1442 | 1442 | The location of the source is added to the new repository's |
|
1443 | 1443 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file, as the default to be used for future pulls. |
|
1444 | 1444 | |
|
1445 | 1445 | Only local paths and ``ssh://`` URLs are supported as |
|
1446 | 1446 | destinations. For ``ssh://`` destinations, no working directory or |
|
1447 | 1447 | ``.hg/hgrc`` will be created on the remote side. |
|
1448 | 1448 | |
|
1449 | 1449 | To pull only a subset of changesets, specify one or more revisions |
|
1450 | 1450 | identifiers with -r/--rev or branches with -b/--branch. The |
|
1451 | 1451 | resulting clone will contain only the specified changesets and |
|
1452 | 1452 | their ancestors. These options (or 'clone src#rev dest') imply |
|
1453 | 1453 | --pull, even for local source repositories. Note that specifying a |
|
1454 | 1454 | tag will include the tagged changeset but not the changeset |
|
1455 | 1455 | containing the tag. |
|
1456 | 1456 | |
|
1457 | 1457 | If the source repository has a bookmark called '@' set, that |
|
1458 | 1458 | revision will be checked out in the new repository by default. |
|
1459 | 1459 | |
|
1460 | 1460 | To check out a particular version, use -u/--update, or |
|
1461 | 1461 | -U/--noupdate to create a clone with no working directory. |
|
1462 | 1462 | |
|
1463 | 1463 | .. container:: verbose |
|
1464 | 1464 | |
|
1465 | 1465 | For efficiency, hardlinks are used for cloning whenever the |
|
1466 | 1466 | source and destination are on the same filesystem (note this |
|
1467 | 1467 | applies only to the repository data, not to the working |
|
1468 | 1468 | directory). Some filesystems, such as AFS, implement hardlinking |
|
1469 | 1469 | incorrectly, but do not report errors. In these cases, use the |
|
1470 | 1470 | --pull option to avoid hardlinking. |
|
1471 | 1471 | |
|
1472 | 1472 | In some cases, you can clone repositories and the working |
|
1473 | 1473 | directory using full hardlinks with :: |
|
1474 | 1474 | |
|
1475 | 1475 | $ cp -al REPO REPOCLONE |
|
1476 | 1476 | |
|
1477 | 1477 | This is the fastest way to clone, but it is not always safe. The |
|
1478 | 1478 | operation is not atomic (making sure REPO is not modified during |
|
1479 | 1479 | the operation is up to you) and you have to make sure your |
|
1480 | 1480 | editor breaks hardlinks (Emacs and most Linux Kernel tools do |
|
1481 | 1481 | so). Also, this is not compatible with certain extensions that |
|
1482 | 1482 | place their metadata under the .hg directory, such as mq. |
|
1483 | 1483 | |
|
1484 | 1484 | Mercurial will update the working directory to the first applicable |
|
1485 | 1485 | revision from this list: |
|
1486 | 1486 | |
|
1487 | 1487 | a) null if -U or the source repository has no changesets |
|
1488 | 1488 | b) if -u . and the source repository is local, the first parent of |
|
1489 | 1489 | the source repository's working directory |
|
1490 | 1490 | c) the changeset specified with -u (if a branch name, this means the |
|
1491 | 1491 | latest head of that branch) |
|
1492 | 1492 | d) the changeset specified with -r |
|
1493 | 1493 | e) the tipmost head specified with -b |
|
1494 | 1494 | f) the tipmost head specified with the url#branch source syntax |
|
1495 | 1495 | g) the revision marked with the '@' bookmark, if present |
|
1496 | 1496 | h) the tipmost head of the default branch |
|
1497 | 1497 | i) tip |
|
1498 | 1498 | |
|
1499 | 1499 | Examples: |
|
1500 | 1500 | |
|
1501 | 1501 | - clone a remote repository to a new directory named hg/:: |
|
1502 | 1502 | |
|
1503 | 1503 | hg clone http://selenic.com/hg |
|
1504 | 1504 | |
|
1505 | 1505 | - create a lightweight local clone:: |
|
1506 | 1506 | |
|
1507 | 1507 | hg clone project/ project-feature/ |
|
1508 | 1508 | |
|
1509 | 1509 | - clone from an absolute path on an ssh server (note double-slash):: |
|
1510 | 1510 | |
|
1511 | 1511 | hg clone ssh://user@server//home/projects/alpha/ |
|
1512 | 1512 | |
|
1513 | 1513 | - do a high-speed clone over a LAN while checking out a |
|
1514 | 1514 | specified version:: |
|
1515 | 1515 | |
|
1516 | 1516 | hg clone --uncompressed http://server/repo -u 1.5 |
|
1517 | 1517 | |
|
1518 | 1518 | - create a repository without changesets after a particular revision:: |
|
1519 | 1519 | |
|
1520 | 1520 | hg clone -r 04e544 experimental/ good/ |
|
1521 | 1521 | |
|
1522 | 1522 | - clone (and track) a particular named branch:: |
|
1523 | 1523 | |
|
1524 | 1524 | hg clone http://selenic.com/hg#stable |
|
1525 | 1525 | |
|
1526 | 1526 | See :hg:`help urls` for details on specifying URLs. |
|
1527 | 1527 | |
|
1528 | 1528 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
1529 | 1529 | """ |
|
1530 | 1530 | if opts.get('noupdate') and opts.get('updaterev'): |
|
1531 | 1531 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify both --noupdate and --updaterev")) |
|
1532 | 1532 | |
|
1533 | 1533 | r = hg.clone(ui, opts, source, dest, |
|
1534 | 1534 | pull=opts.get('pull'), |
|
1535 | 1535 | stream=opts.get('uncompressed'), |
|
1536 | 1536 | rev=opts.get('rev'), |
|
1537 | 1537 | update=opts.get('updaterev') or not opts.get('noupdate'), |
|
1538 | 1538 | branch=opts.get('branch'), |
|
1539 | 1539 | shareopts=opts.get('shareopts')) |
|
1540 | 1540 | |
|
1541 | 1541 | return r is None |
|
1542 | 1542 | |
|
1543 | 1543 | @command('^commit|ci', |
|
1544 | 1544 | [('A', 'addremove', None, |
|
1545 | 1545 | _('mark new/missing files as added/removed before committing')), |
|
1546 | 1546 | ('', 'close-branch', None, |
|
1547 | 1547 | _('mark a branch head as closed')), |
|
1548 | 1548 | ('', 'amend', None, _('amend the parent of the working directory')), |
|
1549 | 1549 | ('s', 'secret', None, _('use the secret phase for committing')), |
|
1550 | 1550 | ('e', 'edit', None, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), |
|
1551 | 1551 | ('i', 'interactive', None, _('use interactive mode')), |
|
1552 | 1552 | ] + walkopts + commitopts + commitopts2 + subrepoopts, |
|
1553 | 1553 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), |
|
1554 | 1554 | inferrepo=True) |
|
1555 | 1555 | def commit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
1556 | 1556 | """commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
1557 | 1557 | |
|
1558 | 1558 | Commit changes to the given files into the repository. Unlike a |
|
1559 | 1559 | centralized SCM, this operation is a local operation. See |
|
1560 | 1560 | :hg:`push` for a way to actively distribute your changes. |
|
1561 | 1561 | |
|
1562 | 1562 | If a list of files is omitted, all changes reported by :hg:`status` |
|
1563 | 1563 | will be committed. |
|
1564 | 1564 | |
|
1565 | 1565 | If you are committing the result of a merge, do not provide any |
|
1566 | 1566 | filenames or -I/-X filters. |
|
1567 | 1567 | |
|
1568 | 1568 | If no commit message is specified, Mercurial starts your |
|
1569 | 1569 | configured editor where you can enter a message. In case your |
|
1570 | 1570 | commit fails, you will find a backup of your message in |
|
1571 | 1571 | ``.hg/last-message.txt``. |
|
1572 | 1572 | |
|
1573 | 1573 | The --close-branch flag can be used to mark the current branch |
|
1574 | 1574 | head closed. When all heads of a branch are closed, the branch |
|
1575 | 1575 | will be considered closed and no longer listed. |
|
1576 | 1576 | |
|
1577 | 1577 | The --amend flag can be used to amend the parent of the |
|
1578 | 1578 | working directory with a new commit that contains the changes |
|
1579 | 1579 | in the parent in addition to those currently reported by :hg:`status`, |
|
1580 | 1580 | if there are any. The old commit is stored in a backup bundle in |
|
1581 | 1581 | ``.hg/strip-backup`` (see :hg:`help bundle` and :hg:`help unbundle` |
|
1582 | 1582 | on how to restore it). |
|
1583 | 1583 | |
|
1584 | 1584 | Message, user and date are taken from the amended commit unless |
|
1585 | 1585 | specified. When a message isn't specified on the command line, |
|
1586 | 1586 | the editor will open with the message of the amended commit. |
|
1587 | 1587 | |
|
1588 | 1588 | It is not possible to amend public changesets (see :hg:`help phases`) |
|
1589 | 1589 | or changesets that have children. |
|
1590 | 1590 | |
|
1591 | 1591 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
1592 | 1592 | |
|
1593 | 1593 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if nothing changed. |
|
1594 | 1594 | |
|
1595 | 1595 | .. container:: verbose |
|
1596 | 1596 | |
|
1597 | 1597 | Examples: |
|
1598 | 1598 | |
|
1599 | 1599 | - commit all files ending in .py:: |
|
1600 | 1600 | |
|
1601 | 1601 | hg commit --include "set:**.py" |
|
1602 | 1602 | |
|
1603 | 1603 | - commit all non-binary files:: |
|
1604 | 1604 | |
|
1605 | 1605 | hg commit --exclude "set:binary()" |
|
1606 | 1606 | |
|
1607 | 1607 | - amend the current commit and set the date to now:: |
|
1608 | 1608 | |
|
1609 | 1609 | hg commit --amend --date now |
|
1610 | 1610 | """ |
|
1611 | 1611 | wlock = lock = None |
|
1612 | 1612 | try: |
|
1613 | 1613 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
1614 | 1614 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
1615 | 1615 | return _docommit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts) |
|
1616 | 1616 | finally: |
|
1617 | 1617 | release(lock, wlock) |
|
1618 | 1618 | |
|
1619 | 1619 | def _docommit(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
1620 | 1620 | if opts.get('interactive'): |
|
1621 | 1621 | opts.pop('interactive') |
|
1622 | 1622 | cmdutil.dorecord(ui, repo, commit, None, False, |
|
1623 | 1623 | cmdutil.recordfilter, *pats, **opts) |
|
1624 | 1624 | return |
|
1625 | 1625 | |
|
1626 | 1626 | if opts.get('subrepos'): |
|
1627 | 1627 | if opts.get('amend'): |
|
1628 | 1628 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend with --subrepos')) |
|
1629 | 1629 | # Let --subrepos on the command line override config setting. |
|
1630 | 1630 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'commitsubrepos', True, 'commit') |
|
1631 | 1631 | |
|
1632 | 1632 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo, commit=True) |
|
1633 | 1633 | |
|
1634 | 1634 | branch = repo[None].branch() |
|
1635 | 1635 | bheads = repo.branchheads(branch) |
|
1636 | 1636 | |
|
1637 | 1637 | extra = {} |
|
1638 | 1638 | if opts.get('close_branch'): |
|
1639 | 1639 | extra['close'] = 1 |
|
1640 | 1640 | |
|
1641 | 1641 | if not bheads: |
|
1642 | 1642 | raise error.Abort(_('can only close branch heads')) |
|
1643 | 1643 | elif opts.get('amend'): |
|
1644 | 1644 | if repo[None].parents()[0].p1().branch() != branch and \ |
|
1645 | 1645 | repo[None].parents()[0].p2().branch() != branch: |
|
1646 | 1646 | raise error.Abort(_('can only close branch heads')) |
|
1647 | 1647 | |
|
1648 | 1648 | if opts.get('amend'): |
|
1649 | 1649 | if ui.configbool('ui', 'commitsubrepos'): |
|
1650 | 1650 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend with ui.commitsubrepos enabled')) |
|
1651 | 1651 | |
|
1652 | 1652 | old = repo['.'] |
|
1653 | 1653 | if not old.mutable(): |
|
1654 | 1654 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend public changesets')) |
|
1655 | 1655 | if len(repo[None].parents()) > 1: |
|
1656 | 1656 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend while merging')) |
|
1657 | 1657 | allowunstable = obsolete.isenabled(repo, obsolete.allowunstableopt) |
|
1658 | 1658 | if not allowunstable and old.children(): |
|
1659 | 1659 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot amend changeset with children')) |
|
1660 | 1660 | |
|
1661 | 1661 | newextra = extra.copy() |
|
1662 | 1662 | newextra['branch'] = branch |
|
1663 | 1663 | extra = newextra |
|
1664 | 1664 | # commitfunc is used only for temporary amend commit by cmdutil.amend |
|
1665 | 1665 | def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts): |
|
1666 | 1666 | return repo.commit(message, |
|
1667 | 1667 | opts.get('user') or old.user(), |
|
1668 | 1668 | opts.get('date') or old.date(), |
|
1669 | 1669 | match, |
|
1670 | 1670 | extra=extra) |
|
1671 | 1671 | |
|
1672 | 1672 | node = cmdutil.amend(ui, repo, commitfunc, old, extra, pats, opts) |
|
1673 | 1673 | if node == old.node(): |
|
1674 | 1674 | ui.status(_("nothing changed\n")) |
|
1675 | 1675 | return 1 |
|
1676 | 1676 | else: |
|
1677 | 1677 | def commitfunc(ui, repo, message, match, opts): |
|
1678 | 1678 | backup = ui.backupconfig('phases', 'new-commit') |
|
1679 | 1679 | baseui = repo.baseui |
|
1680 | 1680 | basebackup = baseui.backupconfig('phases', 'new-commit') |
|
1681 | 1681 | try: |
|
1682 | 1682 | if opts.get('secret'): |
|
1683 | 1683 | ui.setconfig('phases', 'new-commit', 'secret', 'commit') |
|
1684 | 1684 | # Propagate to subrepos |
|
1685 | 1685 | baseui.setconfig('phases', 'new-commit', 'secret', 'commit') |
|
1686 | 1686 | |
|
1687 | 1687 | editform = cmdutil.mergeeditform(repo[None], 'commit.normal') |
|
1688 | 1688 | editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform, **opts) |
|
1689 | 1689 | return repo.commit(message, opts.get('user'), opts.get('date'), |
|
1690 | 1690 | match, |
|
1691 | 1691 | editor=editor, |
|
1692 | 1692 | extra=extra) |
|
1693 | 1693 | finally: |
|
1694 | 1694 | ui.restoreconfig(backup) |
|
1695 | 1695 | repo.baseui.restoreconfig(basebackup) |
|
1696 | 1696 | |
|
1697 | 1697 | |
|
1698 | 1698 | node = cmdutil.commit(ui, repo, commitfunc, pats, opts) |
|
1699 | 1699 | |
|
1700 | 1700 | if not node: |
|
1701 | 1701 | stat = repo.status(match=scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts)) |
|
1702 | 1702 | if stat[3]: |
|
1703 | 1703 | ui.status(_("nothing changed (%d missing files, see " |
|
1704 | 1704 | "'hg status')\n") % len(stat[3])) |
|
1705 | 1705 | else: |
|
1706 | 1706 | ui.status(_("nothing changed\n")) |
|
1707 | 1707 | return 1 |
|
1708 | 1708 | |
|
1709 | 1709 | cmdutil.commitstatus(repo, node, branch, bheads, opts) |
|
1710 | 1710 | |
|
1711 | 1711 | @command('config|showconfig|debugconfig', |
|
1712 | 1712 | [('u', 'untrusted', None, _('show untrusted configuration options')), |
|
1713 | 1713 | ('e', 'edit', None, _('edit user config')), |
|
1714 | 1714 | ('l', 'local', None, _('edit repository config')), |
|
1715 | 1715 | ('g', 'global', None, _('edit global config'))], |
|
1716 | 1716 | _('[-u] [NAME]...'), |
|
1717 | 1717 | optionalrepo=True) |
|
1718 | 1718 | def config(ui, repo, *values, **opts): |
|
1719 | 1719 | """show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
1720 | 1720 | |
|
1721 | 1721 | With no arguments, print names and values of all config items. |
|
1722 | 1722 | |
|
1723 | 1723 | With one argument of the form section.name, print just the value |
|
1724 | 1724 | of that config item. |
|
1725 | 1725 | |
|
1726 | 1726 | With multiple arguments, print names and values of all config |
|
1727 | 1727 | items with matching section names. |
|
1728 | 1728 | |
|
1729 | 1729 | With --edit, start an editor on the user-level config file. With |
|
1730 | 1730 | --global, edit the system-wide config file. With --local, edit the |
|
1731 | 1731 | repository-level config file. |
|
1732 | 1732 | |
|
1733 | 1733 | With --debug, the source (filename and line number) is printed |
|
1734 | 1734 | for each config item. |
|
1735 | 1735 | |
|
1736 | 1736 | See :hg:`help config` for more information about config files. |
|
1737 | 1737 | |
|
1738 | 1738 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if NAME does not exist. |
|
1739 | 1739 | |
|
1740 | 1740 | """ |
|
1741 | 1741 | |
|
1742 | 1742 | if opts.get('edit') or opts.get('local') or opts.get('global'): |
|
1743 | 1743 | if opts.get('local') and opts.get('global'): |
|
1744 | 1744 | raise error.Abort(_("can't use --local and --global together")) |
|
1745 | 1745 | |
|
1746 | 1746 | if opts.get('local'): |
|
1747 | 1747 | if not repo: |
|
1748 | 1748 | raise error.Abort(_("can't use --local outside a repository")) |
|
1749 | 1749 | paths = [repo.join('hgrc')] |
|
1750 | 1750 | elif opts.get('global'): |
|
1751 | 1751 | paths = scmutil.systemrcpath() |
|
1752 | 1752 | else: |
|
1753 | 1753 | paths = scmutil.userrcpath() |
|
1754 | 1754 | |
|
1755 | 1755 | for f in paths: |
|
1756 | 1756 | if os.path.exists(f): |
|
1757 | 1757 | break |
|
1758 | 1758 | else: |
|
1759 | 1759 | if opts.get('global'): |
|
1760 | 1760 | samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['global'] |
|
1761 | 1761 | elif opts.get('local'): |
|
1762 | 1762 | samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['local'] |
|
1763 | 1763 | else: |
|
1764 | 1764 | samplehgrc = uimod.samplehgrcs['user'] |
|
1765 | 1765 | |
|
1766 | 1766 | f = paths[0] |
|
1767 | 1767 | fp = open(f, "w") |
|
1768 | 1768 | fp.write(samplehgrc) |
|
1769 | 1769 | fp.close() |
|
1770 | 1770 | |
|
1771 | 1771 | editor = ui.geteditor() |
|
1772 | 1772 | ui.system("%s \"%s\"" % (editor, f), |
|
1773 | 1773 | onerr=error.Abort, errprefix=_("edit failed")) |
|
1774 | 1774 | return |
|
1775 | 1775 | |
|
1776 | 1776 | for f in scmutil.rcpath(): |
|
1777 | 1777 | ui.debug('read config from: %s\n' % f) |
|
1778 | 1778 | untrusted = bool(opts.get('untrusted')) |
|
1779 | 1779 | if values: |
|
1780 | 1780 | sections = [v for v in values if '.' not in v] |
|
1781 | 1781 | items = [v for v in values if '.' in v] |
|
1782 | 1782 | if len(items) > 1 or items and sections: |
|
1783 | 1783 | raise error.Abort(_('only one config item permitted')) |
|
1784 | 1784 | matched = False |
|
1785 | 1785 | for section, name, value in ui.walkconfig(untrusted=untrusted): |
|
1786 | 1786 | value = str(value).replace('\n', '\\n') |
|
1787 | 1787 | sectname = section + '.' + name |
|
1788 | 1788 | if values: |
|
1789 | 1789 | for v in values: |
|
1790 | 1790 | if v == section: |
|
1791 | 1791 | ui.debug('%s: ' % |
|
1792 | 1792 | ui.configsource(section, name, untrusted)) |
|
1793 | 1793 | ui.write('%s=%s\n' % (sectname, value)) |
|
1794 | 1794 | matched = True |
|
1795 | 1795 | elif v == sectname: |
|
1796 | 1796 | ui.debug('%s: ' % |
|
1797 | 1797 | ui.configsource(section, name, untrusted)) |
|
1798 | 1798 | ui.write(value, '\n') |
|
1799 | 1799 | matched = True |
|
1800 | 1800 | else: |
|
1801 | 1801 | ui.debug('%s: ' % |
|
1802 | 1802 | ui.configsource(section, name, untrusted)) |
|
1803 | 1803 | ui.write('%s=%s\n' % (sectname, value)) |
|
1804 | 1804 | matched = True |
|
1805 | 1805 | if matched: |
|
1806 | 1806 | return 0 |
|
1807 | 1807 | return 1 |
|
1808 | 1808 | |
|
1809 | 1809 | @command('copy|cp', |
|
1810 | 1810 | [('A', 'after', None, _('record a copy that has already occurred')), |
|
1811 | 1811 | ('f', 'force', None, _('forcibly copy over an existing managed file')), |
|
1812 | 1812 | ] + walkopts + dryrunopts, |
|
1813 | 1813 | _('[OPTION]... [SOURCE]... DEST')) |
|
1814 | 1814 | def copy(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
1815 | 1815 | """mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
1816 | 1816 | |
|
1817 | 1817 | Mark dest as having copies of source files. If dest is a |
|
1818 | 1818 | directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a file, |
|
1819 | 1819 | the source must be a single file. |
|
1820 | 1820 | |
|
1821 | 1821 | By default, this command copies the contents of files as they |
|
1822 | 1822 | exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the |
|
1823 | 1823 | operation is recorded, but no copying is performed. |
|
1824 | 1824 | |
|
1825 | 1825 | This command takes effect with the next commit. To undo a copy |
|
1826 | 1826 | before that, see :hg:`revert`. |
|
1827 | 1827 | |
|
1828 | 1828 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
|
1829 | 1829 | """ |
|
1830 | 1830 | wlock = repo.wlock(False) |
|
1831 | 1831 | try: |
|
1832 | 1832 | return cmdutil.copy(ui, repo, pats, opts) |
|
1833 | 1833 | finally: |
|
1834 | 1834 | wlock.release() |
|
1835 | 1835 | |
|
1836 | 1836 | @command('debugancestor', [], _('[INDEX] REV1 REV2'), optionalrepo=True) |
|
1837 | 1837 | def debugancestor(ui, repo, *args): |
|
1838 | 1838 | """find the ancestor revision of two revisions in a given index""" |
|
1839 | 1839 | if len(args) == 3: |
|
1840 | 1840 | index, rev1, rev2 = args |
|
1841 | 1841 | r = revlog.revlog(scmutil.opener(os.getcwd(), audit=False), index) |
|
1842 | 1842 | lookup = r.lookup |
|
1843 | 1843 | elif len(args) == 2: |
|
1844 | 1844 | if not repo: |
|
1845 | 1845 | raise error.Abort(_("there is no Mercurial repository here " |
|
1846 | 1846 | "(.hg not found)")) |
|
1847 | 1847 | rev1, rev2 = args |
|
1848 | 1848 | r = repo.changelog |
|
1849 | 1849 | lookup = repo.lookup |
|
1850 | 1850 | else: |
|
1851 | 1851 | raise error.Abort(_('either two or three arguments required')) |
|
1852 | 1852 | a = r.ancestor(lookup(rev1), lookup(rev2)) |
|
1853 | 1853 | ui.write("%d:%s\n" % (r.rev(a), hex(a))) |
|
1854 | 1854 | |
|
1855 | 1855 | @command('debugbuilddag', |
|
1856 | 1856 | [('m', 'mergeable-file', None, _('add single file mergeable changes')), |
|
1857 | 1857 | ('o', 'overwritten-file', None, _('add single file all revs overwrite')), |
|
1858 | 1858 | ('n', 'new-file', None, _('add new file at each rev'))], |
|
1859 | 1859 | _('[OPTION]... [TEXT]')) |
|
1860 | 1860 | def debugbuilddag(ui, repo, text=None, |
|
1861 | 1861 | mergeable_file=False, |
|
1862 | 1862 | overwritten_file=False, |
|
1863 | 1863 | new_file=False): |
|
1864 | 1864 | """builds a repo with a given DAG from scratch in the current empty repo |
|
1865 | 1865 | |
|
1866 | 1866 | The description of the DAG is read from stdin if not given on the |
|
1867 | 1867 | command line. |
|
1868 | 1868 | |
|
1869 | 1869 | Elements: |
|
1870 | 1870 | |
|
1871 | 1871 | - "+n" is a linear run of n nodes based on the current default parent |
|
1872 | 1872 | - "." is a single node based on the current default parent |
|
1873 | 1873 | - "$" resets the default parent to null (implied at the start); |
|
1874 | 1874 | otherwise the default parent is always the last node created |
|
1875 | 1875 | - "<p" sets the default parent to the backref p |
|
1876 | 1876 | - "*p" is a fork at parent p, which is a backref |
|
1877 | 1877 | - "*p1/p2" is a merge of parents p1 and p2, which are backrefs |
|
1878 | 1878 | - "/p2" is a merge of the preceding node and p2 |
|
1879 | 1879 | - ":tag" defines a local tag for the preceding node |
|
1880 | 1880 | - "@branch" sets the named branch for subsequent nodes |
|
1881 | 1881 | - "#...\\n" is a comment up to the end of the line |
|
1882 | 1882 | |
|
1883 | 1883 | Whitespace between the above elements is ignored. |
|
1884 | 1884 | |
|
1885 | 1885 | A backref is either |
|
1886 | 1886 | |
|
1887 | 1887 | - a number n, which references the node curr-n, where curr is the current |
|
1888 | 1888 | node, or |
|
1889 | 1889 | - the name of a local tag you placed earlier using ":tag", or |
|
1890 | 1890 | - empty to denote the default parent. |
|
1891 | 1891 | |
|
1892 | 1892 | All string valued-elements are either strictly alphanumeric, or must |
|
1893 | 1893 | be enclosed in double quotes ("..."), with "\\" as escape character. |
|
1894 | 1894 | """ |
|
1895 | 1895 | |
|
1896 | 1896 | if text is None: |
|
1897 | 1897 | ui.status(_("reading DAG from stdin\n")) |
|
1898 | 1898 | text = ui.fin.read() |
|
1899 | 1899 | |
|
1900 | 1900 | cl = repo.changelog |
|
1901 | 1901 | if len(cl) > 0: |
|
1902 | 1902 | raise error.Abort(_('repository is not empty')) |
|
1903 | 1903 | |
|
1904 | 1904 | # determine number of revs in DAG |
|
1905 | 1905 | total = 0 |
|
1906 | 1906 | for type, data in dagparser.parsedag(text): |
|
1907 | 1907 | if type == 'n': |
|
1908 | 1908 | total += 1 |
|
1909 | 1909 | |
|
1910 | 1910 | if mergeable_file: |
|
1911 | 1911 | linesperrev = 2 |
|
1912 | 1912 | # make a file with k lines per rev |
|
1913 | 1913 | initialmergedlines = [str(i) for i in xrange(0, total * linesperrev)] |
|
1914 | 1914 | initialmergedlines.append("") |
|
1915 | 1915 | |
|
1916 | 1916 | tags = [] |
|
1917 | 1917 | |
|
1918 | 1918 | lock = tr = None |
|
1919 | 1919 | try: |
|
1920 | 1920 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
1921 | 1921 | tr = repo.transaction("builddag") |
|
1922 | 1922 | |
|
1923 | 1923 | at = -1 |
|
1924 | 1924 | atbranch = 'default' |
|
1925 | 1925 | nodeids = [] |
|
1926 | 1926 | id = 0 |
|
1927 | 1927 | ui.progress(_('building'), id, unit=_('revisions'), total=total) |
|
1928 | 1928 | for type, data in dagparser.parsedag(text): |
|
1929 | 1929 | if type == 'n': |
|
1930 | 1930 | ui.note(('node %s\n' % str(data))) |
|
1931 | 1931 | id, ps = data |
|
1932 | 1932 | |
|
1933 | 1933 | files = [] |
|
1934 | 1934 | fctxs = {} |
|
1935 | 1935 | |
|
1936 | 1936 | p2 = None |
|
1937 | 1937 | if mergeable_file: |
|
1938 | 1938 | fn = "mf" |
|
1939 | 1939 | p1 = repo[ps[0]] |
|
1940 | 1940 | if len(ps) > 1: |
|
1941 | 1941 | p2 = repo[ps[1]] |
|
1942 | 1942 | pa = p1.ancestor(p2) |
|
1943 | 1943 | base, local, other = [x[fn].data() for x in (pa, p1, |
|
1944 | 1944 | p2)] |
|
1945 | 1945 | m3 = simplemerge.Merge3Text(base, local, other) |
|
1946 | 1946 | ml = [l.strip() for l in m3.merge_lines()] |
|
1947 | 1947 | ml.append("") |
|
1948 | 1948 | elif at > 0: |
|
1949 | 1949 | ml = p1[fn].data().split("\n") |
|
1950 | 1950 | else: |
|
1951 | 1951 | ml = initialmergedlines |
|
1952 | 1952 | ml[id * linesperrev] += " r%i" % id |
|
1953 | 1953 | mergedtext = "\n".join(ml) |
|
1954 | 1954 | files.append(fn) |
|
1955 | 1955 | fctxs[fn] = context.memfilectx(repo, fn, mergedtext) |
|
1956 | 1956 | |
|
1957 | 1957 | if overwritten_file: |
|
1958 | 1958 | fn = "of" |
|
1959 | 1959 | files.append(fn) |
|
1960 | 1960 | fctxs[fn] = context.memfilectx(repo, fn, "r%i\n" % id) |
|
1961 | 1961 | |
|
1962 | 1962 | if new_file: |
|
1963 | 1963 | fn = "nf%i" % id |
|
1964 | 1964 | files.append(fn) |
|
1965 | 1965 | fctxs[fn] = context.memfilectx(repo, fn, "r%i\n" % id) |
|
1966 | 1966 | if len(ps) > 1: |
|
1967 | 1967 | if not p2: |
|
1968 | 1968 | p2 = repo[ps[1]] |
|
1969 | 1969 | for fn in p2: |
|
1970 | 1970 | if fn.startswith("nf"): |
|
1971 | 1971 | files.append(fn) |
|
1972 | 1972 | fctxs[fn] = p2[fn] |
|
1973 | 1973 | |
|
1974 | 1974 | def fctxfn(repo, cx, path): |
|
1975 | 1975 | return fctxs.get(path) |
|
1976 | 1976 | |
|
1977 | 1977 | if len(ps) == 0 or ps[0] < 0: |
|
1978 | 1978 | pars = [None, None] |
|
1979 | 1979 | elif len(ps) == 1: |
|
1980 | 1980 | pars = [nodeids[ps[0]], None] |
|
1981 | 1981 | else: |
|
1982 | 1982 | pars = [nodeids[p] for p in ps] |
|
1983 | 1983 | cx = context.memctx(repo, pars, "r%i" % id, files, fctxfn, |
|
1984 | 1984 | date=(id, 0), |
|
1985 | 1985 | user="debugbuilddag", |
|
1986 | 1986 | extra={'branch': atbranch}) |
|
1987 | 1987 | nodeid = repo.commitctx(cx) |
|
1988 | 1988 | nodeids.append(nodeid) |
|
1989 | 1989 | at = id |
|
1990 | 1990 | elif type == 'l': |
|
1991 | 1991 | id, name = data |
|
1992 | 1992 | ui.note(('tag %s\n' % name)) |
|
1993 | 1993 | tags.append("%s %s\n" % (hex(repo.changelog.node(id)), name)) |
|
1994 | 1994 | elif type == 'a': |
|
1995 | 1995 | ui.note(('branch %s\n' % data)) |
|
1996 | 1996 | atbranch = data |
|
1997 | 1997 | ui.progress(_('building'), id, unit=_('revisions'), total=total) |
|
1998 | 1998 | tr.close() |
|
1999 | 1999 | |
|
2000 | 2000 | if tags: |
|
2001 | 2001 | repo.vfs.write("localtags", "".join(tags)) |
|
2002 | 2002 | finally: |
|
2003 | 2003 | ui.progress(_('building'), None) |
|
2004 | 2004 | release(tr, lock) |
|
2005 | 2005 | |
|
2006 | 2006 | @command('debugbundle', |
|
2007 | 2007 | [('a', 'all', None, _('show all details'))], |
|
2008 | 2008 | _('FILE'), |
|
2009 | 2009 | norepo=True) |
|
2010 | 2010 | def debugbundle(ui, bundlepath, all=None, **opts): |
|
2011 | 2011 | """lists the contents of a bundle""" |
|
2012 | 2012 | f = hg.openpath(ui, bundlepath) |
|
2013 | 2013 | try: |
|
2014 | 2014 | gen = exchange.readbundle(ui, f, bundlepath) |
|
2015 | 2015 | if isinstance(gen, bundle2.unbundle20): |
|
2016 | 2016 | return _debugbundle2(ui, gen, all=all, **opts) |
|
2017 | 2017 | if all: |
|
2018 | 2018 | ui.write(("format: id, p1, p2, cset, delta base, len(delta)\n")) |
|
2019 | 2019 | |
|
2020 | 2020 | def showchunks(named): |
|
2021 | 2021 | ui.write("\n%s\n" % named) |
|
2022 | 2022 | chain = None |
|
2023 | 2023 | while True: |
|
2024 | 2024 | chunkdata = gen.deltachunk(chain) |
|
2025 | 2025 | if not chunkdata: |
|
2026 | 2026 | break |
|
2027 | 2027 | node = chunkdata['node'] |
|
2028 | 2028 | p1 = chunkdata['p1'] |
|
2029 | 2029 | p2 = chunkdata['p2'] |
|
2030 | 2030 | cs = chunkdata['cs'] |
|
2031 | 2031 | deltabase = chunkdata['deltabase'] |
|
2032 | 2032 | delta = chunkdata['delta'] |
|
2033 | 2033 | ui.write("%s %s %s %s %s %s\n" % |
|
2034 | 2034 | (hex(node), hex(p1), hex(p2), |
|
2035 | 2035 | hex(cs), hex(deltabase), len(delta))) |
|
2036 | 2036 | chain = node |
|
2037 | 2037 | |
|
2038 | 2038 | chunkdata = gen.changelogheader() |
|
2039 | 2039 | showchunks("changelog") |
|
2040 | 2040 | chunkdata = gen.manifestheader() |
|
2041 | 2041 | showchunks("manifest") |
|
2042 | 2042 | while True: |
|
2043 | 2043 | chunkdata = gen.filelogheader() |
|
2044 | 2044 | if not chunkdata: |
|
2045 | 2045 | break |
|
2046 | 2046 | fname = chunkdata['filename'] |
|
2047 | 2047 | showchunks(fname) |
|
2048 | 2048 | else: |
|
2049 | 2049 | if isinstance(gen, bundle2.unbundle20): |
|
2050 | 2050 | raise error.Abort(_('use debugbundle2 for this file')) |
|
2051 | 2051 | chunkdata = gen.changelogheader() |
|
2052 | 2052 | chain = None |
|
2053 | 2053 | while True: |
|
2054 | 2054 | chunkdata = gen.deltachunk(chain) |
|
2055 | 2055 | if not chunkdata: |
|
2056 | 2056 | break |
|
2057 | 2057 | node = chunkdata['node'] |
|
2058 | 2058 | ui.write("%s\n" % hex(node)) |
|
2059 | 2059 | chain = node |
|
2060 | 2060 | finally: |
|
2061 | 2061 | f.close() |
|
2062 | 2062 | |
|
2063 | 2063 | def _debugbundle2(ui, gen, **opts): |
|
2064 | 2064 | """lists the contents of a bundle2""" |
|
2065 | 2065 | if not isinstance(gen, bundle2.unbundle20): |
|
2066 | 2066 | raise error.Abort(_('not a bundle2 file')) |
|
2067 | 2067 | ui.write(('Stream params: %s\n' % repr(gen.params))) |
|
2068 | 2068 | for part in gen.iterparts(): |
|
2069 | 2069 | ui.write('%s -- %r\n' % (part.type, repr(part.params))) |
|
2070 | 2070 | if part.type == 'changegroup': |
|
2071 | 2071 | version = part.params.get('version', '01') |
|
2072 | 2072 | cg = changegroup.packermap[version][1](part, 'UN') |
|
2073 | 2073 | chunkdata = cg.changelogheader() |
|
2074 | 2074 | chain = None |
|
2075 | 2075 | while True: |
|
2076 | 2076 | chunkdata = cg.deltachunk(chain) |
|
2077 | 2077 | if not chunkdata: |
|
2078 | 2078 | break |
|
2079 | 2079 | node = chunkdata['node'] |
|
2080 | 2080 | ui.write(" %s\n" % hex(node)) |
|
2081 | 2081 | chain = node |
|
2082 | 2082 | |
|
2083 | 2083 | @command('debugcreatestreamclonebundle', [], 'FILE') |
|
2084 | 2084 | def debugcreatestreamclonebundle(ui, repo, fname): |
|
2085 | 2085 | """create a stream clone bundle file |
|
2086 | 2086 | |
|
2087 | 2087 | Stream bundles are special bundles that are essentially archives of |
|
2088 | 2088 | revlog files. They are commonly used for cloning very quickly. |
|
2089 | 2089 | """ |
|
2090 | 2090 | requirements, gen = streamclone.generatebundlev1(repo) |
|
2091 | 2091 | changegroup.writechunks(ui, gen, fname) |
|
2092 | 2092 | |
|
2093 | 2093 | ui.write(_('bundle requirements: %s\n') % ', '.join(sorted(requirements))) |
|
2094 | 2094 | |
|
2095 | 2095 | @command('debugapplystreamclonebundle', [], 'FILE') |
|
2096 | 2096 | def debugapplystreamclonebundle(ui, repo, fname): |
|
2097 | 2097 | """apply a stream clone bundle file""" |
|
2098 | 2098 | f = hg.openpath(ui, fname) |
|
2099 | 2099 | gen = exchange.readbundle(ui, f, fname) |
|
2100 | 2100 | gen.apply(repo) |
|
2101 | 2101 | |
|
2102 | 2102 | @command('debugcheckstate', [], '') |
|
2103 | 2103 | def debugcheckstate(ui, repo): |
|
2104 | 2104 | """validate the correctness of the current dirstate""" |
|
2105 | 2105 | parent1, parent2 = repo.dirstate.parents() |
|
2106 | 2106 | m1 = repo[parent1].manifest() |
|
2107 | 2107 | m2 = repo[parent2].manifest() |
|
2108 | 2108 | errors = 0 |
|
2109 | 2109 | for f in repo.dirstate: |
|
2110 | 2110 | state = repo.dirstate[f] |
|
2111 | 2111 | if state in "nr" and f not in m1: |
|
2112 | 2112 | ui.warn(_("%s in state %s, but not in manifest1\n") % (f, state)) |
|
2113 | 2113 | errors += 1 |
|
2114 | 2114 | if state in "a" and f in m1: |
|
2115 | 2115 | ui.warn(_("%s in state %s, but also in manifest1\n") % (f, state)) |
|
2116 | 2116 | errors += 1 |
|
2117 | 2117 | if state in "m" and f not in m1 and f not in m2: |
|
2118 | 2118 | ui.warn(_("%s in state %s, but not in either manifest\n") % |
|
2119 | 2119 | (f, state)) |
|
2120 | 2120 | errors += 1 |
|
2121 | 2121 | for f in m1: |
|
2122 | 2122 | state = repo.dirstate[f] |
|
2123 | 2123 | if state not in "nrm": |
|
2124 | 2124 | ui.warn(_("%s in manifest1, but listed as state %s") % (f, state)) |
|
2125 | 2125 | errors += 1 |
|
2126 | 2126 | if errors: |
|
2127 | 2127 | error = _(".hg/dirstate inconsistent with current parent's manifest") |
|
2128 | 2128 | raise error.Abort(error) |
|
2129 | 2129 | |
|
2130 | 2130 | @command('debugcommands', [], _('[COMMAND]'), norepo=True) |
|
2131 | 2131 | def debugcommands(ui, cmd='', *args): |
|
2132 | 2132 | """list all available commands and options""" |
|
2133 | 2133 | for cmd, vals in sorted(table.iteritems()): |
|
2134 | 2134 | cmd = cmd.split('|')[0].strip('^') |
|
2135 | 2135 | opts = ', '.join([i[1] for i in vals[1]]) |
|
2136 | 2136 | ui.write('%s: %s\n' % (cmd, opts)) |
|
2137 | 2137 | |
|
2138 | 2138 | @command('debugcomplete', |
|
2139 | 2139 | [('o', 'options', None, _('show the command options'))], |
|
2140 | 2140 | _('[-o] CMD'), |
|
2141 | 2141 | norepo=True) |
|
2142 | 2142 | def debugcomplete(ui, cmd='', **opts): |
|
2143 | 2143 | """returns the completion list associated with the given command""" |
|
2144 | 2144 | |
|
2145 | 2145 | if opts.get('options'): |
|
2146 | 2146 | options = [] |
|
2147 | 2147 | otables = [globalopts] |
|
2148 | 2148 | if cmd: |
|
2149 | 2149 | aliases, entry = cmdutil.findcmd(cmd, table, False) |
|
2150 | 2150 | otables.append(entry[1]) |
|
2151 | 2151 | for t in otables: |
|
2152 | 2152 | for o in t: |
|
2153 | 2153 | if "(DEPRECATED)" in o[3]: |
|
2154 | 2154 | continue |
|
2155 | 2155 | if o[0]: |
|
2156 | 2156 | options.append('-%s' % o[0]) |
|
2157 | 2157 | options.append('--%s' % o[1]) |
|
2158 | 2158 | ui.write("%s\n" % "\n".join(options)) |
|
2159 | 2159 | return |
|
2160 | 2160 | |
|
2161 | 2161 | cmdlist, unused_allcmds = cmdutil.findpossible(cmd, table) |
|
2162 | 2162 | if ui.verbose: |
|
2163 | 2163 | cmdlist = [' '.join(c[0]) for c in cmdlist.values()] |
|
2164 | 2164 | ui.write("%s\n" % "\n".join(sorted(cmdlist))) |
|
2165 | 2165 | |
|
2166 | 2166 | @command('debugdag', |
|
2167 | 2167 | [('t', 'tags', None, _('use tags as labels')), |
|
2168 | 2168 | ('b', 'branches', None, _('annotate with branch names')), |
|
2169 | 2169 | ('', 'dots', None, _('use dots for runs')), |
|
2170 | 2170 | ('s', 'spaces', None, _('separate elements by spaces'))], |
|
2171 | 2171 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE [REV]...]'), |
|
2172 | 2172 | optionalrepo=True) |
|
2173 | 2173 | def debugdag(ui, repo, file_=None, *revs, **opts): |
|
2174 | 2174 | """format the changelog or an index DAG as a concise textual description |
|
2175 | 2175 | |
|
2176 | 2176 | If you pass a revlog index, the revlog's DAG is emitted. If you list |
|
2177 | 2177 | revision numbers, they get labeled in the output as rN. |
|
2178 | 2178 | |
|
2179 | 2179 | Otherwise, the changelog DAG of the current repo is emitted. |
|
2180 | 2180 | """ |
|
2181 | 2181 | spaces = opts.get('spaces') |
|
2182 | 2182 | dots = opts.get('dots') |
|
2183 | 2183 | if file_: |
|
2184 | 2184 | rlog = revlog.revlog(scmutil.opener(os.getcwd(), audit=False), file_) |
|
2185 | 2185 | revs = set((int(r) for r in revs)) |
|
2186 | 2186 | def events(): |
|
2187 | 2187 | for r in rlog: |
|
2188 | 2188 | yield 'n', (r, list(p for p in rlog.parentrevs(r) |
|
2189 | 2189 | if p != -1)) |
|
2190 | 2190 | if r in revs: |
|
2191 | 2191 | yield 'l', (r, "r%i" % r) |
|
2192 | 2192 | elif repo: |
|
2193 | 2193 | cl = repo.changelog |
|
2194 | 2194 | tags = opts.get('tags') |
|
2195 | 2195 | branches = opts.get('branches') |
|
2196 | 2196 | if tags: |
|
2197 | 2197 | labels = {} |
|
2198 | 2198 | for l, n in repo.tags().items(): |
|
2199 | 2199 | labels.setdefault(cl.rev(n), []).append(l) |
|
2200 | 2200 | def events(): |
|
2201 | 2201 | b = "default" |
|
2202 | 2202 | for r in cl: |
|
2203 | 2203 | if branches: |
|
2204 | 2204 | newb = cl.read(cl.node(r))[5]['branch'] |
|
2205 | 2205 | if newb != b: |
|
2206 | 2206 | yield 'a', newb |
|
2207 | 2207 | b = newb |
|
2208 | 2208 | yield 'n', (r, list(p for p in cl.parentrevs(r) |
|
2209 | 2209 | if p != -1)) |
|
2210 | 2210 | if tags: |
|
2211 | 2211 | ls = labels.get(r) |
|
2212 | 2212 | if ls: |
|
2213 | 2213 | for l in ls: |
|
2214 | 2214 | yield 'l', (r, l) |
|
2215 | 2215 | else: |
|
2216 | 2216 | raise error.Abort(_('need repo for changelog dag')) |
|
2217 | 2217 | |
|
2218 | 2218 | for line in dagparser.dagtextlines(events(), |
|
2219 | 2219 | addspaces=spaces, |
|
2220 | 2220 | wraplabels=True, |
|
2221 | 2221 | wrapannotations=True, |
|
2222 | 2222 | wrapnonlinear=dots, |
|
2223 | 2223 | usedots=dots, |
|
2224 | 2224 | maxlinewidth=70): |
|
2225 | 2225 | ui.write(line) |
|
2226 | 2226 | ui.write("\n") |
|
2227 | 2227 | |
|
2228 | 2228 | @command('debugdata', debugrevlogopts, _('-c|-m|FILE REV')) |
|
2229 | 2229 | def debugdata(ui, repo, file_, rev=None, **opts): |
|
2230 | 2230 | """dump the contents of a data file revision""" |
|
2231 | 2231 | if opts.get('changelog') or opts.get('manifest'): |
|
2232 | 2232 | file_, rev = None, file_ |
|
2233 | 2233 | elif rev is None: |
|
2234 | 2234 | raise error.CommandError('debugdata', _('invalid arguments')) |
|
2235 | 2235 | r = cmdutil.openrevlog(repo, 'debugdata', file_, opts) |
|
2236 | 2236 | try: |
|
2237 | 2237 | ui.write(r.revision(r.lookup(rev))) |
|
2238 | 2238 | except KeyError: |
|
2239 | 2239 | raise error.Abort(_('invalid revision identifier %s') % rev) |
|
2240 | 2240 | |
|
2241 | 2241 | @command('debugdate', |
|
2242 | 2242 | [('e', 'extended', None, _('try extended date formats'))], |
|
2243 | 2243 | _('[-e] DATE [RANGE]'), |
|
2244 | 2244 | norepo=True, optionalrepo=True) |
|
2245 | 2245 | def debugdate(ui, date, range=None, **opts): |
|
2246 | 2246 | """parse and display a date""" |
|
2247 | 2247 | if opts["extended"]: |
|
2248 | 2248 | d = util.parsedate(date, util.extendeddateformats) |
|
2249 | 2249 | else: |
|
2250 | 2250 | d = util.parsedate(date) |
|
2251 | 2251 | ui.write(("internal: %s %s\n") % d) |
|
2252 | 2252 | ui.write(("standard: %s\n") % util.datestr(d)) |
|
2253 | 2253 | if range: |
|
2254 | 2254 | m = util.matchdate(range) |
|
2255 | 2255 | ui.write(("match: %s\n") % m(d[0])) |
|
2256 | 2256 | |
|
2257 | 2257 | @command('debugdiscovery', |
|
2258 | 2258 | [('', 'old', None, _('use old-style discovery')), |
|
2259 | 2259 | ('', 'nonheads', None, |
|
2260 | 2260 | _('use old-style discovery with non-heads included')), |
|
2261 | 2261 | ] + remoteopts, |
|
2262 | 2262 | _('[-l REV] [-r REV] [-b BRANCH]... [OTHER]')) |
|
2263 | 2263 | def debugdiscovery(ui, repo, remoteurl="default", **opts): |
|
2264 | 2264 | """runs the changeset discovery protocol in isolation""" |
|
2265 | 2265 | remoteurl, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(remoteurl), |
|
2266 | 2266 | opts.get('branch')) |
|
2267 | 2267 | remote = hg.peer(repo, opts, remoteurl) |
|
2268 | 2268 | ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(remoteurl)) |
|
2269 | 2269 | |
|
2270 | 2270 | # make sure tests are repeatable |
|
2271 | 2271 | random.seed(12323) |
|
2272 | 2272 | |
|
2273 | 2273 | def doit(localheads, remoteheads, remote=remote): |
|
2274 | 2274 | if opts.get('old'): |
|
2275 | 2275 | if localheads: |
|
2276 | 2276 | raise error.Abort('cannot use localheads with old style ' |
|
2277 | 2277 | 'discovery') |
|
2278 | 2278 | if not util.safehasattr(remote, 'branches'): |
|
2279 | 2279 | # enable in-client legacy support |
|
2280 | 2280 | remote = localrepo.locallegacypeer(remote.local()) |
|
2281 | 2281 | common, _in, hds = treediscovery.findcommonincoming(repo, remote, |
|
2282 | 2282 | force=True) |
|
2283 | 2283 | common = set(common) |
|
2284 | 2284 | if not opts.get('nonheads'): |
|
2285 | 2285 | ui.write(("unpruned common: %s\n") % |
|
2286 | 2286 | " ".join(sorted(short(n) for n in common))) |
|
2287 | 2287 | dag = dagutil.revlogdag(repo.changelog) |
|
2288 | 2288 | all = dag.ancestorset(dag.internalizeall(common)) |
|
2289 | 2289 | common = dag.externalizeall(dag.headsetofconnecteds(all)) |
|
2290 | 2290 | else: |
|
2291 | 2291 | common, any, hds = setdiscovery.findcommonheads(ui, repo, remote) |
|
2292 | 2292 | common = set(common) |
|
2293 | 2293 | rheads = set(hds) |
|
2294 | 2294 | lheads = set(repo.heads()) |
|
2295 | 2295 | ui.write(("common heads: %s\n") % |
|
2296 | 2296 | " ".join(sorted(short(n) for n in common))) |
|
2297 | 2297 | if lheads <= common: |
|
2298 | 2298 | ui.write(("local is subset\n")) |
|
2299 | 2299 | elif rheads <= common: |
|
2300 | 2300 | ui.write(("remote is subset\n")) |
|
2301 | 2301 | |
|
2302 | 2302 | serverlogs = opts.get('serverlog') |
|
2303 | 2303 | if serverlogs: |
|
2304 | 2304 | for filename in serverlogs: |
|
2305 | 2305 | logfile = open(filename, 'r') |
|
2306 | 2306 | try: |
|
2307 | 2307 | line = logfile.readline() |
|
2308 | 2308 | while line: |
|
2309 | 2309 | parts = line.strip().split(';') |
|
2310 | 2310 | op = parts[1] |
|
2311 | 2311 | if op == 'cg': |
|
2312 | 2312 | pass |
|
2313 | 2313 | elif op == 'cgss': |
|
2314 | 2314 | doit(parts[2].split(' '), parts[3].split(' ')) |
|
2315 | 2315 | elif op == 'unb': |
|
2316 | 2316 | doit(parts[3].split(' '), parts[2].split(' ')) |
|
2317 | 2317 | line = logfile.readline() |
|
2318 | 2318 | finally: |
|
2319 | 2319 | logfile.close() |
|
2320 | 2320 | |
|
2321 | 2321 | else: |
|
2322 | 2322 | remoterevs, _checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, remote, branches, |
|
2323 | 2323 | opts.get('remote_head')) |
|
2324 | 2324 | localrevs = opts.get('local_head') |
|
2325 | 2325 | doit(localrevs, remoterevs) |
|
2326 | 2326 | |
|
2327 | 2327 | @command('debugextensions', formatteropts, [], norepo=True) |
|
2328 | 2328 | def debugextensions(ui, **opts): |
|
2329 | 2329 | '''show information about active extensions''' |
|
2330 | 2330 | exts = extensions.extensions(ui) |
|
2331 | 2331 | fm = ui.formatter('debugextensions', opts) |
|
2332 | 2332 | for extname, extmod in sorted(exts, key=operator.itemgetter(0)): |
|
2333 | 2333 | extsource = extmod.__file__ |
|
2334 | 2334 | exttestedwith = getattr(extmod, 'testedwith', None) |
|
2335 | 2335 | if exttestedwith is not None: |
|
2336 | 2336 | exttestedwith = exttestedwith.split() |
|
2337 | 2337 | extbuglink = getattr(extmod, 'buglink', None) |
|
2338 | 2338 | |
|
2339 | 2339 | fm.startitem() |
|
2340 | 2340 | |
|
2341 | 2341 | if ui.quiet or ui.verbose: |
|
2342 | 2342 | fm.write('name', '%s\n', extname) |
|
2343 | 2343 | else: |
|
2344 | 2344 | fm.write('name', '%s', extname) |
|
2345 | 2345 | if not exttestedwith: |
|
2346 | 2346 | fm.plain(_(' (untested!)\n')) |
|
2347 | 2347 | else: |
|
2348 | 2348 | if exttestedwith == ['internal'] or \ |
|
2349 | 2349 | util.version() in exttestedwith: |
|
2350 | 2350 | fm.plain('\n') |
|
2351 | 2351 | else: |
|
2352 | 2352 | lasttestedversion = exttestedwith[-1] |
|
2353 | 2353 | fm.plain(' (%s!)\n' % lasttestedversion) |
|
2354 | 2354 | |
|
2355 | 2355 | fm.condwrite(ui.verbose and extsource, 'source', |
|
2356 | 2356 | _(' location: %s\n'), extsource or "") |
|
2357 | 2357 | |
|
2358 | 2358 | fm.condwrite(ui.verbose and exttestedwith, 'testedwith', |
|
2359 | 2359 | _(' tested with: %s\n'), ' '.join(exttestedwith or [])) |
|
2360 | 2360 | |
|
2361 | 2361 | fm.condwrite(ui.verbose and extbuglink, 'buglink', |
|
2362 | 2362 | _(' bug reporting: %s\n'), extbuglink or "") |
|
2363 | 2363 | |
|
2364 | 2364 | fm.end() |
|
2365 | 2365 | |
|
2366 | 2366 | @command('debugfileset', |
|
2367 | 2367 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('apply the filespec on this revision'), _('REV'))], |
|
2368 | 2368 | _('[-r REV] FILESPEC')) |
|
2369 | 2369 | def debugfileset(ui, repo, expr, **opts): |
|
2370 | 2370 | '''parse and apply a fileset specification''' |
|
2371 | 2371 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None) |
|
2372 | 2372 | if ui.verbose: |
|
2373 | 2373 | tree = fileset.parse(expr) |
|
2374 | 2374 | ui.note(fileset.prettyformat(tree), "\n") |
|
2375 | 2375 | |
|
2376 | 2376 | for f in ctx.getfileset(expr): |
|
2377 | 2377 | ui.write("%s\n" % f) |
|
2378 | 2378 | |
|
2379 | 2379 | @command('debugfsinfo', [], _('[PATH]'), norepo=True) |
|
2380 | 2380 | def debugfsinfo(ui, path="."): |
|
2381 | 2381 | """show information detected about current filesystem""" |
|
2382 | 2382 | util.writefile('.debugfsinfo', '') |
|
2383 | 2383 | ui.write(('exec: %s\n') % (util.checkexec(path) and 'yes' or 'no')) |
|
2384 | 2384 | ui.write(('symlink: %s\n') % (util.checklink(path) and 'yes' or 'no')) |
|
2385 | 2385 | ui.write(('hardlink: %s\n') % (util.checknlink(path) and 'yes' or 'no')) |
|
2386 | 2386 | ui.write(('case-sensitive: %s\n') % (util.checkcase('.debugfsinfo') |
|
2387 | 2387 | and 'yes' or 'no')) |
|
2388 | 2388 | os.unlink('.debugfsinfo') |
|
2389 | 2389 | |
|
2390 | 2390 | @command('debuggetbundle', |
|
2391 | 2391 | [('H', 'head', [], _('id of head node'), _('ID')), |
|
2392 | 2392 | ('C', 'common', [], _('id of common node'), _('ID')), |
|
2393 | 2393 | ('t', 'type', 'bzip2', _('bundle compression type to use'), _('TYPE'))], |
|
2394 | 2394 | _('REPO FILE [-H|-C ID]...'), |
|
2395 | 2395 | norepo=True) |
|
2396 | 2396 | def debuggetbundle(ui, repopath, bundlepath, head=None, common=None, **opts): |
|
2397 | 2397 | """retrieves a bundle from a repo |
|
2398 | 2398 | |
|
2399 | 2399 | Every ID must be a full-length hex node id string. Saves the bundle to the |
|
2400 | 2400 | given file. |
|
2401 | 2401 | """ |
|
2402 | 2402 | repo = hg.peer(ui, opts, repopath) |
|
2403 | 2403 | if not repo.capable('getbundle'): |
|
2404 | 2404 | raise error.Abort("getbundle() not supported by target repository") |
|
2405 | 2405 | args = {} |
|
2406 | 2406 | if common: |
|
2407 | 2407 | args['common'] = [bin(s) for s in common] |
|
2408 | 2408 | if head: |
|
2409 | 2409 | args['heads'] = [bin(s) for s in head] |
|
2410 | 2410 | # TODO: get desired bundlecaps from command line. |
|
2411 | 2411 | args['bundlecaps'] = None |
|
2412 | 2412 | bundle = repo.getbundle('debug', **args) |
|
2413 | 2413 | |
|
2414 | 2414 | bundletype = opts.get('type', 'bzip2').lower() |
|
2415 | 2415 | btypes = {'none': 'HG10UN', |
|
2416 | 2416 | 'bzip2': 'HG10BZ', |
|
2417 | 2417 | 'gzip': 'HG10GZ', |
|
2418 | 2418 | 'bundle2': 'HG20'} |
|
2419 | 2419 | bundletype = btypes.get(bundletype) |
|
2420 | 2420 | if bundletype not in changegroup.bundletypes: |
|
2421 | 2421 | raise error.Abort(_('unknown bundle type specified with --type')) |
|
2422 | 2422 | changegroup.writebundle(ui, bundle, bundlepath, bundletype) |
|
2423 | 2423 | |
|
2424 | 2424 | @command('debugignore', [], '') |
|
2425 | 2425 | def debugignore(ui, repo, *values, **opts): |
|
2426 | 2426 | """display the combined ignore pattern""" |
|
2427 | 2427 | ignore = repo.dirstate._ignore |
|
2428 | 2428 | includepat = getattr(ignore, 'includepat', None) |
|
2429 | 2429 | if includepat is not None: |
|
2430 | 2430 | ui.write("%s\n" % includepat) |
|
2431 | 2431 | else: |
|
2432 | 2432 | raise error.Abort(_("no ignore patterns found")) |
|
2433 | 2433 | |
|
2434 | 2434 | @command('debugindex', debugrevlogopts + |
|
2435 | 2435 | [('f', 'format', 0, _('revlog format'), _('FORMAT'))], |
|
2436 | 2436 | _('[-f FORMAT] -c|-m|FILE'), |
|
2437 | 2437 | optionalrepo=True) |
|
2438 | 2438 | def debugindex(ui, repo, file_=None, **opts): |
|
2439 | 2439 | """dump the contents of an index file""" |
|
2440 | 2440 | r = cmdutil.openrevlog(repo, 'debugindex', file_, opts) |
|
2441 | 2441 | format = opts.get('format', 0) |
|
2442 | 2442 | if format not in (0, 1): |
|
2443 | 2443 | raise error.Abort(_("unknown format %d") % format) |
|
2444 | 2444 | |
|
2445 | 2445 | generaldelta = r.version & revlog.REVLOGGENERALDELTA |
|
2446 | 2446 | if generaldelta: |
|
2447 | 2447 | basehdr = ' delta' |
|
2448 | 2448 | else: |
|
2449 | 2449 | basehdr = ' base' |
|
2450 | 2450 | |
|
2451 | 2451 | if ui.debugflag: |
|
2452 | 2452 | shortfn = hex |
|
2453 | 2453 | else: |
|
2454 | 2454 | shortfn = short |
|
2455 | 2455 | |
|
2456 | 2456 | # There might not be anything in r, so have a sane default |
|
2457 | 2457 | idlen = 12 |
|
2458 | 2458 | for i in r: |
|
2459 | 2459 | idlen = len(shortfn(r.node(i))) |
|
2460 | 2460 | break |
|
2461 | 2461 | |
|
2462 | 2462 | if format == 0: |
|
2463 | 2463 | ui.write(" rev offset length " + basehdr + " linkrev" |
|
2464 | 2464 | " %s %s p2\n" % ("nodeid".ljust(idlen), "p1".ljust(idlen))) |
|
2465 | 2465 | elif format == 1: |
|
2466 | 2466 | ui.write(" rev flag offset length" |
|
2467 | 2467 | " size " + basehdr + " link p1 p2" |
|
2468 | 2468 | " %s\n" % "nodeid".rjust(idlen)) |
|
2469 | 2469 | |
|
2470 | 2470 | for i in r: |
|
2471 | 2471 | node = r.node(i) |
|
2472 | 2472 | if generaldelta: |
|
2473 | 2473 | base = r.deltaparent(i) |
|
2474 | 2474 | else: |
|
2475 | 2475 | base = r.chainbase(i) |
|
2476 | 2476 | if format == 0: |
|
2477 | 2477 | try: |
|
2478 | 2478 | pp = r.parents(node) |
|
2479 | 2479 | except Exception: |
|
2480 | 2480 | pp = [nullid, nullid] |
|
2481 | 2481 | ui.write("% 6d % 9d % 7d % 6d % 7d %s %s %s\n" % ( |
|
2482 | 2482 | i, r.start(i), r.length(i), base, r.linkrev(i), |
|
2483 | 2483 | shortfn(node), shortfn(pp[0]), shortfn(pp[1]))) |
|
2484 | 2484 | elif format == 1: |
|
2485 | 2485 | pr = r.parentrevs(i) |
|
2486 | 2486 | ui.write("% 6d %04x % 8d % 8d % 8d % 6d % 6d % 6d % 6d %s\n" % ( |
|
2487 | 2487 | i, r.flags(i), r.start(i), r.length(i), r.rawsize(i), |
|
2488 | 2488 | base, r.linkrev(i), pr[0], pr[1], shortfn(node))) |
|
2489 | 2489 | |
|
2490 | 2490 | @command('debugindexdot', debugrevlogopts, |
|
2491 | 2491 | _('-c|-m|FILE'), optionalrepo=True) |
|
2492 | 2492 | def debugindexdot(ui, repo, file_=None, **opts): |
|
2493 | 2493 | """dump an index DAG as a graphviz dot file""" |
|
2494 | 2494 | r = cmdutil.openrevlog(repo, 'debugindexdot', file_, opts) |
|
2495 | 2495 | ui.write(("digraph G {\n")) |
|
2496 | 2496 | for i in r: |
|
2497 | 2497 | node = r.node(i) |
|
2498 | 2498 | pp = r.parents(node) |
|
2499 | 2499 | ui.write("\t%d -> %d\n" % (r.rev(pp[0]), i)) |
|
2500 | 2500 | if pp[1] != nullid: |
|
2501 | 2501 | ui.write("\t%d -> %d\n" % (r.rev(pp[1]), i)) |
|
2502 | 2502 | ui.write("}\n") |
|
2503 | 2503 | |
|
2504 | 2504 | @command('debugdeltachain', |
|
2505 | 2505 | debugrevlogopts + formatteropts, |
|
2506 | 2506 | _('-c|-m|FILE'), |
|
2507 | 2507 | optionalrepo=True) |
|
2508 | 2508 | def debugdeltachain(ui, repo, file_=None, **opts): |
|
2509 | 2509 | """dump information about delta chains in a revlog |
|
2510 | 2510 | |
|
2511 | 2511 | Output can be templatized. Available template keywords are: |
|
2512 | 2512 | |
|
2513 | 2513 | rev revision number |
|
2514 | 2514 | chainid delta chain identifier (numbered by unique base) |
|
2515 | 2515 | chainlen delta chain length to this revision |
|
2516 | 2516 | prevrev previous revision in delta chain |
|
2517 | 2517 | deltatype role of delta / how it was computed |
|
2518 | 2518 | compsize compressed size of revision |
|
2519 | 2519 | uncompsize uncompressed size of revision |
|
2520 | 2520 | chainsize total size of compressed revisions in chain |
|
2521 | 2521 | chainratio total chain size divided by uncompressed revision size |
|
2522 | 2522 | (new delta chains typically start at ratio 2.00) |
|
2523 | 2523 | lindist linear distance from base revision in delta chain to end |
|
2524 | 2524 | of this revision |
|
2525 | 2525 | extradist total size of revisions not part of this delta chain from |
|
2526 | 2526 | base of delta chain to end of this revision; a measurement |
|
2527 | 2527 | of how much extra data we need to read/seek across to read |
|
2528 | 2528 | the delta chain for this revision |
|
2529 | 2529 | extraratio extradist divided by chainsize; another representation of |
|
2530 | 2530 | how much unrelated data is needed to load this delta chain |
|
2531 | 2531 | """ |
|
2532 | 2532 | r = cmdutil.openrevlog(repo, 'debugdeltachain', file_, opts) |
|
2533 | 2533 | index = r.index |
|
2534 | 2534 | generaldelta = r.version & revlog.REVLOGGENERALDELTA |
|
2535 | 2535 | |
|
2536 | 2536 | def revinfo(rev): |
|
2537 | 2537 | iterrev = rev |
|
2538 | 2538 | e = index[iterrev] |
|
2539 | 2539 | chain = [] |
|
2540 | 2540 | compsize = e[1] |
|
2541 | 2541 | uncompsize = e[2] |
|
2542 | 2542 | chainsize = 0 |
|
2543 | 2543 | |
|
2544 | 2544 | if generaldelta: |
|
2545 | 2545 | if e[3] == e[5]: |
|
2546 | 2546 | deltatype = 'p1' |
|
2547 | 2547 | elif e[3] == e[6]: |
|
2548 | 2548 | deltatype = 'p2' |
|
2549 | 2549 | elif e[3] == rev - 1: |
|
2550 | 2550 | deltatype = 'prev' |
|
2551 | 2551 | elif e[3] == rev: |
|
2552 | 2552 | deltatype = 'base' |
|
2553 | 2553 | else: |
|
2554 | 2554 | deltatype = 'other' |
|
2555 | 2555 | else: |
|
2556 | 2556 | if e[3] == rev: |
|
2557 | 2557 | deltatype = 'base' |
|
2558 | 2558 | else: |
|
2559 | 2559 | deltatype = 'prev' |
|
2560 | 2560 | |
|
2561 | 2561 | while iterrev != e[3]: |
|
2562 | 2562 | chain.append(iterrev) |
|
2563 | 2563 | chainsize += e[1] |
|
2564 | 2564 | if generaldelta: |
|
2565 | 2565 | iterrev = e[3] |
|
2566 | 2566 | else: |
|
2567 | 2567 | iterrev -= 1 |
|
2568 | 2568 | e = index[iterrev] |
|
2569 | 2569 | else: |
|
2570 | 2570 | chainsize += e[1] |
|
2571 | 2571 | chain.append(iterrev) |
|
2572 | 2572 | |
|
2573 | 2573 | chain.reverse() |
|
2574 | 2574 | return compsize, uncompsize, deltatype, chain, chainsize |
|
2575 | 2575 | |
|
2576 | 2576 | fm = ui.formatter('debugdeltachain', opts) |
|
2577 | 2577 | |
|
2578 | 2578 | fm.plain(' rev chain# chainlen prev delta ' |
|
2579 | 2579 | 'size rawsize chainsize ratio lindist extradist ' |
|
2580 | 2580 | 'extraratio\n') |
|
2581 | 2581 | |
|
2582 | 2582 | chainbases = {} |
|
2583 | 2583 | for rev in r: |
|
2584 | 2584 | comp, uncomp, deltatype, chain, chainsize = revinfo(rev) |
|
2585 | 2585 | chainbase = chain[0] |
|
2586 | 2586 | chainid = chainbases.setdefault(chainbase, len(chainbases) + 1) |
|
2587 | 2587 | basestart = r.start(chainbase) |
|
2588 | 2588 | revstart = r.start(rev) |
|
2589 | 2589 | lineardist = revstart + comp - basestart |
|
2590 | 2590 | extradist = lineardist - chainsize |
|
2591 | 2591 | try: |
|
2592 | 2592 | prevrev = chain[-2] |
|
2593 | 2593 | except IndexError: |
|
2594 | 2594 | prevrev = -1 |
|
2595 | 2595 | |
|
2596 | 2596 | chainratio = float(chainsize) / float(uncomp) |
|
2597 | 2597 | extraratio = float(extradist) / float(chainsize) |
|
2598 | 2598 | |
|
2599 | 2599 | fm.startitem() |
|
2600 | 2600 | fm.write('rev chainid chainlen prevrev deltatype compsize ' |
|
2601 | 2601 | 'uncompsize chainsize chainratio lindist extradist ' |
|
2602 | 2602 | 'extraratio', |
|
2603 | 2603 | '%7d %7d %8d %8d %7s %10d %10d %10d %9.5f %9d %9d %10.5f\n', |
|
2604 | 2604 | rev, chainid, len(chain), prevrev, deltatype, comp, |
|
2605 | 2605 | uncomp, chainsize, chainratio, lineardist, extradist, |
|
2606 | 2606 | extraratio, |
|
2607 | 2607 | rev=rev, chainid=chainid, chainlen=len(chain), |
|
2608 | 2608 | prevrev=prevrev, deltatype=deltatype, compsize=comp, |
|
2609 | 2609 | uncompsize=uncomp, chainsize=chainsize, |
|
2610 | 2610 | chainratio=chainratio, lindist=lineardist, |
|
2611 | 2611 | extradist=extradist, extraratio=extraratio) |
|
2612 | 2612 | |
|
2613 | 2613 | fm.end() |
|
2614 | 2614 | |
|
2615 | 2615 | @command('debuginstall', [], '', norepo=True) |
|
2616 | 2616 | def debuginstall(ui): |
|
2617 | 2617 | '''test Mercurial installation |
|
2618 | 2618 | |
|
2619 | 2619 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
2620 | 2620 | ''' |
|
2621 | 2621 | |
|
2622 | 2622 | def writetemp(contents): |
|
2623 | 2623 | (fd, name) = tempfile.mkstemp(prefix="hg-debuginstall-") |
|
2624 | 2624 | f = os.fdopen(fd, "wb") |
|
2625 | 2625 | f.write(contents) |
|
2626 | 2626 | f.close() |
|
2627 | 2627 | return name |
|
2628 | 2628 | |
|
2629 | 2629 | problems = 0 |
|
2630 | 2630 | |
|
2631 | 2631 | # encoding |
|
2632 | 2632 | ui.status(_("checking encoding (%s)...\n") % encoding.encoding) |
|
2633 | 2633 | try: |
|
2634 | 2634 | encoding.fromlocal("test") |
|
2635 | 2635 | except error.Abort as inst: |
|
2636 | 2636 | ui.write(" %s\n" % inst) |
|
2637 | 2637 | ui.write(_(" (check that your locale is properly set)\n")) |
|
2638 | 2638 | problems += 1 |
|
2639 | 2639 | |
|
2640 | 2640 | # Python |
|
2641 | 2641 | ui.status(_("checking Python executable (%s)\n") % sys.executable) |
|
2642 | 2642 | ui.status(_("checking Python version (%s)\n") |
|
2643 | 2643 | % ("%s.%s.%s" % sys.version_info[:3])) |
|
2644 | 2644 | ui.status(_("checking Python lib (%s)...\n") |
|
2645 | 2645 | % os.path.dirname(os.__file__)) |
|
2646 | 2646 | |
|
2647 | 2647 | # compiled modules |
|
2648 | 2648 | ui.status(_("checking installed modules (%s)...\n") |
|
2649 | 2649 | % os.path.dirname(__file__)) |
|
2650 | 2650 | try: |
|
2651 | 2651 | import bdiff, mpatch, base85, osutil |
|
2652 | 2652 | dir(bdiff), dir(mpatch), dir(base85), dir(osutil) # quiet pyflakes |
|
2653 | 2653 | except Exception as inst: |
|
2654 | 2654 | ui.write(" %s\n" % inst) |
|
2655 | 2655 | ui.write(_(" One or more extensions could not be found")) |
|
2656 | 2656 | ui.write(_(" (check that you compiled the extensions)\n")) |
|
2657 | 2657 | problems += 1 |
|
2658 | 2658 | |
|
2659 | 2659 | # templates |
|
2660 | 2660 | import templater |
|
2661 | 2661 | p = templater.templatepaths() |
|
2662 | 2662 | ui.status(_("checking templates (%s)...\n") % ' '.join(p)) |
|
2663 | 2663 | if p: |
|
2664 | 2664 | m = templater.templatepath("map-cmdline.default") |
|
2665 | 2665 | if m: |
|
2666 | 2666 | # template found, check if it is working |
|
2667 | 2667 | try: |
|
2668 | 2668 | templater.templater(m) |
|
2669 | 2669 | except Exception as inst: |
|
2670 | 2670 | ui.write(" %s\n" % inst) |
|
2671 | 2671 | p = None |
|
2672 | 2672 | else: |
|
2673 | 2673 | ui.write(_(" template 'default' not found\n")) |
|
2674 | 2674 | p = None |
|
2675 | 2675 | else: |
|
2676 | 2676 | ui.write(_(" no template directories found\n")) |
|
2677 | 2677 | if not p: |
|
2678 | 2678 | ui.write(_(" (templates seem to have been installed incorrectly)\n")) |
|
2679 | 2679 | problems += 1 |
|
2680 | 2680 | |
|
2681 | 2681 | # editor |
|
2682 | 2682 | ui.status(_("checking commit editor...\n")) |
|
2683 | 2683 | editor = ui.geteditor() |
|
2684 | 2684 | editor = util.expandpath(editor) |
|
2685 | 2685 | cmdpath = util.findexe(shlex.split(editor)[0]) |
|
2686 | 2686 | if not cmdpath: |
|
2687 | 2687 | if editor == 'vi': |
|
2688 | 2688 | ui.write(_(" No commit editor set and can't find vi in PATH\n")) |
|
2689 | 2689 | ui.write(_(" (specify a commit editor in your configuration" |
|
2690 | 2690 | " file)\n")) |
|
2691 | 2691 | else: |
|
2692 | 2692 | ui.write(_(" Can't find editor '%s' in PATH\n") % editor) |
|
2693 | 2693 | ui.write(_(" (specify a commit editor in your configuration" |
|
2694 | 2694 | " file)\n")) |
|
2695 | 2695 | problems += 1 |
|
2696 | 2696 | |
|
2697 | 2697 | # check username |
|
2698 | 2698 | ui.status(_("checking username...\n")) |
|
2699 | 2699 | try: |
|
2700 | 2700 | ui.username() |
|
2701 | 2701 | except error.Abort as e: |
|
2702 | 2702 | ui.write(" %s\n" % e) |
|
2703 | 2703 | ui.write(_(" (specify a username in your configuration file)\n")) |
|
2704 | 2704 | problems += 1 |
|
2705 | 2705 | |
|
2706 | 2706 | if not problems: |
|
2707 | 2707 | ui.status(_("no problems detected\n")) |
|
2708 | 2708 | else: |
|
2709 | 2709 | ui.write(_("%s problems detected," |
|
2710 | 2710 | " please check your install!\n") % problems) |
|
2711 | 2711 | |
|
2712 | 2712 | return problems |
|
2713 | 2713 | |
|
2714 | 2714 | @command('debugknown', [], _('REPO ID...'), norepo=True) |
|
2715 | 2715 | def debugknown(ui, repopath, *ids, **opts): |
|
2716 | 2716 | """test whether node ids are known to a repo |
|
2717 | 2717 | |
|
2718 | 2718 | Every ID must be a full-length hex node id string. Returns a list of 0s |
|
2719 | 2719 | and 1s indicating unknown/known. |
|
2720 | 2720 | """ |
|
2721 | 2721 | repo = hg.peer(ui, opts, repopath) |
|
2722 | 2722 | if not repo.capable('known'): |
|
2723 | 2723 | raise error.Abort("known() not supported by target repository") |
|
2724 | 2724 | flags = repo.known([bin(s) for s in ids]) |
|
2725 | 2725 | ui.write("%s\n" % ("".join([f and "1" or "0" for f in flags]))) |
|
2726 | 2726 | |
|
2727 | 2727 | @command('debuglabelcomplete', [], _('LABEL...')) |
|
2728 | 2728 | def debuglabelcomplete(ui, repo, *args): |
|
2729 | 2729 | '''backwards compatibility with old bash completion scripts (DEPRECATED)''' |
|
2730 | 2730 | debugnamecomplete(ui, repo, *args) |
|
2731 | 2731 | |
|
2732 | 2732 | @command('debugmergestate', [], '') |
|
2733 | 2733 | def debugmergestate(ui, repo, *args): |
|
2734 | 2734 | """print merge state |
|
2735 | 2735 | |
|
2736 | 2736 | Use --verbose to print out information about whether v1 or v2 merge state |
|
2737 | 2737 | was chosen.""" |
|
2738 | 2738 | def _hashornull(h): |
|
2739 | 2739 | if h == nullhex: |
|
2740 | 2740 | return 'null' |
|
2741 | 2741 | else: |
|
2742 | 2742 | return h |
|
2743 | 2743 | |
|
2744 | 2744 | def printrecords(version): |
|
2745 | 2745 | ui.write(('* version %s records\n') % version) |
|
2746 | 2746 | if version == 1: |
|
2747 | 2747 | records = v1records |
|
2748 | 2748 | else: |
|
2749 | 2749 | records = v2records |
|
2750 | 2750 | |
|
2751 | 2751 | for rtype, record in records: |
|
2752 | 2752 | # pretty print some record types |
|
2753 | 2753 | if rtype == 'L': |
|
2754 | 2754 | ui.write(('local: %s\n') % record) |
|
2755 | 2755 | elif rtype == 'O': |
|
2756 | 2756 | ui.write(('other: %s\n') % record) |
|
2757 | 2757 | elif rtype == 'm': |
|
2758 | 2758 | driver, mdstate = record.split('\0', 1) |
|
2759 | 2759 | ui.write(('merge driver: %s (state "%s")\n') |
|
2760 | 2760 | % (driver, mdstate)) |
|
2761 | 2761 | elif rtype in 'FDC': |
|
2762 | 2762 | r = record.split('\0') |
|
2763 | 2763 | f, state, hash, lfile, afile, anode, ofile = r[0:7] |
|
2764 | 2764 | if version == 1: |
|
2765 | 2765 | onode = 'not stored in v1 format' |
|
2766 | 2766 | flags = r[7] |
|
2767 | 2767 | else: |
|
2768 | 2768 | onode, flags = r[7:9] |
|
2769 | 2769 | ui.write(('file: %s (record type "%s", state "%s", hash %s)\n') |
|
2770 | 2770 | % (f, rtype, state, _hashornull(hash))) |
|
2771 | 2771 | ui.write((' local path: %s (flags "%s")\n') % (lfile, flags)) |
|
2772 | 2772 | ui.write((' ancestor path: %s (node %s)\n') |
|
2773 | 2773 | % (afile, _hashornull(anode))) |
|
2774 | 2774 | ui.write((' other path: %s (node %s)\n') |
|
2775 | 2775 | % (ofile, _hashornull(onode))) |
|
2776 | 2776 | else: |
|
2777 | 2777 | ui.write(('unrecognized entry: %s\t%s\n') |
|
2778 | 2778 | % (rtype, record.replace('\0', '\t'))) |
|
2779 | 2779 | |
|
2780 | 2780 | # Avoid mergestate.read() since it may raise an exception for unsupported |
|
2781 | 2781 | # merge state records. We shouldn't be doing this, but this is OK since this |
|
2782 | 2782 | # command is pretty low-level. |
|
2783 | 2783 | ms = mergemod.mergestate(repo) |
|
2784 | 2784 | |
|
2785 | 2785 | # sort so that reasonable information is on top |
|
2786 | 2786 | v1records = ms._readrecordsv1() |
|
2787 | 2787 | v2records = ms._readrecordsv2() |
|
2788 | 2788 | order = 'LOm' |
|
2789 | 2789 | def key(r): |
|
2790 | 2790 | idx = order.find(r[0]) |
|
2791 | 2791 | if idx == -1: |
|
2792 | 2792 | return (1, r[1]) |
|
2793 | 2793 | else: |
|
2794 | 2794 | return (0, idx) |
|
2795 | 2795 | v1records.sort(key=key) |
|
2796 | 2796 | v2records.sort(key=key) |
|
2797 | 2797 | |
|
2798 | 2798 | if not v1records and not v2records: |
|
2799 | 2799 | ui.write(('no merge state found\n')) |
|
2800 | 2800 | elif not v2records: |
|
2801 | 2801 | ui.note(('no version 2 merge state\n')) |
|
2802 | 2802 | printrecords(1) |
|
2803 | 2803 | elif ms._v1v2match(v1records, v2records): |
|
2804 | 2804 | ui.note(('v1 and v2 states match: using v2\n')) |
|
2805 | 2805 | printrecords(2) |
|
2806 | 2806 | else: |
|
2807 | 2807 | ui.note(('v1 and v2 states mismatch: using v1\n')) |
|
2808 | 2808 | printrecords(1) |
|
2809 | 2809 | if ui.verbose: |
|
2810 | 2810 | printrecords(2) |
|
2811 | 2811 | |
|
2812 | 2812 | @command('debugnamecomplete', [], _('NAME...')) |
|
2813 | 2813 | def debugnamecomplete(ui, repo, *args): |
|
2814 | 2814 | '''complete "names" - tags, open branch names, bookmark names''' |
|
2815 | 2815 | |
|
2816 | 2816 | names = set() |
|
2817 | 2817 | # since we previously only listed open branches, we will handle that |
|
2818 | 2818 | # specially (after this for loop) |
|
2819 | 2819 | for name, ns in repo.names.iteritems(): |
|
2820 | 2820 | if name != 'branches': |
|
2821 | 2821 | names.update(ns.listnames(repo)) |
|
2822 | 2822 | names.update(tag for (tag, heads, tip, closed) |
|
2823 | 2823 | in repo.branchmap().iterbranches() if not closed) |
|
2824 | 2824 | completions = set() |
|
2825 | 2825 | if not args: |
|
2826 | 2826 | args = [''] |
|
2827 | 2827 | for a in args: |
|
2828 | 2828 | completions.update(n for n in names if n.startswith(a)) |
|
2829 | 2829 | ui.write('\n'.join(sorted(completions))) |
|
2830 | 2830 | ui.write('\n') |
|
2831 | 2831 | |
|
2832 | 2832 | @command('debuglocks', |
|
2833 | 2833 | [('L', 'force-lock', None, _('free the store lock (DANGEROUS)')), |
|
2834 | 2834 | ('W', 'force-wlock', None, |
|
2835 | 2835 | _('free the working state lock (DANGEROUS)'))], |
|
2836 | 2836 | _('[OPTION]...')) |
|
2837 | 2837 | def debuglocks(ui, repo, **opts): |
|
2838 | 2838 | """show or modify state of locks |
|
2839 | 2839 | |
|
2840 | 2840 | By default, this command will show which locks are held. This |
|
2841 | 2841 | includes the user and process holding the lock, the amount of time |
|
2842 | 2842 | the lock has been held, and the machine name where the process is |
|
2843 | 2843 | running if it's not local. |
|
2844 | 2844 | |
|
2845 | 2845 | Locks protect the integrity of Mercurial's data, so should be |
|
2846 | 2846 | treated with care. System crashes or other interruptions may cause |
|
2847 | 2847 | locks to not be properly released, though Mercurial will usually |
|
2848 | 2848 | detect and remove such stale locks automatically. |
|
2849 | 2849 | |
|
2850 | 2850 | However, detecting stale locks may not always be possible (for |
|
2851 | 2851 | instance, on a shared filesystem). Removing locks may also be |
|
2852 | 2852 | blocked by filesystem permissions. |
|
2853 | 2853 | |
|
2854 | 2854 | Returns 0 if no locks are held. |
|
2855 | 2855 | |
|
2856 | 2856 | """ |
|
2857 | 2857 | |
|
2858 | 2858 | if opts.get('force_lock'): |
|
2859 | 2859 | repo.svfs.unlink('lock') |
|
2860 | 2860 | if opts.get('force_wlock'): |
|
2861 | 2861 | repo.vfs.unlink('wlock') |
|
2862 | 2862 | if opts.get('force_lock') or opts.get('force_lock'): |
|
2863 | 2863 | return 0 |
|
2864 | 2864 | |
|
2865 | 2865 | now = time.time() |
|
2866 | 2866 | held = 0 |
|
2867 | 2867 | |
|
2868 | 2868 | def report(vfs, name, method): |
|
2869 | 2869 | # this causes stale locks to get reaped for more accurate reporting |
|
2870 | 2870 | try: |
|
2871 | 2871 | l = method(False) |
|
2872 | 2872 | except error.LockHeld: |
|
2873 | 2873 | l = None |
|
2874 | 2874 | |
|
2875 | 2875 | if l: |
|
2876 | 2876 | l.release() |
|
2877 | 2877 | else: |
|
2878 | 2878 | try: |
|
2879 | 2879 | stat = vfs.lstat(name) |
|
2880 | 2880 | age = now - stat.st_mtime |
|
2881 | 2881 | user = util.username(stat.st_uid) |
|
2882 | 2882 | locker = vfs.readlock(name) |
|
2883 | 2883 | if ":" in locker: |
|
2884 | 2884 | host, pid = locker.split(':') |
|
2885 | 2885 | if host == socket.gethostname(): |
|
2886 | 2886 | locker = 'user %s, process %s' % (user, pid) |
|
2887 | 2887 | else: |
|
2888 | 2888 | locker = 'user %s, process %s, host %s' \ |
|
2889 | 2889 | % (user, pid, host) |
|
2890 | 2890 | ui.write("%-6s %s (%ds)\n" % (name + ":", locker, age)) |
|
2891 | 2891 | return 1 |
|
2892 | 2892 | except OSError as e: |
|
2893 | 2893 | if e.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
2894 | 2894 | raise |
|
2895 | 2895 | |
|
2896 | 2896 | ui.write("%-6s free\n" % (name + ":")) |
|
2897 | 2897 | return 0 |
|
2898 | 2898 | |
|
2899 | 2899 | held += report(repo.svfs, "lock", repo.lock) |
|
2900 | 2900 | held += report(repo.vfs, "wlock", repo.wlock) |
|
2901 | 2901 | |
|
2902 | 2902 | return held |
|
2903 | 2903 | |
|
2904 | 2904 | @command('debugobsolete', |
|
2905 | 2905 | [('', 'flags', 0, _('markers flag')), |
|
2906 | 2906 | ('', 'record-parents', False, |
|
2907 | 2907 | _('record parent information for the precursor')), |
|
2908 | 2908 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('display markers relevant to REV')), |
|
2909 | 2909 | ] + commitopts2, |
|
2910 | 2910 | _('[OBSOLETED [REPLACEMENT ...]]')) |
|
2911 | 2911 | def debugobsolete(ui, repo, precursor=None, *successors, **opts): |
|
2912 | 2912 | """create arbitrary obsolete marker |
|
2913 | 2913 | |
|
2914 | 2914 | With no arguments, displays the list of obsolescence markers.""" |
|
2915 | 2915 | |
|
2916 | 2916 | def parsenodeid(s): |
|
2917 | 2917 | try: |
|
2918 | 2918 | # We do not use revsingle/revrange functions here to accept |
|
2919 | 2919 | # arbitrary node identifiers, possibly not present in the |
|
2920 | 2920 | # local repository. |
|
2921 | 2921 | n = bin(s) |
|
2922 | 2922 | if len(n) != len(nullid): |
|
2923 | 2923 | raise TypeError() |
|
2924 | 2924 | return n |
|
2925 | 2925 | except TypeError: |
|
2926 | 2926 | raise error.Abort('changeset references must be full hexadecimal ' |
|
2927 | 2927 | 'node identifiers') |
|
2928 | 2928 | |
|
2929 | 2929 | if precursor is not None: |
|
2930 | 2930 | if opts['rev']: |
|
2931 | 2931 | raise error.Abort('cannot select revision when creating marker') |
|
2932 | 2932 | metadata = {} |
|
2933 | 2933 | metadata['user'] = opts['user'] or ui.username() |
|
2934 | 2934 | succs = tuple(parsenodeid(succ) for succ in successors) |
|
2935 | 2935 | l = repo.lock() |
|
2936 | 2936 | try: |
|
2937 | 2937 | tr = repo.transaction('debugobsolete') |
|
2938 | 2938 | try: |
|
2939 | 2939 | date = opts.get('date') |
|
2940 | 2940 | if date: |
|
2941 | 2941 | date = util.parsedate(date) |
|
2942 | 2942 | else: |
|
2943 | 2943 | date = None |
|
2944 | 2944 | prec = parsenodeid(precursor) |
|
2945 | 2945 | parents = None |
|
2946 | 2946 | if opts['record_parents']: |
|
2947 | 2947 | if prec not in repo.unfiltered(): |
|
2948 | 2948 | raise error.Abort('cannot used --record-parents on ' |
|
2949 | 2949 | 'unknown changesets') |
|
2950 | 2950 | parents = repo.unfiltered()[prec].parents() |
|
2951 | 2951 | parents = tuple(p.node() for p in parents) |
|
2952 | 2952 | repo.obsstore.create(tr, prec, succs, opts['flags'], |
|
2953 | 2953 | parents=parents, date=date, |
|
2954 | 2954 | metadata=metadata) |
|
2955 | 2955 | tr.close() |
|
2956 | 2956 | except ValueError as exc: |
|
2957 | 2957 | raise error.Abort(_('bad obsmarker input: %s') % exc) |
|
2958 | 2958 | finally: |
|
2959 | 2959 | tr.release() |
|
2960 | 2960 | finally: |
|
2961 | 2961 | l.release() |
|
2962 | 2962 | else: |
|
2963 | 2963 | if opts['rev']: |
|
2964 | 2964 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts['rev']) |
|
2965 | 2965 | nodes = [repo[r].node() for r in revs] |
|
2966 | 2966 | markers = list(obsolete.getmarkers(repo, nodes=nodes)) |
|
2967 | 2967 | markers.sort(key=lambda x: x._data) |
|
2968 | 2968 | else: |
|
2969 | 2969 | markers = obsolete.getmarkers(repo) |
|
2970 | 2970 | |
|
2971 | 2971 | for m in markers: |
|
2972 | 2972 | cmdutil.showmarker(ui, m) |
|
2973 | 2973 | |
|
2974 | 2974 | @command('debugpathcomplete', |
|
2975 | 2975 | [('f', 'full', None, _('complete an entire path')), |
|
2976 | 2976 | ('n', 'normal', None, _('show only normal files')), |
|
2977 | 2977 | ('a', 'added', None, _('show only added files')), |
|
2978 | 2978 | ('r', 'removed', None, _('show only removed files'))], |
|
2979 | 2979 | _('FILESPEC...')) |
|
2980 | 2980 | def debugpathcomplete(ui, repo, *specs, **opts): |
|
2981 | 2981 | '''complete part or all of a tracked path |
|
2982 | 2982 | |
|
2983 | 2983 | This command supports shells that offer path name completion. It |
|
2984 | 2984 | currently completes only files already known to the dirstate. |
|
2985 | 2985 | |
|
2986 | 2986 | Completion extends only to the next path segment unless |
|
2987 | 2987 | --full is specified, in which case entire paths are used.''' |
|
2988 | 2988 | |
|
2989 | 2989 | def complete(path, acceptable): |
|
2990 | 2990 | dirstate = repo.dirstate |
|
2991 | 2991 | spec = os.path.normpath(os.path.join(os.getcwd(), path)) |
|
2992 | 2992 | rootdir = repo.root + os.sep |
|
2993 | 2993 | if spec != repo.root and not spec.startswith(rootdir): |
|
2994 | 2994 | return [], [] |
|
2995 | 2995 | if os.path.isdir(spec): |
|
2996 | 2996 | spec += '/' |
|
2997 | 2997 | spec = spec[len(rootdir):] |
|
2998 | 2998 | fixpaths = os.sep != '/' |
|
2999 | 2999 | if fixpaths: |
|
3000 | 3000 | spec = spec.replace(os.sep, '/') |
|
3001 | 3001 | speclen = len(spec) |
|
3002 | 3002 | fullpaths = opts['full'] |
|
3003 | 3003 | files, dirs = set(), set() |
|
3004 | 3004 | adddir, addfile = dirs.add, files.add |
|
3005 | 3005 | for f, st in dirstate.iteritems(): |
|
3006 | 3006 | if f.startswith(spec) and st[0] in acceptable: |
|
3007 | 3007 | if fixpaths: |
|
3008 | 3008 | f = f.replace('/', os.sep) |
|
3009 | 3009 | if fullpaths: |
|
3010 | 3010 | addfile(f) |
|
3011 | 3011 | continue |
|
3012 | 3012 | s = f.find(os.sep, speclen) |
|
3013 | 3013 | if s >= 0: |
|
3014 | 3014 | adddir(f[:s]) |
|
3015 | 3015 | else: |
|
3016 | 3016 | addfile(f) |
|
3017 | 3017 | return files, dirs |
|
3018 | 3018 | |
|
3019 | 3019 | acceptable = '' |
|
3020 | 3020 | if opts['normal']: |
|
3021 | 3021 | acceptable += 'nm' |
|
3022 | 3022 | if opts['added']: |
|
3023 | 3023 | acceptable += 'a' |
|
3024 | 3024 | if opts['removed']: |
|
3025 | 3025 | acceptable += 'r' |
|
3026 | 3026 | cwd = repo.getcwd() |
|
3027 | 3027 | if not specs: |
|
3028 | 3028 | specs = ['.'] |
|
3029 | 3029 | |
|
3030 | 3030 | files, dirs = set(), set() |
|
3031 | 3031 | for spec in specs: |
|
3032 | 3032 | f, d = complete(spec, acceptable or 'nmar') |
|
3033 | 3033 | files.update(f) |
|
3034 | 3034 | dirs.update(d) |
|
3035 | 3035 | files.update(dirs) |
|
3036 | 3036 | ui.write('\n'.join(repo.pathto(p, cwd) for p in sorted(files))) |
|
3037 | 3037 | ui.write('\n') |
|
3038 | 3038 | |
|
3039 | 3039 | @command('debugpushkey', [], _('REPO NAMESPACE [KEY OLD NEW]'), norepo=True) |
|
3040 | 3040 | def debugpushkey(ui, repopath, namespace, *keyinfo, **opts): |
|
3041 | 3041 | '''access the pushkey key/value protocol |
|
3042 | 3042 | |
|
3043 | 3043 | With two args, list the keys in the given namespace. |
|
3044 | 3044 | |
|
3045 | 3045 | With five args, set a key to new if it currently is set to old. |
|
3046 | 3046 | Reports success or failure. |
|
3047 | 3047 | ''' |
|
3048 | 3048 | |
|
3049 | 3049 | target = hg.peer(ui, {}, repopath) |
|
3050 | 3050 | if keyinfo: |
|
3051 | 3051 | key, old, new = keyinfo |
|
3052 | 3052 | r = target.pushkey(namespace, key, old, new) |
|
3053 | 3053 | ui.status(str(r) + '\n') |
|
3054 | 3054 | return not r |
|
3055 | 3055 | else: |
|
3056 | 3056 | for k, v in sorted(target.listkeys(namespace).iteritems()): |
|
3057 | 3057 | ui.write("%s\t%s\n" % (k.encode('string-escape'), |
|
3058 | 3058 | v.encode('string-escape'))) |
|
3059 | 3059 | |
|
3060 | 3060 | @command('debugpvec', [], _('A B')) |
|
3061 | 3061 | def debugpvec(ui, repo, a, b=None): |
|
3062 | 3062 | ca = scmutil.revsingle(repo, a) |
|
3063 | 3063 | cb = scmutil.revsingle(repo, b) |
|
3064 | 3064 | pa = pvec.ctxpvec(ca) |
|
3065 | 3065 | pb = pvec.ctxpvec(cb) |
|
3066 | 3066 | if pa == pb: |
|
3067 | 3067 | rel = "=" |
|
3068 | 3068 | elif pa > pb: |
|
3069 | 3069 | rel = ">" |
|
3070 | 3070 | elif pa < pb: |
|
3071 | 3071 | rel = "<" |
|
3072 | 3072 | elif pa | pb: |
|
3073 | 3073 | rel = "|" |
|
3074 | 3074 | ui.write(_("a: %s\n") % pa) |
|
3075 | 3075 | ui.write(_("b: %s\n") % pb) |
|
3076 | 3076 | ui.write(_("depth(a): %d depth(b): %d\n") % (pa._depth, pb._depth)) |
|
3077 | 3077 | ui.write(_("delta: %d hdist: %d distance: %d relation: %s\n") % |
|
3078 | 3078 | (abs(pa._depth - pb._depth), pvec._hamming(pa._vec, pb._vec), |
|
3079 | 3079 | pa.distance(pb), rel)) |
|
3080 | 3080 | |
|
3081 | 3081 | @command('debugrebuilddirstate|debugrebuildstate', |
|
3082 | 3082 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to rebuild to'), _('REV')), |
|
3083 | 3083 | ('', 'minimal', None, _('only rebuild files that are inconsistent with ' |
|
3084 | 3084 | 'the working copy parent')), |
|
3085 | 3085 | ], |
|
3086 | 3086 | _('[-r REV]')) |
|
3087 | 3087 | def debugrebuilddirstate(ui, repo, rev, **opts): |
|
3088 | 3088 | """rebuild the dirstate as it would look like for the given revision |
|
3089 | 3089 | |
|
3090 | 3090 | If no revision is specified the first current parent will be used. |
|
3091 | 3091 | |
|
3092 | 3092 | The dirstate will be set to the files of the given revision. |
|
3093 | 3093 | The actual working directory content or existing dirstate |
|
3094 | 3094 | information such as adds or removes is not considered. |
|
3095 | 3095 | |
|
3096 | 3096 | ``minimal`` will only rebuild the dirstate status for files that claim to be |
|
3097 | 3097 | tracked but are not in the parent manifest, or that exist in the parent |
|
3098 | 3098 | manifest but are not in the dirstate. It will not change adds, removes, or |
|
3099 | 3099 | modified files that are in the working copy parent. |
|
3100 | 3100 | |
|
3101 | 3101 | One use of this command is to make the next :hg:`status` invocation |
|
3102 | 3102 | check the actual file content. |
|
3103 | 3103 | """ |
|
3104 | 3104 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev) |
|
3105 | 3105 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
3106 | 3106 | try: |
|
3107 | 3107 | dirstate = repo.dirstate |
|
3108 | 3108 | changedfiles = None |
|
3109 | 3109 | # See command doc for what minimal does. |
|
3110 | 3110 | if opts.get('minimal'): |
|
3111 | 3111 | manifestfiles = set(ctx.manifest().keys()) |
|
3112 | 3112 | dirstatefiles = set(dirstate) |
|
3113 | 3113 | manifestonly = manifestfiles - dirstatefiles |
|
3114 | 3114 | dsonly = dirstatefiles - manifestfiles |
|
3115 | 3115 | dsnotadded = set(f for f in dsonly if dirstate[f] != 'a') |
|
3116 | 3116 | changedfiles = manifestonly | dsnotadded |
|
3117 | 3117 | |
|
3118 | 3118 | dirstate.rebuild(ctx.node(), ctx.manifest(), changedfiles) |
|
3119 | 3119 | finally: |
|
3120 | 3120 | wlock.release() |
|
3121 | 3121 | |
|
3122 | 3122 | @command('debugrebuildfncache', [], '') |
|
3123 | 3123 | def debugrebuildfncache(ui, repo): |
|
3124 | 3124 | """rebuild the fncache file""" |
|
3125 | 3125 | repair.rebuildfncache(ui, repo) |
|
3126 | 3126 | |
|
3127 | 3127 | @command('debugrename', |
|
3128 | 3128 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to debug'), _('REV'))], |
|
3129 | 3129 | _('[-r REV] FILE')) |
|
3130 | 3130 | def debugrename(ui, repo, file1, *pats, **opts): |
|
3131 | 3131 | """dump rename information""" |
|
3132 | 3132 | |
|
3133 | 3133 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) |
|
3134 | 3134 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file1,) + pats, opts) |
|
3135 | 3135 | for abs in ctx.walk(m): |
|
3136 | 3136 | fctx = ctx[abs] |
|
3137 | 3137 | o = fctx.filelog().renamed(fctx.filenode()) |
|
3138 | 3138 | rel = m.rel(abs) |
|
3139 | 3139 | if o: |
|
3140 | 3140 | ui.write(_("%s renamed from %s:%s\n") % (rel, o[0], hex(o[1]))) |
|
3141 | 3141 | else: |
|
3142 | 3142 | ui.write(_("%s not renamed\n") % rel) |
|
3143 | 3143 | |
|
3144 | 3144 | @command('debugrevlog', debugrevlogopts + |
|
3145 | 3145 | [('d', 'dump', False, _('dump index data'))], |
|
3146 | 3146 | _('-c|-m|FILE'), |
|
3147 | 3147 | optionalrepo=True) |
|
3148 | 3148 | def debugrevlog(ui, repo, file_=None, **opts): |
|
3149 | 3149 | """show data and statistics about a revlog""" |
|
3150 | 3150 | r = cmdutil.openrevlog(repo, 'debugrevlog', file_, opts) |
|
3151 | 3151 | |
|
3152 | 3152 | if opts.get("dump"): |
|
3153 | 3153 | numrevs = len(r) |
|
3154 | 3154 | ui.write("# rev p1rev p2rev start end deltastart base p1 p2" |
|
3155 | 3155 | " rawsize totalsize compression heads chainlen\n") |
|
3156 | 3156 | ts = 0 |
|
3157 | 3157 | heads = set() |
|
3158 | 3158 | |
|
3159 | 3159 | for rev in xrange(numrevs): |
|
3160 | 3160 | dbase = r.deltaparent(rev) |
|
3161 | 3161 | if dbase == -1: |
|
3162 | 3162 | dbase = rev |
|
3163 | 3163 | cbase = r.chainbase(rev) |
|
3164 | 3164 | clen = r.chainlen(rev) |
|
3165 | 3165 | p1, p2 = r.parentrevs(rev) |
|
3166 | 3166 | rs = r.rawsize(rev) |
|
3167 | 3167 | ts = ts + rs |
|
3168 | 3168 | heads -= set(r.parentrevs(rev)) |
|
3169 | 3169 | heads.add(rev) |
|
3170 | 3170 | ui.write("%5d %5d %5d %5d %5d %10d %4d %4d %4d %7d %9d " |
|
3171 | 3171 | "%11d %5d %8d\n" % |
|
3172 | 3172 | (rev, p1, p2, r.start(rev), r.end(rev), |
|
3173 | 3173 | r.start(dbase), r.start(cbase), |
|
3174 | 3174 | r.start(p1), r.start(p2), |
|
3175 | 3175 | rs, ts, ts / r.end(rev), len(heads), clen)) |
|
3176 | 3176 | return 0 |
|
3177 | 3177 | |
|
3178 | 3178 | v = r.version |
|
3179 | 3179 | format = v & 0xFFFF |
|
3180 | 3180 | flags = [] |
|
3181 | 3181 | gdelta = False |
|
3182 | 3182 | if v & revlog.REVLOGNGINLINEDATA: |
|
3183 | 3183 | flags.append('inline') |
|
3184 | 3184 | if v & revlog.REVLOGGENERALDELTA: |
|
3185 | 3185 | gdelta = True |
|
3186 | 3186 | flags.append('generaldelta') |
|
3187 | 3187 | if not flags: |
|
3188 | 3188 | flags = ['(none)'] |
|
3189 | 3189 | |
|
3190 | 3190 | nummerges = 0 |
|
3191 | 3191 | numfull = 0 |
|
3192 | 3192 | numprev = 0 |
|
3193 | 3193 | nump1 = 0 |
|
3194 | 3194 | nump2 = 0 |
|
3195 | 3195 | numother = 0 |
|
3196 | 3196 | nump1prev = 0 |
|
3197 | 3197 | nump2prev = 0 |
|
3198 | 3198 | chainlengths = [] |
|
3199 | 3199 | |
|
3200 | 3200 | datasize = [None, 0, 0L] |
|
3201 | 3201 | fullsize = [None, 0, 0L] |
|
3202 | 3202 | deltasize = [None, 0, 0L] |
|
3203 | 3203 | |
|
3204 | 3204 | def addsize(size, l): |
|
3205 | 3205 | if l[0] is None or size < l[0]: |
|
3206 | 3206 | l[0] = size |
|
3207 | 3207 | if size > l[1]: |
|
3208 | 3208 | l[1] = size |
|
3209 | 3209 | l[2] += size |
|
3210 | 3210 | |
|
3211 | 3211 | numrevs = len(r) |
|
3212 | 3212 | for rev in xrange(numrevs): |
|
3213 | 3213 | p1, p2 = r.parentrevs(rev) |
|
3214 | 3214 | delta = r.deltaparent(rev) |
|
3215 | 3215 | if format > 0: |
|
3216 | 3216 | addsize(r.rawsize(rev), datasize) |
|
3217 | 3217 | if p2 != nullrev: |
|
3218 | 3218 | nummerges += 1 |
|
3219 | 3219 | size = r.length(rev) |
|
3220 | 3220 | if delta == nullrev: |
|
3221 | 3221 | chainlengths.append(0) |
|
3222 | 3222 | numfull += 1 |
|
3223 | 3223 | addsize(size, fullsize) |
|
3224 | 3224 | else: |
|
3225 | 3225 | chainlengths.append(chainlengths[delta] + 1) |
|
3226 | 3226 | addsize(size, deltasize) |
|
3227 | 3227 | if delta == rev - 1: |
|
3228 | 3228 | numprev += 1 |
|
3229 | 3229 | if delta == p1: |
|
3230 | 3230 | nump1prev += 1 |
|
3231 | 3231 | elif delta == p2: |
|
3232 | 3232 | nump2prev += 1 |
|
3233 | 3233 | elif delta == p1: |
|
3234 | 3234 | nump1 += 1 |
|
3235 | 3235 | elif delta == p2: |
|
3236 | 3236 | nump2 += 1 |
|
3237 | 3237 | elif delta != nullrev: |
|
3238 | 3238 | numother += 1 |
|
3239 | 3239 | |
|
3240 | 3240 | # Adjust size min value for empty cases |
|
3241 | 3241 | for size in (datasize, fullsize, deltasize): |
|
3242 | 3242 | if size[0] is None: |
|
3243 | 3243 | size[0] = 0 |
|
3244 | 3244 | |
|
3245 | 3245 | numdeltas = numrevs - numfull |
|
3246 | 3246 | numoprev = numprev - nump1prev - nump2prev |
|
3247 | 3247 | totalrawsize = datasize[2] |
|
3248 | 3248 | datasize[2] /= numrevs |
|
3249 | 3249 | fulltotal = fullsize[2] |
|
3250 | 3250 | fullsize[2] /= numfull |
|
3251 | 3251 | deltatotal = deltasize[2] |
|
3252 | 3252 | if numrevs - numfull > 0: |
|
3253 | 3253 | deltasize[2] /= numrevs - numfull |
|
3254 | 3254 | totalsize = fulltotal + deltatotal |
|
3255 | 3255 | avgchainlen = sum(chainlengths) / numrevs |
|
3256 | 3256 | maxchainlen = max(chainlengths) |
|
3257 | 3257 | compratio = 1 |
|
3258 | 3258 | if totalsize: |
|
3259 | 3259 | compratio = totalrawsize / totalsize |
|
3260 | 3260 | |
|
3261 | 3261 | basedfmtstr = '%%%dd\n' |
|
3262 | 3262 | basepcfmtstr = '%%%dd %s(%%5.2f%%%%)\n' |
|
3263 | 3263 | |
|
3264 | 3264 | def dfmtstr(max): |
|
3265 | 3265 | return basedfmtstr % len(str(max)) |
|
3266 | 3266 | def pcfmtstr(max, padding=0): |
|
3267 | 3267 | return basepcfmtstr % (len(str(max)), ' ' * padding) |
|
3268 | 3268 | |
|
3269 | 3269 | def pcfmt(value, total): |
|
3270 | 3270 | if total: |
|
3271 | 3271 | return (value, 100 * float(value) / total) |
|
3272 | 3272 | else: |
|
3273 | 3273 | return value, 100.0 |
|
3274 | 3274 | |
|
3275 | 3275 | ui.write(('format : %d\n') % format) |
|
3276 | 3276 | ui.write(('flags : %s\n') % ', '.join(flags)) |
|
3277 | 3277 | |
|
3278 | 3278 | ui.write('\n') |
|
3279 | 3279 | fmt = pcfmtstr(totalsize) |
|
3280 | 3280 | fmt2 = dfmtstr(totalsize) |
|
3281 | 3281 | ui.write(('revisions : ') + fmt2 % numrevs) |
|
3282 | 3282 | ui.write((' merges : ') + fmt % pcfmt(nummerges, numrevs)) |
|
3283 | 3283 | ui.write((' normal : ') + fmt % pcfmt(numrevs - nummerges, numrevs)) |
|
3284 | 3284 | ui.write(('revisions : ') + fmt2 % numrevs) |
|
3285 | 3285 | ui.write((' full : ') + fmt % pcfmt(numfull, numrevs)) |
|
3286 | 3286 | ui.write((' deltas : ') + fmt % pcfmt(numdeltas, numrevs)) |
|
3287 | 3287 | ui.write(('revision size : ') + fmt2 % totalsize) |
|
3288 | 3288 | ui.write((' full : ') + fmt % pcfmt(fulltotal, totalsize)) |
|
3289 | 3289 | ui.write((' deltas : ') + fmt % pcfmt(deltatotal, totalsize)) |
|
3290 | 3290 | |
|
3291 | 3291 | ui.write('\n') |
|
3292 | 3292 | fmt = dfmtstr(max(avgchainlen, compratio)) |
|
3293 | 3293 | ui.write(('avg chain length : ') + fmt % avgchainlen) |
|
3294 | 3294 | ui.write(('max chain length : ') + fmt % maxchainlen) |
|
3295 | 3295 | ui.write(('compression ratio : ') + fmt % compratio) |
|
3296 | 3296 | |
|
3297 | 3297 | if format > 0: |
|
3298 | 3298 | ui.write('\n') |
|
3299 | 3299 | ui.write(('uncompressed data size (min/max/avg) : %d / %d / %d\n') |
|
3300 | 3300 | % tuple(datasize)) |
|
3301 | 3301 | ui.write(('full revision size (min/max/avg) : %d / %d / %d\n') |
|
3302 | 3302 | % tuple(fullsize)) |
|
3303 | 3303 | ui.write(('delta size (min/max/avg) : %d / %d / %d\n') |
|
3304 | 3304 | % tuple(deltasize)) |
|
3305 | 3305 | |
|
3306 | 3306 | if numdeltas > 0: |
|
3307 | 3307 | ui.write('\n') |
|
3308 | 3308 | fmt = pcfmtstr(numdeltas) |
|
3309 | 3309 | fmt2 = pcfmtstr(numdeltas, 4) |
|
3310 | 3310 | ui.write(('deltas against prev : ') + fmt % pcfmt(numprev, numdeltas)) |
|
3311 | 3311 | if numprev > 0: |
|
3312 | 3312 | ui.write((' where prev = p1 : ') + fmt2 % pcfmt(nump1prev, |
|
3313 | 3313 | numprev)) |
|
3314 | 3314 | ui.write((' where prev = p2 : ') + fmt2 % pcfmt(nump2prev, |
|
3315 | 3315 | numprev)) |
|
3316 | 3316 | ui.write((' other : ') + fmt2 % pcfmt(numoprev, |
|
3317 | 3317 | numprev)) |
|
3318 | 3318 | if gdelta: |
|
3319 | 3319 | ui.write(('deltas against p1 : ') |
|
3320 | 3320 | + fmt % pcfmt(nump1, numdeltas)) |
|
3321 | 3321 | ui.write(('deltas against p2 : ') |
|
3322 | 3322 | + fmt % pcfmt(nump2, numdeltas)) |
|
3323 | 3323 | ui.write(('deltas against other : ') + fmt % pcfmt(numother, |
|
3324 | 3324 | numdeltas)) |
|
3325 | 3325 | |
|
3326 | 3326 | @command('debugrevspec', |
|
3327 | 3327 | [('', 'optimize', None, _('print parsed tree after optimizing'))], |
|
3328 | 3328 | ('REVSPEC')) |
|
3329 | 3329 | def debugrevspec(ui, repo, expr, **opts): |
|
3330 | 3330 | """parse and apply a revision specification |
|
3331 | 3331 | |
|
3332 | 3332 | Use --verbose to print the parsed tree before and after aliases |
|
3333 | 3333 | expansion. |
|
3334 | 3334 | """ |
|
3335 | 3335 | if ui.verbose: |
|
3336 | 3336 | tree = revset.parse(expr, lookup=repo.__contains__) |
|
3337 | 3337 | ui.note(revset.prettyformat(tree), "\n") |
|
3338 | 3338 | newtree = revset.findaliases(ui, tree) |
|
3339 | 3339 | if newtree != tree: |
|
3340 | 3340 | ui.note(revset.prettyformat(newtree), "\n") |
|
3341 | 3341 | tree = newtree |
|
3342 | 3342 | newtree = revset.foldconcat(tree) |
|
3343 | 3343 | if newtree != tree: |
|
3344 | 3344 | ui.note(revset.prettyformat(newtree), "\n") |
|
3345 | 3345 | if opts["optimize"]: |
|
3346 | 3346 | weight, optimizedtree = revset.optimize(newtree, True) |
|
3347 | 3347 | ui.note("* optimized:\n", revset.prettyformat(optimizedtree), "\n") |
|
3348 | 3348 | func = revset.match(ui, expr, repo) |
|
3349 | 3349 | revs = func(repo) |
|
3350 | 3350 | if ui.verbose: |
|
3351 | 3351 | ui.note("* set:\n", revset.prettyformatset(revs), "\n") |
|
3352 | 3352 | for c in revs: |
|
3353 | 3353 | ui.write("%s\n" % c) |
|
3354 | 3354 | |
|
3355 | 3355 | @command('debugsetparents', [], _('REV1 [REV2]')) |
|
3356 | 3356 | def debugsetparents(ui, repo, rev1, rev2=None): |
|
3357 | 3357 | """manually set the parents of the current working directory |
|
3358 | 3358 | |
|
3359 | 3359 | This is useful for writing repository conversion tools, but should |
|
3360 | 3360 | be used with care. For example, neither the working directory nor the |
|
3361 | 3361 | dirstate is updated, so file status may be incorrect after running this |
|
3362 | 3362 | command. |
|
3363 | 3363 | |
|
3364 | 3364 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
3365 | 3365 | """ |
|
3366 | 3366 | |
|
3367 | 3367 | r1 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev1).node() |
|
3368 | 3368 | r2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev2, 'null').node() |
|
3369 | 3369 | |
|
3370 | 3370 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
3371 | 3371 | try: |
|
3372 | 3372 | repo.dirstate.beginparentchange() |
|
3373 | 3373 | repo.setparents(r1, r2) |
|
3374 | 3374 | repo.dirstate.endparentchange() |
|
3375 | 3375 | finally: |
|
3376 | 3376 | wlock.release() |
|
3377 | 3377 | |
|
3378 | 3378 | @command('debugdirstate|debugstate', |
|
3379 | 3379 | [('', 'nodates', None, _('do not display the saved mtime')), |
|
3380 | 3380 | ('', 'datesort', None, _('sort by saved mtime'))], |
|
3381 | 3381 | _('[OPTION]...')) |
|
3382 | 3382 | def debugstate(ui, repo, **opts): |
|
3383 | 3383 | """show the contents of the current dirstate""" |
|
3384 | 3384 | |
|
3385 | 3385 | nodates = opts.get('nodates') |
|
3386 | 3386 | datesort = opts.get('datesort') |
|
3387 | 3387 | |
|
3388 | 3388 | timestr = "" |
|
3389 | 3389 | if datesort: |
|
3390 | 3390 | keyfunc = lambda x: (x[1][3], x[0]) # sort by mtime, then by filename |
|
3391 | 3391 | else: |
|
3392 | 3392 | keyfunc = None # sort by filename |
|
3393 | 3393 | for file_, ent in sorted(repo.dirstate._map.iteritems(), key=keyfunc): |
|
3394 | 3394 | if ent[3] == -1: |
|
3395 | 3395 | timestr = 'unset ' |
|
3396 | 3396 | elif nodates: |
|
3397 | 3397 | timestr = 'set ' |
|
3398 | 3398 | else: |
|
3399 | 3399 | timestr = time.strftime("%Y-%m-%d %H:%M:%S ", |
|
3400 | 3400 | time.localtime(ent[3])) |
|
3401 | 3401 | if ent[1] & 0o20000: |
|
3402 | 3402 | mode = 'lnk' |
|
3403 | 3403 | else: |
|
3404 | 3404 | mode = '%3o' % (ent[1] & 0o777 & ~util.umask) |
|
3405 | 3405 | ui.write("%c %s %10d %s%s\n" % (ent[0], mode, ent[2], timestr, file_)) |
|
3406 | 3406 | for f in repo.dirstate.copies(): |
|
3407 | 3407 | ui.write(_("copy: %s -> %s\n") % (repo.dirstate.copied(f), f)) |
|
3408 | 3408 | |
|
3409 | 3409 | @command('debugsub', |
|
3410 | 3410 | [('r', 'rev', '', |
|
3411 | 3411 | _('revision to check'), _('REV'))], |
|
3412 | 3412 | _('[-r REV] [REV]')) |
|
3413 | 3413 | def debugsub(ui, repo, rev=None): |
|
3414 | 3414 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None) |
|
3415 | 3415 | for k, v in sorted(ctx.substate.items()): |
|
3416 | 3416 | ui.write(('path %s\n') % k) |
|
3417 | 3417 | ui.write((' source %s\n') % v[0]) |
|
3418 | 3418 | ui.write((' revision %s\n') % v[1]) |
|
3419 | 3419 | |
|
3420 | 3420 | @command('debugsuccessorssets', |
|
3421 | 3421 | [], |
|
3422 | 3422 | _('[REV]')) |
|
3423 | 3423 | def debugsuccessorssets(ui, repo, *revs): |
|
3424 | 3424 | """show set of successors for revision |
|
3425 | 3425 | |
|
3426 | 3426 | A successors set of changeset A is a consistent group of revisions that |
|
3427 | 3427 | succeed A. It contains non-obsolete changesets only. |
|
3428 | 3428 | |
|
3429 | 3429 | In most cases a changeset A has a single successors set containing a single |
|
3430 | 3430 | successor (changeset A replaced by A'). |
|
3431 | 3431 | |
|
3432 | 3432 | A changeset that is made obsolete with no successors are called "pruned". |
|
3433 | 3433 | Such changesets have no successors sets at all. |
|
3434 | 3434 | |
|
3435 | 3435 | A changeset that has been "split" will have a successors set containing |
|
3436 | 3436 | more than one successor. |
|
3437 | 3437 | |
|
3438 | 3438 | A changeset that has been rewritten in multiple different ways is called |
|
3439 | 3439 | "divergent". Such changesets have multiple successor sets (each of which |
|
3440 | 3440 | may also be split, i.e. have multiple successors). |
|
3441 | 3441 | |
|
3442 | 3442 | Results are displayed as follows:: |
|
3443 | 3443 | |
|
3444 | 3444 | <rev1> |
|
3445 | 3445 | <successors-1A> |
|
3446 | 3446 | <rev2> |
|
3447 | 3447 | <successors-2A> |
|
3448 | 3448 | <successors-2B1> <successors-2B2> <successors-2B3> |
|
3449 | 3449 | |
|
3450 | 3450 | Here rev2 has two possible (i.e. divergent) successors sets. The first |
|
3451 | 3451 | holds one element, whereas the second holds three (i.e. the changeset has |
|
3452 | 3452 | been split). |
|
3453 | 3453 | """ |
|
3454 | 3454 | # passed to successorssets caching computation from one call to another |
|
3455 | 3455 | cache = {} |
|
3456 | 3456 | ctx2str = str |
|
3457 | 3457 | node2str = short |
|
3458 | 3458 | if ui.debug(): |
|
3459 | 3459 | def ctx2str(ctx): |
|
3460 | 3460 | return ctx.hex() |
|
3461 | 3461 | node2str = hex |
|
3462 | 3462 | for rev in scmutil.revrange(repo, revs): |
|
3463 | 3463 | ctx = repo[rev] |
|
3464 | 3464 | ui.write('%s\n'% ctx2str(ctx)) |
|
3465 | 3465 | for succsset in obsolete.successorssets(repo, ctx.node(), cache): |
|
3466 | 3466 | if succsset: |
|
3467 | 3467 | ui.write(' ') |
|
3468 | 3468 | ui.write(node2str(succsset[0])) |
|
3469 | 3469 | for node in succsset[1:]: |
|
3470 | 3470 | ui.write(' ') |
|
3471 | 3471 | ui.write(node2str(node)) |
|
3472 | 3472 | ui.write('\n') |
|
3473 | 3473 | |
|
3474 | 3474 | @command('debugwalk', walkopts, _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), inferrepo=True) |
|
3475 | 3475 | def debugwalk(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
3476 | 3476 | """show how files match on given patterns""" |
|
3477 | 3477 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
3478 | 3478 | items = list(repo.walk(m)) |
|
3479 | 3479 | if not items: |
|
3480 | 3480 | return |
|
3481 | 3481 | f = lambda fn: fn |
|
3482 | 3482 | if ui.configbool('ui', 'slash') and os.sep != '/': |
|
3483 | 3483 | f = lambda fn: util.normpath(fn) |
|
3484 | 3484 | fmt = 'f %%-%ds %%-%ds %%s' % ( |
|
3485 | 3485 | max([len(abs) for abs in items]), |
|
3486 | 3486 | max([len(m.rel(abs)) for abs in items])) |
|
3487 | 3487 | for abs in items: |
|
3488 | 3488 | line = fmt % (abs, f(m.rel(abs)), m.exact(abs) and 'exact' or '') |
|
3489 | 3489 | ui.write("%s\n" % line.rstrip()) |
|
3490 | 3490 | |
|
3491 | 3491 | @command('debugwireargs', |
|
3492 | 3492 | [('', 'three', '', 'three'), |
|
3493 | 3493 | ('', 'four', '', 'four'), |
|
3494 | 3494 | ('', 'five', '', 'five'), |
|
3495 | 3495 | ] + remoteopts, |
|
3496 | 3496 | _('REPO [OPTIONS]... [ONE [TWO]]'), |
|
3497 | 3497 | norepo=True) |
|
3498 | 3498 | def debugwireargs(ui, repopath, *vals, **opts): |
|
3499 | 3499 | repo = hg.peer(ui, opts, repopath) |
|
3500 | 3500 | for opt in remoteopts: |
|
3501 | 3501 | del opts[opt[1]] |
|
3502 | 3502 | args = {} |
|
3503 | 3503 | for k, v in opts.iteritems(): |
|
3504 | 3504 | if v: |
|
3505 | 3505 | args[k] = v |
|
3506 | 3506 | # run twice to check that we don't mess up the stream for the next command |
|
3507 | 3507 | res1 = repo.debugwireargs(*vals, **args) |
|
3508 | 3508 | res2 = repo.debugwireargs(*vals, **args) |
|
3509 | 3509 | ui.write("%s\n" % res1) |
|
3510 | 3510 | if res1 != res2: |
|
3511 | 3511 | ui.warn("%s\n" % res2) |
|
3512 | 3512 | |
|
3513 | 3513 | @command('^diff', |
|
3514 | 3514 | [('r', 'rev', [], _('revision'), _('REV')), |
|
3515 | 3515 | ('c', 'change', '', _('change made by revision'), _('REV')) |
|
3516 | 3516 | ] + diffopts + diffopts2 + walkopts + subrepoopts, |
|
3517 | 3517 | _('[OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]...'), |
|
3518 | 3518 | inferrepo=True) |
|
3519 | 3519 | def diff(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
3520 | 3520 | """diff repository (or selected files) |
|
3521 | 3521 | |
|
3522 | 3522 | Show differences between revisions for the specified files. |
|
3523 | 3523 | |
|
3524 | 3524 | Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format. |
|
3525 | 3525 | |
|
3526 | 3526 | .. note:: |
|
3527 | 3527 | |
|
3528 | 3528 | diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will |
|
3529 | 3529 | default to comparing against the working directory's first |
|
3530 | 3530 | parent changeset if no revisions are specified. |
|
3531 | 3531 | |
|
3532 | 3532 | When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown |
|
3533 | 3533 | between those revisions. If only one revision is specified then |
|
3534 | 3534 | that revision is compared to the working directory, and, when no |
|
3535 | 3535 | revisions are specified, the working directory files are compared |
|
3536 | 3536 | to its parent. |
|
3537 | 3537 | |
|
3538 | 3538 | Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see |
|
3539 | 3539 | the changes in that changeset relative to its first parent. |
|
3540 | 3540 | |
|
3541 | 3541 | Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of |
|
3542 | 3542 | files it detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff |
|
3543 | 3543 | anyway, probably with undesirable results. |
|
3544 | 3544 | |
|
3545 | 3545 | Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff |
|
3546 | 3546 | format. For more information, read :hg:`help diffs`. |
|
3547 | 3547 | |
|
3548 | 3548 | .. container:: verbose |
|
3549 | 3549 | |
|
3550 | 3550 | Examples: |
|
3551 | 3551 | |
|
3552 | 3552 | - compare a file in the current working directory to its parent:: |
|
3553 | 3553 | |
|
3554 | 3554 | hg diff foo.c |
|
3555 | 3555 | |
|
3556 | 3556 | - compare two historical versions of a directory, with rename info:: |
|
3557 | 3557 | |
|
3558 | 3558 | hg diff --git -r 1.0:1.2 lib/ |
|
3559 | 3559 | |
|
3560 | 3560 | - get change stats relative to the last change on some date:: |
|
3561 | 3561 | |
|
3562 | 3562 | hg diff --stat -r "date('may 2')" |
|
3563 | 3563 | |
|
3564 | 3564 | - diff all newly-added files that contain a keyword:: |
|
3565 | 3565 | |
|
3566 | 3566 | hg diff "set:added() and grep(GNU)" |
|
3567 | 3567 | |
|
3568 | 3568 | - compare a revision and its parents:: |
|
3569 | 3569 | |
|
3570 | 3570 | hg diff -c 9353 # compare against first parent |
|
3571 | 3571 | hg diff -r 9353^:9353 # same using revset syntax |
|
3572 | 3572 | hg diff -r 9353^2:9353 # compare against the second parent |
|
3573 | 3573 | |
|
3574 | 3574 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
3575 | 3575 | """ |
|
3576 | 3576 | |
|
3577 | 3577 | revs = opts.get('rev') |
|
3578 | 3578 | change = opts.get('change') |
|
3579 | 3579 | stat = opts.get('stat') |
|
3580 | 3580 | reverse = opts.get('reverse') |
|
3581 | 3581 | |
|
3582 | 3582 | if revs and change: |
|
3583 | 3583 | msg = _('cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time') |
|
3584 | 3584 | raise error.Abort(msg) |
|
3585 | 3585 | elif change: |
|
3586 | 3586 | node2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, change, None).node() |
|
3587 | 3587 | node1 = repo[node2].p1().node() |
|
3588 | 3588 | else: |
|
3589 | 3589 | node1, node2 = scmutil.revpair(repo, revs) |
|
3590 | 3590 | |
|
3591 | 3591 | if reverse: |
|
3592 | 3592 | node1, node2 = node2, node1 |
|
3593 | 3593 | |
|
3594 | 3594 | diffopts = patch.diffallopts(ui, opts) |
|
3595 | 3595 | m = scmutil.match(repo[node2], pats, opts) |
|
3596 | 3596 | cmdutil.diffordiffstat(ui, repo, diffopts, node1, node2, m, stat=stat, |
|
3597 | 3597 | listsubrepos=opts.get('subrepos'), |
|
3598 | 3598 | root=opts.get('root')) |
|
3599 | 3599 | |
|
3600 | 3600 | @command('^export', |
|
3601 | 3601 | [('o', 'output', '', |
|
3602 | 3602 | _('print output to file with formatted name'), _('FORMAT')), |
|
3603 | 3603 | ('', 'switch-parent', None, _('diff against the second parent')), |
|
3604 | 3604 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('revisions to export'), _('REV')), |
|
3605 | 3605 | ] + diffopts, |
|
3606 | 3606 | _('[OPTION]... [-o OUTFILESPEC] [-r] [REV]...')) |
|
3607 | 3607 | def export(ui, repo, *changesets, **opts): |
|
3608 | 3608 | """dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
3609 | 3609 | |
|
3610 | 3610 | Print the changeset header and diffs for one or more revisions. |
|
3611 | 3611 | If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is used. |
|
3612 | 3612 | |
|
3613 | 3613 | The information shown in the changeset header is: author, date, |
|
3614 | 3614 | branch name (if non-default), changeset hash, parent(s) and commit |
|
3615 | 3615 | comment. |
|
3616 | 3616 | |
|
3617 | 3617 | .. note:: |
|
3618 | 3618 | |
|
3619 | 3619 | export may generate unexpected diff output for merge |
|
3620 | 3620 | changesets, as it will compare the merge changeset against its |
|
3621 | 3621 | first parent only. |
|
3622 | 3622 | |
|
3623 | 3623 | Output may be to a file, in which case the name of the file is |
|
3624 | 3624 | given using a format string. The formatting rules are as follows: |
|
3625 | 3625 | |
|
3626 | 3626 | :``%%``: literal "%" character |
|
3627 | 3627 | :``%H``: changeset hash (40 hexadecimal digits) |
|
3628 | 3628 | :``%N``: number of patches being generated |
|
3629 | 3629 | :``%R``: changeset revision number |
|
3630 | 3630 | :``%b``: basename of the exporting repository |
|
3631 | 3631 | :``%h``: short-form changeset hash (12 hexadecimal digits) |
|
3632 | 3632 | :``%m``: first line of the commit message (only alphanumeric characters) |
|
3633 | 3633 | :``%n``: zero-padded sequence number, starting at 1 |
|
3634 | 3634 | :``%r``: zero-padded changeset revision number |
|
3635 | 3635 | |
|
3636 | 3636 | Without the -a/--text option, export will avoid generating diffs |
|
3637 | 3637 | of files it detects as binary. With -a, export will generate a |
|
3638 | 3638 | diff anyway, probably with undesirable results. |
|
3639 | 3639 | |
|
3640 | 3640 | Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff |
|
3641 | 3641 | format. See :hg:`help diffs` for more information. |
|
3642 | 3642 | |
|
3643 | 3643 | With the --switch-parent option, the diff will be against the |
|
3644 | 3644 | second parent. It can be useful to review a merge. |
|
3645 | 3645 | |
|
3646 | 3646 | .. container:: verbose |
|
3647 | 3647 | |
|
3648 | 3648 | Examples: |
|
3649 | 3649 | |
|
3650 | 3650 | - use export and import to transplant a bugfix to the current |
|
3651 | 3651 | branch:: |
|
3652 | 3652 | |
|
3653 | 3653 | hg export -r 9353 | hg import - |
|
3654 | 3654 | |
|
3655 | 3655 | - export all the changesets between two revisions to a file with |
|
3656 | 3656 | rename information:: |
|
3657 | 3657 | |
|
3658 | 3658 | hg export --git -r 123:150 > changes.txt |
|
3659 | 3659 | |
|
3660 | 3660 | - split outgoing changes into a series of patches with |
|
3661 | 3661 | descriptive names:: |
|
3662 | 3662 | |
|
3663 | 3663 | hg export -r "outgoing()" -o "%n-%m.patch" |
|
3664 | 3664 | |
|
3665 | 3665 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
3666 | 3666 | """ |
|
3667 | 3667 | changesets += tuple(opts.get('rev', [])) |
|
3668 | 3668 | if not changesets: |
|
3669 | 3669 | changesets = ['.'] |
|
3670 | 3670 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, changesets) |
|
3671 | 3671 | if not revs: |
|
3672 | 3672 | raise error.Abort(_("export requires at least one changeset")) |
|
3673 | 3673 | if len(revs) > 1: |
|
3674 | 3674 | ui.note(_('exporting patches:\n')) |
|
3675 | 3675 | else: |
|
3676 | 3676 | ui.note(_('exporting patch:\n')) |
|
3677 | 3677 | cmdutil.export(repo, revs, template=opts.get('output'), |
|
3678 | 3678 | switch_parent=opts.get('switch_parent'), |
|
3679 | 3679 | opts=patch.diffallopts(ui, opts)) |
|
3680 | 3680 | |
|
3681 | 3681 | @command('files', |
|
3682 | 3682 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('search the repository as it is in REV'), _('REV')), |
|
3683 | 3683 | ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')), |
|
3684 | 3684 | ] + walkopts + formatteropts + subrepoopts, |
|
3685 | 3685 | _('[OPTION]... [PATTERN]...')) |
|
3686 | 3686 | def files(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
3687 | 3687 | """list tracked files |
|
3688 | 3688 | |
|
3689 | 3689 | Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory or |
|
3690 | 3690 | specified revision whose names match the given patterns (excluding |
|
3691 | 3691 | removed files). |
|
3692 | 3692 | |
|
3693 | 3693 | If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names |
|
3694 | 3694 | of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory. |
|
3695 | 3695 | |
|
3696 | 3696 | .. container:: verbose |
|
3697 | 3697 | |
|
3698 | 3698 | Examples: |
|
3699 | 3699 | |
|
3700 | 3700 | - list all files under the current directory:: |
|
3701 | 3701 | |
|
3702 | 3702 | hg files . |
|
3703 | 3703 | |
|
3704 | 3704 | - shows sizes and flags for current revision:: |
|
3705 | 3705 | |
|
3706 | 3706 | hg files -vr . |
|
3707 | 3707 | |
|
3708 | 3708 | - list all files named README:: |
|
3709 | 3709 | |
|
3710 | 3710 | hg files -I "**/README" |
|
3711 | 3711 | |
|
3712 | 3712 | - list all binary files:: |
|
3713 | 3713 | |
|
3714 | 3714 | hg files "set:binary()" |
|
3715 | 3715 | |
|
3716 | 3716 | - find files containing a regular expression:: |
|
3717 | 3717 | |
|
3718 | 3718 | hg files "set:grep('bob')" |
|
3719 | 3719 | |
|
3720 | 3720 | - search tracked file contents with xargs and grep:: |
|
3721 | 3721 | |
|
3722 | 3722 | hg files -0 | xargs -0 grep foo |
|
3723 | 3723 | |
|
3724 | 3724 | See :hg:`help patterns` and :hg:`help filesets` for more information |
|
3725 | 3725 | on specifying file patterns. |
|
3726 | 3726 | |
|
3727 | 3727 | Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise. |
|
3728 | 3728 | |
|
3729 | 3729 | """ |
|
3730 | 3730 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None) |
|
3731 | 3731 | |
|
3732 | 3732 | end = '\n' |
|
3733 | 3733 | if opts.get('print0'): |
|
3734 | 3734 | end = '\0' |
|
3735 | 3735 | fm = ui.formatter('files', opts) |
|
3736 | 3736 | fmt = '%s' + end |
|
3737 | 3737 | |
|
3738 | 3738 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts) |
|
3739 | 3739 | ret = cmdutil.files(ui, ctx, m, fm, fmt, opts.get('subrepos')) |
|
3740 | 3740 | |
|
3741 | 3741 | fm.end() |
|
3742 | 3742 | |
|
3743 | 3743 | return ret |
|
3744 | 3744 | |
|
3745 | 3745 | @command('^forget', walkopts, _('[OPTION]... FILE...'), inferrepo=True) |
|
3746 | 3746 | def forget(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
3747 | 3747 | """forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
3748 | 3748 | |
|
3749 | 3749 | Mark the specified files so they will no longer be tracked |
|
3750 | 3750 | after the next commit. |
|
3751 | 3751 | |
|
3752 | 3752 | This only removes files from the current branch, not from the |
|
3753 | 3753 | entire project history, and it does not delete them from the |
|
3754 | 3754 | working directory. |
|
3755 | 3755 | |
|
3756 | 3756 | To delete the file from the working directory, see :hg:`remove`. |
|
3757 | 3757 | |
|
3758 | 3758 | To undo a forget before the next commit, see :hg:`add`. |
|
3759 | 3759 | |
|
3760 | 3760 | .. container:: verbose |
|
3761 | 3761 | |
|
3762 | 3762 | Examples: |
|
3763 | 3763 | |
|
3764 | 3764 | - forget newly-added binary files:: |
|
3765 | 3765 | |
|
3766 | 3766 | hg forget "set:added() and binary()" |
|
3767 | 3767 | |
|
3768 | 3768 | - forget files that would be excluded by .hgignore:: |
|
3769 | 3769 | |
|
3770 | 3770 | hg forget "set:hgignore()" |
|
3771 | 3771 | |
|
3772 | 3772 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
3773 | 3773 | """ |
|
3774 | 3774 | |
|
3775 | 3775 | if not pats: |
|
3776 | 3776 | raise error.Abort(_('no files specified')) |
|
3777 | 3777 | |
|
3778 | 3778 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
3779 | 3779 | rejected = cmdutil.forget(ui, repo, m, prefix="", explicitonly=False)[0] |
|
3780 | 3780 | return rejected and 1 or 0 |
|
3781 | 3781 | |
|
3782 | 3782 | @command( |
|
3783 | 3783 | 'graft', |
|
3784 | 3784 | [('r', 'rev', [], _('revisions to graft'), _('REV')), |
|
3785 | 3785 | ('c', 'continue', False, _('resume interrupted graft')), |
|
3786 | 3786 | ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), |
|
3787 | 3787 | ('', 'log', None, _('append graft info to log message')), |
|
3788 | 3788 | ('f', 'force', False, _('force graft')), |
|
3789 | 3789 | ('D', 'currentdate', False, |
|
3790 | 3790 | _('record the current date as commit date')), |
|
3791 | 3791 | ('U', 'currentuser', False, |
|
3792 | 3792 | _('record the current user as committer'), _('DATE'))] |
|
3793 | 3793 | + commitopts2 + mergetoolopts + dryrunopts, |
|
3794 | 3794 | _('[OPTION]... [-r] REV...')) |
|
3795 | 3795 | def graft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts): |
|
3796 | 3796 | '''copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
3797 | 3797 | |
|
3798 | 3798 | This command uses Mercurial's merge logic to copy individual |
|
3799 | 3799 | changes from other branches without merging branches in the |
|
3800 | 3800 | history graph. This is sometimes known as 'backporting' or |
|
3801 | 3801 | 'cherry-picking'. By default, graft will copy user, date, and |
|
3802 | 3802 | description from the source changesets. |
|
3803 | 3803 | |
|
3804 | 3804 | Changesets that are ancestors of the current revision, that have |
|
3805 | 3805 | already been grafted, or that are merges will be skipped. |
|
3806 | 3806 | |
|
3807 | 3807 | If --log is specified, log messages will have a comment appended |
|
3808 | 3808 | of the form:: |
|
3809 | 3809 | |
|
3810 | 3810 | (grafted from CHANGESETHASH) |
|
3811 | 3811 | |
|
3812 | 3812 | If --force is specified, revisions will be grafted even if they |
|
3813 | 3813 | are already ancestors of or have been grafted to the destination. |
|
3814 | 3814 | This is useful when the revisions have since been backed out. |
|
3815 | 3815 | |
|
3816 | 3816 | If a graft merge results in conflicts, the graft process is |
|
3817 | 3817 | interrupted so that the current merge can be manually resolved. |
|
3818 | 3818 | Once all conflicts are addressed, the graft process can be |
|
3819 | 3819 | continued with the -c/--continue option. |
|
3820 | 3820 | |
|
3821 | 3821 | .. note:: |
|
3822 | 3822 | |
|
3823 | 3823 | The -c/--continue option does not reapply earlier options, except |
|
3824 | 3824 | for --force. |
|
3825 | 3825 | |
|
3826 | 3826 | .. container:: verbose |
|
3827 | 3827 | |
|
3828 | 3828 | Examples: |
|
3829 | 3829 | |
|
3830 | 3830 | - copy a single change to the stable branch and edit its description:: |
|
3831 | 3831 | |
|
3832 | 3832 | hg update stable |
|
3833 | 3833 | hg graft --edit 9393 |
|
3834 | 3834 | |
|
3835 | 3835 | - graft a range of changesets with one exception, updating dates:: |
|
3836 | 3836 | |
|
3837 | 3837 | hg graft -D "2085::2093 and not 2091" |
|
3838 | 3838 | |
|
3839 | 3839 | - continue a graft after resolving conflicts:: |
|
3840 | 3840 | |
|
3841 | 3841 | hg graft -c |
|
3842 | 3842 | |
|
3843 | 3843 | - show the source of a grafted changeset:: |
|
3844 | 3844 | |
|
3845 | 3845 | hg log --debug -r . |
|
3846 | 3846 | |
|
3847 | 3847 | See :hg:`help revisions` and :hg:`help revsets` for more about |
|
3848 | 3848 | specifying revisions. |
|
3849 | 3849 | |
|
3850 | 3850 | Returns 0 on successful completion. |
|
3851 | 3851 | ''' |
|
3852 | 3852 | wlock = None |
|
3853 | 3853 | try: |
|
3854 | 3854 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
3855 | 3855 | return _dograft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts) |
|
3856 | 3856 | finally: |
|
3857 | 3857 | release(wlock) |
|
3858 | 3858 | |
|
3859 | 3859 | def _dograft(ui, repo, *revs, **opts): |
|
3860 | 3860 | revs = list(revs) |
|
3861 | 3861 | revs.extend(opts['rev']) |
|
3862 | 3862 | |
|
3863 | 3863 | if not opts.get('user') and opts.get('currentuser'): |
|
3864 | 3864 | opts['user'] = ui.username() |
|
3865 | 3865 | if not opts.get('date') and opts.get('currentdate'): |
|
3866 | 3866 | opts['date'] = "%d %d" % util.makedate() |
|
3867 | 3867 | |
|
3868 | 3868 | editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform='graft', **opts) |
|
3869 | 3869 | |
|
3870 | 3870 | cont = False |
|
3871 | 3871 | if opts['continue']: |
|
3872 | 3872 | cont = True |
|
3873 | 3873 | if revs: |
|
3874 | 3874 | raise error.Abort(_("can't specify --continue and revisions")) |
|
3875 | 3875 | # read in unfinished revisions |
|
3876 | 3876 | try: |
|
3877 | 3877 | nodes = repo.vfs.read('graftstate').splitlines() |
|
3878 | 3878 | revs = [repo[node].rev() for node in nodes] |
|
3879 | 3879 | except IOError as inst: |
|
3880 | 3880 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
3881 | 3881 | raise |
|
3882 | 3882 | raise error.Abort(_("no graft state found, can't continue")) |
|
3883 | 3883 | else: |
|
3884 | 3884 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) |
|
3885 | 3885 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) |
|
3886 | 3886 | if not revs: |
|
3887 | 3887 | raise error.Abort(_('no revisions specified')) |
|
3888 | 3888 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revs) |
|
3889 | 3889 | |
|
3890 | 3890 | skipped = set() |
|
3891 | 3891 | # check for merges |
|
3892 | 3892 | for rev in repo.revs('%ld and merge()', revs): |
|
3893 | 3893 | ui.warn(_('skipping ungraftable merge revision %s\n') % rev) |
|
3894 | 3894 | skipped.add(rev) |
|
3895 | 3895 | revs = [r for r in revs if r not in skipped] |
|
3896 | 3896 | if not revs: |
|
3897 | 3897 | return -1 |
|
3898 | 3898 | |
|
3899 | 3899 | # Don't check in the --continue case, in effect retaining --force across |
|
3900 | 3900 | # --continues. That's because without --force, any revisions we decided to |
|
3901 | 3901 | # skip would have been filtered out here, so they wouldn't have made their |
|
3902 | 3902 | # way to the graftstate. With --force, any revisions we would have otherwise |
|
3903 | 3903 | # skipped would not have been filtered out, and if they hadn't been applied |
|
3904 | 3904 | # already, they'd have been in the graftstate. |
|
3905 | 3905 | if not (cont or opts.get('force')): |
|
3906 | 3906 | # check for ancestors of dest branch |
|
3907 | 3907 | crev = repo['.'].rev() |
|
3908 | 3908 | ancestors = repo.changelog.ancestors([crev], inclusive=True) |
|
3909 | 3909 | # Cannot use x.remove(y) on smart set, this has to be a list. |
|
3910 | 3910 | # XXX make this lazy in the future |
|
3911 | 3911 | revs = list(revs) |
|
3912 | 3912 | # don't mutate while iterating, create a copy |
|
3913 | 3913 | for rev in list(revs): |
|
3914 | 3914 | if rev in ancestors: |
|
3915 | 3915 | ui.warn(_('skipping ancestor revision %d:%s\n') % |
|
3916 | 3916 | (rev, repo[rev])) |
|
3917 | 3917 | # XXX remove on list is slow |
|
3918 | 3918 | revs.remove(rev) |
|
3919 | 3919 | if not revs: |
|
3920 | 3920 | return -1 |
|
3921 | 3921 | |
|
3922 | 3922 | # analyze revs for earlier grafts |
|
3923 | 3923 | ids = {} |
|
3924 | 3924 | for ctx in repo.set("%ld", revs): |
|
3925 | 3925 | ids[ctx.hex()] = ctx.rev() |
|
3926 | 3926 | n = ctx.extra().get('source') |
|
3927 | 3927 | if n: |
|
3928 | 3928 | ids[n] = ctx.rev() |
|
3929 | 3929 | |
|
3930 | 3930 | # check ancestors for earlier grafts |
|
3931 | 3931 | ui.debug('scanning for duplicate grafts\n') |
|
3932 | 3932 | |
|
3933 | 3933 | for rev in repo.changelog.findmissingrevs(revs, [crev]): |
|
3934 | 3934 | ctx = repo[rev] |
|
3935 | 3935 | n = ctx.extra().get('source') |
|
3936 | 3936 | if n in ids: |
|
3937 | 3937 | try: |
|
3938 | 3938 | r = repo[n].rev() |
|
3939 | 3939 | except error.RepoLookupError: |
|
3940 | 3940 | r = None |
|
3941 | 3941 | if r in revs: |
|
3942 | 3942 | ui.warn(_('skipping revision %d:%s ' |
|
3943 | 3943 | '(already grafted to %d:%s)\n') |
|
3944 | 3944 | % (r, repo[r], rev, ctx)) |
|
3945 | 3945 | revs.remove(r) |
|
3946 | 3946 | elif ids[n] in revs: |
|
3947 | 3947 | if r is None: |
|
3948 | 3948 | ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s ' |
|
3949 | 3949 | '(%d:%s also has unknown origin %s)\n') |
|
3950 | 3950 | % (ids[n], repo[ids[n]], rev, ctx, n[:12])) |
|
3951 | 3951 | else: |
|
3952 | 3952 | ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s ' |
|
3953 | 3953 | '(%d:%s also has origin %d:%s)\n') |
|
3954 | 3954 | % (ids[n], repo[ids[n]], rev, ctx, r, n[:12])) |
|
3955 | 3955 | revs.remove(ids[n]) |
|
3956 | 3956 | elif ctx.hex() in ids: |
|
3957 | 3957 | r = ids[ctx.hex()] |
|
3958 | 3958 | ui.warn(_('skipping already grafted revision %d:%s ' |
|
3959 | 3959 | '(was grafted from %d:%s)\n') % |
|
3960 | 3960 | (r, repo[r], rev, ctx)) |
|
3961 | 3961 | revs.remove(r) |
|
3962 | 3962 | if not revs: |
|
3963 | 3963 | return -1 |
|
3964 | 3964 | |
|
3965 | 3965 | try: |
|
3966 | 3966 | for pos, ctx in enumerate(repo.set("%ld", revs)): |
|
3967 | 3967 | desc = '%d:%s "%s"' % (ctx.rev(), ctx, |
|
3968 | 3968 | ctx.description().split('\n', 1)[0]) |
|
3969 | 3969 | names = repo.nodetags(ctx.node()) + repo.nodebookmarks(ctx.node()) |
|
3970 | 3970 | if names: |
|
3971 | 3971 | desc += ' (%s)' % ' '.join(names) |
|
3972 | 3972 | ui.status(_('grafting %s\n') % desc) |
|
3973 | 3973 | if opts.get('dry_run'): |
|
3974 | 3974 | continue |
|
3975 | 3975 | |
|
3976 | 3976 | extra = ctx.extra().copy() |
|
3977 | 3977 | del extra['branch'] |
|
3978 | 3978 | source = extra.get('source') |
|
3979 | 3979 | if source: |
|
3980 | 3980 | extra['intermediate-source'] = ctx.hex() |
|
3981 | 3981 | else: |
|
3982 | 3982 | extra['source'] = ctx.hex() |
|
3983 | 3983 | user = ctx.user() |
|
3984 | 3984 | if opts.get('user'): |
|
3985 | 3985 | user = opts['user'] |
|
3986 | 3986 | date = ctx.date() |
|
3987 | 3987 | if opts.get('date'): |
|
3988 | 3988 | date = opts['date'] |
|
3989 | 3989 | message = ctx.description() |
|
3990 | 3990 | if opts.get('log'): |
|
3991 | 3991 | message += '\n(grafted from %s)' % ctx.hex() |
|
3992 | 3992 | |
|
3993 | 3993 | # we don't merge the first commit when continuing |
|
3994 | 3994 | if not cont: |
|
3995 | 3995 | # perform the graft merge with p1(rev) as 'ancestor' |
|
3996 | 3996 | try: |
|
3997 | 3997 | # ui.forcemerge is an internal variable, do not document |
|
3998 | 3998 | repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), |
|
3999 | 3999 | 'graft') |
|
4000 | 4000 | stats = mergemod.graft(repo, ctx, ctx.p1(), |
|
4001 | 4001 | ['local', 'graft']) |
|
4002 | 4002 | finally: |
|
4003 | 4003 | repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'graft') |
|
4004 | 4004 | # report any conflicts |
|
4005 | 4005 | if stats and stats[3] > 0: |
|
4006 | 4006 | # write out state for --continue |
|
4007 | 4007 | nodelines = [repo[rev].hex() + "\n" for rev in revs[pos:]] |
|
4008 | 4008 | repo.vfs.write('graftstate', ''.join(nodelines)) |
|
4009 | 4009 | extra = '' |
|
4010 | 4010 | if opts.get('user'): |
|
4011 | 4011 | extra += ' --user %s' % opts['user'] |
|
4012 | 4012 | if opts.get('date'): |
|
4013 | 4013 | extra += ' --date %s' % opts['date'] |
|
4014 | 4014 | if opts.get('log'): |
|
4015 | 4015 | extra += ' --log' |
|
4016 | 4016 | hint=_('use hg resolve and hg graft --continue%s') % extra |
|
4017 | 4017 | raise error.Abort( |
|
4018 | 4018 | _("unresolved conflicts, can't continue"), |
|
4019 | 4019 | hint=hint) |
|
4020 | 4020 | else: |
|
4021 | 4021 | cont = False |
|
4022 | 4022 | |
|
4023 | 4023 | # commit |
|
4024 | 4024 | node = repo.commit(text=message, user=user, |
|
4025 | 4025 | date=date, extra=extra, editor=editor) |
|
4026 | 4026 | if node is None: |
|
4027 | 4027 | ui.warn( |
|
4028 | 4028 | _('note: graft of %d:%s created no changes to commit\n') % |
|
4029 | 4029 | (ctx.rev(), ctx)) |
|
4030 | 4030 | finally: |
|
4031 | 4031 | # TODO: get rid of this meaningless try/finally enclosing. |
|
4032 | 4032 | # this is kept only to reduce changes in a patch. |
|
4033 | 4033 | pass |
|
4034 | 4034 | |
|
4035 | 4035 | # remove state when we complete successfully |
|
4036 | 4036 | if not opts.get('dry_run'): |
|
4037 | 4037 | util.unlinkpath(repo.join('graftstate'), ignoremissing=True) |
|
4038 | 4038 | |
|
4039 | 4039 | return 0 |
|
4040 | 4040 | |
|
4041 | 4041 | @command('grep', |
|
4042 | 4042 | [('0', 'print0', None, _('end fields with NUL')), |
|
4043 | 4043 | ('', 'all', None, _('print all revisions that match')), |
|
4044 | 4044 | ('a', 'text', None, _('treat all files as text')), |
|
4045 | 4045 | ('f', 'follow', None, |
|
4046 | 4046 | _('follow changeset history,' |
|
4047 | 4047 | ' or file history across copies and renames')), |
|
4048 | 4048 | ('i', 'ignore-case', None, _('ignore case when matching')), |
|
4049 | 4049 | ('l', 'files-with-matches', None, |
|
4050 | 4050 | _('print only filenames and revisions that match')), |
|
4051 | 4051 | ('n', 'line-number', None, _('print matching line numbers')), |
|
4052 | 4052 | ('r', 'rev', [], |
|
4053 | 4053 | _('only search files changed within revision range'), _('REV')), |
|
4054 | 4054 | ('u', 'user', None, _('list the author (long with -v)')), |
|
4055 | 4055 | ('d', 'date', None, _('list the date (short with -q)')), |
|
4056 | 4056 | ] + walkopts, |
|
4057 | 4057 | _('[OPTION]... PATTERN [FILE]...'), |
|
4058 | 4058 | inferrepo=True) |
|
4059 | 4059 | def grep(ui, repo, pattern, *pats, **opts): |
|
4060 | 4060 | """search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
4061 | 4061 | |
|
4062 | 4062 | Search revisions of files for a regular expression. |
|
4063 | 4063 | |
|
4064 | 4064 | This command behaves differently than Unix grep. It only accepts |
|
4065 | 4065 | Python/Perl regexps. It searches repository history, not the |
|
4066 | 4066 | working directory. It always prints the revision number in which a |
|
4067 | 4067 | match appears. |
|
4068 | 4068 | |
|
4069 | 4069 | By default, grep only prints output for the first revision of a |
|
4070 | 4070 | file in which it finds a match. To get it to print every revision |
|
4071 | 4071 | that contains a change in match status ("-" for a match that |
|
4072 | 4072 | becomes a non-match, or "+" for a non-match that becomes a match), |
|
4073 | 4073 | use the --all flag. |
|
4074 | 4074 | |
|
4075 | 4075 | Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise. |
|
4076 | 4076 | """ |
|
4077 | 4077 | reflags = re.M |
|
4078 | 4078 | if opts.get('ignore_case'): |
|
4079 | 4079 | reflags |= re.I |
|
4080 | 4080 | try: |
|
4081 | 4081 | regexp = util.re.compile(pattern, reflags) |
|
4082 | 4082 | except re.error as inst: |
|
4083 | 4083 | ui.warn(_("grep: invalid match pattern: %s\n") % inst) |
|
4084 | 4084 | return 1 |
|
4085 | 4085 | sep, eol = ':', '\n' |
|
4086 | 4086 | if opts.get('print0'): |
|
4087 | 4087 | sep = eol = '\0' |
|
4088 | 4088 | |
|
4089 | 4089 | getfile = util.lrucachefunc(repo.file) |
|
4090 | 4090 | |
|
4091 | 4091 | def matchlines(body): |
|
4092 | 4092 | begin = 0 |
|
4093 | 4093 | linenum = 0 |
|
4094 | 4094 | while begin < len(body): |
|
4095 | 4095 | match = regexp.search(body, begin) |
|
4096 | 4096 | if not match: |
|
4097 | 4097 | break |
|
4098 | 4098 | mstart, mend = match.span() |
|
4099 | 4099 | linenum += body.count('\n', begin, mstart) + 1 |
|
4100 | 4100 | lstart = body.rfind('\n', begin, mstart) + 1 or begin |
|
4101 | 4101 | begin = body.find('\n', mend) + 1 or len(body) + 1 |
|
4102 | 4102 | lend = begin - 1 |
|
4103 | 4103 | yield linenum, mstart - lstart, mend - lstart, body[lstart:lend] |
|
4104 | 4104 | |
|
4105 | 4105 | class linestate(object): |
|
4106 | 4106 | def __init__(self, line, linenum, colstart, colend): |
|
4107 | 4107 | self.line = line |
|
4108 | 4108 | self.linenum = linenum |
|
4109 | 4109 | self.colstart = colstart |
|
4110 | 4110 | self.colend = colend |
|
4111 | 4111 | |
|
4112 | 4112 | def __hash__(self): |
|
4113 | 4113 | return hash((self.linenum, self.line)) |
|
4114 | 4114 | |
|
4115 | 4115 | def __eq__(self, other): |
|
4116 | 4116 | return self.line == other.line |
|
4117 | 4117 | |
|
4118 | 4118 | def __iter__(self): |
|
4119 | 4119 | yield (self.line[:self.colstart], '') |
|
4120 | 4120 | yield (self.line[self.colstart:self.colend], 'grep.match') |
|
4121 | 4121 | rest = self.line[self.colend:] |
|
4122 | 4122 | while rest != '': |
|
4123 | 4123 | match = regexp.search(rest) |
|
4124 | 4124 | if not match: |
|
4125 | 4125 | yield (rest, '') |
|
4126 | 4126 | break |
|
4127 | 4127 | mstart, mend = match.span() |
|
4128 | 4128 | yield (rest[:mstart], '') |
|
4129 | 4129 | yield (rest[mstart:mend], 'grep.match') |
|
4130 | 4130 | rest = rest[mend:] |
|
4131 | 4131 | |
|
4132 | 4132 | matches = {} |
|
4133 | 4133 | copies = {} |
|
4134 | 4134 | def grepbody(fn, rev, body): |
|
4135 | 4135 | matches[rev].setdefault(fn, []) |
|
4136 | 4136 | m = matches[rev][fn] |
|
4137 | 4137 | for lnum, cstart, cend, line in matchlines(body): |
|
4138 | 4138 | s = linestate(line, lnum, cstart, cend) |
|
4139 | 4139 | m.append(s) |
|
4140 | 4140 | |
|
4141 | 4141 | def difflinestates(a, b): |
|
4142 | 4142 | sm = difflib.SequenceMatcher(None, a, b) |
|
4143 | 4143 | for tag, alo, ahi, blo, bhi in sm.get_opcodes(): |
|
4144 | 4144 | if tag == 'insert': |
|
4145 | 4145 | for i in xrange(blo, bhi): |
|
4146 | 4146 | yield ('+', b[i]) |
|
4147 | 4147 | elif tag == 'delete': |
|
4148 | 4148 | for i in xrange(alo, ahi): |
|
4149 | 4149 | yield ('-', a[i]) |
|
4150 | 4150 | elif tag == 'replace': |
|
4151 | 4151 | for i in xrange(alo, ahi): |
|
4152 | 4152 | yield ('-', a[i]) |
|
4153 | 4153 | for i in xrange(blo, bhi): |
|
4154 | 4154 | yield ('+', b[i]) |
|
4155 | 4155 | |
|
4156 | 4156 | def display(fn, ctx, pstates, states): |
|
4157 | 4157 | rev = ctx.rev() |
|
4158 | 4158 | if ui.quiet: |
|
4159 | 4159 | datefunc = util.shortdate |
|
4160 | 4160 | else: |
|
4161 | 4161 | datefunc = util.datestr |
|
4162 | 4162 | found = False |
|
4163 | 4163 | @util.cachefunc |
|
4164 | 4164 | def binary(): |
|
4165 | 4165 | flog = getfile(fn) |
|
4166 | 4166 | return util.binary(flog.read(ctx.filenode(fn))) |
|
4167 | 4167 | |
|
4168 | 4168 | if opts.get('all'): |
|
4169 | 4169 | iter = difflinestates(pstates, states) |
|
4170 | 4170 | else: |
|
4171 | 4171 | iter = [('', l) for l in states] |
|
4172 | 4172 | for change, l in iter: |
|
4173 | 4173 | cols = [(fn, 'grep.filename'), (str(rev), 'grep.rev')] |
|
4174 | 4174 | |
|
4175 | 4175 | if opts.get('line_number'): |
|
4176 | 4176 | cols.append((str(l.linenum), 'grep.linenumber')) |
|
4177 | 4177 | if opts.get('all'): |
|
4178 | 4178 | cols.append((change, 'grep.change')) |
|
4179 | 4179 | if opts.get('user'): |
|
4180 | 4180 | cols.append((ui.shortuser(ctx.user()), 'grep.user')) |
|
4181 | 4181 | if opts.get('date'): |
|
4182 | 4182 | cols.append((datefunc(ctx.date()), 'grep.date')) |
|
4183 | 4183 | for col, label in cols[:-1]: |
|
4184 | 4184 | ui.write(col, label=label) |
|
4185 | 4185 | ui.write(sep, label='grep.sep') |
|
4186 | 4186 | ui.write(cols[-1][0], label=cols[-1][1]) |
|
4187 | 4187 | if not opts.get('files_with_matches'): |
|
4188 | 4188 | ui.write(sep, label='grep.sep') |
|
4189 | 4189 | if not opts.get('text') and binary(): |
|
4190 | 4190 | ui.write(" Binary file matches") |
|
4191 | 4191 | else: |
|
4192 | 4192 | for s, label in l: |
|
4193 | 4193 | ui.write(s, label=label) |
|
4194 | 4194 | ui.write(eol) |
|
4195 | 4195 | found = True |
|
4196 | 4196 | if opts.get('files_with_matches'): |
|
4197 | 4197 | break |
|
4198 | 4198 | return found |
|
4199 | 4199 | |
|
4200 | 4200 | skip = {} |
|
4201 | 4201 | revfiles = {} |
|
4202 | 4202 | matchfn = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
4203 | 4203 | found = False |
|
4204 | 4204 | follow = opts.get('follow') |
|
4205 | 4205 | |
|
4206 | 4206 | def prep(ctx, fns): |
|
4207 | 4207 | rev = ctx.rev() |
|
4208 | 4208 | pctx = ctx.p1() |
|
4209 | 4209 | parent = pctx.rev() |
|
4210 | 4210 | matches.setdefault(rev, {}) |
|
4211 | 4211 | matches.setdefault(parent, {}) |
|
4212 | 4212 | files = revfiles.setdefault(rev, []) |
|
4213 | 4213 | for fn in fns: |
|
4214 | 4214 | flog = getfile(fn) |
|
4215 | 4215 | try: |
|
4216 | 4216 | fnode = ctx.filenode(fn) |
|
4217 | 4217 | except error.LookupError: |
|
4218 | 4218 | continue |
|
4219 | 4219 | |
|
4220 | 4220 | copied = flog.renamed(fnode) |
|
4221 | 4221 | copy = follow and copied and copied[0] |
|
4222 | 4222 | if copy: |
|
4223 | 4223 | copies.setdefault(rev, {})[fn] = copy |
|
4224 | 4224 | if fn in skip: |
|
4225 | 4225 | if copy: |
|
4226 | 4226 | skip[copy] = True |
|
4227 | 4227 | continue |
|
4228 | 4228 | files.append(fn) |
|
4229 | 4229 | |
|
4230 | 4230 | if fn not in matches[rev]: |
|
4231 | 4231 | grepbody(fn, rev, flog.read(fnode)) |
|
4232 | 4232 | |
|
4233 | 4233 | pfn = copy or fn |
|
4234 | 4234 | if pfn not in matches[parent]: |
|
4235 | 4235 | try: |
|
4236 | 4236 | fnode = pctx.filenode(pfn) |
|
4237 | 4237 | grepbody(pfn, parent, flog.read(fnode)) |
|
4238 | 4238 | except error.LookupError: |
|
4239 | 4239 | pass |
|
4240 | 4240 | |
|
4241 | 4241 | for ctx in cmdutil.walkchangerevs(repo, matchfn, opts, prep): |
|
4242 | 4242 | rev = ctx.rev() |
|
4243 | 4243 | parent = ctx.p1().rev() |
|
4244 | 4244 | for fn in sorted(revfiles.get(rev, [])): |
|
4245 | 4245 | states = matches[rev][fn] |
|
4246 | 4246 | copy = copies.get(rev, {}).get(fn) |
|
4247 | 4247 | if fn in skip: |
|
4248 | 4248 | if copy: |
|
4249 | 4249 | skip[copy] = True |
|
4250 | 4250 | continue |
|
4251 | 4251 | pstates = matches.get(parent, {}).get(copy or fn, []) |
|
4252 | 4252 | if pstates or states: |
|
4253 | 4253 | r = display(fn, ctx, pstates, states) |
|
4254 | 4254 | found = found or r |
|
4255 | 4255 | if r and not opts.get('all'): |
|
4256 | 4256 | skip[fn] = True |
|
4257 | 4257 | if copy: |
|
4258 | 4258 | skip[copy] = True |
|
4259 | 4259 | del matches[rev] |
|
4260 | 4260 | del revfiles[rev] |
|
4261 | 4261 | |
|
4262 | 4262 | return not found |
|
4263 | 4263 | |
|
4264 | 4264 | @command('heads', |
|
4265 | 4265 | [('r', 'rev', '', |
|
4266 | 4266 | _('show only heads which are descendants of STARTREV'), _('STARTREV')), |
|
4267 | 4267 | ('t', 'topo', False, _('show topological heads only')), |
|
4268 | 4268 | ('a', 'active', False, _('show active branchheads only (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
4269 | 4269 | ('c', 'closed', False, _('show normal and closed branch heads')), |
|
4270 | 4270 | ] + templateopts, |
|
4271 | 4271 | _('[-ct] [-r STARTREV] [REV]...')) |
|
4272 | 4272 | def heads(ui, repo, *branchrevs, **opts): |
|
4273 | 4273 | """show branch heads |
|
4274 | 4274 | |
|
4275 | 4275 | With no arguments, show all open branch heads in the repository. |
|
4276 | 4276 | Branch heads are changesets that have no descendants on the |
|
4277 | 4277 | same branch. They are where development generally takes place and |
|
4278 | 4278 | are the usual targets for update and merge operations. |
|
4279 | 4279 | |
|
4280 | 4280 | If one or more REVs are given, only open branch heads on the |
|
4281 | 4281 | branches associated with the specified changesets are shown. This |
|
4282 | 4282 | means that you can use :hg:`heads .` to see the heads on the |
|
4283 | 4283 | currently checked-out branch. |
|
4284 | 4284 | |
|
4285 | 4285 | If -c/--closed is specified, also show branch heads marked closed |
|
4286 | 4286 | (see :hg:`commit --close-branch`). |
|
4287 | 4287 | |
|
4288 | 4288 | If STARTREV is specified, only those heads that are descendants of |
|
4289 | 4289 | STARTREV will be displayed. |
|
4290 | 4290 | |
|
4291 | 4291 | If -t/--topo is specified, named branch mechanics will be ignored and only |
|
4292 | 4292 | topological heads (changesets with no children) will be shown. |
|
4293 | 4293 | |
|
4294 | 4294 | Returns 0 if matching heads are found, 1 if not. |
|
4295 | 4295 | """ |
|
4296 | 4296 | |
|
4297 | 4297 | start = None |
|
4298 | 4298 | if 'rev' in opts: |
|
4299 | 4299 | start = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts['rev'], None).node() |
|
4300 | 4300 | |
|
4301 | 4301 | if opts.get('topo'): |
|
4302 | 4302 | heads = [repo[h] for h in repo.heads(start)] |
|
4303 | 4303 | else: |
|
4304 | 4304 | heads = [] |
|
4305 | 4305 | for branch in repo.branchmap(): |
|
4306 | 4306 | heads += repo.branchheads(branch, start, opts.get('closed')) |
|
4307 | 4307 | heads = [repo[h] for h in heads] |
|
4308 | 4308 | |
|
4309 | 4309 | if branchrevs: |
|
4310 | 4310 | branches = set(repo[br].branch() for br in branchrevs) |
|
4311 | 4311 | heads = [h for h in heads if h.branch() in branches] |
|
4312 | 4312 | |
|
4313 | 4313 | if opts.get('active') and branchrevs: |
|
4314 | 4314 | dagheads = repo.heads(start) |
|
4315 | 4315 | heads = [h for h in heads if h.node() in dagheads] |
|
4316 | 4316 | |
|
4317 | 4317 | if branchrevs: |
|
4318 | 4318 | haveheads = set(h.branch() for h in heads) |
|
4319 | 4319 | if branches - haveheads: |
|
4320 | 4320 | headless = ', '.join(b for b in branches - haveheads) |
|
4321 | 4321 | msg = _('no open branch heads found on branches %s') |
|
4322 | 4322 | if opts.get('rev'): |
|
4323 | 4323 | msg += _(' (started at %s)') % opts['rev'] |
|
4324 | 4324 | ui.warn((msg + '\n') % headless) |
|
4325 | 4325 | |
|
4326 | 4326 | if not heads: |
|
4327 | 4327 | return 1 |
|
4328 | 4328 | |
|
4329 | 4329 | heads = sorted(heads, key=lambda x: -x.rev()) |
|
4330 | 4330 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts) |
|
4331 | 4331 | for ctx in heads: |
|
4332 | 4332 | displayer.show(ctx) |
|
4333 | 4333 | displayer.close() |
|
4334 | 4334 | |
|
4335 | 4335 | @command('help', |
|
4336 | 4336 | [('e', 'extension', None, _('show only help for extensions')), |
|
4337 | 4337 | ('c', 'command', None, _('show only help for commands')), |
|
4338 | 4338 | ('k', 'keyword', None, _('show topics matching keyword')), |
|
4339 | 4339 | ], |
|
4340 | 4340 | _('[-eck] [TOPIC]'), |
|
4341 | 4341 | norepo=True) |
|
4342 | 4342 | def help_(ui, name=None, **opts): |
|
4343 | 4343 | """show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
4344 | 4344 | |
|
4345 | 4345 | With no arguments, print a list of commands with short help messages. |
|
4346 | 4346 | |
|
4347 | 4347 | Given a topic, extension, or command name, print help for that |
|
4348 | 4348 | topic. |
|
4349 | 4349 | |
|
4350 | 4350 | Returns 0 if successful. |
|
4351 | 4351 | """ |
|
4352 | 4352 | |
|
4353 | 4353 | textwidth = min(ui.termwidth(), 80) - 2 |
|
4354 | 4354 | |
|
4355 | 4355 | keep = [] |
|
4356 | 4356 | if ui.verbose: |
|
4357 | 4357 | keep.append('verbose') |
|
4358 | 4358 | if sys.platform.startswith('win'): |
|
4359 | 4359 | keep.append('windows') |
|
4360 | 4360 | elif sys.platform == 'OpenVMS': |
|
4361 | 4361 | keep.append('vms') |
|
4362 | 4362 | elif sys.platform == 'plan9': |
|
4363 | 4363 | keep.append('plan9') |
|
4364 | 4364 | else: |
|
4365 | 4365 | keep.append('unix') |
|
4366 | 4366 | keep.append(sys.platform.lower()) |
|
4367 | 4367 | |
|
4368 | 4368 | section = None |
|
4369 | 4369 | if name and '.' in name: |
|
4370 | 4370 | name, section = name.split('.', 1) |
|
4371 | 4371 | section = section.lower() |
|
4372 | 4372 | |
|
4373 | 4373 | text = help.help_(ui, name, **opts) |
|
4374 | 4374 | |
|
4375 | 4375 | formatted, pruned = minirst.format(text, textwidth, keep=keep, |
|
4376 | 4376 | section=section) |
|
4377 | 4377 | |
|
4378 | 4378 | # We could have been given a weird ".foo" section without a name |
|
4379 | 4379 | # to look for, or we could have simply failed to found "foo.bar" |
|
4380 | 4380 | # because bar isn't a section of foo |
|
4381 | 4381 | if section and not (formatted and name): |
|
4382 | 4382 | raise error.Abort(_("help section not found")) |
|
4383 | 4383 | |
|
4384 | 4384 | if 'verbose' in pruned: |
|
4385 | 4385 | keep.append('omitted') |
|
4386 | 4386 | else: |
|
4387 | 4387 | keep.append('notomitted') |
|
4388 | 4388 | formatted, pruned = minirst.format(text, textwidth, keep=keep, |
|
4389 | 4389 | section=section) |
|
4390 | 4390 | ui.write(formatted) |
|
4391 | 4391 | |
|
4392 | 4392 | |
|
4393 | 4393 | @command('identify|id', |
|
4394 | 4394 | [('r', 'rev', '', |
|
4395 | 4395 | _('identify the specified revision'), _('REV')), |
|
4396 | 4396 | ('n', 'num', None, _('show local revision number')), |
|
4397 | 4397 | ('i', 'id', None, _('show global revision id')), |
|
4398 | 4398 | ('b', 'branch', None, _('show branch')), |
|
4399 | 4399 | ('t', 'tags', None, _('show tags')), |
|
4400 | 4400 | ('B', 'bookmarks', None, _('show bookmarks')), |
|
4401 | 4401 | ] + remoteopts, |
|
4402 | 4402 | _('[-nibtB] [-r REV] [SOURCE]'), |
|
4403 | 4403 | optionalrepo=True) |
|
4404 | 4404 | def identify(ui, repo, source=None, rev=None, |
|
4405 | 4405 | num=None, id=None, branch=None, tags=None, bookmarks=None, **opts): |
|
4406 | 4406 | """identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
4407 | 4407 | |
|
4408 | 4408 | Print a summary identifying the repository state at REV using one or |
|
4409 | 4409 | two parent hash identifiers, followed by a "+" if the working |
|
4410 | 4410 | directory has uncommitted changes, the branch name (if not default), |
|
4411 | 4411 | a list of tags, and a list of bookmarks. |
|
4412 | 4412 | |
|
4413 | 4413 | When REV is not given, print a summary of the current state of the |
|
4414 | 4414 | repository. |
|
4415 | 4415 | |
|
4416 | 4416 | Specifying a path to a repository root or Mercurial bundle will |
|
4417 | 4417 | cause lookup to operate on that repository/bundle. |
|
4418 | 4418 | |
|
4419 | 4419 | .. container:: verbose |
|
4420 | 4420 | |
|
4421 | 4421 | Examples: |
|
4422 | 4422 | |
|
4423 | 4423 | - generate a build identifier for the working directory:: |
|
4424 | 4424 | |
|
4425 | 4425 | hg id --id > build-id.dat |
|
4426 | 4426 | |
|
4427 | 4427 | - find the revision corresponding to a tag:: |
|
4428 | 4428 | |
|
4429 | 4429 | hg id -n -r 1.3 |
|
4430 | 4430 | |
|
4431 | 4431 | - check the most recent revision of a remote repository:: |
|
4432 | 4432 | |
|
4433 | 4433 | hg id -r tip http://selenic.com/hg/ |
|
4434 | 4434 | |
|
4435 | 4435 | See :hg:`log` for generating more information about specific revisions, |
|
4436 | 4436 | including full hash identifiers. |
|
4437 | 4437 | |
|
4438 | 4438 | Returns 0 if successful. |
|
4439 | 4439 | """ |
|
4440 | 4440 | |
|
4441 | 4441 | if not repo and not source: |
|
4442 | 4442 | raise error.Abort(_("there is no Mercurial repository here " |
|
4443 | 4443 | "(.hg not found)")) |
|
4444 | 4444 | |
|
4445 | 4445 | if ui.debugflag: |
|
4446 | 4446 | hexfunc = hex |
|
4447 | 4447 | else: |
|
4448 | 4448 | hexfunc = short |
|
4449 | 4449 | default = not (num or id or branch or tags or bookmarks) |
|
4450 | 4450 | output = [] |
|
4451 | 4451 | revs = [] |
|
4452 | 4452 | |
|
4453 | 4453 | if source: |
|
4454 | 4454 | source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source)) |
|
4455 | 4455 | peer = hg.peer(repo or ui, opts, source) # only pass ui when no repo |
|
4456 | 4456 | repo = peer.local() |
|
4457 | 4457 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, peer, branches, None) |
|
4458 | 4458 | |
|
4459 | 4459 | if not repo: |
|
4460 | 4460 | if num or branch or tags: |
|
4461 | 4461 | raise error.Abort( |
|
4462 | 4462 | _("can't query remote revision number, branch, or tags")) |
|
4463 | 4463 | if not rev and revs: |
|
4464 | 4464 | rev = revs[0] |
|
4465 | 4465 | if not rev: |
|
4466 | 4466 | rev = "tip" |
|
4467 | 4467 | |
|
4468 | 4468 | remoterev = peer.lookup(rev) |
|
4469 | 4469 | if default or id: |
|
4470 | 4470 | output = [hexfunc(remoterev)] |
|
4471 | 4471 | |
|
4472 | 4472 | def getbms(): |
|
4473 | 4473 | bms = [] |
|
4474 | 4474 | |
|
4475 | 4475 | if 'bookmarks' in peer.listkeys('namespaces'): |
|
4476 | 4476 | hexremoterev = hex(remoterev) |
|
4477 | 4477 | bms = [bm for bm, bmr in peer.listkeys('bookmarks').iteritems() |
|
4478 | 4478 | if bmr == hexremoterev] |
|
4479 | 4479 | |
|
4480 | 4480 | return sorted(bms) |
|
4481 | 4481 | |
|
4482 | 4482 | if bookmarks: |
|
4483 | 4483 | output.extend(getbms()) |
|
4484 | 4484 | elif default and not ui.quiet: |
|
4485 | 4485 | # multiple bookmarks for a single parent separated by '/' |
|
4486 | 4486 | bm = '/'.join(getbms()) |
|
4487 | 4487 | if bm: |
|
4488 | 4488 | output.append(bm) |
|
4489 | 4489 | else: |
|
4490 | 4490 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, None) |
|
4491 | 4491 | |
|
4492 | 4492 | if ctx.rev() is None: |
|
4493 | 4493 | ctx = repo[None] |
|
4494 | 4494 | parents = ctx.parents() |
|
4495 | 4495 | taglist = [] |
|
4496 | 4496 | for p in parents: |
|
4497 | 4497 | taglist.extend(p.tags()) |
|
4498 | 4498 | |
|
4499 | 4499 | changed = "" |
|
4500 | 4500 | if default or id or num: |
|
4501 | 4501 | if (any(repo.status()) |
|
4502 | 4502 | or any(ctx.sub(s).dirty() for s in ctx.substate)): |
|
4503 | 4503 | changed = '+' |
|
4504 | 4504 | if default or id: |
|
4505 | 4505 | output = ["%s%s" % |
|
4506 | 4506 | ('+'.join([hexfunc(p.node()) for p in parents]), changed)] |
|
4507 | 4507 | if num: |
|
4508 | 4508 | output.append("%s%s" % |
|
4509 | 4509 | ('+'.join([str(p.rev()) for p in parents]), changed)) |
|
4510 | 4510 | else: |
|
4511 | 4511 | if default or id: |
|
4512 | 4512 | output = [hexfunc(ctx.node())] |
|
4513 | 4513 | if num: |
|
4514 | 4514 | output.append(str(ctx.rev())) |
|
4515 | 4515 | taglist = ctx.tags() |
|
4516 | 4516 | |
|
4517 | 4517 | if default and not ui.quiet: |
|
4518 | 4518 | b = ctx.branch() |
|
4519 | 4519 | if b != 'default': |
|
4520 | 4520 | output.append("(%s)" % b) |
|
4521 | 4521 | |
|
4522 | 4522 | # multiple tags for a single parent separated by '/' |
|
4523 | 4523 | t = '/'.join(taglist) |
|
4524 | 4524 | if t: |
|
4525 | 4525 | output.append(t) |
|
4526 | 4526 | |
|
4527 | 4527 | # multiple bookmarks for a single parent separated by '/' |
|
4528 | 4528 | bm = '/'.join(ctx.bookmarks()) |
|
4529 | 4529 | if bm: |
|
4530 | 4530 | output.append(bm) |
|
4531 | 4531 | else: |
|
4532 | 4532 | if branch: |
|
4533 | 4533 | output.append(ctx.branch()) |
|
4534 | 4534 | |
|
4535 | 4535 | if tags: |
|
4536 | 4536 | output.extend(taglist) |
|
4537 | 4537 | |
|
4538 | 4538 | if bookmarks: |
|
4539 | 4539 | output.extend(ctx.bookmarks()) |
|
4540 | 4540 | |
|
4541 | 4541 | ui.write("%s\n" % ' '.join(output)) |
|
4542 | 4542 | |
|
4543 | 4543 | @command('import|patch', |
|
4544 | 4544 | [('p', 'strip', 1, |
|
4545 | 4545 | _('directory strip option for patch. This has the same ' |
|
4546 | 4546 | 'meaning as the corresponding patch option'), _('NUM')), |
|
4547 | 4547 | ('b', 'base', '', _('base path (DEPRECATED)'), _('PATH')), |
|
4548 | 4548 | ('e', 'edit', False, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), |
|
4549 | 4549 | ('f', 'force', None, |
|
4550 | 4550 | _('skip check for outstanding uncommitted changes (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
4551 | 4551 | ('', 'no-commit', None, |
|
4552 | 4552 | _("don't commit, just update the working directory")), |
|
4553 | 4553 | ('', 'bypass', None, |
|
4554 | 4554 | _("apply patch without touching the working directory")), |
|
4555 | 4555 | ('', 'partial', None, |
|
4556 | 4556 | _('commit even if some hunks fail')), |
|
4557 | 4557 | ('', 'exact', None, |
|
4558 | 4558 | _('apply patch to the nodes from which it was generated')), |
|
4559 | 4559 | ('', 'prefix', '', |
|
4560 | 4560 | _('apply patch to subdirectory'), _('DIR')), |
|
4561 | 4561 | ('', 'import-branch', None, |
|
4562 | 4562 | _('use any branch information in patch (implied by --exact)'))] + |
|
4563 | 4563 | commitopts + commitopts2 + similarityopts, |
|
4564 | 4564 | _('[OPTION]... PATCH...')) |
|
4565 | 4565 | def import_(ui, repo, patch1=None, *patches, **opts): |
|
4566 | 4566 | """import an ordered set of patches |
|
4567 | 4567 | |
|
4568 | 4568 | Import a list of patches and commit them individually (unless |
|
4569 | 4569 | --no-commit is specified). |
|
4570 | 4570 | |
|
4571 | 4571 | Because import first applies changes to the working directory, |
|
4572 | 4572 | import will abort if there are outstanding changes. |
|
4573 | 4573 | |
|
4574 | 4574 | You can import a patch straight from a mail message. Even patches |
|
4575 | 4575 | as attachments work (to use the body part, it must have type |
|
4576 | 4576 | text/plain or text/x-patch). From and Subject headers of email |
|
4577 | 4577 | message are used as default committer and commit message. All |
|
4578 | 4578 | text/plain body parts before first diff are added to commit |
|
4579 | 4579 | message. |
|
4580 | 4580 | |
|
4581 | 4581 | If the imported patch was generated by :hg:`export`, user and |
|
4582 | 4582 | description from patch override values from message headers and |
|
4583 | 4583 | body. Values given on command line with -m/--message and -u/--user |
|
4584 | 4584 | override these. |
|
4585 | 4585 | |
|
4586 | 4586 | If --exact is specified, import will set the working directory to |
|
4587 | 4587 | the parent of each patch before applying it, and will abort if the |
|
4588 | 4588 | resulting changeset has a different ID than the one recorded in |
|
4589 | 4589 | the patch. This may happen due to character set problems or other |
|
4590 | 4590 | deficiencies in the text patch format. |
|
4591 | 4591 | |
|
4592 | 4592 | Use --bypass to apply and commit patches directly to the |
|
4593 | 4593 | repository, not touching the working directory. Without --exact, |
|
4594 | 4594 | patches will be applied on top of the working directory parent |
|
4595 | 4595 | revision. |
|
4596 | 4596 | |
|
4597 | 4597 | With -s/--similarity, hg will attempt to discover renames and |
|
4598 | 4598 | copies in the patch in the same way as :hg:`addremove`. |
|
4599 | 4599 | |
|
4600 | 4600 | Use --partial to ensure a changeset will be created from the patch |
|
4601 | 4601 | even if some hunks fail to apply. Hunks that fail to apply will be |
|
4602 | 4602 | written to a <target-file>.rej file. Conflicts can then be resolved |
|
4603 | 4603 | by hand before :hg:`commit --amend` is run to update the created |
|
4604 | 4604 | changeset. This flag exists to let people import patches that |
|
4605 | 4605 | partially apply without losing the associated metadata (author, |
|
4606 | 4606 | date, description, ...). Note that when none of the hunk applies |
|
4607 | 4607 | cleanly, :hg:`import --partial` will create an empty changeset, |
|
4608 | 4608 | importing only the patch metadata. |
|
4609 | 4609 | |
|
4610 | 4610 | It is possible to use external patch programs to perform the patch |
|
4611 | 4611 | by setting the ``ui.patch`` configuration option. For the default |
|
4612 | 4612 | internal tool, the fuzz can also be configured via ``patch.fuzz``. |
|
4613 | 4613 | See :hg:`help config` for more information about configuration |
|
4614 | 4614 | files and how to use these options. |
|
4615 | 4615 | |
|
4616 | 4616 | To read a patch from standard input, use "-" as the patch name. If |
|
4617 | 4617 | a URL is specified, the patch will be downloaded from it. |
|
4618 | 4618 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
4619 | 4619 | |
|
4620 | 4620 | .. container:: verbose |
|
4621 | 4621 | |
|
4622 | 4622 | Examples: |
|
4623 | 4623 | |
|
4624 | 4624 | - import a traditional patch from a website and detect renames:: |
|
4625 | 4625 | |
|
4626 | 4626 | hg import -s 80 http://example.com/bugfix.patch |
|
4627 | 4627 | |
|
4628 | 4628 | - import a changeset from an hgweb server:: |
|
4629 | 4629 | |
|
4630 | 4630 | hg import http://www.selenic.com/hg/rev/5ca8c111e9aa |
|
4631 | 4631 | |
|
4632 | 4632 | - import all the patches in an Unix-style mbox:: |
|
4633 | 4633 | |
|
4634 | 4634 | hg import incoming-patches.mbox |
|
4635 | 4635 | |
|
4636 | 4636 | - attempt to exactly restore an exported changeset (not always |
|
4637 | 4637 | possible):: |
|
4638 | 4638 | |
|
4639 | 4639 | hg import --exact proposed-fix.patch |
|
4640 | 4640 | |
|
4641 | 4641 | - use an external tool to apply a patch which is too fuzzy for |
|
4642 | 4642 | the default internal tool. |
|
4643 | 4643 | |
|
4644 | 4644 | hg import --config ui.patch="patch --merge" fuzzy.patch |
|
4645 | 4645 | |
|
4646 | 4646 | - change the default fuzzing from 2 to a less strict 7 |
|
4647 | 4647 | |
|
4648 | 4648 | hg import --config ui.fuzz=7 fuzz.patch |
|
4649 | 4649 | |
|
4650 | 4650 | Returns 0 on success, 1 on partial success (see --partial). |
|
4651 | 4651 | """ |
|
4652 | 4652 | |
|
4653 | 4653 | if not patch1: |
|
4654 | 4654 | raise error.Abort(_('need at least one patch to import')) |
|
4655 | 4655 | |
|
4656 | 4656 | patches = (patch1,) + patches |
|
4657 | 4657 | |
|
4658 | 4658 | date = opts.get('date') |
|
4659 | 4659 | if date: |
|
4660 | 4660 | opts['date'] = util.parsedate(date) |
|
4661 | 4661 | |
|
4662 | 4662 | update = not opts.get('bypass') |
|
4663 | 4663 | if not update and opts.get('no_commit'): |
|
4664 | 4664 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --no-commit with --bypass')) |
|
4665 | 4665 | try: |
|
4666 | 4666 | sim = float(opts.get('similarity') or 0) |
|
4667 | 4667 | except ValueError: |
|
4668 | 4668 | raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be a number')) |
|
4669 | 4669 | if sim < 0 or sim > 100: |
|
4670 | 4670 | raise error.Abort(_('similarity must be between 0 and 100')) |
|
4671 | 4671 | if sim and not update: |
|
4672 | 4672 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --similarity with --bypass')) |
|
4673 | 4673 | if opts.get('exact') and opts.get('edit'): |
|
4674 | 4674 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --exact with --edit')) |
|
4675 | 4675 | if opts.get('exact') and opts.get('prefix'): |
|
4676 | 4676 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot use --exact with --prefix')) |
|
4677 | 4677 | |
|
4678 | 4678 | base = opts["base"] |
|
4679 | 4679 | wlock = dsguard = lock = tr = None |
|
4680 | 4680 | msgs = [] |
|
4681 | 4681 | ret = 0 |
|
4682 | 4682 | |
|
4683 | 4683 | |
|
4684 | 4684 | try: |
|
4685 | 4685 | try: |
|
4686 | 4686 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
4687 | 4687 | |
|
4688 | 4688 | if update: |
|
4689 | 4689 | cmdutil.checkunfinished(repo) |
|
4690 | 4690 | if (opts.get('exact') or not opts.get('force')) and update: |
|
4691 | 4691 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo) |
|
4692 | 4692 | |
|
4693 | 4693 | if not opts.get('no_commit'): |
|
4694 | 4694 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
4695 | 4695 | tr = repo.transaction('import') |
|
4696 | 4696 | else: |
|
4697 | 4697 | dsguard = cmdutil.dirstateguard(repo, 'import') |
|
4698 | 4698 | parents = repo[None].parents() |
|
4699 | 4699 | for patchurl in patches: |
|
4700 | 4700 | if patchurl == '-': |
|
4701 | 4701 | ui.status(_('applying patch from stdin\n')) |
|
4702 | 4702 | patchfile = ui.fin |
|
4703 | 4703 | patchurl = 'stdin' # for error message |
|
4704 | 4704 | else: |
|
4705 | 4705 | patchurl = os.path.join(base, patchurl) |
|
4706 | 4706 | ui.status(_('applying %s\n') % patchurl) |
|
4707 | 4707 | patchfile = hg.openpath(ui, patchurl) |
|
4708 | 4708 | |
|
4709 | 4709 | haspatch = False |
|
4710 | 4710 | for hunk in patch.split(patchfile): |
|
4711 | 4711 | (msg, node, rej) = cmdutil.tryimportone(ui, repo, hunk, |
|
4712 | 4712 | parents, opts, |
|
4713 | 4713 | msgs, hg.clean) |
|
4714 | 4714 | if msg: |
|
4715 | 4715 | haspatch = True |
|
4716 | 4716 | ui.note(msg + '\n') |
|
4717 | 4717 | if update or opts.get('exact'): |
|
4718 | 4718 | parents = repo[None].parents() |
|
4719 | 4719 | else: |
|
4720 | 4720 | parents = [repo[node]] |
|
4721 | 4721 | if rej: |
|
4722 | 4722 | ui.write_err(_("patch applied partially\n")) |
|
4723 | 4723 | ui.write_err(_("(fix the .rej files and run " |
|
4724 | 4724 | "`hg commit --amend`)\n")) |
|
4725 | 4725 | ret = 1 |
|
4726 | 4726 | break |
|
4727 | 4727 | |
|
4728 | 4728 | if not haspatch: |
|
4729 | 4729 | raise error.Abort(_('%s: no diffs found') % patchurl) |
|
4730 | 4730 | |
|
4731 | 4731 | if tr: |
|
4732 | 4732 | tr.close() |
|
4733 | 4733 | if msgs: |
|
4734 | 4734 | repo.savecommitmessage('\n* * *\n'.join(msgs)) |
|
4735 | 4735 | if dsguard: |
|
4736 | 4736 | dsguard.close() |
|
4737 | 4737 | return ret |
|
4738 | 4738 | finally: |
|
4739 | 4739 | # TODO: get rid of this meaningless try/finally enclosing. |
|
4740 | 4740 | # this is kept only to reduce changes in a patch. |
|
4741 | 4741 | pass |
|
4742 | 4742 | finally: |
|
4743 | 4743 | if tr: |
|
4744 | 4744 | tr.release() |
|
4745 | 4745 | release(lock, dsguard, wlock) |
|
4746 | 4746 | |
|
4747 | 4747 | @command('incoming|in', |
|
4748 | 4748 | [('f', 'force', None, |
|
4749 | 4749 | _('run even if remote repository is unrelated')), |
|
4750 | 4750 | ('n', 'newest-first', None, _('show newest record first')), |
|
4751 | 4751 | ('', 'bundle', '', |
|
4752 | 4752 | _('file to store the bundles into'), _('FILE')), |
|
4753 | 4753 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('a remote changeset intended to be added'), _('REV')), |
|
4754 | 4754 | ('B', 'bookmarks', False, _("compare bookmarks")), |
|
4755 | 4755 | ('b', 'branch', [], |
|
4756 | 4756 | _('a specific branch you would like to pull'), _('BRANCH')), |
|
4757 | 4757 | ] + logopts + remoteopts + subrepoopts, |
|
4758 | 4758 | _('[-p] [-n] [-M] [-f] [-r REV]... [--bundle FILENAME] [SOURCE]')) |
|
4759 | 4759 | def incoming(ui, repo, source="default", **opts): |
|
4760 | 4760 | """show new changesets found in source |
|
4761 | 4761 | |
|
4762 | 4762 | Show new changesets found in the specified path/URL or the default |
|
4763 | 4763 | pull location. These are the changesets that would have been pulled |
|
4764 | 4764 | if a pull at the time you issued this command. |
|
4765 | 4765 | |
|
4766 | 4766 | See pull for valid source format details. |
|
4767 | 4767 | |
|
4768 | 4768 | .. container:: verbose |
|
4769 | 4769 | |
|
4770 | 4770 | With -B/--bookmarks, the result of bookmark comparison between |
|
4771 | 4771 | local and remote repositories is displayed. With -v/--verbose, |
|
4772 | 4772 | status is also displayed for each bookmark like below:: |
|
4773 | 4773 | |
|
4774 | 4774 | BM1 01234567890a added |
|
4775 | 4775 | BM2 1234567890ab advanced |
|
4776 | 4776 | BM3 234567890abc diverged |
|
4777 | 4777 | BM4 34567890abcd changed |
|
4778 | 4778 | |
|
4779 | 4779 | The action taken locally when pulling depends on the |
|
4780 | 4780 | status of each bookmark: |
|
4781 | 4781 | |
|
4782 | 4782 | :``added``: pull will create it |
|
4783 | 4783 | :``advanced``: pull will update it |
|
4784 | 4784 | :``diverged``: pull will create a divergent bookmark |
|
4785 | 4785 | :``changed``: result depends on remote changesets |
|
4786 | 4786 | |
|
4787 | 4787 | From the point of view of pulling behavior, bookmark |
|
4788 | 4788 | existing only in the remote repository are treated as ``added``, |
|
4789 | 4789 | even if it is in fact locally deleted. |
|
4790 | 4790 | |
|
4791 | 4791 | .. container:: verbose |
|
4792 | 4792 | |
|
4793 | 4793 | For remote repository, using --bundle avoids downloading the |
|
4794 | 4794 | changesets twice if the incoming is followed by a pull. |
|
4795 | 4795 | |
|
4796 | 4796 | Examples: |
|
4797 | 4797 | |
|
4798 | 4798 | - show incoming changes with patches and full description:: |
|
4799 | 4799 | |
|
4800 | 4800 | hg incoming -vp |
|
4801 | 4801 | |
|
4802 | 4802 | - show incoming changes excluding merges, store a bundle:: |
|
4803 | 4803 | |
|
4804 | 4804 | hg in -vpM --bundle incoming.hg |
|
4805 | 4805 | hg pull incoming.hg |
|
4806 | 4806 | |
|
4807 | 4807 | - briefly list changes inside a bundle:: |
|
4808 | 4808 | |
|
4809 | 4809 | hg in changes.hg -T "{desc|firstline}\\n" |
|
4810 | 4810 | |
|
4811 | 4811 | Returns 0 if there are incoming changes, 1 otherwise. |
|
4812 | 4812 | """ |
|
4813 | 4813 | if opts.get('graph'): |
|
4814 | 4814 | cmdutil.checkunsupportedgraphflags([], opts) |
|
4815 | 4815 | def display(other, chlist, displayer): |
|
4816 | 4816 | revdag = cmdutil.graphrevs(other, chlist, opts) |
|
4817 | 4817 | cmdutil.displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer, |
|
4818 | 4818 | graphmod.asciiedges) |
|
4819 | 4819 | |
|
4820 | 4820 | hg._incoming(display, lambda: 1, ui, repo, source, opts, buffered=True) |
|
4821 | 4821 | return 0 |
|
4822 | 4822 | |
|
4823 | 4823 | if opts.get('bundle') and opts.get('subrepos'): |
|
4824 | 4824 | raise error.Abort(_('cannot combine --bundle and --subrepos')) |
|
4825 | 4825 | |
|
4826 | 4826 | if opts.get('bookmarks'): |
|
4827 | 4827 | source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source), |
|
4828 | 4828 | opts.get('branch')) |
|
4829 | 4829 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, source) |
|
4830 | 4830 | if 'bookmarks' not in other.listkeys('namespaces'): |
|
4831 | 4831 | ui.warn(_("remote doesn't support bookmarks\n")) |
|
4832 | 4832 | return 0 |
|
4833 | 4833 | ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(source)) |
|
4834 | 4834 | return bookmarks.incoming(ui, repo, other) |
|
4835 | 4835 | |
|
4836 | 4836 | repo._subtoppath = ui.expandpath(source) |
|
4837 | 4837 | try: |
|
4838 | 4838 | return hg.incoming(ui, repo, source, opts) |
|
4839 | 4839 | finally: |
|
4840 | 4840 | del repo._subtoppath |
|
4841 | 4841 | |
|
4842 | 4842 | |
|
4843 | 4843 | @command('^init', remoteopts, _('[-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]'), |
|
4844 | 4844 | norepo=True) |
|
4845 | 4845 | def init(ui, dest=".", **opts): |
|
4846 | 4846 | """create a new repository in the given directory |
|
4847 | 4847 | |
|
4848 | 4848 | Initialize a new repository in the given directory. If the given |
|
4849 | 4849 | directory does not exist, it will be created. |
|
4850 | 4850 | |
|
4851 | 4851 | If no directory is given, the current directory is used. |
|
4852 | 4852 | |
|
4853 | 4853 | It is possible to specify an ``ssh://`` URL as the destination. |
|
4854 | 4854 | See :hg:`help urls` for more information. |
|
4855 | 4855 | |
|
4856 | 4856 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
4857 | 4857 | """ |
|
4858 | 4858 | hg.peer(ui, opts, ui.expandpath(dest), create=True) |
|
4859 | 4859 | |
|
4860 | 4860 | @command('locate', |
|
4861 | 4861 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('search the repository as it is in REV'), _('REV')), |
|
4862 | 4862 | ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')), |
|
4863 | 4863 | ('f', 'fullpath', None, _('print complete paths from the filesystem root')), |
|
4864 | 4864 | ] + walkopts, |
|
4865 | 4865 | _('[OPTION]... [PATTERN]...')) |
|
4866 | 4866 | def locate(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
4867 | 4867 | """locate files matching specific patterns (DEPRECATED) |
|
4868 | 4868 | |
|
4869 | 4869 | Print files under Mercurial control in the working directory whose |
|
4870 | 4870 | names match the given patterns. |
|
4871 | 4871 | |
|
4872 | 4872 | By default, this command searches all directories in the working |
|
4873 | 4873 | directory. To search just the current directory and its |
|
4874 | 4874 | subdirectories, use "--include .". |
|
4875 | 4875 | |
|
4876 | 4876 | If no patterns are given to match, this command prints the names |
|
4877 | 4877 | of all files under Mercurial control in the working directory. |
|
4878 | 4878 | |
|
4879 | 4879 | If you want to feed the output of this command into the "xargs" |
|
4880 | 4880 | command, use the -0 option to both this command and "xargs". This |
|
4881 | 4881 | will avoid the problem of "xargs" treating single filenames that |
|
4882 | 4882 | contain whitespace as multiple filenames. |
|
4883 | 4883 | |
|
4884 | 4884 | See :hg:`help files` for a more versatile command. |
|
4885 | 4885 | |
|
4886 | 4886 | Returns 0 if a match is found, 1 otherwise. |
|
4887 | 4887 | """ |
|
4888 | 4888 | if opts.get('print0'): |
|
4889 | 4889 | end = '\0' |
|
4890 | 4890 | else: |
|
4891 | 4891 | end = '\n' |
|
4892 | 4892 | rev = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None).node() |
|
4893 | 4893 | |
|
4894 | 4894 | ret = 1 |
|
4895 | 4895 | ctx = repo[rev] |
|
4896 | 4896 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, pats, opts, default='relglob', |
|
4897 | 4897 | badfn=lambda x, y: False) |
|
4898 | 4898 | |
|
4899 | 4899 | for abs in ctx.matches(m): |
|
4900 | 4900 | if opts.get('fullpath'): |
|
4901 | 4901 | ui.write(repo.wjoin(abs), end) |
|
4902 | 4902 | else: |
|
4903 | 4903 | ui.write(((pats and m.rel(abs)) or abs), end) |
|
4904 | 4904 | ret = 0 |
|
4905 | 4905 | |
|
4906 | 4906 | return ret |
|
4907 | 4907 | |
|
4908 | 4908 | @command('^log|history', |
|
4909 | 4909 | [('f', 'follow', None, |
|
4910 | 4910 | _('follow changeset history, or file history across copies and renames')), |
|
4911 | 4911 | ('', 'follow-first', None, |
|
4912 | 4912 | _('only follow the first parent of merge changesets (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
4913 | 4913 | ('d', 'date', '', _('show revisions matching date spec'), _('DATE')), |
|
4914 | 4914 | ('C', 'copies', None, _('show copied files')), |
|
4915 | 4915 | ('k', 'keyword', [], |
|
4916 | 4916 | _('do case-insensitive search for a given text'), _('TEXT')), |
|
4917 | 4917 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('show the specified revision or revset'), _('REV')), |
|
4918 | 4918 | ('', 'removed', None, _('include revisions where files were removed')), |
|
4919 | 4919 | ('m', 'only-merges', None, _('show only merges (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
4920 | 4920 | ('u', 'user', [], _('revisions committed by user'), _('USER')), |
|
4921 | 4921 | ('', 'only-branch', [], |
|
4922 | 4922 | _('show only changesets within the given named branch (DEPRECATED)'), |
|
4923 | 4923 | _('BRANCH')), |
|
4924 | 4924 | ('b', 'branch', [], |
|
4925 | 4925 | _('show changesets within the given named branch'), _('BRANCH')), |
|
4926 | 4926 | ('P', 'prune', [], |
|
4927 | 4927 | _('do not display revision or any of its ancestors'), _('REV')), |
|
4928 | 4928 | ] + logopts + walkopts, |
|
4929 | 4929 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]'), |
|
4930 | 4930 | inferrepo=True) |
|
4931 | 4931 | def log(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
4932 | 4932 | """show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
4933 | 4933 | |
|
4934 | 4934 | Print the revision history of the specified files or the entire |
|
4935 | 4935 | project. |
|
4936 | 4936 | |
|
4937 | 4937 | If no revision range is specified, the default is ``tip:0`` unless |
|
4938 | 4938 | --follow is set, in which case the working directory parent is |
|
4939 | 4939 | used as the starting revision. |
|
4940 | 4940 | |
|
4941 | 4941 | File history is shown without following rename or copy history of |
|
4942 | 4942 | files. Use -f/--follow with a filename to follow history across |
|
4943 | 4943 | renames and copies. --follow without a filename will only show |
|
4944 | 4944 | ancestors or descendants of the starting revision. |
|
4945 | 4945 | |
|
4946 | 4946 | By default this command prints revision number and changeset id, |
|
4947 | 4947 | tags, non-trivial parents, user, date and time, and a summary for |
|
4948 | 4948 | each commit. When the -v/--verbose switch is used, the list of |
|
4949 | 4949 | changed files and full commit message are shown. |
|
4950 | 4950 | |
|
4951 | 4951 | With --graph the revisions are shown as an ASCII art DAG with the most |
|
4952 | 4952 | recent changeset at the top. |
|
4953 | 4953 | 'o' is a changeset, '@' is a working directory parent, 'x' is obsolete, |
|
4954 | 4954 | and '+' represents a fork where the changeset from the lines below is a |
|
4955 | 4955 | parent of the 'o' merge on the same line. |
|
4956 | 4956 | |
|
4957 | 4957 | .. note:: |
|
4958 | 4958 | |
|
4959 | 4959 | log -p/--patch may generate unexpected diff output for merge |
|
4960 | 4960 | changesets, as it will only compare the merge changeset against |
|
4961 | 4961 | its first parent. Also, only files different from BOTH parents |
|
4962 | 4962 | will appear in files:. |
|
4963 | 4963 | |
|
4964 | 4964 | .. note:: |
|
4965 | 4965 | |
|
4966 | 4966 | for performance reasons, log FILE may omit duplicate changes |
|
4967 | 4967 | made on branches and will not show removals or mode changes. To |
|
4968 | 4968 | see all such changes, use the --removed switch. |
|
4969 | 4969 | |
|
4970 | 4970 | .. container:: verbose |
|
4971 | 4971 | |
|
4972 | 4972 | Some examples: |
|
4973 | 4973 | |
|
4974 | 4974 | - changesets with full descriptions and file lists:: |
|
4975 | 4975 | |
|
4976 | 4976 | hg log -v |
|
4977 | 4977 | |
|
4978 | 4978 | - changesets ancestral to the working directory:: |
|
4979 | 4979 | |
|
4980 | 4980 | hg log -f |
|
4981 | 4981 | |
|
4982 | 4982 | - last 10 commits on the current branch:: |
|
4983 | 4983 | |
|
4984 | 4984 | hg log -l 10 -b . |
|
4985 | 4985 | |
|
4986 | 4986 | - changesets showing all modifications of a file, including removals:: |
|
4987 | 4987 | |
|
4988 | 4988 | hg log --removed file.c |
|
4989 | 4989 | |
|
4990 | 4990 | - all changesets that touch a directory, with diffs, excluding merges:: |
|
4991 | 4991 | |
|
4992 | 4992 | hg log -Mp lib/ |
|
4993 | 4993 | |
|
4994 | 4994 | - all revision numbers that match a keyword:: |
|
4995 | 4995 | |
|
4996 | 4996 | hg log -k bug --template "{rev}\\n" |
|
4997 | 4997 | |
|
4998 | 4998 | - the full hash identifier of the working directory parent:: |
|
4999 | 4999 | |
|
5000 | 5000 | hg log -r . --template "{node}\\n" |
|
5001 | 5001 | |
|
5002 | 5002 | - list available log templates:: |
|
5003 | 5003 | |
|
5004 | 5004 | hg log -T list |
|
5005 | 5005 | |
|
5006 | 5006 | - check if a given changeset is included in a tagged release:: |
|
5007 | 5007 | |
|
5008 | 5008 | hg log -r "a21ccf and ancestor(1.9)" |
|
5009 | 5009 | |
|
5010 | 5010 | - find all changesets by some user in a date range:: |
|
5011 | 5011 | |
|
5012 | 5012 | hg log -k alice -d "may 2008 to jul 2008" |
|
5013 | 5013 | |
|
5014 | 5014 | - summary of all changesets after the last tag:: |
|
5015 | 5015 | |
|
5016 | 5016 | hg log -r "last(tagged())::" --template "{desc|firstline}\\n" |
|
5017 | 5017 | |
|
5018 | 5018 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
5019 | 5019 | |
|
5020 | 5020 | See :hg:`help revisions` and :hg:`help revsets` for more about |
|
5021 | 5021 | specifying revisions. |
|
5022 | 5022 | |
|
5023 | 5023 | See :hg:`help templates` for more about pre-packaged styles and |
|
5024 | 5024 | specifying custom templates. |
|
5025 | 5025 | |
|
5026 | 5026 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
5027 | 5027 | |
|
5028 | 5028 | """ |
|
5029 | 5029 | if opts.get('follow') and opts.get('rev'): |
|
5030 | 5030 | opts['rev'] = [revset.formatspec('reverse(::%lr)', opts.get('rev'))] |
|
5031 | 5031 | del opts['follow'] |
|
5032 | 5032 | |
|
5033 | 5033 | if opts.get('graph'): |
|
5034 | 5034 | return cmdutil.graphlog(ui, repo, *pats, **opts) |
|
5035 | 5035 | |
|
5036 | 5036 | revs, expr, filematcher = cmdutil.getlogrevs(repo, pats, opts) |
|
5037 | 5037 | limit = cmdutil.loglimit(opts) |
|
5038 | 5038 | count = 0 |
|
5039 | 5039 | |
|
5040 | 5040 | getrenamed = None |
|
5041 | 5041 | if opts.get('copies'): |
|
5042 | 5042 | endrev = None |
|
5043 | 5043 | if opts.get('rev'): |
|
5044 | 5044 | endrev = scmutil.revrange(repo, opts.get('rev')).max() + 1 |
|
5045 | 5045 | getrenamed = templatekw.getrenamedfn(repo, endrev=endrev) |
|
5046 | 5046 | |
|
5047 | 5047 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts, buffered=True) |
|
5048 | 5048 | for rev in revs: |
|
5049 | 5049 | if count == limit: |
|
5050 | 5050 | break |
|
5051 | 5051 | ctx = repo[rev] |
|
5052 | 5052 | copies = None |
|
5053 | 5053 | if getrenamed is not None and rev: |
|
5054 | 5054 | copies = [] |
|
5055 | 5055 | for fn in ctx.files(): |
|
5056 | 5056 | rename = getrenamed(fn, rev) |
|
5057 | 5057 | if rename: |
|
5058 | 5058 | copies.append((fn, rename[0])) |
|
5059 | 5059 | if filematcher: |
|
5060 | 5060 | revmatchfn = filematcher(ctx.rev()) |
|
5061 | 5061 | else: |
|
5062 | 5062 | revmatchfn = None |
|
5063 | 5063 | displayer.show(ctx, copies=copies, matchfn=revmatchfn) |
|
5064 | 5064 | if displayer.flush(ctx): |
|
5065 | 5065 | count += 1 |
|
5066 | 5066 | |
|
5067 | 5067 | displayer.close() |
|
5068 | 5068 | |
|
5069 | 5069 | @command('manifest', |
|
5070 | 5070 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to display'), _('REV')), |
|
5071 | 5071 | ('', 'all', False, _("list files from all revisions"))] |
|
5072 | 5072 | + formatteropts, |
|
5073 | 5073 | _('[-r REV]')) |
|
5074 | 5074 | def manifest(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, **opts): |
|
5075 | 5075 | """output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
5076 | 5076 | |
|
5077 | 5077 | Print a list of version controlled files for the given revision. |
|
5078 | 5078 | If no revision is given, the first parent of the working directory |
|
5079 | 5079 | is used, or the null revision if no revision is checked out. |
|
5080 | 5080 | |
|
5081 | 5081 | With -v, print file permissions, symlink and executable bits. |
|
5082 | 5082 | With --debug, print file revision hashes. |
|
5083 | 5083 | |
|
5084 | 5084 | If option --all is specified, the list of all files from all revisions |
|
5085 | 5085 | is printed. This includes deleted and renamed files. |
|
5086 | 5086 | |
|
5087 | 5087 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
5088 | 5088 | """ |
|
5089 | 5089 | |
|
5090 | 5090 | fm = ui.formatter('manifest', opts) |
|
5091 | 5091 | |
|
5092 | 5092 | if opts.get('all'): |
|
5093 | 5093 | if rev or node: |
|
5094 | 5094 | raise error.Abort(_("can't specify a revision with --all")) |
|
5095 | 5095 | |
|
5096 | 5096 | res = [] |
|
5097 | 5097 | prefix = "data/" |
|
5098 | 5098 | suffix = ".i" |
|
5099 | 5099 | plen = len(prefix) |
|
5100 | 5100 | slen = len(suffix) |
|
5101 | 5101 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
5102 | 5102 | try: |
|
5103 | 5103 | for fn, b, size in repo.store.datafiles(): |
|
5104 | 5104 | if size != 0 and fn[-slen:] == suffix and fn[:plen] == prefix: |
|
5105 | 5105 | res.append(fn[plen:-slen]) |
|
5106 | 5106 | finally: |
|
5107 | 5107 | lock.release() |
|
5108 | 5108 | for f in res: |
|
5109 | 5109 | fm.startitem() |
|
5110 | 5110 | fm.write("path", '%s\n', f) |
|
5111 | 5111 | fm.end() |
|
5112 | 5112 | return |
|
5113 | 5113 | |
|
5114 | 5114 | if rev and node: |
|
5115 | 5115 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision")) |
|
5116 | 5116 | |
|
5117 | 5117 | if not node: |
|
5118 | 5118 | node = rev |
|
5119 | 5119 | |
|
5120 | 5120 | char = {'l': '@', 'x': '*', '': ''} |
|
5121 | 5121 | mode = {'l': '644', 'x': '755', '': '644'} |
|
5122 | 5122 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, node) |
|
5123 | 5123 | mf = ctx.manifest() |
|
5124 | 5124 | for f in ctx: |
|
5125 | 5125 | fm.startitem() |
|
5126 | 5126 | fl = ctx[f].flags() |
|
5127 | 5127 | fm.condwrite(ui.debugflag, 'hash', '%s ', hex(mf[f])) |
|
5128 | 5128 | fm.condwrite(ui.verbose, 'mode type', '%s %1s ', mode[fl], char[fl]) |
|
5129 | 5129 | fm.write('path', '%s\n', f) |
|
5130 | 5130 | fm.end() |
|
5131 | 5131 | |
|
5132 | 5132 | @command('^merge', |
|
5133 | 5133 | [('f', 'force', None, |
|
5134 | 5134 | _('force a merge including outstanding changes (DEPRECATED)')), |
|
5135 | 5135 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to merge'), _('REV')), |
|
5136 | 5136 | ('P', 'preview', None, |
|
5137 | 5137 | _('review revisions to merge (no merge is performed)')) |
|
5138 | 5138 | ] + mergetoolopts, |
|
5139 | 5139 | _('[-P] [-f] [[-r] REV]')) |
|
5140 | 5140 | def merge(ui, repo, node=None, **opts): |
|
5141 | 5141 | """merge another revision into working directory |
|
5142 | 5142 | |
|
5143 | 5143 | The current working directory is updated with all changes made in |
|
5144 | 5144 | the requested revision since the last common predecessor revision. |
|
5145 | 5145 | |
|
5146 | 5146 | Files that changed between either parent are marked as changed for |
|
5147 | 5147 | the next commit and a commit must be performed before any further |
|
5148 | 5148 | updates to the repository are allowed. The next commit will have |
|
5149 | 5149 | two parents. |
|
5150 | 5150 | |
|
5151 | 5151 | ``--tool`` can be used to specify the merge tool used for file |
|
5152 | 5152 | merges. It overrides the HGMERGE environment variable and your |
|
5153 | 5153 | configuration files. See :hg:`help merge-tools` for options. |
|
5154 | 5154 | |
|
5155 | 5155 | If no revision is specified, the working directory's parent is a |
|
5156 | 5156 | head revision, and the current branch contains exactly one other |
|
5157 | 5157 | head, the other head is merged with by default. Otherwise, an |
|
5158 | 5158 | explicit revision with which to merge with must be provided. |
|
5159 | 5159 | |
|
5160 | 5160 | :hg:`resolve` must be used to resolve unresolved files. |
|
5161 | 5161 | |
|
5162 | 5162 | To undo an uncommitted merge, use :hg:`update --clean .` which |
|
5163 | 5163 | will check out a clean copy of the original merge parent, losing |
|
5164 | 5164 | all changes. |
|
5165 | 5165 | |
|
5166 | 5166 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files. |
|
5167 | 5167 | """ |
|
5168 | 5168 | |
|
5169 | 5169 | if opts.get('rev') and node: |
|
5170 | 5170 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision")) |
|
5171 | 5171 | if not node: |
|
5172 | 5172 | node = opts.get('rev') |
|
5173 | 5173 | |
|
5174 | 5174 | if node: |
|
5175 | 5175 | node = scmutil.revsingle(repo, node).node() |
|
5176 | 5176 | |
|
5177 | 5177 | if not node: |
|
5178 | 5178 | node = repo[destutil.destmerge(repo)].node() |
|
5179 | 5179 | |
|
5180 | 5180 | if opts.get('preview'): |
|
5181 | 5181 | # find nodes that are ancestors of p2 but not of p1 |
|
5182 | 5182 | p1 = repo.lookup('.') |
|
5183 | 5183 | p2 = repo.lookup(node) |
|
5184 | 5184 | nodes = repo.changelog.findmissing(common=[p1], heads=[p2]) |
|
5185 | 5185 | |
|
5186 | 5186 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts) |
|
5187 | 5187 | for node in nodes: |
|
5188 | 5188 | displayer.show(repo[node]) |
|
5189 | 5189 | displayer.close() |
|
5190 | 5190 | return 0 |
|
5191 | 5191 | |
|
5192 | 5192 | try: |
|
5193 | 5193 | # ui.forcemerge is an internal variable, do not document |
|
5194 | 5194 | repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), 'merge') |
|
5195 | 5195 | return hg.merge(repo, node, force=opts.get('force')) |
|
5196 | 5196 | finally: |
|
5197 | 5197 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'merge') |
|
5198 | 5198 | |
|
5199 | 5199 | @command('outgoing|out', |
|
5200 | 5200 | [('f', 'force', None, _('run even when the destination is unrelated')), |
|
5201 | 5201 | ('r', 'rev', [], |
|
5202 | 5202 | _('a changeset intended to be included in the destination'), _('REV')), |
|
5203 | 5203 | ('n', 'newest-first', None, _('show newest record first')), |
|
5204 | 5204 | ('B', 'bookmarks', False, _('compare bookmarks')), |
|
5205 | 5205 | ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to push'), |
|
5206 | 5206 | _('BRANCH')), |
|
5207 | 5207 | ] + logopts + remoteopts + subrepoopts, |
|
5208 | 5208 | _('[-M] [-p] [-n] [-f] [-r REV]... [DEST]')) |
|
5209 | 5209 | def outgoing(ui, repo, dest=None, **opts): |
|
5210 | 5210 | """show changesets not found in the destination |
|
5211 | 5211 | |
|
5212 | 5212 | Show changesets not found in the specified destination repository |
|
5213 | 5213 | or the default push location. These are the changesets that would |
|
5214 | 5214 | be pushed if a push was requested. |
|
5215 | 5215 | |
|
5216 | 5216 | See pull for details of valid destination formats. |
|
5217 | 5217 | |
|
5218 | 5218 | .. container:: verbose |
|
5219 | 5219 | |
|
5220 | 5220 | With -B/--bookmarks, the result of bookmark comparison between |
|
5221 | 5221 | local and remote repositories is displayed. With -v/--verbose, |
|
5222 | 5222 | status is also displayed for each bookmark like below:: |
|
5223 | 5223 | |
|
5224 | 5224 | BM1 01234567890a added |
|
5225 | 5225 | BM2 deleted |
|
5226 | 5226 | BM3 234567890abc advanced |
|
5227 | 5227 | BM4 34567890abcd diverged |
|
5228 | 5228 | BM5 4567890abcde changed |
|
5229 | 5229 | |
|
5230 | 5230 | The action taken when pushing depends on the |
|
5231 | 5231 | status of each bookmark: |
|
5232 | 5232 | |
|
5233 | 5233 | :``added``: push with ``-B`` will create it |
|
5234 | 5234 | :``deleted``: push with ``-B`` will delete it |
|
5235 | 5235 | :``advanced``: push will update it |
|
5236 | 5236 | :``diverged``: push with ``-B`` will update it |
|
5237 | 5237 | :``changed``: push with ``-B`` will update it |
|
5238 | 5238 | |
|
5239 | 5239 | From the point of view of pushing behavior, bookmarks |
|
5240 | 5240 | existing only in the remote repository are treated as |
|
5241 | 5241 | ``deleted``, even if it is in fact added remotely. |
|
5242 | 5242 | |
|
5243 | 5243 | Returns 0 if there are outgoing changes, 1 otherwise. |
|
5244 | 5244 | """ |
|
5245 | 5245 | if opts.get('graph'): |
|
5246 | 5246 | cmdutil.checkunsupportedgraphflags([], opts) |
|
5247 | 5247 | o, other = hg._outgoing(ui, repo, dest, opts) |
|
5248 | 5248 | if not o: |
|
5249 | 5249 | cmdutil.outgoinghooks(ui, repo, other, opts, o) |
|
5250 | 5250 | return |
|
5251 | 5251 | |
|
5252 | 5252 | revdag = cmdutil.graphrevs(repo, o, opts) |
|
5253 | 5253 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts, buffered=True) |
|
5254 | 5254 | cmdutil.displaygraph(ui, repo, revdag, displayer, graphmod.asciiedges) |
|
5255 | 5255 | cmdutil.outgoinghooks(ui, repo, other, opts, o) |
|
5256 | 5256 | return 0 |
|
5257 | 5257 | |
|
5258 | 5258 | if opts.get('bookmarks'): |
|
5259 | 5259 | dest = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default') |
|
5260 | 5260 | dest, branches = hg.parseurl(dest, opts.get('branch')) |
|
5261 | 5261 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest) |
|
5262 | 5262 | if 'bookmarks' not in other.listkeys('namespaces'): |
|
5263 | 5263 | ui.warn(_("remote doesn't support bookmarks\n")) |
|
5264 | 5264 | return 0 |
|
5265 | 5265 | ui.status(_('comparing with %s\n') % util.hidepassword(dest)) |
|
5266 | 5266 | return bookmarks.outgoing(ui, repo, other) |
|
5267 | 5267 | |
|
5268 | 5268 | repo._subtoppath = ui.expandpath(dest or 'default-push', dest or 'default') |
|
5269 | 5269 | try: |
|
5270 | 5270 | return hg.outgoing(ui, repo, dest, opts) |
|
5271 | 5271 | finally: |
|
5272 | 5272 | del repo._subtoppath |
|
5273 | 5273 | |
|
5274 | 5274 | @command('parents', |
|
5275 | 5275 | [('r', 'rev', '', _('show parents of the specified revision'), _('REV')), |
|
5276 | 5276 | ] + templateopts, |
|
5277 | 5277 | _('[-r REV] [FILE]'), |
|
5278 | 5278 | inferrepo=True) |
|
5279 | 5279 | def parents(ui, repo, file_=None, **opts): |
|
5280 | 5280 | """show the parents of the working directory or revision (DEPRECATED) |
|
5281 | 5281 | |
|
5282 | 5282 | Print the working directory's parent revisions. If a revision is |
|
5283 | 5283 | given via -r/--rev, the parent of that revision will be printed. |
|
5284 | 5284 | If a file argument is given, the revision in which the file was |
|
5285 | 5285 | last changed (before the working directory revision or the |
|
5286 | 5286 | argument to --rev if given) is printed. |
|
5287 | 5287 | |
|
5288 | 5288 | See :hg:`summary` and :hg:`help revsets` for related information. |
|
5289 | 5289 | |
|
5290 | 5290 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
5291 | 5291 | """ |
|
5292 | 5292 | |
|
5293 | 5293 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev'), None) |
|
5294 | 5294 | |
|
5295 | 5295 | if file_: |
|
5296 | 5296 | m = scmutil.match(ctx, (file_,), opts) |
|
5297 | 5297 | if m.anypats() or len(m.files()) != 1: |
|
5298 | 5298 | raise error.Abort(_('can only specify an explicit filename')) |
|
5299 | 5299 | file_ = m.files()[0] |
|
5300 | 5300 | filenodes = [] |
|
5301 | 5301 | for cp in ctx.parents(): |
|
5302 | 5302 | if not cp: |
|
5303 | 5303 | continue |
|
5304 | 5304 | try: |
|
5305 | 5305 | filenodes.append(cp.filenode(file_)) |
|
5306 | 5306 | except error.LookupError: |
|
5307 | 5307 | pass |
|
5308 | 5308 | if not filenodes: |
|
5309 | 5309 | raise error.Abort(_("'%s' not found in manifest!") % file_) |
|
5310 | 5310 | p = [] |
|
5311 | 5311 | for fn in filenodes: |
|
5312 | 5312 | fctx = repo.filectx(file_, fileid=fn) |
|
5313 | 5313 | p.append(fctx.node()) |
|
5314 | 5314 | else: |
|
5315 | 5315 | p = [cp.node() for cp in ctx.parents()] |
|
5316 | 5316 | |
|
5317 | 5317 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts) |
|
5318 | 5318 | for n in p: |
|
5319 | 5319 | if n != nullid: |
|
5320 | 5320 | displayer.show(repo[n]) |
|
5321 | 5321 | displayer.close() |
|
5322 | 5322 | |
|
5323 | 5323 | @command('paths', [], _('[NAME]'), optionalrepo=True) |
|
5324 | 5324 | def paths(ui, repo, search=None): |
|
5325 | 5325 | """show aliases for remote repositories |
|
5326 | 5326 | |
|
5327 | 5327 | Show definition of symbolic path name NAME. If no name is given, |
|
5328 | 5328 | show definition of all available names. |
|
5329 | 5329 | |
|
5330 | 5330 | Option -q/--quiet suppresses all output when searching for NAME |
|
5331 | 5331 | and shows only the path names when listing all definitions. |
|
5332 | 5332 | |
|
5333 | 5333 | Path names are defined in the [paths] section of your |
|
5334 | 5334 | configuration file and in ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. If run inside a |
|
5335 | 5335 | repository, ``.hg/hgrc`` is used, too. |
|
5336 | 5336 | |
|
5337 | 5337 | The path names ``default`` and ``default-push`` have a special |
|
5338 | 5338 | meaning. When performing a push or pull operation, they are used |
|
5339 | 5339 | as fallbacks if no location is specified on the command-line. |
|
5340 | 5340 | When ``default-push`` is set, it will be used for push and |
|
5341 | 5341 | ``default`` will be used for pull; otherwise ``default`` is used |
|
5342 | 5342 | as the fallback for both. When cloning a repository, the clone |
|
5343 | 5343 | source is written as ``default`` in ``.hg/hgrc``. Note that |
|
5344 | 5344 | ``default`` and ``default-push`` apply to all inbound (e.g. |
|
5345 | 5345 | :hg:`incoming`) and outbound (e.g. :hg:`outgoing`, :hg:`email` and |
|
5346 | 5346 | :hg:`bundle`) operations. |
|
5347 | 5347 | |
|
5348 | 5348 | See :hg:`help urls` for more information. |
|
5349 | 5349 | |
|
5350 | 5350 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
5351 | 5351 | """ |
|
5352 | 5352 | if search: |
|
5353 | 5353 | for name, path in sorted(ui.paths.iteritems()): |
|
5354 | 5354 | if name == search: |
|
5355 | 5355 | ui.status("%s\n" % util.hidepassword(path.loc)) |
|
5356 | 5356 | return |
|
5357 | 5357 | if not ui.quiet: |
|
5358 | 5358 | ui.warn(_("not found!\n")) |
|
5359 | 5359 | return 1 |
|
5360 | 5360 | else: |
|
5361 | 5361 | for name, path in sorted(ui.paths.iteritems()): |
|
5362 | 5362 | if ui.quiet: |
|
5363 | 5363 | ui.write("%s\n" % name) |
|
5364 | 5364 | else: |
|
5365 | 5365 | ui.write("%s = %s\n" % (name, |
|
5366 | 5366 | util.hidepassword(path.loc))) |
|
5367 | for subopt, value in sorted(path.suboptions.items()): | |
|
5368 | ui.write('%s:%s = %s\n' % (name, subopt, value)) | |
|
5367 | 5369 | |
|
5368 | 5370 | @command('phase', |
|
5369 | 5371 | [('p', 'public', False, _('set changeset phase to public')), |
|
5370 | 5372 | ('d', 'draft', False, _('set changeset phase to draft')), |
|
5371 | 5373 | ('s', 'secret', False, _('set changeset phase to secret')), |
|
5372 | 5374 | ('f', 'force', False, _('allow to move boundary backward')), |
|
5373 | 5375 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('target revision'), _('REV')), |
|
5374 | 5376 | ], |
|
5375 | 5377 | _('[-p|-d|-s] [-f] [-r] [REV...]')) |
|
5376 | 5378 | def phase(ui, repo, *revs, **opts): |
|
5377 | 5379 | """set or show the current phase name |
|
5378 | 5380 | |
|
5379 | 5381 | With no argument, show the phase name of the current revision(s). |
|
5380 | 5382 | |
|
5381 | 5383 | With one of -p/--public, -d/--draft or -s/--secret, change the |
|
5382 | 5384 | phase value of the specified revisions. |
|
5383 | 5385 | |
|
5384 | 5386 | Unless -f/--force is specified, :hg:`phase` won't move changeset from a |
|
5385 | 5387 | lower phase to an higher phase. Phases are ordered as follows:: |
|
5386 | 5388 | |
|
5387 | 5389 | public < draft < secret |
|
5388 | 5390 | |
|
5389 | 5391 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if some phases could not be changed. |
|
5390 | 5392 | |
|
5391 | 5393 | (For more information about the phases concept, see :hg:`help phases`.) |
|
5392 | 5394 | """ |
|
5393 | 5395 | # search for a unique phase argument |
|
5394 | 5396 | targetphase = None |
|
5395 | 5397 | for idx, name in enumerate(phases.phasenames): |
|
5396 | 5398 | if opts[name]: |
|
5397 | 5399 | if targetphase is not None: |
|
5398 | 5400 | raise error.Abort(_('only one phase can be specified')) |
|
5399 | 5401 | targetphase = idx |
|
5400 | 5402 | |
|
5401 | 5403 | # look for specified revision |
|
5402 | 5404 | revs = list(revs) |
|
5403 | 5405 | revs.extend(opts['rev']) |
|
5404 | 5406 | if not revs: |
|
5405 | 5407 | # display both parents as the second parent phase can influence |
|
5406 | 5408 | # the phase of a merge commit |
|
5407 | 5409 | revs = [c.rev() for c in repo[None].parents()] |
|
5408 | 5410 | |
|
5409 | 5411 | revs = scmutil.revrange(repo, revs) |
|
5410 | 5412 | |
|
5411 | 5413 | lock = None |
|
5412 | 5414 | ret = 0 |
|
5413 | 5415 | if targetphase is None: |
|
5414 | 5416 | # display |
|
5415 | 5417 | for r in revs: |
|
5416 | 5418 | ctx = repo[r] |
|
5417 | 5419 | ui.write('%i: %s\n' % (ctx.rev(), ctx.phasestr())) |
|
5418 | 5420 | else: |
|
5419 | 5421 | tr = None |
|
5420 | 5422 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
5421 | 5423 | try: |
|
5422 | 5424 | tr = repo.transaction("phase") |
|
5423 | 5425 | # set phase |
|
5424 | 5426 | if not revs: |
|
5425 | 5427 | raise error.Abort(_('empty revision set')) |
|
5426 | 5428 | nodes = [repo[r].node() for r in revs] |
|
5427 | 5429 | # moving revision from public to draft may hide them |
|
5428 | 5430 | # We have to check result on an unfiltered repository |
|
5429 | 5431 | unfi = repo.unfiltered() |
|
5430 | 5432 | getphase = unfi._phasecache.phase |
|
5431 | 5433 | olddata = [getphase(unfi, r) for r in unfi] |
|
5432 | 5434 | phases.advanceboundary(repo, tr, targetphase, nodes) |
|
5433 | 5435 | if opts['force']: |
|
5434 | 5436 | phases.retractboundary(repo, tr, targetphase, nodes) |
|
5435 | 5437 | tr.close() |
|
5436 | 5438 | finally: |
|
5437 | 5439 | if tr is not None: |
|
5438 | 5440 | tr.release() |
|
5439 | 5441 | lock.release() |
|
5440 | 5442 | getphase = unfi._phasecache.phase |
|
5441 | 5443 | newdata = [getphase(unfi, r) for r in unfi] |
|
5442 | 5444 | changes = sum(newdata[r] != olddata[r] for r in unfi) |
|
5443 | 5445 | cl = unfi.changelog |
|
5444 | 5446 | rejected = [n for n in nodes |
|
5445 | 5447 | if newdata[cl.rev(n)] < targetphase] |
|
5446 | 5448 | if rejected: |
|
5447 | 5449 | ui.warn(_('cannot move %i changesets to a higher ' |
|
5448 | 5450 | 'phase, use --force\n') % len(rejected)) |
|
5449 | 5451 | ret = 1 |
|
5450 | 5452 | if changes: |
|
5451 | 5453 | msg = _('phase changed for %i changesets\n') % changes |
|
5452 | 5454 | if ret: |
|
5453 | 5455 | ui.status(msg) |
|
5454 | 5456 | else: |
|
5455 | 5457 | ui.note(msg) |
|
5456 | 5458 | else: |
|
5457 | 5459 | ui.warn(_('no phases changed\n')) |
|
5458 | 5460 | return ret |
|
5459 | 5461 | |
|
5460 | 5462 | def postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, optupdate, checkout): |
|
5461 | 5463 | if modheads == 0: |
|
5462 | 5464 | return |
|
5463 | 5465 | if optupdate: |
|
5464 | 5466 | try: |
|
5465 | 5467 | brev = checkout |
|
5466 | 5468 | movemarkfrom = None |
|
5467 | 5469 | if not checkout: |
|
5468 | 5470 | updata = destutil.destupdate(repo) |
|
5469 | 5471 | checkout, movemarkfrom, brev = updata |
|
5470 | 5472 | ret = hg.update(repo, checkout) |
|
5471 | 5473 | except error.UpdateAbort as inst: |
|
5472 | 5474 | msg = _("not updating: %s") % str(inst) |
|
5473 | 5475 | hint = inst.hint |
|
5474 | 5476 | raise error.UpdateAbort(msg, hint=hint) |
|
5475 | 5477 | if not ret and not checkout: |
|
5476 | 5478 | if bookmarks.update(repo, [movemarkfrom], repo['.'].node()): |
|
5477 | 5479 | ui.status(_("updating bookmark %s\n") % repo._activebookmark) |
|
5478 | 5480 | return ret |
|
5479 | 5481 | if modheads > 1: |
|
5480 | 5482 | currentbranchheads = len(repo.branchheads()) |
|
5481 | 5483 | if currentbranchheads == modheads: |
|
5482 | 5484 | ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads' to see heads, 'hg merge' to merge)\n")) |
|
5483 | 5485 | elif currentbranchheads > 1: |
|
5484 | 5486 | ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads .' to see heads, 'hg merge' to " |
|
5485 | 5487 | "merge)\n")) |
|
5486 | 5488 | else: |
|
5487 | 5489 | ui.status(_("(run 'hg heads' to see heads)\n")) |
|
5488 | 5490 | else: |
|
5489 | 5491 | ui.status(_("(run 'hg update' to get a working copy)\n")) |
|
5490 | 5492 | |
|
5491 | 5493 | @command('^pull', |
|
5492 | 5494 | [('u', 'update', None, |
|
5493 | 5495 | _('update to new branch head if changesets were pulled')), |
|
5494 | 5496 | ('f', 'force', None, _('run even when remote repository is unrelated')), |
|
5495 | 5497 | ('r', 'rev', [], _('a remote changeset intended to be added'), _('REV')), |
|
5496 | 5498 | ('B', 'bookmark', [], _("bookmark to pull"), _('BOOKMARK')), |
|
5497 | 5499 | ('b', 'branch', [], _('a specific branch you would like to pull'), |
|
5498 | 5500 | _('BRANCH')), |
|
5499 | 5501 | ] + remoteopts, |
|
5500 | 5502 | _('[-u] [-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [SOURCE]')) |
|
5501 | 5503 | def pull(ui, repo, source="default", **opts): |
|
5502 | 5504 | """pull changes from the specified source |
|
5503 | 5505 | |
|
5504 | 5506 | Pull changes from a remote repository to a local one. |
|
5505 | 5507 | |
|
5506 | 5508 | This finds all changes from the repository at the specified path |
|
5507 | 5509 | or URL and adds them to a local repository (the current one unless |
|
5508 | 5510 | -R is specified). By default, this does not update the copy of the |
|
5509 | 5511 | project in the working directory. |
|
5510 | 5512 | |
|
5511 | 5513 | Use :hg:`incoming` if you want to see what would have been added |
|
5512 | 5514 | by a pull at the time you issued this command. If you then decide |
|
5513 | 5515 | to add those changes to the repository, you should use :hg:`pull |
|
5514 | 5516 | -r X` where ``X`` is the last changeset listed by :hg:`incoming`. |
|
5515 | 5517 | |
|
5516 | 5518 | If SOURCE is omitted, the 'default' path will be used. |
|
5517 | 5519 | See :hg:`help urls` for more information. |
|
5518 | 5520 | |
|
5519 | 5521 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update had unresolved files. |
|
5520 | 5522 | """ |
|
5521 | 5523 | source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath(source), opts.get('branch')) |
|
5522 | 5524 | ui.status(_('pulling from %s\n') % util.hidepassword(source)) |
|
5523 | 5525 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, source) |
|
5524 | 5526 | try: |
|
5525 | 5527 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, other, branches, |
|
5526 | 5528 | opts.get('rev')) |
|
5527 | 5529 | |
|
5528 | 5530 | |
|
5529 | 5531 | pullopargs = {} |
|
5530 | 5532 | if opts.get('bookmark'): |
|
5531 | 5533 | if not revs: |
|
5532 | 5534 | revs = [] |
|
5533 | 5535 | # The list of bookmark used here is not the one used to actually |
|
5534 | 5536 | # update the bookmark name. This can result in the revision pulled |
|
5535 | 5537 | # not ending up with the name of the bookmark because of a race |
|
5536 | 5538 | # condition on the server. (See issue 4689 for details) |
|
5537 | 5539 | remotebookmarks = other.listkeys('bookmarks') |
|
5538 | 5540 | pullopargs['remotebookmarks'] = remotebookmarks |
|
5539 | 5541 | for b in opts['bookmark']: |
|
5540 | 5542 | if b not in remotebookmarks: |
|
5541 | 5543 | raise error.Abort(_('remote bookmark %s not found!') % b) |
|
5542 | 5544 | revs.append(remotebookmarks[b]) |
|
5543 | 5545 | |
|
5544 | 5546 | if revs: |
|
5545 | 5547 | try: |
|
5546 | 5548 | # When 'rev' is a bookmark name, we cannot guarantee that it |
|
5547 | 5549 | # will be updated with that name because of a race condition |
|
5548 | 5550 | # server side. (See issue 4689 for details) |
|
5549 | 5551 | oldrevs = revs |
|
5550 | 5552 | revs = [] # actually, nodes |
|
5551 | 5553 | for r in oldrevs: |
|
5552 | 5554 | node = other.lookup(r) |
|
5553 | 5555 | revs.append(node) |
|
5554 | 5556 | if r == checkout: |
|
5555 | 5557 | checkout = node |
|
5556 | 5558 | except error.CapabilityError: |
|
5557 | 5559 | err = _("other repository doesn't support revision lookup, " |
|
5558 | 5560 | "so a rev cannot be specified.") |
|
5559 | 5561 | raise error.Abort(err) |
|
5560 | 5562 | |
|
5561 | 5563 | pullopargs.update(opts.get('opargs', {})) |
|
5562 | 5564 | modheads = exchange.pull(repo, other, heads=revs, |
|
5563 | 5565 | force=opts.get('force'), |
|
5564 | 5566 | bookmarks=opts.get('bookmark', ()), |
|
5565 | 5567 | opargs=pullopargs).cgresult |
|
5566 | 5568 | if checkout: |
|
5567 | 5569 | checkout = str(repo.changelog.rev(checkout)) |
|
5568 | 5570 | repo._subtoppath = source |
|
5569 | 5571 | try: |
|
5570 | 5572 | ret = postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, opts.get('update'), checkout) |
|
5571 | 5573 | |
|
5572 | 5574 | finally: |
|
5573 | 5575 | del repo._subtoppath |
|
5574 | 5576 | |
|
5575 | 5577 | finally: |
|
5576 | 5578 | other.close() |
|
5577 | 5579 | return ret |
|
5578 | 5580 | |
|
5579 | 5581 | @command('^push', |
|
5580 | 5582 | [('f', 'force', None, _('force push')), |
|
5581 | 5583 | ('r', 'rev', [], |
|
5582 | 5584 | _('a changeset intended to be included in the destination'), |
|
5583 | 5585 | _('REV')), |
|
5584 | 5586 | ('B', 'bookmark', [], _("bookmark to push"), _('BOOKMARK')), |
|
5585 | 5587 | ('b', 'branch', [], |
|
5586 | 5588 | _('a specific branch you would like to push'), _('BRANCH')), |
|
5587 | 5589 | ('', 'new-branch', False, _('allow pushing a new branch')), |
|
5588 | 5590 | ] + remoteopts, |
|
5589 | 5591 | _('[-f] [-r REV]... [-e CMD] [--remotecmd CMD] [DEST]')) |
|
5590 | 5592 | def push(ui, repo, dest=None, **opts): |
|
5591 | 5593 | """push changes to the specified destination |
|
5592 | 5594 | |
|
5593 | 5595 | Push changesets from the local repository to the specified |
|
5594 | 5596 | destination. |
|
5595 | 5597 | |
|
5596 | 5598 | This operation is symmetrical to pull: it is identical to a pull |
|
5597 | 5599 | in the destination repository from the current one. |
|
5598 | 5600 | |
|
5599 | 5601 | By default, push will not allow creation of new heads at the |
|
5600 | 5602 | destination, since multiple heads would make it unclear which head |
|
5601 | 5603 | to use. In this situation, it is recommended to pull and merge |
|
5602 | 5604 | before pushing. |
|
5603 | 5605 | |
|
5604 | 5606 | Use --new-branch if you want to allow push to create a new named |
|
5605 | 5607 | branch that is not present at the destination. This allows you to |
|
5606 | 5608 | only create a new branch without forcing other changes. |
|
5607 | 5609 | |
|
5608 | 5610 | .. note:: |
|
5609 | 5611 | |
|
5610 | 5612 | Extra care should be taken with the -f/--force option, |
|
5611 | 5613 | which will push all new heads on all branches, an action which will |
|
5612 | 5614 | almost always cause confusion for collaborators. |
|
5613 | 5615 | |
|
5614 | 5616 | If -r/--rev is used, the specified revision and all its ancestors |
|
5615 | 5617 | will be pushed to the remote repository. |
|
5616 | 5618 | |
|
5617 | 5619 | If -B/--bookmark is used, the specified bookmarked revision, its |
|
5618 | 5620 | ancestors, and the bookmark will be pushed to the remote |
|
5619 | 5621 | repository. |
|
5620 | 5622 | |
|
5621 | 5623 | Please see :hg:`help urls` for important details about ``ssh://`` |
|
5622 | 5624 | URLs. If DESTINATION is omitted, a default path will be used. |
|
5623 | 5625 | |
|
5624 | 5626 | Returns 0 if push was successful, 1 if nothing to push. |
|
5625 | 5627 | """ |
|
5626 | 5628 | |
|
5627 | 5629 | if opts.get('bookmark'): |
|
5628 | 5630 | ui.setconfig('bookmarks', 'pushing', opts['bookmark'], 'push') |
|
5629 | 5631 | for b in opts['bookmark']: |
|
5630 | 5632 | # translate -B options to -r so changesets get pushed |
|
5631 | 5633 | if b in repo._bookmarks: |
|
5632 | 5634 | opts.setdefault('rev', []).append(b) |
|
5633 | 5635 | else: |
|
5634 | 5636 | # if we try to push a deleted bookmark, translate it to null |
|
5635 | 5637 | # this lets simultaneous -r, -b options continue working |
|
5636 | 5638 | opts.setdefault('rev', []).append("null") |
|
5637 | 5639 | |
|
5638 | 5640 | path = ui.paths.getpath(dest, default='default') |
|
5639 | 5641 | if not path: |
|
5640 | 5642 | raise error.Abort(_('default repository not configured!'), |
|
5641 | 5643 | hint=_('see the "path" section in "hg help config"')) |
|
5642 | 5644 | dest = path.pushloc or path.loc |
|
5643 | 5645 | branches = (path.branch, opts.get('branch') or []) |
|
5644 | 5646 | ui.status(_('pushing to %s\n') % util.hidepassword(dest)) |
|
5645 | 5647 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, opts.get('rev')) |
|
5646 | 5648 | other = hg.peer(repo, opts, dest) |
|
5647 | 5649 | |
|
5648 | 5650 | if revs: |
|
5649 | 5651 | revs = [repo.lookup(r) for r in scmutil.revrange(repo, revs)] |
|
5650 | 5652 | if not revs: |
|
5651 | 5653 | raise error.Abort(_("specified revisions evaluate to an empty set"), |
|
5652 | 5654 | hint=_("use different revision arguments")) |
|
5653 | 5655 | |
|
5654 | 5656 | repo._subtoppath = dest |
|
5655 | 5657 | try: |
|
5656 | 5658 | # push subrepos depth-first for coherent ordering |
|
5657 | 5659 | c = repo[''] |
|
5658 | 5660 | subs = c.substate # only repos that are committed |
|
5659 | 5661 | for s in sorted(subs): |
|
5660 | 5662 | result = c.sub(s).push(opts) |
|
5661 | 5663 | if result == 0: |
|
5662 | 5664 | return not result |
|
5663 | 5665 | finally: |
|
5664 | 5666 | del repo._subtoppath |
|
5665 | 5667 | pushop = exchange.push(repo, other, opts.get('force'), revs=revs, |
|
5666 | 5668 | newbranch=opts.get('new_branch'), |
|
5667 | 5669 | bookmarks=opts.get('bookmark', ()), |
|
5668 | 5670 | opargs=opts.get('opargs')) |
|
5669 | 5671 | |
|
5670 | 5672 | result = not pushop.cgresult |
|
5671 | 5673 | |
|
5672 | 5674 | if pushop.bkresult is not None: |
|
5673 | 5675 | if pushop.bkresult == 2: |
|
5674 | 5676 | result = 2 |
|
5675 | 5677 | elif not result and pushop.bkresult: |
|
5676 | 5678 | result = 2 |
|
5677 | 5679 | |
|
5678 | 5680 | return result |
|
5679 | 5681 | |
|
5680 | 5682 | @command('recover', []) |
|
5681 | 5683 | def recover(ui, repo): |
|
5682 | 5684 | """roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
5683 | 5685 | |
|
5684 | 5686 | Recover from an interrupted commit or pull. |
|
5685 | 5687 | |
|
5686 | 5688 | This command tries to fix the repository status after an |
|
5687 | 5689 | interrupted operation. It should only be necessary when Mercurial |
|
5688 | 5690 | suggests it. |
|
5689 | 5691 | |
|
5690 | 5692 | Returns 0 if successful, 1 if nothing to recover or verify fails. |
|
5691 | 5693 | """ |
|
5692 | 5694 | if repo.recover(): |
|
5693 | 5695 | return hg.verify(repo) |
|
5694 | 5696 | return 1 |
|
5695 | 5697 | |
|
5696 | 5698 | @command('^remove|rm', |
|
5697 | 5699 | [('A', 'after', None, _('record delete for missing files')), |
|
5698 | 5700 | ('f', 'force', None, |
|
5699 | 5701 | _('remove (and delete) file even if added or modified')), |
|
5700 | 5702 | ] + subrepoopts + walkopts, |
|
5701 | 5703 | _('[OPTION]... FILE...'), |
|
5702 | 5704 | inferrepo=True) |
|
5703 | 5705 | def remove(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
5704 | 5706 | """remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
5705 | 5707 | |
|
5706 | 5708 | Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch. |
|
5707 | 5709 | |
|
5708 | 5710 | This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit. |
|
5709 | 5711 | To undo a remove before that, see :hg:`revert`. To undo added |
|
5710 | 5712 | files, see :hg:`forget`. |
|
5711 | 5713 | |
|
5712 | 5714 | .. container:: verbose |
|
5713 | 5715 | |
|
5714 | 5716 | -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already |
|
5715 | 5717 | been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af |
|
5716 | 5718 | can be used to remove files from the next revision without |
|
5717 | 5719 | deleting them from the working directory. |
|
5718 | 5720 | |
|
5719 | 5721 | The following table details the behavior of remove for different |
|
5720 | 5722 | file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file |
|
5721 | 5723 | states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] |
|
5722 | 5724 | (as reported by :hg:`status`). The actions are Warn, Remove |
|
5723 | 5725 | (from branch) and Delete (from disk): |
|
5724 | 5726 | |
|
5725 | 5727 | ========= == == == == |
|
5726 | 5728 | opt/state A C M ! |
|
5727 | 5729 | ========= == == == == |
|
5728 | 5730 | none W RD W R |
|
5729 | 5731 | -f R RD RD R |
|
5730 | 5732 | -A W W W R |
|
5731 | 5733 | -Af R R R R |
|
5732 | 5734 | ========= == == == == |
|
5733 | 5735 | |
|
5734 | 5736 | Note that remove never deletes files in Added [A] state from the |
|
5735 | 5737 | working directory, not even if option --force is specified. |
|
5736 | 5738 | |
|
5737 | 5739 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered. |
|
5738 | 5740 | """ |
|
5739 | 5741 | |
|
5740 | 5742 | after, force = opts.get('after'), opts.get('force') |
|
5741 | 5743 | if not pats and not after: |
|
5742 | 5744 | raise error.Abort(_('no files specified')) |
|
5743 | 5745 | |
|
5744 | 5746 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
5745 | 5747 | subrepos = opts.get('subrepos') |
|
5746 | 5748 | return cmdutil.remove(ui, repo, m, "", after, force, subrepos) |
|
5747 | 5749 | |
|
5748 | 5750 | @command('rename|move|mv', |
|
5749 | 5751 | [('A', 'after', None, _('record a rename that has already occurred')), |
|
5750 | 5752 | ('f', 'force', None, _('forcibly copy over an existing managed file')), |
|
5751 | 5753 | ] + walkopts + dryrunopts, |
|
5752 | 5754 | _('[OPTION]... SOURCE... DEST')) |
|
5753 | 5755 | def rename(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
5754 | 5756 | """rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
5755 | 5757 | |
|
5756 | 5758 | Mark dest as copies of sources; mark sources for deletion. If dest |
|
5757 | 5759 | is a directory, copies are put in that directory. If dest is a |
|
5758 | 5760 | file, there can only be one source. |
|
5759 | 5761 | |
|
5760 | 5762 | By default, this command copies the contents of files as they |
|
5761 | 5763 | exist in the working directory. If invoked with -A/--after, the |
|
5762 | 5764 | operation is recorded, but no copying is performed. |
|
5763 | 5765 | |
|
5764 | 5766 | This command takes effect at the next commit. To undo a rename |
|
5765 | 5767 | before that, see :hg:`revert`. |
|
5766 | 5768 | |
|
5767 | 5769 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
|
5768 | 5770 | """ |
|
5769 | 5771 | wlock = repo.wlock(False) |
|
5770 | 5772 | try: |
|
5771 | 5773 | return cmdutil.copy(ui, repo, pats, opts, rename=True) |
|
5772 | 5774 | finally: |
|
5773 | 5775 | wlock.release() |
|
5774 | 5776 | |
|
5775 | 5777 | @command('resolve', |
|
5776 | 5778 | [('a', 'all', None, _('select all unresolved files')), |
|
5777 | 5779 | ('l', 'list', None, _('list state of files needing merge')), |
|
5778 | 5780 | ('m', 'mark', None, _('mark files as resolved')), |
|
5779 | 5781 | ('u', 'unmark', None, _('mark files as unresolved')), |
|
5780 | 5782 | ('n', 'no-status', None, _('hide status prefix'))] |
|
5781 | 5783 | + mergetoolopts + walkopts + formatteropts, |
|
5782 | 5784 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), |
|
5783 | 5785 | inferrepo=True) |
|
5784 | 5786 | def resolve(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
5785 | 5787 | """redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
5786 | 5788 | |
|
5787 | 5789 | Merges with unresolved conflicts are often the result of |
|
5788 | 5790 | non-interactive merging using the ``internal:merge`` configuration |
|
5789 | 5791 | setting, or a command-line merge tool like ``diff3``. The resolve |
|
5790 | 5792 | command is used to manage the files involved in a merge, after |
|
5791 | 5793 | :hg:`merge` has been run, and before :hg:`commit` is run (i.e. the |
|
5792 | 5794 | working directory must have two parents). See :hg:`help |
|
5793 | 5795 | merge-tools` for information on configuring merge tools. |
|
5794 | 5796 | |
|
5795 | 5797 | The resolve command can be used in the following ways: |
|
5796 | 5798 | |
|
5797 | 5799 | - :hg:`resolve [--tool TOOL] FILE...`: attempt to re-merge the specified |
|
5798 | 5800 | files, discarding any previous merge attempts. Re-merging is not |
|
5799 | 5801 | performed for files already marked as resolved. Use ``--all/-a`` |
|
5800 | 5802 | to select all unresolved files. ``--tool`` can be used to specify |
|
5801 | 5803 | the merge tool used for the given files. It overrides the HGMERGE |
|
5802 | 5804 | environment variable and your configuration files. Previous file |
|
5803 | 5805 | contents are saved with a ``.orig`` suffix. |
|
5804 | 5806 | |
|
5805 | 5807 | - :hg:`resolve -m [FILE]`: mark a file as having been resolved |
|
5806 | 5808 | (e.g. after having manually fixed-up the files). The default is |
|
5807 | 5809 | to mark all unresolved files. |
|
5808 | 5810 | |
|
5809 | 5811 | - :hg:`resolve -u [FILE]...`: mark a file as unresolved. The |
|
5810 | 5812 | default is to mark all resolved files. |
|
5811 | 5813 | |
|
5812 | 5814 | - :hg:`resolve -l`: list files which had or still have conflicts. |
|
5813 | 5815 | In the printed list, ``U`` = unresolved and ``R`` = resolved. |
|
5814 | 5816 | |
|
5815 | 5817 | Note that Mercurial will not let you commit files with unresolved |
|
5816 | 5818 | merge conflicts. You must use :hg:`resolve -m ...` before you can |
|
5817 | 5819 | commit after a conflicting merge. |
|
5818 | 5820 | |
|
5819 | 5821 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if any files fail a resolve attempt. |
|
5820 | 5822 | """ |
|
5821 | 5823 | |
|
5822 | 5824 | all, mark, unmark, show, nostatus = \ |
|
5823 | 5825 | [opts.get(o) for o in 'all mark unmark list no_status'.split()] |
|
5824 | 5826 | |
|
5825 | 5827 | if (show and (mark or unmark)) or (mark and unmark): |
|
5826 | 5828 | raise error.Abort(_("too many options specified")) |
|
5827 | 5829 | if pats and all: |
|
5828 | 5830 | raise error.Abort(_("can't specify --all and patterns")) |
|
5829 | 5831 | if not (all or pats or show or mark or unmark): |
|
5830 | 5832 | raise error.Abort(_('no files or directories specified'), |
|
5831 | 5833 | hint=('use --all to re-merge all unresolved files')) |
|
5832 | 5834 | |
|
5833 | 5835 | if show: |
|
5834 | 5836 | fm = ui.formatter('resolve', opts) |
|
5835 | 5837 | ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo) |
|
5836 | 5838 | m = scmutil.match(repo[None], pats, opts) |
|
5837 | 5839 | for f in ms: |
|
5838 | 5840 | if not m(f): |
|
5839 | 5841 | continue |
|
5840 | 5842 | l = 'resolve.' + {'u': 'unresolved', 'r': 'resolved', |
|
5841 | 5843 | 'd': 'driverresolved'}[ms[f]] |
|
5842 | 5844 | fm.startitem() |
|
5843 | 5845 | fm.condwrite(not nostatus, 'status', '%s ', ms[f].upper(), label=l) |
|
5844 | 5846 | fm.write('path', '%s\n', f, label=l) |
|
5845 | 5847 | fm.end() |
|
5846 | 5848 | return 0 |
|
5847 | 5849 | |
|
5848 | 5850 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
5849 | 5851 | try: |
|
5850 | 5852 | ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo) |
|
5851 | 5853 | |
|
5852 | 5854 | if not (ms.active() or repo.dirstate.p2() != nullid): |
|
5853 | 5855 | raise error.Abort( |
|
5854 | 5856 | _('resolve command not applicable when not merging')) |
|
5855 | 5857 | |
|
5856 | 5858 | wctx = repo[None] |
|
5857 | 5859 | |
|
5858 | 5860 | if ms.mergedriver and ms.mdstate() == 'u': |
|
5859 | 5861 | proceed = mergemod.driverpreprocess(repo, ms, wctx) |
|
5860 | 5862 | ms.commit() |
|
5861 | 5863 | # allow mark and unmark to go through |
|
5862 | 5864 | if not mark and not unmark and not proceed: |
|
5863 | 5865 | return 1 |
|
5864 | 5866 | |
|
5865 | 5867 | m = scmutil.match(wctx, pats, opts) |
|
5866 | 5868 | ret = 0 |
|
5867 | 5869 | didwork = False |
|
5868 | 5870 | runconclude = False |
|
5869 | 5871 | |
|
5870 | 5872 | tocomplete = [] |
|
5871 | 5873 | for f in ms: |
|
5872 | 5874 | if not m(f): |
|
5873 | 5875 | continue |
|
5874 | 5876 | |
|
5875 | 5877 | didwork = True |
|
5876 | 5878 | |
|
5877 | 5879 | # don't let driver-resolved files be marked, and run the conclude |
|
5878 | 5880 | # step if asked to resolve |
|
5879 | 5881 | if ms[f] == "d": |
|
5880 | 5882 | exact = m.exact(f) |
|
5881 | 5883 | if mark: |
|
5882 | 5884 | if exact: |
|
5883 | 5885 | ui.warn(_('not marking %s as it is driver-resolved\n') |
|
5884 | 5886 | % f) |
|
5885 | 5887 | elif unmark: |
|
5886 | 5888 | if exact: |
|
5887 | 5889 | ui.warn(_('not unmarking %s as it is driver-resolved\n') |
|
5888 | 5890 | % f) |
|
5889 | 5891 | else: |
|
5890 | 5892 | runconclude = True |
|
5891 | 5893 | continue |
|
5892 | 5894 | |
|
5893 | 5895 | if mark: |
|
5894 | 5896 | ms.mark(f, "r") |
|
5895 | 5897 | elif unmark: |
|
5896 | 5898 | ms.mark(f, "u") |
|
5897 | 5899 | else: |
|
5898 | 5900 | # backup pre-resolve (merge uses .orig for its own purposes) |
|
5899 | 5901 | a = repo.wjoin(f) |
|
5900 | 5902 | try: |
|
5901 | 5903 | util.copyfile(a, a + ".resolve") |
|
5902 | 5904 | except (IOError, OSError) as inst: |
|
5903 | 5905 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
5904 | 5906 | raise |
|
5905 | 5907 | |
|
5906 | 5908 | try: |
|
5907 | 5909 | # preresolve file |
|
5908 | 5910 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), |
|
5909 | 5911 | 'resolve') |
|
5910 | 5912 | complete, r = ms.preresolve(f, wctx) |
|
5911 | 5913 | if not complete: |
|
5912 | 5914 | tocomplete.append(f) |
|
5913 | 5915 | elif r: |
|
5914 | 5916 | ret = 1 |
|
5915 | 5917 | finally: |
|
5916 | 5918 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'resolve') |
|
5917 | 5919 | ms.commit() |
|
5918 | 5920 | |
|
5919 | 5921 | # replace filemerge's .orig file with our resolve file, but only |
|
5920 | 5922 | # for merges that are complete |
|
5921 | 5923 | if complete: |
|
5922 | 5924 | try: |
|
5923 | 5925 | util.rename(a + ".resolve", |
|
5924 | 5926 | cmdutil.origpath(ui, repo, a)) |
|
5925 | 5927 | except OSError as inst: |
|
5926 | 5928 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
5927 | 5929 | raise |
|
5928 | 5930 | |
|
5929 | 5931 | for f in tocomplete: |
|
5930 | 5932 | try: |
|
5931 | 5933 | # resolve file |
|
5932 | 5934 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', opts.get('tool', ''), |
|
5933 | 5935 | 'resolve') |
|
5934 | 5936 | r = ms.resolve(f, wctx) |
|
5935 | 5937 | if r: |
|
5936 | 5938 | ret = 1 |
|
5937 | 5939 | finally: |
|
5938 | 5940 | ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', '', 'resolve') |
|
5939 | 5941 | ms.commit() |
|
5940 | 5942 | |
|
5941 | 5943 | # replace filemerge's .orig file with our resolve file |
|
5942 | 5944 | a = repo.wjoin(f) |
|
5943 | 5945 | try: |
|
5944 | 5946 | util.rename(a + ".resolve", cmdutil.origpath(ui, repo, a)) |
|
5945 | 5947 | except OSError as inst: |
|
5946 | 5948 | if inst.errno != errno.ENOENT: |
|
5947 | 5949 | raise |
|
5948 | 5950 | |
|
5949 | 5951 | ms.commit() |
|
5950 | 5952 | ms.recordactions() |
|
5951 | 5953 | |
|
5952 | 5954 | if not didwork and pats: |
|
5953 | 5955 | ui.warn(_("arguments do not match paths that need resolving\n")) |
|
5954 | 5956 | elif ms.mergedriver and ms.mdstate() != 's': |
|
5955 | 5957 | # run conclude step when either a driver-resolved file is requested |
|
5956 | 5958 | # or there are no driver-resolved files |
|
5957 | 5959 | # we can't use 'ret' to determine whether any files are unresolved |
|
5958 | 5960 | # because we might not have tried to resolve some |
|
5959 | 5961 | if ((runconclude or not list(ms.driverresolved())) |
|
5960 | 5962 | and not list(ms.unresolved())): |
|
5961 | 5963 | proceed = mergemod.driverconclude(repo, ms, wctx) |
|
5962 | 5964 | ms.commit() |
|
5963 | 5965 | if not proceed: |
|
5964 | 5966 | return 1 |
|
5965 | 5967 | |
|
5966 | 5968 | finally: |
|
5967 | 5969 | wlock.release() |
|
5968 | 5970 | |
|
5969 | 5971 | # Nudge users into finishing an unfinished operation |
|
5970 | 5972 | unresolvedf = list(ms.unresolved()) |
|
5971 | 5973 | driverresolvedf = list(ms.driverresolved()) |
|
5972 | 5974 | if not unresolvedf and not driverresolvedf: |
|
5973 | 5975 | ui.status(_('(no more unresolved files)\n')) |
|
5974 | 5976 | elif not unresolvedf: |
|
5975 | 5977 | ui.status(_('(no more unresolved files -- ' |
|
5976 | 5978 | 'run "hg resolve --all" to conclude)\n')) |
|
5977 | 5979 | |
|
5978 | 5980 | return ret |
|
5979 | 5981 | |
|
5980 | 5982 | @command('revert', |
|
5981 | 5983 | [('a', 'all', None, _('revert all changes when no arguments given')), |
|
5982 | 5984 | ('d', 'date', '', _('tipmost revision matching date'), _('DATE')), |
|
5983 | 5985 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revert to the specified revision'), _('REV')), |
|
5984 | 5986 | ('C', 'no-backup', None, _('do not save backup copies of files')), |
|
5985 | 5987 | ('i', 'interactive', None, |
|
5986 | 5988 | _('interactively select the changes (EXPERIMENTAL)')), |
|
5987 | 5989 | ] + walkopts + dryrunopts, |
|
5988 | 5990 | _('[OPTION]... [-r REV] [NAME]...')) |
|
5989 | 5991 | def revert(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
5990 | 5992 | """restore files to their checkout state |
|
5991 | 5993 | |
|
5992 | 5994 | .. note:: |
|
5993 | 5995 | |
|
5994 | 5996 | To check out earlier revisions, you should use :hg:`update REV`. |
|
5995 | 5997 | To cancel an uncommitted merge (and lose your changes), |
|
5996 | 5998 | use :hg:`update --clean .`. |
|
5997 | 5999 | |
|
5998 | 6000 | With no revision specified, revert the specified files or directories |
|
5999 | 6001 | to the contents they had in the parent of the working directory. |
|
6000 | 6002 | This restores the contents of files to an unmodified |
|
6001 | 6003 | state and unschedules adds, removes, copies, and renames. If the |
|
6002 | 6004 | working directory has two parents, you must explicitly specify a |
|
6003 | 6005 | revision. |
|
6004 | 6006 | |
|
6005 | 6007 | Using the -r/--rev or -d/--date options, revert the given files or |
|
6006 | 6008 | directories to their states as of a specific revision. Because |
|
6007 | 6009 | revert does not change the working directory parents, this will |
|
6008 | 6010 | cause these files to appear modified. This can be helpful to "back |
|
6009 | 6011 | out" some or all of an earlier change. See :hg:`backout` for a |
|
6010 | 6012 | related method. |
|
6011 | 6013 | |
|
6012 | 6014 | Modified files are saved with a .orig suffix before reverting. |
|
6013 | 6015 | To disable these backups, use --no-backup. |
|
6014 | 6016 | |
|
6015 | 6017 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
6016 | 6018 | |
|
6017 | 6019 | See :hg:`help backout` for a way to reverse the effect of an |
|
6018 | 6020 | earlier changeset. |
|
6019 | 6021 | |
|
6020 | 6022 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
6021 | 6023 | """ |
|
6022 | 6024 | |
|
6023 | 6025 | if opts.get("date"): |
|
6024 | 6026 | if opts.get("rev"): |
|
6025 | 6027 | raise error.Abort(_("you can't specify a revision and a date")) |
|
6026 | 6028 | opts["rev"] = cmdutil.finddate(ui, repo, opts["date"]) |
|
6027 | 6029 | |
|
6028 | 6030 | parent, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents() |
|
6029 | 6031 | if not opts.get('rev') and p2 != nullid: |
|
6030 | 6032 | # revert after merge is a trap for new users (issue2915) |
|
6031 | 6033 | raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted merge with no revision specified'), |
|
6032 | 6034 | hint=_('use "hg update" or see "hg help revert"')) |
|
6033 | 6035 | |
|
6034 | 6036 | ctx = scmutil.revsingle(repo, opts.get('rev')) |
|
6035 | 6037 | |
|
6036 | 6038 | if (not (pats or opts.get('include') or opts.get('exclude') or |
|
6037 | 6039 | opts.get('all') or opts.get('interactive'))): |
|
6038 | 6040 | msg = _("no files or directories specified") |
|
6039 | 6041 | if p2 != nullid: |
|
6040 | 6042 | hint = _("uncommitted merge, use --all to discard all changes," |
|
6041 | 6043 | " or 'hg update -C .' to abort the merge") |
|
6042 | 6044 | raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint) |
|
6043 | 6045 | dirty = any(repo.status()) |
|
6044 | 6046 | node = ctx.node() |
|
6045 | 6047 | if node != parent: |
|
6046 | 6048 | if dirty: |
|
6047 | 6049 | hint = _("uncommitted changes, use --all to discard all" |
|
6048 | 6050 | " changes, or 'hg update %s' to update") % ctx.rev() |
|
6049 | 6051 | else: |
|
6050 | 6052 | hint = _("use --all to revert all files," |
|
6051 | 6053 | " or 'hg update %s' to update") % ctx.rev() |
|
6052 | 6054 | elif dirty: |
|
6053 | 6055 | hint = _("uncommitted changes, use --all to discard all changes") |
|
6054 | 6056 | else: |
|
6055 | 6057 | hint = _("use --all to revert all files") |
|
6056 | 6058 | raise error.Abort(msg, hint=hint) |
|
6057 | 6059 | |
|
6058 | 6060 | return cmdutil.revert(ui, repo, ctx, (parent, p2), *pats, **opts) |
|
6059 | 6061 | |
|
6060 | 6062 | @command('rollback', dryrunopts + |
|
6061 | 6063 | [('f', 'force', False, _('ignore safety measures'))]) |
|
6062 | 6064 | def rollback(ui, repo, **opts): |
|
6063 | 6065 | """roll back the last transaction (DANGEROUS) (DEPRECATED) |
|
6064 | 6066 | |
|
6065 | 6067 | Please use :hg:`commit --amend` instead of rollback to correct |
|
6066 | 6068 | mistakes in the last commit. |
|
6067 | 6069 | |
|
6068 | 6070 | This command should be used with care. There is only one level of |
|
6069 | 6071 | rollback, and there is no way to undo a rollback. It will also |
|
6070 | 6072 | restore the dirstate at the time of the last transaction, losing |
|
6071 | 6073 | any dirstate changes since that time. This command does not alter |
|
6072 | 6074 | the working directory. |
|
6073 | 6075 | |
|
6074 | 6076 | Transactions are used to encapsulate the effects of all commands |
|
6075 | 6077 | that create new changesets or propagate existing changesets into a |
|
6076 | 6078 | repository. |
|
6077 | 6079 | |
|
6078 | 6080 | .. container:: verbose |
|
6079 | 6081 | |
|
6080 | 6082 | For example, the following commands are transactional, and their |
|
6081 | 6083 | effects can be rolled back: |
|
6082 | 6084 | |
|
6083 | 6085 | - commit |
|
6084 | 6086 | - import |
|
6085 | 6087 | - pull |
|
6086 | 6088 | - push (with this repository as the destination) |
|
6087 | 6089 | - unbundle |
|
6088 | 6090 | |
|
6089 | 6091 | To avoid permanent data loss, rollback will refuse to rollback a |
|
6090 | 6092 | commit transaction if it isn't checked out. Use --force to |
|
6091 | 6093 | override this protection. |
|
6092 | 6094 | |
|
6093 | 6095 | This command is not intended for use on public repositories. Once |
|
6094 | 6096 | changes are visible for pull by other users, rolling a transaction |
|
6095 | 6097 | back locally is ineffective (someone else may already have pulled |
|
6096 | 6098 | the changes). Furthermore, a race is possible with readers of the |
|
6097 | 6099 | repository; for example an in-progress pull from the repository |
|
6098 | 6100 | may fail if a rollback is performed. |
|
6099 | 6101 | |
|
6100 | 6102 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if no rollback data is available. |
|
6101 | 6103 | """ |
|
6102 | 6104 | return repo.rollback(dryrun=opts.get('dry_run'), |
|
6103 | 6105 | force=opts.get('force')) |
|
6104 | 6106 | |
|
6105 | 6107 | @command('root', []) |
|
6106 | 6108 | def root(ui, repo): |
|
6107 | 6109 | """print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
6108 | 6110 | |
|
6109 | 6111 | Print the root directory of the current repository. |
|
6110 | 6112 | |
|
6111 | 6113 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
6112 | 6114 | """ |
|
6113 | 6115 | ui.write(repo.root + "\n") |
|
6114 | 6116 | |
|
6115 | 6117 | @command('^serve', |
|
6116 | 6118 | [('A', 'accesslog', '', _('name of access log file to write to'), |
|
6117 | 6119 | _('FILE')), |
|
6118 | 6120 | ('d', 'daemon', None, _('run server in background')), |
|
6119 | 6121 | ('', 'daemon-pipefds', '', _('used internally by daemon mode'), _('FILE')), |
|
6120 | 6122 | ('E', 'errorlog', '', _('name of error log file to write to'), _('FILE')), |
|
6121 | 6123 | # use string type, then we can check if something was passed |
|
6122 | 6124 | ('p', 'port', '', _('port to listen on (default: 8000)'), _('PORT')), |
|
6123 | 6125 | ('a', 'address', '', _('address to listen on (default: all interfaces)'), |
|
6124 | 6126 | _('ADDR')), |
|
6125 | 6127 | ('', 'prefix', '', _('prefix path to serve from (default: server root)'), |
|
6126 | 6128 | _('PREFIX')), |
|
6127 | 6129 | ('n', 'name', '', |
|
6128 | 6130 | _('name to show in web pages (default: working directory)'), _('NAME')), |
|
6129 | 6131 | ('', 'web-conf', '', |
|
6130 | 6132 | _('name of the hgweb config file (see "hg help hgweb")'), _('FILE')), |
|
6131 | 6133 | ('', 'webdir-conf', '', _('name of the hgweb config file (DEPRECATED)'), |
|
6132 | 6134 | _('FILE')), |
|
6133 | 6135 | ('', 'pid-file', '', _('name of file to write process ID to'), _('FILE')), |
|
6134 | 6136 | ('', 'stdio', None, _('for remote clients')), |
|
6135 | 6137 | ('', 'cmdserver', '', _('for remote clients'), _('MODE')), |
|
6136 | 6138 | ('t', 'templates', '', _('web templates to use'), _('TEMPLATE')), |
|
6137 | 6139 | ('', 'style', '', _('template style to use'), _('STYLE')), |
|
6138 | 6140 | ('6', 'ipv6', None, _('use IPv6 in addition to IPv4')), |
|
6139 | 6141 | ('', 'certificate', '', _('SSL certificate file'), _('FILE'))], |
|
6140 | 6142 | _('[OPTION]...'), |
|
6141 | 6143 | optionalrepo=True) |
|
6142 | 6144 | def serve(ui, repo, **opts): |
|
6143 | 6145 | """start stand-alone webserver |
|
6144 | 6146 | |
|
6145 | 6147 | Start a local HTTP repository browser and pull server. You can use |
|
6146 | 6148 | this for ad-hoc sharing and browsing of repositories. It is |
|
6147 | 6149 | recommended to use a real web server to serve a repository for |
|
6148 | 6150 | longer periods of time. |
|
6149 | 6151 | |
|
6150 | 6152 | Please note that the server does not implement access control. |
|
6151 | 6153 | This means that, by default, anybody can read from the server and |
|
6152 | 6154 | nobody can write to it by default. Set the ``web.allow_push`` |
|
6153 | 6155 | option to ``*`` to allow everybody to push to the server. You |
|
6154 | 6156 | should use a real web server if you need to authenticate users. |
|
6155 | 6157 | |
|
6156 | 6158 | By default, the server logs accesses to stdout and errors to |
|
6157 | 6159 | stderr. Use the -A/--accesslog and -E/--errorlog options to log to |
|
6158 | 6160 | files. |
|
6159 | 6161 | |
|
6160 | 6162 | To have the server choose a free port number to listen on, specify |
|
6161 | 6163 | a port number of 0; in this case, the server will print the port |
|
6162 | 6164 | number it uses. |
|
6163 | 6165 | |
|
6164 | 6166 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
6165 | 6167 | """ |
|
6166 | 6168 | |
|
6167 | 6169 | if opts["stdio"] and opts["cmdserver"]: |
|
6168 | 6170 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot use --stdio with --cmdserver")) |
|
6169 | 6171 | |
|
6170 | 6172 | if opts["stdio"]: |
|
6171 | 6173 | if repo is None: |
|
6172 | 6174 | raise error.RepoError(_("there is no Mercurial repository here" |
|
6173 | 6175 | " (.hg not found)")) |
|
6174 | 6176 | s = sshserver.sshserver(ui, repo) |
|
6175 | 6177 | s.serve_forever() |
|
6176 | 6178 | |
|
6177 | 6179 | if opts["cmdserver"]: |
|
6178 | 6180 | import commandserver |
|
6179 | 6181 | service = commandserver.createservice(ui, repo, opts) |
|
6180 | 6182 | else: |
|
6181 | 6183 | service = hgweb.createservice(ui, repo, opts) |
|
6182 | 6184 | return cmdutil.service(opts, initfn=service.init, runfn=service.run) |
|
6183 | 6185 | |
|
6184 | 6186 | @command('^status|st', |
|
6185 | 6187 | [('A', 'all', None, _('show status of all files')), |
|
6186 | 6188 | ('m', 'modified', None, _('show only modified files')), |
|
6187 | 6189 | ('a', 'added', None, _('show only added files')), |
|
6188 | 6190 | ('r', 'removed', None, _('show only removed files')), |
|
6189 | 6191 | ('d', 'deleted', None, _('show only deleted (but tracked) files')), |
|
6190 | 6192 | ('c', 'clean', None, _('show only files without changes')), |
|
6191 | 6193 | ('u', 'unknown', None, _('show only unknown (not tracked) files')), |
|
6192 | 6194 | ('i', 'ignored', None, _('show only ignored files')), |
|
6193 | 6195 | ('n', 'no-status', None, _('hide status prefix')), |
|
6194 | 6196 | ('C', 'copies', None, _('show source of copied files')), |
|
6195 | 6197 | ('0', 'print0', None, _('end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs')), |
|
6196 | 6198 | ('', 'rev', [], _('show difference from revision'), _('REV')), |
|
6197 | 6199 | ('', 'change', '', _('list the changed files of a revision'), _('REV')), |
|
6198 | 6200 | ] + walkopts + subrepoopts + formatteropts, |
|
6199 | 6201 | _('[OPTION]... [FILE]...'), |
|
6200 | 6202 | inferrepo=True) |
|
6201 | 6203 | def status(ui, repo, *pats, **opts): |
|
6202 | 6204 | """show changed files in the working directory |
|
6203 | 6205 | |
|
6204 | 6206 | Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only |
|
6205 | 6207 | files that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or |
|
6206 | 6208 | the source of a copy/move operation, are not listed unless |
|
6207 | 6209 | -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, -C/--copies or -A/--all are given. |
|
6208 | 6210 | Unless options described with "show only ..." are given, the |
|
6209 | 6211 | options -mardu are used. |
|
6210 | 6212 | |
|
6211 | 6213 | Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files |
|
6212 | 6214 | unless explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored. |
|
6213 | 6215 | |
|
6214 | 6216 | .. note:: |
|
6215 | 6217 | |
|
6216 | 6218 | status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have |
|
6217 | 6219 | changed or a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does |
|
6218 | 6220 | not report permission changes and diff only reports changes |
|
6219 | 6221 | relative to one merge parent. |
|
6220 | 6222 | |
|
6221 | 6223 | If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision. |
|
6222 | 6224 | If two revisions are given, the differences between them are |
|
6223 | 6225 | shown. The --change option can also be used as a shortcut to list |
|
6224 | 6226 | the changed files of a revision from its first parent. |
|
6225 | 6227 | |
|
6226 | 6228 | The codes used to show the status of files are:: |
|
6227 | 6229 | |
|
6228 | 6230 | M = modified |
|
6229 | 6231 | A = added |
|
6230 | 6232 | R = removed |
|
6231 | 6233 | C = clean |
|
6232 | 6234 | ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked) |
|
6233 | 6235 | ? = not tracked |
|
6234 | 6236 | I = ignored |
|
6235 | 6237 | = origin of the previous file (with --copies) |
|
6236 | 6238 | |
|
6237 | 6239 | .. container:: verbose |
|
6238 | 6240 | |
|
6239 | 6241 | Examples: |
|
6240 | 6242 | |
|
6241 | 6243 | - show changes in the working directory relative to a |
|
6242 | 6244 | changeset:: |
|
6243 | 6245 | |
|
6244 | 6246 | hg status --rev 9353 |
|
6245 | 6247 | |
|
6246 | 6248 | - show changes in the working directory relative to the |
|
6247 | 6249 | current directory (see :hg:`help patterns` for more information):: |
|
6248 | 6250 | |
|
6249 | 6251 | hg status re: |
|
6250 | 6252 | |
|
6251 | 6253 | - show all changes including copies in an existing changeset:: |
|
6252 | 6254 | |
|
6253 | 6255 | hg status --copies --change 9353 |
|
6254 | 6256 | |
|
6255 | 6257 | - get a NUL separated list of added files, suitable for xargs:: |
|
6256 | 6258 | |
|
6257 | 6259 | hg status -an0 |
|
6258 | 6260 | |
|
6259 | 6261 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
6260 | 6262 | """ |
|
6261 | 6263 | |
|
6262 | 6264 | revs = opts.get('rev') |
|
6263 | 6265 | change = opts.get('change') |
|
6264 | 6266 | |
|
6265 | 6267 | if revs and change: |
|
6266 | 6268 | msg = _('cannot specify --rev and --change at the same time') |
|
6267 | 6269 | raise error.Abort(msg) |
|
6268 | 6270 | elif change: |
|
6269 | 6271 | node2 = scmutil.revsingle(repo, change, None).node() |
|
6270 | 6272 | node1 = repo[node2].p1().node() |
|
6271 | 6273 | else: |
|
6272 | 6274 | node1, node2 = scmutil.revpair(repo, revs) |
|
6273 | 6275 | |
|
6274 | 6276 | if pats: |
|
6275 | 6277 | cwd = repo.getcwd() |
|
6276 | 6278 | else: |
|
6277 | 6279 | cwd = '' |
|
6278 | 6280 | |
|
6279 | 6281 | if opts.get('print0'): |
|
6280 | 6282 | end = '\0' |
|
6281 | 6283 | else: |
|
6282 | 6284 | end = '\n' |
|
6283 | 6285 | copy = {} |
|
6284 | 6286 | states = 'modified added removed deleted unknown ignored clean'.split() |
|
6285 | 6287 | show = [k for k in states if opts.get(k)] |
|
6286 | 6288 | if opts.get('all'): |
|
6287 | 6289 | show += ui.quiet and (states[:4] + ['clean']) or states |
|
6288 | 6290 | if not show: |
|
6289 | 6291 | if ui.quiet: |
|
6290 | 6292 | show = states[:4] |
|
6291 | 6293 | else: |
|
6292 | 6294 | show = states[:5] |
|
6293 | 6295 | |
|
6294 | 6296 | m = scmutil.match(repo[node2], pats, opts) |
|
6295 | 6297 | stat = repo.status(node1, node2, m, |
|
6296 | 6298 | 'ignored' in show, 'clean' in show, 'unknown' in show, |
|
6297 | 6299 | opts.get('subrepos')) |
|
6298 | 6300 | changestates = zip(states, 'MAR!?IC', stat) |
|
6299 | 6301 | |
|
6300 | 6302 | if (opts.get('all') or opts.get('copies') |
|
6301 | 6303 | or ui.configbool('ui', 'statuscopies')) and not opts.get('no_status'): |
|
6302 | 6304 | copy = copies.pathcopies(repo[node1], repo[node2], m) |
|
6303 | 6305 | |
|
6304 | 6306 | fm = ui.formatter('status', opts) |
|
6305 | 6307 | fmt = '%s' + end |
|
6306 | 6308 | showchar = not opts.get('no_status') |
|
6307 | 6309 | |
|
6308 | 6310 | for state, char, files in changestates: |
|
6309 | 6311 | if state in show: |
|
6310 | 6312 | label = 'status.' + state |
|
6311 | 6313 | for f in files: |
|
6312 | 6314 | fm.startitem() |
|
6313 | 6315 | fm.condwrite(showchar, 'status', '%s ', char, label=label) |
|
6314 | 6316 | fm.write('path', fmt, repo.pathto(f, cwd), label=label) |
|
6315 | 6317 | if f in copy: |
|
6316 | 6318 | fm.write("copy", ' %s' + end, repo.pathto(copy[f], cwd), |
|
6317 | 6319 | label='status.copied') |
|
6318 | 6320 | fm.end() |
|
6319 | 6321 | |
|
6320 | 6322 | @command('^summary|sum', |
|
6321 | 6323 | [('', 'remote', None, _('check for push and pull'))], '[--remote]') |
|
6322 | 6324 | def summary(ui, repo, **opts): |
|
6323 | 6325 | """summarize working directory state |
|
6324 | 6326 | |
|
6325 | 6327 | This generates a brief summary of the working directory state, |
|
6326 | 6328 | including parents, branch, commit status, phase and available updates. |
|
6327 | 6329 | |
|
6328 | 6330 | With the --remote option, this will check the default paths for |
|
6329 | 6331 | incoming and outgoing changes. This can be time-consuming. |
|
6330 | 6332 | |
|
6331 | 6333 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
6332 | 6334 | """ |
|
6333 | 6335 | |
|
6334 | 6336 | ctx = repo[None] |
|
6335 | 6337 | parents = ctx.parents() |
|
6336 | 6338 | pnode = parents[0].node() |
|
6337 | 6339 | marks = [] |
|
6338 | 6340 | |
|
6339 | 6341 | for p in parents: |
|
6340 | 6342 | # label with log.changeset (instead of log.parent) since this |
|
6341 | 6343 | # shows a working directory parent *changeset*: |
|
6342 | 6344 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
6343 | 6345 | ui.write(_('parent: %d:%s ') % (p.rev(), str(p)), |
|
6344 | 6346 | label='log.changeset changeset.%s' % p.phasestr()) |
|
6345 | 6347 | ui.write(' '.join(p.tags()), label='log.tag') |
|
6346 | 6348 | if p.bookmarks(): |
|
6347 | 6349 | marks.extend(p.bookmarks()) |
|
6348 | 6350 | if p.rev() == -1: |
|
6349 | 6351 | if not len(repo): |
|
6350 | 6352 | ui.write(_(' (empty repository)')) |
|
6351 | 6353 | else: |
|
6352 | 6354 | ui.write(_(' (no revision checked out)')) |
|
6353 | 6355 | ui.write('\n') |
|
6354 | 6356 | if p.description(): |
|
6355 | 6357 | ui.status(' ' + p.description().splitlines()[0].strip() + '\n', |
|
6356 | 6358 | label='log.summary') |
|
6357 | 6359 | |
|
6358 | 6360 | branch = ctx.branch() |
|
6359 | 6361 | bheads = repo.branchheads(branch) |
|
6360 | 6362 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
6361 | 6363 | m = _('branch: %s\n') % branch |
|
6362 | 6364 | if branch != 'default': |
|
6363 | 6365 | ui.write(m, label='log.branch') |
|
6364 | 6366 | else: |
|
6365 | 6367 | ui.status(m, label='log.branch') |
|
6366 | 6368 | |
|
6367 | 6369 | if marks: |
|
6368 | 6370 | active = repo._activebookmark |
|
6369 | 6371 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
6370 | 6372 | ui.write(_('bookmarks:'), label='log.bookmark') |
|
6371 | 6373 | if active is not None: |
|
6372 | 6374 | if active in marks: |
|
6373 | 6375 | ui.write(' *' + active, label=activebookmarklabel) |
|
6374 | 6376 | marks.remove(active) |
|
6375 | 6377 | else: |
|
6376 | 6378 | ui.write(' [%s]' % active, label=activebookmarklabel) |
|
6377 | 6379 | for m in marks: |
|
6378 | 6380 | ui.write(' ' + m, label='log.bookmark') |
|
6379 | 6381 | ui.write('\n', label='log.bookmark') |
|
6380 | 6382 | |
|
6381 | 6383 | status = repo.status(unknown=True) |
|
6382 | 6384 | |
|
6383 | 6385 | c = repo.dirstate.copies() |
|
6384 | 6386 | copied, renamed = [], [] |
|
6385 | 6387 | for d, s in c.iteritems(): |
|
6386 | 6388 | if s in status.removed: |
|
6387 | 6389 | status.removed.remove(s) |
|
6388 | 6390 | renamed.append(d) |
|
6389 | 6391 | else: |
|
6390 | 6392 | copied.append(d) |
|
6391 | 6393 | if d in status.added: |
|
6392 | 6394 | status.added.remove(d) |
|
6393 | 6395 | |
|
6394 | 6396 | try: |
|
6395 | 6397 | ms = mergemod.mergestate.read(repo) |
|
6396 | 6398 | except error.UnsupportedMergeRecords as e: |
|
6397 | 6399 | s = ' '.join(e.recordtypes) |
|
6398 | 6400 | ui.warn( |
|
6399 | 6401 | _('warning: merge state has unsupported record types: %s\n') % s) |
|
6400 | 6402 | unresolved = 0 |
|
6401 | 6403 | else: |
|
6402 | 6404 | unresolved = [f for f in ms if ms[f] == 'u'] |
|
6403 | 6405 | |
|
6404 | 6406 | subs = [s for s in ctx.substate if ctx.sub(s).dirty()] |
|
6405 | 6407 | |
|
6406 | 6408 | labels = [(ui.label(_('%d modified'), 'status.modified'), status.modified), |
|
6407 | 6409 | (ui.label(_('%d added'), 'status.added'), status.added), |
|
6408 | 6410 | (ui.label(_('%d removed'), 'status.removed'), status.removed), |
|
6409 | 6411 | (ui.label(_('%d renamed'), 'status.copied'), renamed), |
|
6410 | 6412 | (ui.label(_('%d copied'), 'status.copied'), copied), |
|
6411 | 6413 | (ui.label(_('%d deleted'), 'status.deleted'), status.deleted), |
|
6412 | 6414 | (ui.label(_('%d unknown'), 'status.unknown'), status.unknown), |
|
6413 | 6415 | (ui.label(_('%d unresolved'), 'resolve.unresolved'), unresolved), |
|
6414 | 6416 | (ui.label(_('%d subrepos'), 'status.modified'), subs)] |
|
6415 | 6417 | t = [] |
|
6416 | 6418 | for l, s in labels: |
|
6417 | 6419 | if s: |
|
6418 | 6420 | t.append(l % len(s)) |
|
6419 | 6421 | |
|
6420 | 6422 | t = ', '.join(t) |
|
6421 | 6423 | cleanworkdir = False |
|
6422 | 6424 | |
|
6423 | 6425 | if repo.vfs.exists('graftstate'): |
|
6424 | 6426 | t += _(' (graft in progress)') |
|
6425 | 6427 | if repo.vfs.exists('updatestate'): |
|
6426 | 6428 | t += _(' (interrupted update)') |
|
6427 | 6429 | elif len(parents) > 1: |
|
6428 | 6430 | t += _(' (merge)') |
|
6429 | 6431 | elif branch != parents[0].branch(): |
|
6430 | 6432 | t += _(' (new branch)') |
|
6431 | 6433 | elif (parents[0].closesbranch() and |
|
6432 | 6434 | pnode in repo.branchheads(branch, closed=True)): |
|
6433 | 6435 | t += _(' (head closed)') |
|
6434 | 6436 | elif not (status.modified or status.added or status.removed or renamed or |
|
6435 | 6437 | copied or subs): |
|
6436 | 6438 | t += _(' (clean)') |
|
6437 | 6439 | cleanworkdir = True |
|
6438 | 6440 | elif pnode not in bheads: |
|
6439 | 6441 | t += _(' (new branch head)') |
|
6440 | 6442 | |
|
6441 | 6443 | if parents: |
|
6442 | 6444 | pendingphase = max(p.phase() for p in parents) |
|
6443 | 6445 | else: |
|
6444 | 6446 | pendingphase = phases.public |
|
6445 | 6447 | |
|
6446 | 6448 | if pendingphase > phases.newcommitphase(ui): |
|
6447 | 6449 | t += ' (%s)' % phases.phasenames[pendingphase] |
|
6448 | 6450 | |
|
6449 | 6451 | if cleanworkdir: |
|
6450 | 6452 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
6451 | 6453 | ui.status(_('commit: %s\n') % t.strip()) |
|
6452 | 6454 | else: |
|
6453 | 6455 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
6454 | 6456 | ui.write(_('commit: %s\n') % t.strip()) |
|
6455 | 6457 | |
|
6456 | 6458 | # all ancestors of branch heads - all ancestors of parent = new csets |
|
6457 | 6459 | new = len(repo.changelog.findmissing([pctx.node() for pctx in parents], |
|
6458 | 6460 | bheads)) |
|
6459 | 6461 | |
|
6460 | 6462 | if new == 0: |
|
6461 | 6463 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
6462 | 6464 | ui.status(_('update: (current)\n')) |
|
6463 | 6465 | elif pnode not in bheads: |
|
6464 | 6466 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
6465 | 6467 | ui.write(_('update: %d new changesets (update)\n') % new) |
|
6466 | 6468 | else: |
|
6467 | 6469 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
6468 | 6470 | ui.write(_('update: %d new changesets, %d branch heads (merge)\n') % |
|
6469 | 6471 | (new, len(bheads))) |
|
6470 | 6472 | |
|
6471 | 6473 | t = [] |
|
6472 | 6474 | draft = len(repo.revs('draft()')) |
|
6473 | 6475 | if draft: |
|
6474 | 6476 | t.append(_('%d draft') % draft) |
|
6475 | 6477 | secret = len(repo.revs('secret()')) |
|
6476 | 6478 | if secret: |
|
6477 | 6479 | t.append(_('%d secret') % secret) |
|
6478 | 6480 | |
|
6479 | 6481 | if draft or secret: |
|
6480 | 6482 | ui.status(_('phases: %s\n') % ', '.join(t)) |
|
6481 | 6483 | |
|
6482 | 6484 | cmdutil.summaryhooks(ui, repo) |
|
6483 | 6485 | |
|
6484 | 6486 | if opts.get('remote'): |
|
6485 | 6487 | needsincoming, needsoutgoing = True, True |
|
6486 | 6488 | else: |
|
6487 | 6489 | needsincoming, needsoutgoing = False, False |
|
6488 | 6490 | for i, o in cmdutil.summaryremotehooks(ui, repo, opts, None): |
|
6489 | 6491 | if i: |
|
6490 | 6492 | needsincoming = True |
|
6491 | 6493 | if o: |
|
6492 | 6494 | needsoutgoing = True |
|
6493 | 6495 | if not needsincoming and not needsoutgoing: |
|
6494 | 6496 | return |
|
6495 | 6497 | |
|
6496 | 6498 | def getincoming(): |
|
6497 | 6499 | source, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath('default')) |
|
6498 | 6500 | sbranch = branches[0] |
|
6499 | 6501 | try: |
|
6500 | 6502 | other = hg.peer(repo, {}, source) |
|
6501 | 6503 | except error.RepoError: |
|
6502 | 6504 | if opts.get('remote'): |
|
6503 | 6505 | raise |
|
6504 | 6506 | return source, sbranch, None, None, None |
|
6505 | 6507 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, other, branches, None) |
|
6506 | 6508 | if revs: |
|
6507 | 6509 | revs = [other.lookup(rev) for rev in revs] |
|
6508 | 6510 | ui.debug('comparing with %s\n' % util.hidepassword(source)) |
|
6509 | 6511 | repo.ui.pushbuffer() |
|
6510 | 6512 | commoninc = discovery.findcommonincoming(repo, other, heads=revs) |
|
6511 | 6513 | repo.ui.popbuffer() |
|
6512 | 6514 | return source, sbranch, other, commoninc, commoninc[1] |
|
6513 | 6515 | |
|
6514 | 6516 | if needsincoming: |
|
6515 | 6517 | source, sbranch, sother, commoninc, incoming = getincoming() |
|
6516 | 6518 | else: |
|
6517 | 6519 | source = sbranch = sother = commoninc = incoming = None |
|
6518 | 6520 | |
|
6519 | 6521 | def getoutgoing(): |
|
6520 | 6522 | dest, branches = hg.parseurl(ui.expandpath('default-push', 'default')) |
|
6521 | 6523 | dbranch = branches[0] |
|
6522 | 6524 | revs, checkout = hg.addbranchrevs(repo, repo, branches, None) |
|
6523 | 6525 | if source != dest: |
|
6524 | 6526 | try: |
|
6525 | 6527 | dother = hg.peer(repo, {}, dest) |
|
6526 | 6528 | except error.RepoError: |
|
6527 | 6529 | if opts.get('remote'): |
|
6528 | 6530 | raise |
|
6529 | 6531 | return dest, dbranch, None, None |
|
6530 | 6532 | ui.debug('comparing with %s\n' % util.hidepassword(dest)) |
|
6531 | 6533 | elif sother is None: |
|
6532 | 6534 | # there is no explicit destination peer, but source one is invalid |
|
6533 | 6535 | return dest, dbranch, None, None |
|
6534 | 6536 | else: |
|
6535 | 6537 | dother = sother |
|
6536 | 6538 | if (source != dest or (sbranch is not None and sbranch != dbranch)): |
|
6537 | 6539 | common = None |
|
6538 | 6540 | else: |
|
6539 | 6541 | common = commoninc |
|
6540 | 6542 | if revs: |
|
6541 | 6543 | revs = [repo.lookup(rev) for rev in revs] |
|
6542 | 6544 | repo.ui.pushbuffer() |
|
6543 | 6545 | outgoing = discovery.findcommonoutgoing(repo, dother, onlyheads=revs, |
|
6544 | 6546 | commoninc=common) |
|
6545 | 6547 | repo.ui.popbuffer() |
|
6546 | 6548 | return dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing |
|
6547 | 6549 | |
|
6548 | 6550 | if needsoutgoing: |
|
6549 | 6551 | dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing = getoutgoing() |
|
6550 | 6552 | else: |
|
6551 | 6553 | dest = dbranch = dother = outgoing = None |
|
6552 | 6554 | |
|
6553 | 6555 | if opts.get('remote'): |
|
6554 | 6556 | t = [] |
|
6555 | 6557 | if incoming: |
|
6556 | 6558 | t.append(_('1 or more incoming')) |
|
6557 | 6559 | o = outgoing.missing |
|
6558 | 6560 | if o: |
|
6559 | 6561 | t.append(_('%d outgoing') % len(o)) |
|
6560 | 6562 | other = dother or sother |
|
6561 | 6563 | if 'bookmarks' in other.listkeys('namespaces'): |
|
6562 | 6564 | counts = bookmarks.summary(repo, other) |
|
6563 | 6565 | if counts[0] > 0: |
|
6564 | 6566 | t.append(_('%d incoming bookmarks') % counts[0]) |
|
6565 | 6567 | if counts[1] > 0: |
|
6566 | 6568 | t.append(_('%d outgoing bookmarks') % counts[1]) |
|
6567 | 6569 | |
|
6568 | 6570 | if t: |
|
6569 | 6571 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
6570 | 6572 | ui.write(_('remote: %s\n') % (', '.join(t))) |
|
6571 | 6573 | else: |
|
6572 | 6574 | # i18n: column positioning for "hg summary" |
|
6573 | 6575 | ui.status(_('remote: (synced)\n')) |
|
6574 | 6576 | |
|
6575 | 6577 | cmdutil.summaryremotehooks(ui, repo, opts, |
|
6576 | 6578 | ((source, sbranch, sother, commoninc), |
|
6577 | 6579 | (dest, dbranch, dother, outgoing))) |
|
6578 | 6580 | |
|
6579 | 6581 | @command('tag', |
|
6580 | 6582 | [('f', 'force', None, _('force tag')), |
|
6581 | 6583 | ('l', 'local', None, _('make the tag local')), |
|
6582 | 6584 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision to tag'), _('REV')), |
|
6583 | 6585 | ('', 'remove', None, _('remove a tag')), |
|
6584 | 6586 | # -l/--local is already there, commitopts cannot be used |
|
6585 | 6587 | ('e', 'edit', None, _('invoke editor on commit messages')), |
|
6586 | 6588 | ('m', 'message', '', _('use text as commit message'), _('TEXT')), |
|
6587 | 6589 | ] + commitopts2, |
|
6588 | 6590 | _('[-f] [-l] [-m TEXT] [-d DATE] [-u USER] [-r REV] NAME...')) |
|
6589 | 6591 | def tag(ui, repo, name1, *names, **opts): |
|
6590 | 6592 | """add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
6591 | 6593 | |
|
6592 | 6594 | Name a particular revision using <name>. |
|
6593 | 6595 | |
|
6594 | 6596 | Tags are used to name particular revisions of the repository and are |
|
6595 | 6597 | very useful to compare different revisions, to go back to significant |
|
6596 | 6598 | earlier versions or to mark branch points as releases, etc. Changing |
|
6597 | 6599 | an existing tag is normally disallowed; use -f/--force to override. |
|
6598 | 6600 | |
|
6599 | 6601 | If no revision is given, the parent of the working directory is |
|
6600 | 6602 | used. |
|
6601 | 6603 | |
|
6602 | 6604 | To facilitate version control, distribution, and merging of tags, |
|
6603 | 6605 | they are stored as a file named ".hgtags" which is managed similarly |
|
6604 | 6606 | to other project files and can be hand-edited if necessary. This |
|
6605 | 6607 | also means that tagging creates a new commit. The file |
|
6606 | 6608 | ".hg/localtags" is used for local tags (not shared among |
|
6607 | 6609 | repositories). |
|
6608 | 6610 | |
|
6609 | 6611 | Tag commits are usually made at the head of a branch. If the parent |
|
6610 | 6612 | of the working directory is not a branch head, :hg:`tag` aborts; use |
|
6611 | 6613 | -f/--force to force the tag commit to be based on a non-head |
|
6612 | 6614 | changeset. |
|
6613 | 6615 | |
|
6614 | 6616 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
6615 | 6617 | |
|
6616 | 6618 | Since tag names have priority over branch names during revision |
|
6617 | 6619 | lookup, using an existing branch name as a tag name is discouraged. |
|
6618 | 6620 | |
|
6619 | 6621 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
6620 | 6622 | """ |
|
6621 | 6623 | wlock = lock = None |
|
6622 | 6624 | try: |
|
6623 | 6625 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
6624 | 6626 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
6625 | 6627 | rev_ = "." |
|
6626 | 6628 | names = [t.strip() for t in (name1,) + names] |
|
6627 | 6629 | if len(names) != len(set(names)): |
|
6628 | 6630 | raise error.Abort(_('tag names must be unique')) |
|
6629 | 6631 | for n in names: |
|
6630 | 6632 | scmutil.checknewlabel(repo, n, 'tag') |
|
6631 | 6633 | if not n: |
|
6632 | 6634 | raise error.Abort(_('tag names cannot consist entirely of ' |
|
6633 | 6635 | 'whitespace')) |
|
6634 | 6636 | if opts.get('rev') and opts.get('remove'): |
|
6635 | 6637 | raise error.Abort(_("--rev and --remove are incompatible")) |
|
6636 | 6638 | if opts.get('rev'): |
|
6637 | 6639 | rev_ = opts['rev'] |
|
6638 | 6640 | message = opts.get('message') |
|
6639 | 6641 | if opts.get('remove'): |
|
6640 | 6642 | if opts.get('local'): |
|
6641 | 6643 | expectedtype = 'local' |
|
6642 | 6644 | else: |
|
6643 | 6645 | expectedtype = 'global' |
|
6644 | 6646 | |
|
6645 | 6647 | for n in names: |
|
6646 | 6648 | if not repo.tagtype(n): |
|
6647 | 6649 | raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' does not exist") % n) |
|
6648 | 6650 | if repo.tagtype(n) != expectedtype: |
|
6649 | 6651 | if expectedtype == 'global': |
|
6650 | 6652 | raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' is not a global tag") % n) |
|
6651 | 6653 | else: |
|
6652 | 6654 | raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' is not a local tag") % n) |
|
6653 | 6655 | rev_ = 'null' |
|
6654 | 6656 | if not message: |
|
6655 | 6657 | # we don't translate commit messages |
|
6656 | 6658 | message = 'Removed tag %s' % ', '.join(names) |
|
6657 | 6659 | elif not opts.get('force'): |
|
6658 | 6660 | for n in names: |
|
6659 | 6661 | if n in repo.tags(): |
|
6660 | 6662 | raise error.Abort(_("tag '%s' already exists " |
|
6661 | 6663 | "(use -f to force)") % n) |
|
6662 | 6664 | if not opts.get('local'): |
|
6663 | 6665 | p1, p2 = repo.dirstate.parents() |
|
6664 | 6666 | if p2 != nullid: |
|
6665 | 6667 | raise error.Abort(_('uncommitted merge')) |
|
6666 | 6668 | bheads = repo.branchheads() |
|
6667 | 6669 | if not opts.get('force') and bheads and p1 not in bheads: |
|
6668 | 6670 | raise error.Abort(_('not at a branch head (use -f to force)')) |
|
6669 | 6671 | r = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev_).node() |
|
6670 | 6672 | |
|
6671 | 6673 | if not message: |
|
6672 | 6674 | # we don't translate commit messages |
|
6673 | 6675 | message = ('Added tag %s for changeset %s' % |
|
6674 | 6676 | (', '.join(names), short(r))) |
|
6675 | 6677 | |
|
6676 | 6678 | date = opts.get('date') |
|
6677 | 6679 | if date: |
|
6678 | 6680 | date = util.parsedate(date) |
|
6679 | 6681 | |
|
6680 | 6682 | if opts.get('remove'): |
|
6681 | 6683 | editform = 'tag.remove' |
|
6682 | 6684 | else: |
|
6683 | 6685 | editform = 'tag.add' |
|
6684 | 6686 | editor = cmdutil.getcommiteditor(editform=editform, **opts) |
|
6685 | 6687 | |
|
6686 | 6688 | # don't allow tagging the null rev |
|
6687 | 6689 | if (not opts.get('remove') and |
|
6688 | 6690 | scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev_).rev() == nullrev): |
|
6689 | 6691 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot tag null revision")) |
|
6690 | 6692 | |
|
6691 | 6693 | repo.tag(names, r, message, opts.get('local'), opts.get('user'), date, |
|
6692 | 6694 | editor=editor) |
|
6693 | 6695 | finally: |
|
6694 | 6696 | release(lock, wlock) |
|
6695 | 6697 | |
|
6696 | 6698 | @command('tags', formatteropts, '') |
|
6697 | 6699 | def tags(ui, repo, **opts): |
|
6698 | 6700 | """list repository tags |
|
6699 | 6701 | |
|
6700 | 6702 | This lists both regular and local tags. When the -v/--verbose |
|
6701 | 6703 | switch is used, a third column "local" is printed for local tags. |
|
6702 | 6704 | |
|
6703 | 6705 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
6704 | 6706 | """ |
|
6705 | 6707 | |
|
6706 | 6708 | fm = ui.formatter('tags', opts) |
|
6707 | 6709 | hexfunc = fm.hexfunc |
|
6708 | 6710 | tagtype = "" |
|
6709 | 6711 | |
|
6710 | 6712 | for t, n in reversed(repo.tagslist()): |
|
6711 | 6713 | hn = hexfunc(n) |
|
6712 | 6714 | label = 'tags.normal' |
|
6713 | 6715 | tagtype = '' |
|
6714 | 6716 | if repo.tagtype(t) == 'local': |
|
6715 | 6717 | label = 'tags.local' |
|
6716 | 6718 | tagtype = 'local' |
|
6717 | 6719 | |
|
6718 | 6720 | fm.startitem() |
|
6719 | 6721 | fm.write('tag', '%s', t, label=label) |
|
6720 | 6722 | fmt = " " * (30 - encoding.colwidth(t)) + ' %5d:%s' |
|
6721 | 6723 | fm.condwrite(not ui.quiet, 'rev node', fmt, |
|
6722 | 6724 | repo.changelog.rev(n), hn, label=label) |
|
6723 | 6725 | fm.condwrite(ui.verbose and tagtype, 'type', ' %s', |
|
6724 | 6726 | tagtype, label=label) |
|
6725 | 6727 | fm.plain('\n') |
|
6726 | 6728 | fm.end() |
|
6727 | 6729 | |
|
6728 | 6730 | @command('tip', |
|
6729 | 6731 | [('p', 'patch', None, _('show patch')), |
|
6730 | 6732 | ('g', 'git', None, _('use git extended diff format')), |
|
6731 | 6733 | ] + templateopts, |
|
6732 | 6734 | _('[-p] [-g]')) |
|
6733 | 6735 | def tip(ui, repo, **opts): |
|
6734 | 6736 | """show the tip revision (DEPRECATED) |
|
6735 | 6737 | |
|
6736 | 6738 | The tip revision (usually just called the tip) is the changeset |
|
6737 | 6739 | most recently added to the repository (and therefore the most |
|
6738 | 6740 | recently changed head). |
|
6739 | 6741 | |
|
6740 | 6742 | If you have just made a commit, that commit will be the tip. If |
|
6741 | 6743 | you have just pulled changes from another repository, the tip of |
|
6742 | 6744 | that repository becomes the current tip. The "tip" tag is special |
|
6743 | 6745 | and cannot be renamed or assigned to a different changeset. |
|
6744 | 6746 | |
|
6745 | 6747 | This command is deprecated, please use :hg:`heads` instead. |
|
6746 | 6748 | |
|
6747 | 6749 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
6748 | 6750 | """ |
|
6749 | 6751 | displayer = cmdutil.show_changeset(ui, repo, opts) |
|
6750 | 6752 | displayer.show(repo['tip']) |
|
6751 | 6753 | displayer.close() |
|
6752 | 6754 | |
|
6753 | 6755 | @command('unbundle', |
|
6754 | 6756 | [('u', 'update', None, |
|
6755 | 6757 | _('update to new branch head if changesets were unbundled'))], |
|
6756 | 6758 | _('[-u] FILE...')) |
|
6757 | 6759 | def unbundle(ui, repo, fname1, *fnames, **opts): |
|
6758 | 6760 | """apply one or more changegroup files |
|
6759 | 6761 | |
|
6760 | 6762 | Apply one or more compressed changegroup files generated by the |
|
6761 | 6763 | bundle command. |
|
6762 | 6764 | |
|
6763 | 6765 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if an update has unresolved files. |
|
6764 | 6766 | """ |
|
6765 | 6767 | fnames = (fname1,) + fnames |
|
6766 | 6768 | |
|
6767 | 6769 | lock = repo.lock() |
|
6768 | 6770 | try: |
|
6769 | 6771 | for fname in fnames: |
|
6770 | 6772 | f = hg.openpath(ui, fname) |
|
6771 | 6773 | gen = exchange.readbundle(ui, f, fname) |
|
6772 | 6774 | if isinstance(gen, bundle2.unbundle20): |
|
6773 | 6775 | tr = repo.transaction('unbundle') |
|
6774 | 6776 | try: |
|
6775 | 6777 | op = bundle2.applybundle(repo, gen, tr, source='unbundle', |
|
6776 | 6778 | url='bundle:' + fname) |
|
6777 | 6779 | tr.close() |
|
6778 | 6780 | except error.BundleUnknownFeatureError as exc: |
|
6779 | 6781 | raise error.Abort(_('%s: unknown bundle feature, %s') |
|
6780 | 6782 | % (fname, exc), |
|
6781 | 6783 | hint=_("see https://mercurial-scm.org/" |
|
6782 | 6784 | "wiki/BundleFeature for more " |
|
6783 | 6785 | "information")) |
|
6784 | 6786 | finally: |
|
6785 | 6787 | if tr: |
|
6786 | 6788 | tr.release() |
|
6787 | 6789 | changes = [r.get('return', 0) |
|
6788 | 6790 | for r in op.records['changegroup']] |
|
6789 | 6791 | modheads = changegroup.combineresults(changes) |
|
6790 | 6792 | elif isinstance(gen, streamclone.streamcloneapplier): |
|
6791 | 6793 | raise error.Abort( |
|
6792 | 6794 | _('packed bundles cannot be applied with ' |
|
6793 | 6795 | '"hg unbundle"'), |
|
6794 | 6796 | hint=_('use "hg debugapplystreamclonebundle"')) |
|
6795 | 6797 | else: |
|
6796 | 6798 | modheads = gen.apply(repo, 'unbundle', 'bundle:' + fname) |
|
6797 | 6799 | finally: |
|
6798 | 6800 | lock.release() |
|
6799 | 6801 | |
|
6800 | 6802 | return postincoming(ui, repo, modheads, opts.get('update'), None) |
|
6801 | 6803 | |
|
6802 | 6804 | @command('^update|up|checkout|co', |
|
6803 | 6805 | [('C', 'clean', None, _('discard uncommitted changes (no backup)')), |
|
6804 | 6806 | ('c', 'check', None, |
|
6805 | 6807 | _('update across branches if no uncommitted changes')), |
|
6806 | 6808 | ('d', 'date', '', _('tipmost revision matching date'), _('DATE')), |
|
6807 | 6809 | ('r', 'rev', '', _('revision'), _('REV')) |
|
6808 | 6810 | ] + mergetoolopts, |
|
6809 | 6811 | _('[-c] [-C] [-d DATE] [[-r] REV]')) |
|
6810 | 6812 | def update(ui, repo, node=None, rev=None, clean=False, date=None, check=False, |
|
6811 | 6813 | tool=None): |
|
6812 | 6814 | """update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
6813 | 6815 | |
|
6814 | 6816 | Update the repository's working directory to the specified |
|
6815 | 6817 | changeset. If no changeset is specified, update to the tip of the |
|
6816 | 6818 | current named branch and move the active bookmark (see :hg:`help |
|
6817 | 6819 | bookmarks`). |
|
6818 | 6820 | |
|
6819 | 6821 | Update sets the working directory's parent revision to the specified |
|
6820 | 6822 | changeset (see :hg:`help parents`). |
|
6821 | 6823 | |
|
6822 | 6824 | If the changeset is not a descendant or ancestor of the working |
|
6823 | 6825 | directory's parent, the update is aborted. With the -c/--check |
|
6824 | 6826 | option, the working directory is checked for uncommitted changes; if |
|
6825 | 6827 | none are found, the working directory is updated to the specified |
|
6826 | 6828 | changeset. |
|
6827 | 6829 | |
|
6828 | 6830 | .. container:: verbose |
|
6829 | 6831 | |
|
6830 | 6832 | The following rules apply when the working directory contains |
|
6831 | 6833 | uncommitted changes: |
|
6832 | 6834 | |
|
6833 | 6835 | 1. If neither -c/--check nor -C/--clean is specified, and if |
|
6834 | 6836 | the requested changeset is an ancestor or descendant of |
|
6835 | 6837 | the working directory's parent, the uncommitted changes |
|
6836 | 6838 | are merged into the requested changeset and the merged |
|
6837 | 6839 | result is left uncommitted. If the requested changeset is |
|
6838 | 6840 | not an ancestor or descendant (that is, it is on another |
|
6839 | 6841 | branch), the update is aborted and the uncommitted changes |
|
6840 | 6842 | are preserved. |
|
6841 | 6843 | |
|
6842 | 6844 | 2. With the -c/--check option, the update is aborted and the |
|
6843 | 6845 | uncommitted changes are preserved. |
|
6844 | 6846 | |
|
6845 | 6847 | 3. With the -C/--clean option, uncommitted changes are discarded and |
|
6846 | 6848 | the working directory is updated to the requested changeset. |
|
6847 | 6849 | |
|
6848 | 6850 | To cancel an uncommitted merge (and lose your changes), use |
|
6849 | 6851 | :hg:`update --clean .`. |
|
6850 | 6852 | |
|
6851 | 6853 | Use null as the changeset to remove the working directory (like |
|
6852 | 6854 | :hg:`clone -U`). |
|
6853 | 6855 | |
|
6854 | 6856 | If you want to revert just one file to an older revision, use |
|
6855 | 6857 | :hg:`revert [-r REV] NAME`. |
|
6856 | 6858 | |
|
6857 | 6859 | See :hg:`help dates` for a list of formats valid for -d/--date. |
|
6858 | 6860 | |
|
6859 | 6861 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if there are unresolved files. |
|
6860 | 6862 | """ |
|
6861 | 6863 | movemarkfrom = None |
|
6862 | 6864 | if rev and node: |
|
6863 | 6865 | raise error.Abort(_("please specify just one revision")) |
|
6864 | 6866 | |
|
6865 | 6867 | if rev is None or rev == '': |
|
6866 | 6868 | rev = node |
|
6867 | 6869 | |
|
6868 | 6870 | wlock = repo.wlock() |
|
6869 | 6871 | try: |
|
6870 | 6872 | cmdutil.clearunfinished(repo) |
|
6871 | 6873 | |
|
6872 | 6874 | if date: |
|
6873 | 6875 | if rev is not None: |
|
6874 | 6876 | raise error.Abort(_("you can't specify a revision and a date")) |
|
6875 | 6877 | rev = cmdutil.finddate(ui, repo, date) |
|
6876 | 6878 | |
|
6877 | 6879 | # if we defined a bookmark, we have to remember the original name |
|
6878 | 6880 | brev = rev |
|
6879 | 6881 | rev = scmutil.revsingle(repo, rev, rev).rev() |
|
6880 | 6882 | |
|
6881 | 6883 | if check and clean: |
|
6882 | 6884 | raise error.Abort(_("cannot specify both -c/--check and -C/--clean") |
|
6883 | 6885 | ) |
|
6884 | 6886 | |
|
6885 | 6887 | if check: |
|
6886 | 6888 | cmdutil.bailifchanged(repo, merge=False) |
|
6887 | 6889 | if rev is None: |
|
6888 | 6890 | updata = destutil.destupdate(repo, clean=clean, check=check) |
|
6889 | 6891 | rev, movemarkfrom, brev = updata |
|
6890 | 6892 | |
|
6891 | 6893 | repo.ui.setconfig('ui', 'forcemerge', tool, 'update') |
|
6892 | 6894 | |
|
6893 | 6895 | if clean: |
|
6894 | 6896 | ret = hg.clean(repo, rev) |
|
6895 | 6897 | else: |
|
6896 | 6898 | ret = hg.update(repo, rev) |
|
6897 | 6899 | |
|
6898 | 6900 | if not ret and movemarkfrom: |
|
6899 | 6901 | if movemarkfrom == repo['.'].node(): |
|
6900 | 6902 | pass # no-op update |
|
6901 | 6903 | elif bookmarks.update(repo, [movemarkfrom], repo['.'].node()): |
|
6902 | 6904 | ui.status(_("updating bookmark %s\n") % repo._activebookmark) |
|
6903 | 6905 | else: |
|
6904 | 6906 | # this can happen with a non-linear update |
|
6905 | 6907 | ui.status(_("(leaving bookmark %s)\n") % |
|
6906 | 6908 | repo._activebookmark) |
|
6907 | 6909 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) |
|
6908 | 6910 | elif brev in repo._bookmarks: |
|
6909 | 6911 | bookmarks.activate(repo, brev) |
|
6910 | 6912 | ui.status(_("(activating bookmark %s)\n") % brev) |
|
6911 | 6913 | elif brev: |
|
6912 | 6914 | if repo._activebookmark: |
|
6913 | 6915 | ui.status(_("(leaving bookmark %s)\n") % |
|
6914 | 6916 | repo._activebookmark) |
|
6915 | 6917 | bookmarks.deactivate(repo) |
|
6916 | 6918 | finally: |
|
6917 | 6919 | wlock.release() |
|
6918 | 6920 | |
|
6919 | 6921 | return ret |
|
6920 | 6922 | |
|
6921 | 6923 | @command('verify', []) |
|
6922 | 6924 | def verify(ui, repo): |
|
6923 | 6925 | """verify the integrity of the repository |
|
6924 | 6926 | |
|
6925 | 6927 | Verify the integrity of the current repository. |
|
6926 | 6928 | |
|
6927 | 6929 | This will perform an extensive check of the repository's |
|
6928 | 6930 | integrity, validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in |
|
6929 | 6931 | the changelog, manifest, and tracked files, as well as the |
|
6930 | 6932 | integrity of their crosslinks and indices. |
|
6931 | 6933 | |
|
6932 | 6934 | Please see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/RepositoryCorruption |
|
6933 | 6935 | for more information about recovery from corruption of the |
|
6934 | 6936 | repository. |
|
6935 | 6937 | |
|
6936 | 6938 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
|
6937 | 6939 | """ |
|
6938 | 6940 | return hg.verify(repo) |
|
6939 | 6941 | |
|
6940 | 6942 | @command('version', [], norepo=True) |
|
6941 | 6943 | def version_(ui): |
|
6942 | 6944 | """output version and copyright information""" |
|
6943 | 6945 | ui.write(_("Mercurial Distributed SCM (version %s)\n") |
|
6944 | 6946 | % util.version()) |
|
6945 | 6947 | ui.status(_( |
|
6946 | 6948 | "(see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information)\n" |
|
6947 | 6949 | "\nCopyright (C) 2005-2015 Matt Mackall and others\n" |
|
6948 | 6950 | "This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. " |
|
6949 | 6951 | "There is NO\nwarranty; " |
|
6950 | 6952 | "not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.\n" |
|
6951 | 6953 | )) |
|
6952 | 6954 | |
|
6953 | 6955 | ui.note(_("\nEnabled extensions:\n\n")) |
|
6954 | 6956 | if ui.verbose: |
|
6955 | 6957 | # format names and versions into columns |
|
6956 | 6958 | names = [] |
|
6957 | 6959 | vers = [] |
|
6958 | 6960 | for name, module in extensions.extensions(): |
|
6959 | 6961 | names.append(name) |
|
6960 | 6962 | vers.append(extensions.moduleversion(module)) |
|
6961 | 6963 | if names: |
|
6962 | 6964 | maxnamelen = max(len(n) for n in names) |
|
6963 | 6965 | for i, name in enumerate(names): |
|
6964 | 6966 | ui.write(" %-*s %s\n" % (maxnamelen, name, vers[i])) |
@@ -1,1901 +1,1915 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | The Mercurial system uses a set of configuration files to control |
|
2 | 2 | aspects of its behavior. |
|
3 | 3 | |
|
4 | 4 | Troubleshooting |
|
5 | 5 | =============== |
|
6 | 6 | |
|
7 | 7 | If you're having problems with your configuration, |
|
8 | 8 | :hg:`config --debug` can help you understand what is introducing |
|
9 | 9 | a setting into your environment. |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | See :hg:`help config.syntax` and :hg:`help config.files` |
|
12 | 12 | for information about how and where to override things. |
|
13 | 13 | |
|
14 | 14 | Format |
|
15 | 15 | ====== |
|
16 | 16 | |
|
17 | 17 | The configuration files use a simple ini-file format. A configuration |
|
18 | 18 | file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header and followed |
|
19 | 19 | by ``name = value`` entries:: |
|
20 | 20 | |
|
21 | 21 | [ui] |
|
22 | 22 | username = Firstname Lastname <firstname.lastname@example.net> |
|
23 | 23 | verbose = True |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | The above entries will be referred to as ``ui.username`` and |
|
26 | 26 | ``ui.verbose``, respectively. See :hg:`help config.syntax`. |
|
27 | 27 | |
|
28 | 28 | Files |
|
29 | 29 | ===== |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | Mercurial reads configuration data from several files, if they exist. |
|
32 | 32 | These files do not exist by default and you will have to create the |
|
33 | 33 | appropriate configuration files yourself: global configuration like |
|
34 | 34 | the username setting is typically put into |
|
35 | 35 | ``%USERPROFILE%\mercurial.ini`` or ``$HOME/.hgrc`` and local |
|
36 | 36 | configuration is put into the per-repository ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` file. |
|
37 | 37 | |
|
38 | 38 | The names of these files depend on the system on which Mercurial is |
|
39 | 39 | installed. ``*.rc`` files from a single directory are read in |
|
40 | 40 | alphabetical order, later ones overriding earlier ones. Where multiple |
|
41 | 41 | paths are given below, settings from earlier paths override later |
|
42 | 42 | ones. |
|
43 | 43 | |
|
44 | 44 | .. container:: verbose.unix |
|
45 | 45 | |
|
46 | 46 | On Unix, the following files are consulted: |
|
47 | 47 | |
|
48 | 48 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
49 | 49 | - ``$HOME/.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
50 | 50 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
51 | 51 | - ``<install-root>/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
52 | 52 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
53 | 53 | - ``/etc/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
54 | 54 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
55 | 55 | |
|
56 | 56 | .. container:: verbose.windows |
|
57 | 57 | |
|
58 | 58 | On Windows, the following files are consulted: |
|
59 | 59 | |
|
60 | 60 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
61 | 61 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
62 | 62 | - ``%USERPROFILE%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
63 | 63 | - ``%HOME%\.hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
64 | 64 | - ``%HOME%\Mercurial.ini`` (per-user) |
|
65 | 65 | - ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Mercurial`` (per-installation) |
|
66 | 66 | - ``<install-dir>\hgrc.d\*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
67 | 67 | - ``<install-dir>\Mercurial.ini`` (per-installation) |
|
68 | 68 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
69 | 69 | |
|
70 | 70 | .. note:: |
|
71 | 71 | |
|
72 | 72 | The registry key ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Wow6432Node\Mercurial`` |
|
73 | 73 | is used when running 32-bit Python on 64-bit Windows. |
|
74 | 74 | |
|
75 | 75 | .. container:: verbose.plan9 |
|
76 | 76 | |
|
77 | 77 | On Plan9, the following files are consulted: |
|
78 | 78 | |
|
79 | 79 | - ``<repo>/.hg/hgrc`` (per-repository) |
|
80 | 80 | - ``$home/lib/hgrc`` (per-user) |
|
81 | 81 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-installation) |
|
82 | 82 | - ``<install-root>/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-installation) |
|
83 | 83 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc`` (per-system) |
|
84 | 84 | - ``/lib/mercurial/hgrc.d/*.rc`` (per-system) |
|
85 | 85 | - ``<internal>/default.d/*.rc`` (defaults) |
|
86 | 86 | |
|
87 | 87 | Per-repository configuration options only apply in a |
|
88 | 88 | particular repository. This file is not version-controlled, and |
|
89 | 89 | will not get transferred during a "clone" operation. Options in |
|
90 | 90 | this file override options in all other configuration files. On |
|
91 | 91 | Plan 9 and Unix, most of this file will be ignored if it doesn't |
|
92 | 92 | belong to a trusted user or to a trusted group. See |
|
93 | 93 | :hg:`help config.trusted` for more details. |
|
94 | 94 | |
|
95 | 95 | Per-user configuration file(s) are for the user running Mercurial. On |
|
96 | 96 | Windows 9x, ``%HOME%`` is replaced by ``%APPDATA%``. Options in these |
|
97 | 97 | files apply to all Mercurial commands executed by this user in any |
|
98 | 98 | directory. Options in these files override per-system and per-installation |
|
99 | 99 | options. |
|
100 | 100 | |
|
101 | 101 | Per-installation configuration files are searched for in the |
|
102 | 102 | directory where Mercurial is installed. ``<install-root>`` is the |
|
103 | 103 | parent directory of the **hg** executable (or symlink) being run. For |
|
104 | 104 | example, if installed in ``/shared/tools/bin/hg``, Mercurial will look |
|
105 | 105 | in ``/shared/tools/etc/mercurial/hgrc``. Options in these files apply |
|
106 | 106 | to all Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. |
|
107 | 107 | |
|
108 | 108 | Per-installation configuration files are for the system on |
|
109 | 109 | which Mercurial is running. Options in these files apply to all |
|
110 | 110 | Mercurial commands executed by any user in any directory. Registry |
|
111 | 111 | keys contain PATH-like strings, every part of which must reference |
|
112 | 112 | a ``Mercurial.ini`` file or be a directory where ``*.rc`` files will |
|
113 | 113 | be read. Mercurial checks each of these locations in the specified |
|
114 | 114 | order until one or more configuration files are detected. |
|
115 | 115 | |
|
116 | 116 | Per-system configuration files are for the system on which Mercurial |
|
117 | 117 | is running. Options in these files apply to all Mercurial commands |
|
118 | 118 | executed by any user in any directory. Options in these files |
|
119 | 119 | override per-installation options. |
|
120 | 120 | |
|
121 | 121 | Mercurial comes with some default configuration. The default configuration |
|
122 | 122 | files are installed with Mercurial and will be overwritten on upgrades. Default |
|
123 | 123 | configuration files should never be edited by users or administrators but can |
|
124 | 124 | be overridden in other configuration files. So far the directory only contains |
|
125 | 125 | merge tool configuration but packagers can also put other default configuration |
|
126 | 126 | there. |
|
127 | 127 | |
|
128 | 128 | Syntax |
|
129 | 129 | ====== |
|
130 | 130 | |
|
131 | 131 | A configuration file consists of sections, led by a ``[section]`` header |
|
132 | 132 | and followed by ``name = value`` entries (sometimes called |
|
133 | 133 | ``configuration keys``):: |
|
134 | 134 | |
|
135 | 135 | [spam] |
|
136 | 136 | eggs=ham |
|
137 | 137 | green= |
|
138 | 138 | eggs |
|
139 | 139 | |
|
140 | 140 | Each line contains one entry. If the lines that follow are indented, |
|
141 | 141 | they are treated as continuations of that entry. Leading whitespace is |
|
142 | 142 | removed from values. Empty lines are skipped. Lines beginning with |
|
143 | 143 | ``#`` or ``;`` are ignored and may be used to provide comments. |
|
144 | 144 | |
|
145 | 145 | Configuration keys can be set multiple times, in which case Mercurial |
|
146 | 146 | will use the value that was configured last. As an example:: |
|
147 | 147 | |
|
148 | 148 | [spam] |
|
149 | 149 | eggs=large |
|
150 | 150 | ham=serrano |
|
151 | 151 | eggs=small |
|
152 | 152 | |
|
153 | 153 | This would set the configuration key named ``eggs`` to ``small``. |
|
154 | 154 | |
|
155 | 155 | It is also possible to define a section multiple times. A section can |
|
156 | 156 | be redefined on the same and/or on different configuration files. For |
|
157 | 157 | example:: |
|
158 | 158 | |
|
159 | 159 | [foo] |
|
160 | 160 | eggs=large |
|
161 | 161 | ham=serrano |
|
162 | 162 | eggs=small |
|
163 | 163 | |
|
164 | 164 | [bar] |
|
165 | 165 | eggs=ham |
|
166 | 166 | green= |
|
167 | 167 | eggs |
|
168 | 168 | |
|
169 | 169 | [foo] |
|
170 | 170 | ham=prosciutto |
|
171 | 171 | eggs=medium |
|
172 | 172 | bread=toasted |
|
173 | 173 | |
|
174 | 174 | This would set the ``eggs``, ``ham``, and ``bread`` configuration keys |
|
175 | 175 | of the ``foo`` section to ``medium``, ``prosciutto``, and ``toasted``, |
|
176 | 176 | respectively. As you can see there only thing that matters is the last |
|
177 | 177 | value that was set for each of the configuration keys. |
|
178 | 178 | |
|
179 | 179 | If a configuration key is set multiple times in different |
|
180 | 180 | configuration files the final value will depend on the order in which |
|
181 | 181 | the different configuration files are read, with settings from earlier |
|
182 | 182 | paths overriding later ones as described on the ``Files`` section |
|
183 | 183 | above. |
|
184 | 184 | |
|
185 | 185 | A line of the form ``%include file`` will include ``file`` into the |
|
186 | 186 | current configuration file. The inclusion is recursive, which means |
|
187 | 187 | that included files can include other files. Filenames are relative to |
|
188 | 188 | the configuration file in which the ``%include`` directive is found. |
|
189 | 189 | Environment variables and ``~user`` constructs are expanded in |
|
190 | 190 | ``file``. This lets you do something like:: |
|
191 | 191 | |
|
192 | 192 | %include ~/.hgrc.d/$HOST.rc |
|
193 | 193 | |
|
194 | 194 | to include a different configuration file on each computer you use. |
|
195 | 195 | |
|
196 | 196 | A line with ``%unset name`` will remove ``name`` from the current |
|
197 | 197 | section, if it has been set previously. |
|
198 | 198 | |
|
199 | 199 | The values are either free-form text strings, lists of text strings, |
|
200 | 200 | or Boolean values. Boolean values can be set to true using any of "1", |
|
201 | 201 | "yes", "true", or "on" and to false using "0", "no", "false", or "off" |
|
202 | 202 | (all case insensitive). |
|
203 | 203 | |
|
204 | 204 | List values are separated by whitespace or comma, except when values are |
|
205 | 205 | placed in double quotation marks:: |
|
206 | 206 | |
|
207 | 207 | allow_read = "John Doe, PhD", brian, betty |
|
208 | 208 | |
|
209 | 209 | Quotation marks can be escaped by prefixing them with a backslash. Only |
|
210 | 210 | quotation marks at the beginning of a word is counted as a quotation |
|
211 | 211 | (e.g., ``foo"bar baz`` is the list of ``foo"bar`` and ``baz``). |
|
212 | 212 | |
|
213 | 213 | Sections |
|
214 | 214 | ======== |
|
215 | 215 | |
|
216 | 216 | This section describes the different sections that may appear in a |
|
217 | 217 | Mercurial configuration file, the purpose of each section, its possible |
|
218 | 218 | keys, and their possible values. |
|
219 | 219 | |
|
220 | 220 | ``alias`` |
|
221 | 221 | --------- |
|
222 | 222 | |
|
223 | 223 | Defines command aliases. |
|
224 | 224 | |
|
225 | 225 | Aliases allow you to define your own commands in terms of other |
|
226 | 226 | commands (or aliases), optionally including arguments. Positional |
|
227 | 227 | arguments in the form of ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
228 | 228 | are expanded by Mercurial before execution. Positional arguments not |
|
229 | 229 | already used by ``$N`` in the definition are put at the end of the |
|
230 | 230 | command to be executed. |
|
231 | 231 | |
|
232 | 232 | Alias definitions consist of lines of the form:: |
|
233 | 233 | |
|
234 | 234 | <alias> = <command> [<argument>]... |
|
235 | 235 | |
|
236 | 236 | For example, this definition:: |
|
237 | 237 | |
|
238 | 238 | latest = log --limit 5 |
|
239 | 239 | |
|
240 | 240 | creates a new command ``latest`` that shows only the five most recent |
|
241 | 241 | changesets. You can define subsequent aliases using earlier ones:: |
|
242 | 242 | |
|
243 | 243 | stable5 = latest -b stable |
|
244 | 244 | |
|
245 | 245 | .. note:: |
|
246 | 246 | |
|
247 | 247 | It is possible to create aliases with the same names as |
|
248 | 248 | existing commands, which will then override the original |
|
249 | 249 | definitions. This is almost always a bad idea! |
|
250 | 250 | |
|
251 | 251 | An alias can start with an exclamation point (``!``) to make it a |
|
252 | 252 | shell alias. A shell alias is executed with the shell and will let you |
|
253 | 253 | run arbitrary commands. As an example, :: |
|
254 | 254 | |
|
255 | 255 | echo = !echo $@ |
|
256 | 256 | |
|
257 | 257 | will let you do ``hg echo foo`` to have ``foo`` printed in your |
|
258 | 258 | terminal. A better example might be:: |
|
259 | 259 | |
|
260 | 260 | purge = !$HG status --no-status --unknown -0 | xargs -0 rm |
|
261 | 261 | |
|
262 | 262 | which will make ``hg purge`` delete all unknown files in the |
|
263 | 263 | repository in the same manner as the purge extension. |
|
264 | 264 | |
|
265 | 265 | Positional arguments like ``$1``, ``$2``, etc. in the alias definition |
|
266 | 266 | expand to the command arguments. Unmatched arguments are |
|
267 | 267 | removed. ``$0`` expands to the alias name and ``$@`` expands to all |
|
268 | 268 | arguments separated by a space. ``"$@"`` (with quotes) expands to all |
|
269 | 269 | arguments quoted individually and separated by a space. These expansions |
|
270 | 270 | happen before the command is passed to the shell. |
|
271 | 271 | |
|
272 | 272 | Shell aliases are executed in an environment where ``$HG`` expands to |
|
273 | 273 | the path of the Mercurial that was used to execute the alias. This is |
|
274 | 274 | useful when you want to call further Mercurial commands in a shell |
|
275 | 275 | alias, as was done above for the purge alias. In addition, |
|
276 | 276 | ``$HG_ARGS`` expands to the arguments given to Mercurial. In the ``hg |
|
277 | 277 | echo foo`` call above, ``$HG_ARGS`` would expand to ``echo foo``. |
|
278 | 278 | |
|
279 | 279 | .. note:: |
|
280 | 280 | |
|
281 | 281 | Some global configuration options such as ``-R`` are |
|
282 | 282 | processed before shell aliases and will thus not be passed to |
|
283 | 283 | aliases. |
|
284 | 284 | |
|
285 | 285 | |
|
286 | 286 | ``annotate`` |
|
287 | 287 | ------------ |
|
288 | 288 | |
|
289 | 289 | Settings used when displaying file annotations. All values are |
|
290 | 290 | Booleans and default to False. See :hg:`help config.diff` for |
|
291 | 291 | related options for the diff command. |
|
292 | 292 | |
|
293 | 293 | ``ignorews`` |
|
294 | 294 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
295 | 295 | |
|
296 | 296 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
297 | 297 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
298 | 298 | |
|
299 | 299 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
300 | 300 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
301 | 301 | |
|
302 | 302 | |
|
303 | 303 | ``auth`` |
|
304 | 304 | -------- |
|
305 | 305 | |
|
306 | 306 | Authentication credentials for HTTP authentication. This section |
|
307 | 307 | allows you to store usernames and passwords for use when logging |
|
308 | 308 | *into* HTTP servers. See :hg:`help config.web` if |
|
309 | 309 | you want to configure *who* can login to your HTTP server. |
|
310 | 310 | |
|
311 | 311 | Each line has the following format:: |
|
312 | 312 | |
|
313 | 313 | <name>.<argument> = <value> |
|
314 | 314 | |
|
315 | 315 | where ``<name>`` is used to group arguments into authentication |
|
316 | 316 | entries. Example:: |
|
317 | 317 | |
|
318 | 318 | foo.prefix = hg.intevation.org/mercurial |
|
319 | 319 | foo.username = foo |
|
320 | 320 | foo.password = bar |
|
321 | 321 | foo.schemes = http https |
|
322 | 322 | |
|
323 | 323 | bar.prefix = secure.example.org |
|
324 | 324 | bar.key = path/to/file.key |
|
325 | 325 | bar.cert = path/to/file.cert |
|
326 | 326 | bar.schemes = https |
|
327 | 327 | |
|
328 | 328 | Supported arguments: |
|
329 | 329 | |
|
330 | 330 | ``prefix`` |
|
331 | 331 | Either ``*`` or a URI prefix with or without the scheme part. |
|
332 | 332 | The authentication entry with the longest matching prefix is used |
|
333 | 333 | (where ``*`` matches everything and counts as a match of length |
|
334 | 334 | 1). If the prefix doesn't include a scheme, the match is performed |
|
335 | 335 | against the URI with its scheme stripped as well, and the schemes |
|
336 | 336 | argument, q.v., is then subsequently consulted. |
|
337 | 337 | |
|
338 | 338 | ``username`` |
|
339 | 339 | Optional. Username to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
340 | 340 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user will |
|
341 | 341 | be prompted for it. Environment variables are expanded in the |
|
342 | 342 | username letting you do ``foo.username = $USER``. If the URI |
|
343 | 343 | includes a username, only ``[auth]`` entries with a matching |
|
344 | 344 | username or without a username will be considered. |
|
345 | 345 | |
|
346 | 346 | ``password`` |
|
347 | 347 | Optional. Password to authenticate with. If not given, and the |
|
348 | 348 | remote site requires basic or digest authentication, the user |
|
349 | 349 | will be prompted for it. |
|
350 | 350 | |
|
351 | 351 | ``key`` |
|
352 | 352 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate key file. Environment |
|
353 | 353 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
354 | 354 | |
|
355 | 355 | ``cert`` |
|
356 | 356 | Optional. PEM encoded client certificate chain file. Environment |
|
357 | 357 | variables are expanded in the filename. |
|
358 | 358 | |
|
359 | 359 | ``schemes`` |
|
360 | 360 | Optional. Space separated list of URI schemes to use this |
|
361 | 361 | authentication entry with. Only used if the prefix doesn't include |
|
362 | 362 | a scheme. Supported schemes are http and https. They will match |
|
363 | 363 | static-http and static-https respectively, as well. |
|
364 | 364 | (default: https) |
|
365 | 365 | |
|
366 | 366 | If no suitable authentication entry is found, the user is prompted |
|
367 | 367 | for credentials as usual if required by the remote. |
|
368 | 368 | |
|
369 | 369 | |
|
370 | 370 | ``committemplate`` |
|
371 | 371 | ------------------ |
|
372 | 372 | |
|
373 | 373 | ``changeset`` |
|
374 | 374 | String: configuration in this section is used as the template to |
|
375 | 375 | customize the text shown in the editor when committing. |
|
376 | 376 | |
|
377 | 377 | In addition to pre-defined template keywords, commit log specific one |
|
378 | 378 | below can be used for customization: |
|
379 | 379 | |
|
380 | 380 | ``extramsg`` |
|
381 | 381 | String: Extra message (typically 'Leave message empty to abort |
|
382 | 382 | commit.'). This may be changed by some commands or extensions. |
|
383 | 383 | |
|
384 | 384 | For example, the template configuration below shows as same text as |
|
385 | 385 | one shown by default:: |
|
386 | 386 | |
|
387 | 387 | [committemplate] |
|
388 | 388 | changeset = {desc}\n\n |
|
389 | 389 | HG: Enter commit message. Lines beginning with 'HG:' are removed. |
|
390 | 390 | HG: {extramsg} |
|
391 | 391 | HG: -- |
|
392 | 392 | HG: user: {author}\n{ifeq(p2rev, "-1", "", |
|
393 | 393 | "HG: branch merge\n") |
|
394 | 394 | }HG: branch '{branch}'\n{if(activebookmark, |
|
395 | 395 | "HG: bookmark '{activebookmark}'\n") }{subrepos % |
|
396 | 396 | "HG: subrepo {subrepo}\n" }{file_adds % |
|
397 | 397 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
398 | 398 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
399 | 399 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
400 | 400 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
401 | 401 | |
|
402 | 402 | .. note:: |
|
403 | 403 | |
|
404 | 404 | For some problematic encodings (see :hg:`help win32mbcs` for |
|
405 | 405 | detail), this customization should be configured carefully, to |
|
406 | 406 | avoid showing broken characters. |
|
407 | 407 | |
|
408 | 408 | For example, if a multibyte character ending with backslash (0x5c) is |
|
409 | 409 | followed by the ASCII character 'n' in the customized template, |
|
410 | 410 | the sequence of backslash and 'n' is treated as line-feed unexpectedly |
|
411 | 411 | (and the multibyte character is broken, too). |
|
412 | 412 | |
|
413 | 413 | Customized template is used for commands below (``--edit`` may be |
|
414 | 414 | required): |
|
415 | 415 | |
|
416 | 416 | - :hg:`backout` |
|
417 | 417 | - :hg:`commit` |
|
418 | 418 | - :hg:`fetch` (for merge commit only) |
|
419 | 419 | - :hg:`graft` |
|
420 | 420 | - :hg:`histedit` |
|
421 | 421 | - :hg:`import` |
|
422 | 422 | - :hg:`qfold`, :hg:`qnew` and :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
423 | 423 | - :hg:`rebase` |
|
424 | 424 | - :hg:`shelve` |
|
425 | 425 | - :hg:`sign` |
|
426 | 426 | - :hg:`tag` |
|
427 | 427 | - :hg:`transplant` |
|
428 | 428 | |
|
429 | 429 | Configuring items below instead of ``changeset`` allows showing |
|
430 | 430 | customized message only for specific actions, or showing different |
|
431 | 431 | messages for each action. |
|
432 | 432 | |
|
433 | 433 | - ``changeset.backout`` for :hg:`backout` |
|
434 | 434 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.merge`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on merges |
|
435 | 435 | - ``changeset.commit.amend.normal`` for :hg:`commit --amend` on other |
|
436 | 436 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.merge`` for :hg:`commit` on merges |
|
437 | 437 | - ``changeset.commit.normal.normal`` for :hg:`commit` on other |
|
438 | 438 | - ``changeset.fetch`` for :hg:`fetch` (impling merge commit) |
|
439 | 439 | - ``changeset.gpg.sign`` for :hg:`sign` |
|
440 | 440 | - ``changeset.graft`` for :hg:`graft` |
|
441 | 441 | - ``changeset.histedit.edit`` for ``edit`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
442 | 442 | - ``changeset.histedit.fold`` for ``fold`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
443 | 443 | - ``changeset.histedit.mess`` for ``mess`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
444 | 444 | - ``changeset.histedit.pick`` for ``pick`` of :hg:`histedit` |
|
445 | 445 | - ``changeset.import.bypass`` for :hg:`import --bypass` |
|
446 | 446 | - ``changeset.import.normal.merge`` for :hg:`import` on merges |
|
447 | 447 | - ``changeset.import.normal.normal`` for :hg:`import` on other |
|
448 | 448 | - ``changeset.mq.qnew`` for :hg:`qnew` |
|
449 | 449 | - ``changeset.mq.qfold`` for :hg:`qfold` |
|
450 | 450 | - ``changeset.mq.qrefresh`` for :hg:`qrefresh` |
|
451 | 451 | - ``changeset.rebase.collapse`` for :hg:`rebase --collapse` |
|
452 | 452 | - ``changeset.rebase.merge`` for :hg:`rebase` on merges |
|
453 | 453 | - ``changeset.rebase.normal`` for :hg:`rebase` on other |
|
454 | 454 | - ``changeset.shelve.shelve`` for :hg:`shelve` |
|
455 | 455 | - ``changeset.tag.add`` for :hg:`tag` without ``--remove`` |
|
456 | 456 | - ``changeset.tag.remove`` for :hg:`tag --remove` |
|
457 | 457 | - ``changeset.transplant.merge`` for :hg:`transplant` on merges |
|
458 | 458 | - ``changeset.transplant.normal`` for :hg:`transplant` on other |
|
459 | 459 | |
|
460 | 460 | These dot-separated lists of names are treated as hierarchical ones. |
|
461 | 461 | For example, ``changeset.tag.remove`` customizes the commit message |
|
462 | 462 | only for :hg:`tag --remove`, but ``changeset.tag`` customizes the |
|
463 | 463 | commit message for :hg:`tag` regardless of ``--remove`` option. |
|
464 | 464 | |
|
465 | 465 | When the external editor is invoked for a commit, the corresponding |
|
466 | 466 | dot-separated list of names without the ``changeset.`` prefix |
|
467 | 467 | (e.g. ``commit.normal.normal``) is in the ``HGEDITFORM`` environment |
|
468 | 468 | variable. |
|
469 | 469 | |
|
470 | 470 | In this section, items other than ``changeset`` can be referred from |
|
471 | 471 | others. For example, the configuration to list committed files up |
|
472 | 472 | below can be referred as ``{listupfiles}``:: |
|
473 | 473 | |
|
474 | 474 | [committemplate] |
|
475 | 475 | listupfiles = {file_adds % |
|
476 | 476 | "HG: added {file}\n" }{file_mods % |
|
477 | 477 | "HG: changed {file}\n" }{file_dels % |
|
478 | 478 | "HG: removed {file}\n" }{if(files, "", |
|
479 | 479 | "HG: no files changed\n")} |
|
480 | 480 | |
|
481 | 481 | ``decode/encode`` |
|
482 | 482 | ----------------- |
|
483 | 483 | |
|
484 | 484 | Filters for transforming files on checkout/checkin. This would |
|
485 | 485 | typically be used for newline processing or other |
|
486 | 486 | localization/canonicalization of files. |
|
487 | 487 | |
|
488 | 488 | Filters consist of a filter pattern followed by a filter command. |
|
489 | 489 | Filter patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository root. |
|
490 | 490 | For example, to match any file ending in ``.txt`` in the root |
|
491 | 491 | directory only, use the pattern ``*.txt``. To match any file ending |
|
492 | 492 | in ``.c`` anywhere in the repository, use the pattern ``**.c``. |
|
493 | 493 | For each file only the first matching filter applies. |
|
494 | 494 | |
|
495 | 495 | The filter command can start with a specifier, either ``pipe:`` or |
|
496 | 496 | ``tempfile:``. If no specifier is given, ``pipe:`` is used by default. |
|
497 | 497 | |
|
498 | 498 | A ``pipe:`` command must accept data on stdin and return the transformed |
|
499 | 499 | data on stdout. |
|
500 | 500 | |
|
501 | 501 | Pipe example:: |
|
502 | 502 | |
|
503 | 503 | [encode] |
|
504 | 504 | # uncompress gzip files on checkin to improve delta compression |
|
505 | 505 | # note: not necessarily a good idea, just an example |
|
506 | 506 | *.gz = pipe: gunzip |
|
507 | 507 | |
|
508 | 508 | [decode] |
|
509 | 509 | # recompress gzip files when writing them to the working dir (we |
|
510 | 510 | # can safely omit "pipe:", because it's the default) |
|
511 | 511 | *.gz = gzip |
|
512 | 512 | |
|
513 | 513 | A ``tempfile:`` command is a template. The string ``INFILE`` is replaced |
|
514 | 514 | with the name of a temporary file that contains the data to be |
|
515 | 515 | filtered by the command. The string ``OUTFILE`` is replaced with the name |
|
516 | 516 | of an empty temporary file, where the filtered data must be written by |
|
517 | 517 | the command. |
|
518 | 518 | |
|
519 | 519 | .. note:: |
|
520 | 520 | |
|
521 | 521 | The tempfile mechanism is recommended for Windows systems, |
|
522 | 522 | where the standard shell I/O redirection operators often have |
|
523 | 523 | strange effects and may corrupt the contents of your files. |
|
524 | 524 | |
|
525 | 525 | This filter mechanism is used internally by the ``eol`` extension to |
|
526 | 526 | translate line ending characters between Windows (CRLF) and Unix (LF) |
|
527 | 527 | format. We suggest you use the ``eol`` extension for convenience. |
|
528 | 528 | |
|
529 | 529 | |
|
530 | 530 | ``defaults`` |
|
531 | 531 | ------------ |
|
532 | 532 | |
|
533 | 533 | (defaults are deprecated. Don't use them. Use aliases instead.) |
|
534 | 534 | |
|
535 | 535 | Use the ``[defaults]`` section to define command defaults, i.e. the |
|
536 | 536 | default options/arguments to pass to the specified commands. |
|
537 | 537 | |
|
538 | 538 | The following example makes :hg:`log` run in verbose mode, and |
|
539 | 539 | :hg:`status` show only the modified files, by default:: |
|
540 | 540 | |
|
541 | 541 | [defaults] |
|
542 | 542 | log = -v |
|
543 | 543 | status = -m |
|
544 | 544 | |
|
545 | 545 | The actual commands, instead of their aliases, must be used when |
|
546 | 546 | defining command defaults. The command defaults will also be applied |
|
547 | 547 | to the aliases of the commands defined. |
|
548 | 548 | |
|
549 | 549 | |
|
550 | 550 | ``diff`` |
|
551 | 551 | -------- |
|
552 | 552 | |
|
553 | 553 | Settings used when displaying diffs. Everything except for ``unified`` |
|
554 | 554 | is a Boolean and defaults to False. See :hg:`help config.annotate` |
|
555 | 555 | for related options for the annotate command. |
|
556 | 556 | |
|
557 | 557 | ``git`` |
|
558 | 558 | Use git extended diff format. |
|
559 | 559 | |
|
560 | 560 | ``nobinary`` |
|
561 | 561 | Omit git binary patches. |
|
562 | 562 | |
|
563 | 563 | ``nodates`` |
|
564 | 564 | Don't include dates in diff headers. |
|
565 | 565 | |
|
566 | 566 | ``noprefix`` |
|
567 | 567 | Omit 'a/' and 'b/' prefixes from filenames. Ignored in plain mode. |
|
568 | 568 | |
|
569 | 569 | ``showfunc`` |
|
570 | 570 | Show which function each change is in. |
|
571 | 571 | |
|
572 | 572 | ``ignorews`` |
|
573 | 573 | Ignore white space when comparing lines. |
|
574 | 574 | |
|
575 | 575 | ``ignorewsamount`` |
|
576 | 576 | Ignore changes in the amount of white space. |
|
577 | 577 | |
|
578 | 578 | ``ignoreblanklines`` |
|
579 | 579 | Ignore changes whose lines are all blank. |
|
580 | 580 | |
|
581 | 581 | ``unified`` |
|
582 | 582 | Number of lines of context to show. |
|
583 | 583 | |
|
584 | 584 | ``email`` |
|
585 | 585 | --------- |
|
586 | 586 | |
|
587 | 587 | Settings for extensions that send email messages. |
|
588 | 588 | |
|
589 | 589 | ``from`` |
|
590 | 590 | Optional. Email address to use in "From" header and SMTP envelope |
|
591 | 591 | of outgoing messages. |
|
592 | 592 | |
|
593 | 593 | ``to`` |
|
594 | 594 | Optional. Comma-separated list of recipients' email addresses. |
|
595 | 595 | |
|
596 | 596 | ``cc`` |
|
597 | 597 | Optional. Comma-separated list of carbon copy recipients' |
|
598 | 598 | email addresses. |
|
599 | 599 | |
|
600 | 600 | ``bcc`` |
|
601 | 601 | Optional. Comma-separated list of blind carbon copy recipients' |
|
602 | 602 | email addresses. |
|
603 | 603 | |
|
604 | 604 | ``method`` |
|
605 | 605 | Optional. Method to use to send email messages. If value is ``smtp`` |
|
606 | 606 | (default), use SMTP (see the ``[smtp]`` section for configuration). |
|
607 | 607 | Otherwise, use as name of program to run that acts like sendmail |
|
608 | 608 | (takes ``-f`` option for sender, list of recipients on command line, |
|
609 | 609 | message on stdin). Normally, setting this to ``sendmail`` or |
|
610 | 610 | ``/usr/sbin/sendmail`` is enough to use sendmail to send messages. |
|
611 | 611 | |
|
612 | 612 | ``charsets`` |
|
613 | 613 | Optional. Comma-separated list of character sets considered |
|
614 | 614 | convenient for recipients. Addresses, headers, and parts not |
|
615 | 615 | containing patches of outgoing messages will be encoded in the |
|
616 | 616 | first character set to which conversion from local encoding |
|
617 | 617 | (``$HGENCODING``, ``ui.fallbackencoding``) succeeds. If correct |
|
618 | 618 | conversion fails, the text in question is sent as is. |
|
619 | 619 | (default: '') |
|
620 | 620 | |
|
621 | 621 | Order of outgoing email character sets: |
|
622 | 622 | |
|
623 | 623 | 1. ``us-ascii``: always first, regardless of settings |
|
624 | 624 | 2. ``email.charsets``: in order given by user |
|
625 | 625 | 3. ``ui.fallbackencoding``: if not in email.charsets |
|
626 | 626 | 4. ``$HGENCODING``: if not in email.charsets |
|
627 | 627 | 5. ``utf-8``: always last, regardless of settings |
|
628 | 628 | |
|
629 | 629 | Email example:: |
|
630 | 630 | |
|
631 | 631 | [email] |
|
632 | 632 | from = Joseph User <joe.user@example.com> |
|
633 | 633 | method = /usr/sbin/sendmail |
|
634 | 634 | # charsets for western Europeans |
|
635 | 635 | # us-ascii, utf-8 omitted, as they are tried first and last |
|
636 | 636 | charsets = iso-8859-1, iso-8859-15, windows-1252 |
|
637 | 637 | |
|
638 | 638 | |
|
639 | 639 | ``extensions`` |
|
640 | 640 | -------------- |
|
641 | 641 | |
|
642 | 642 | Mercurial has an extension mechanism for adding new features. To |
|
643 | 643 | enable an extension, create an entry for it in this section. |
|
644 | 644 | |
|
645 | 645 | If you know that the extension is already in Python's search path, |
|
646 | 646 | you can give the name of the module, followed by ``=``, with nothing |
|
647 | 647 | after the ``=``. |
|
648 | 648 | |
|
649 | 649 | Otherwise, give a name that you choose, followed by ``=``, followed by |
|
650 | 650 | the path to the ``.py`` file (including the file name extension) that |
|
651 | 651 | defines the extension. |
|
652 | 652 | |
|
653 | 653 | To explicitly disable an extension that is enabled in an hgrc of |
|
654 | 654 | broader scope, prepend its path with ``!``, as in ``foo = !/ext/path`` |
|
655 | 655 | or ``foo = !`` when path is not supplied. |
|
656 | 656 | |
|
657 | 657 | Example for ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
658 | 658 | |
|
659 | 659 | [extensions] |
|
660 | 660 | # (the color extension will get loaded from Mercurial's path) |
|
661 | 661 | color = |
|
662 | 662 | # (this extension will get loaded from the file specified) |
|
663 | 663 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
664 | 664 | |
|
665 | 665 | |
|
666 | 666 | ``format`` |
|
667 | 667 | ---------- |
|
668 | 668 | |
|
669 | 669 | ``usegeneraldelta`` |
|
670 | 670 | Enable or disable the "generaldelta" repository format which improves |
|
671 | 671 | repository compression by allowing "revlog" to store delta against arbitrary |
|
672 | 672 | revision instead of the previous stored one. This provides significant |
|
673 | 673 | improvement for repositories with branches. Enabled by default. Disabling |
|
674 | 674 | this option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created repository will |
|
675 | 675 | be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.9. |
|
676 | 676 | |
|
677 | 677 | ``usestore`` |
|
678 | 678 | Enable or disable the "store" repository format which improves |
|
679 | 679 | compatibility with systems that fold case or otherwise mangle |
|
680 | 680 | filenames. Enabled by default. Disabling this option will allow |
|
681 | 681 | you to store longer filenames in some situations at the expense of |
|
682 | 682 | compatibility and ensures that the on-disk format of newly created |
|
683 | 683 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 0.9.4. |
|
684 | 684 | |
|
685 | 685 | ``usefncache`` |
|
686 | 686 | Enable or disable the "fncache" repository format which enhances |
|
687 | 687 | the "store" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
688 | 688 | fncache) to allow longer filenames and avoids using Windows |
|
689 | 689 | reserved names, e.g. "nul". Enabled by default. Disabling this |
|
690 | 690 | option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created |
|
691 | 691 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.1. |
|
692 | 692 | |
|
693 | 693 | ``dotencode`` |
|
694 | 694 | Enable or disable the "dotencode" repository format which enhances |
|
695 | 695 | the "fncache" repository format (which has to be enabled to use |
|
696 | 696 | dotencode) to avoid issues with filenames starting with ._ on |
|
697 | 697 | Mac OS X and spaces on Windows. Enabled by default. Disabling this |
|
698 | 698 | option ensures that the on-disk format of newly created |
|
699 | 699 | repositories will be compatible with Mercurial before version 1.7. |
|
700 | 700 | |
|
701 | 701 | ``graph`` |
|
702 | 702 | --------- |
|
703 | 703 | |
|
704 | 704 | Web graph view configuration. This section let you change graph |
|
705 | 705 | elements display properties by branches, for instance to make the |
|
706 | 706 | ``default`` branch stand out. |
|
707 | 707 | |
|
708 | 708 | Each line has the following format:: |
|
709 | 709 | |
|
710 | 710 | <branch>.<argument> = <value> |
|
711 | 711 | |
|
712 | 712 | where ``<branch>`` is the name of the branch being |
|
713 | 713 | customized. Example:: |
|
714 | 714 | |
|
715 | 715 | [graph] |
|
716 | 716 | # 2px width |
|
717 | 717 | default.width = 2 |
|
718 | 718 | # red color |
|
719 | 719 | default.color = FF0000 |
|
720 | 720 | |
|
721 | 721 | Supported arguments: |
|
722 | 722 | |
|
723 | 723 | ``width`` |
|
724 | 724 | Set branch edges width in pixels. |
|
725 | 725 | |
|
726 | 726 | ``color`` |
|
727 | 727 | Set branch edges color in hexadecimal RGB notation. |
|
728 | 728 | |
|
729 | 729 | ``hooks`` |
|
730 | 730 | --------- |
|
731 | 731 | |
|
732 | 732 | Commands or Python functions that get automatically executed by |
|
733 | 733 | various actions such as starting or finishing a commit. Multiple |
|
734 | 734 | hooks can be run for the same action by appending a suffix to the |
|
735 | 735 | action. Overriding a site-wide hook can be done by changing its |
|
736 | 736 | value or setting it to an empty string. Hooks can be prioritized |
|
737 | 737 | by adding a prefix of ``priority`` to the hook name on a new line |
|
738 | 738 | and setting the priority. The default priority is 0. |
|
739 | 739 | |
|
740 | 740 | Example ``.hg/hgrc``:: |
|
741 | 741 | |
|
742 | 742 | [hooks] |
|
743 | 743 | # update working directory after adding changesets |
|
744 | 744 | changegroup.update = hg update |
|
745 | 745 | # do not use the site-wide hook |
|
746 | 746 | incoming = |
|
747 | 747 | incoming.email = /my/email/hook |
|
748 | 748 | incoming.autobuild = /my/build/hook |
|
749 | 749 | # force autobuild hook to run before other incoming hooks |
|
750 | 750 | priority.incoming.autobuild = 1 |
|
751 | 751 | |
|
752 | 752 | Most hooks are run with environment variables set that give useful |
|
753 | 753 | additional information. For each hook below, the environment |
|
754 | 754 | variables it is passed are listed with names of the form ``$HG_foo``. |
|
755 | 755 | |
|
756 | 756 | ``changegroup`` |
|
757 | 757 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle. |
|
758 | 758 | ID of the first new changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. URL from which |
|
759 | 759 | changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
760 | 760 | |
|
761 | 761 | ``commit`` |
|
762 | 762 | Run after a changeset has been created in the local repository. ID |
|
763 | 763 | of the newly created changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset |
|
764 | 764 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
765 | 765 | |
|
766 | 766 | ``incoming`` |
|
767 | 767 | Run after a changeset has been pulled, pushed, or unbundled into |
|
768 | 768 | the local repository. The ID of the newly arrived changeset is in |
|
769 | 769 | ``$HG_NODE``. URL that was source of changes came is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
770 | 770 | |
|
771 | 771 | ``outgoing`` |
|
772 | 772 | Run after sending changes from local repository to another. ID of |
|
773 | 773 | first changeset sent is in ``$HG_NODE``. Source of operation is in |
|
774 | 774 | ``$HG_SOURCE``; Also see :hg:`help config.preoutgoing` hook. |
|
775 | 775 | |
|
776 | 776 | ``post-<command>`` |
|
777 | 777 | Run after successful invocations of the associated command. The |
|
778 | 778 | contents of the command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS`` and the result |
|
779 | 779 | code in ``$HG_RESULT``. Parsed command line arguments are passed as |
|
780 | 780 | ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string representations of |
|
781 | 781 | the python data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` is a |
|
782 | 782 | dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their defaults). |
|
783 | 783 | ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. Hook failure is ignored. |
|
784 | 784 | |
|
785 | 785 | ``pre-<command>`` |
|
786 | 786 | Run before executing the associated command. The contents of the |
|
787 | 787 | command line are passed as ``$HG_ARGS``. Parsed command line arguments |
|
788 | 788 | are passed as ``$HG_PATS`` and ``$HG_OPTS``. These contain string |
|
789 | 789 | representations of the data internally passed to <command>. ``$HG_OPTS`` |
|
790 | 790 | is a dictionary of options (with unspecified options set to their |
|
791 | 791 | defaults). ``$HG_PATS`` is a list of arguments. If the hook returns |
|
792 | 792 | failure, the command doesn't execute and Mercurial returns the failure |
|
793 | 793 | code. |
|
794 | 794 | |
|
795 | 795 | ``prechangegroup`` |
|
796 | 796 | Run before a changegroup is added via push, pull or unbundle. Exit |
|
797 | 797 | status 0 allows the changegroup to proceed. Non-zero status will |
|
798 | 798 | cause the push, pull or unbundle to fail. URL from which changes |
|
799 | 799 | will come is in ``$HG_URL``. |
|
800 | 800 | |
|
801 | 801 | ``precommit`` |
|
802 | 802 | Run before starting a local commit. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
803 | 803 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the commit to fail. |
|
804 | 804 | Parent changeset IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
805 | 805 | |
|
806 | 806 | ``prelistkeys`` |
|
807 | 807 | Run before listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the |
|
808 | 808 | repository. Non-zero status will cause failure. The key namespace is |
|
809 | 809 | in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. |
|
810 | 810 | |
|
811 | 811 | ``preoutgoing`` |
|
812 | 812 | Run before collecting changes to send from the local repository to |
|
813 | 813 | another. Non-zero status will cause failure. This lets you prevent |
|
814 | 814 | pull over HTTP or SSH. Also prevents against local pull, push |
|
815 | 815 | (outbound) or bundle commands, but not effective, since you can |
|
816 | 816 | just copy files instead then. Source of operation is in |
|
817 | 817 | ``$HG_SOURCE``. If "serve", operation is happening on behalf of remote |
|
818 | 818 | SSH or HTTP repository. If "push", "pull" or "bundle", operation |
|
819 | 819 | is happening on behalf of repository on same system. |
|
820 | 820 | |
|
821 | 821 | ``prepushkey`` |
|
822 | 822 | Run before a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
823 | 823 | repository. Non-zero status will cause the key to be rejected. The |
|
824 | 824 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in ``$HG_KEY``, |
|
825 | 825 | the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new value is in |
|
826 | 826 | ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
827 | 827 | |
|
828 | 828 | ``pretag`` |
|
829 | 829 | Run before creating a tag. Exit status 0 allows the tag to be |
|
830 | 830 | created. Non-zero status will cause the tag to fail. ID of |
|
831 | 831 | changeset to tag is in ``$HG_NODE``. Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is |
|
832 | 832 | local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
833 | 833 | |
|
834 | 834 | ``pretxnopen`` |
|
835 | 835 | Run before any new repository transaction is open. The reason for the |
|
836 | 836 | transaction will be in ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the |
|
837 | 837 | transaction will be in ``HG_TXNID``. A non-zero status will prevent the |
|
838 | 838 | transaction from being opened. |
|
839 | 839 | |
|
840 | 840 | ``pretxnclose`` |
|
841 | 841 | Run right before the transaction is actually finalized. Any |
|
842 | 842 | repository change will be visible to the hook program. This lets you |
|
843 | 843 | validate the transaction content or change it. Exit status 0 allows |
|
844 | 844 | the commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to |
|
845 | 845 | be rolled back. The reason for the transaction opening will be in |
|
846 | 846 | ``$HG_TXNNAME`` and a unique identifier for the transaction will be in |
|
847 | 847 | ``HG_TXNID``. The rest of the available data will vary according the |
|
848 | 848 | transaction type. New changesets will add ``$HG_NODE`` (id of the |
|
849 | 849 | first added changeset), ``$HG_URL`` and ``$HG_SOURCE`` variables, |
|
850 | 850 | bookmarks and phases changes will set ``HG_BOOKMARK_MOVED`` and |
|
851 | 851 | ``HG_PHASES_MOVED`` to ``1``, etc. |
|
852 | 852 | |
|
853 | 853 | ``txnclose`` |
|
854 | 854 | Run after any repository transaction has been committed. At this |
|
855 | 855 | point, the transaction can no longer be rolled back. The hook will run |
|
856 | 856 | after the lock is released. See :hg:`help config.pretxnclose` docs for |
|
857 | 857 | details about available variables. |
|
858 | 858 | |
|
859 | 859 | ``txnabort`` |
|
860 | 860 | Run when a transaction is aborted. See :hg:`help config.pretxnclose` |
|
861 | 861 | docs for details about available variables. |
|
862 | 862 | |
|
863 | 863 | ``pretxnchangegroup`` |
|
864 | 864 | Run after a changegroup has been added via push, pull or unbundle, |
|
865 | 865 | but before the transaction has been committed. Changegroup is |
|
866 | 866 | visible to hook program. This lets you validate incoming changes |
|
867 | 867 | before accepting them. Passed the ID of the first new changeset in |
|
868 | 868 | ``$HG_NODE``. Exit status 0 allows the transaction to commit. Non-zero |
|
869 | 869 | status will cause the transaction to be rolled back and the push, |
|
870 | 870 | pull or unbundle will fail. URL that was source of changes is in |
|
871 | 871 | ``$HG_URL``. |
|
872 | 872 | |
|
873 | 873 | ``pretxncommit`` |
|
874 | 874 | Run after a changeset has been created but the transaction not yet |
|
875 | 875 | committed. Changeset is visible to hook program. This lets you |
|
876 | 876 | validate commit message and changes. Exit status 0 allows the |
|
877 | 877 | commit to proceed. Non-zero status will cause the transaction to |
|
878 | 878 | be rolled back. ID of changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. Parent changeset |
|
879 | 879 | IDs are in ``$HG_PARENT1`` and ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
880 | 880 | |
|
881 | 881 | ``preupdate`` |
|
882 | 882 | Run before updating the working directory. Exit status 0 allows |
|
883 | 883 | the update to proceed. Non-zero status will prevent the update. |
|
884 | 884 | Changeset ID of first new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID |
|
885 | 885 | of second new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT2``. |
|
886 | 886 | |
|
887 | 887 | ``listkeys`` |
|
888 | 888 | Run after listing pushkeys (like bookmarks) in the repository. The |
|
889 | 889 | key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``. ``$HG_VALUES`` is a |
|
890 | 890 | dictionary containing the keys and values. |
|
891 | 891 | |
|
892 | 892 | ``pushkey`` |
|
893 | 893 | Run after a pushkey (like a bookmark) is added to the |
|
894 | 894 | repository. The key namespace is in ``$HG_NAMESPACE``, the key is in |
|
895 | 895 | ``$HG_KEY``, the old value (if any) is in ``$HG_OLD``, and the new |
|
896 | 896 | value is in ``$HG_NEW``. |
|
897 | 897 | |
|
898 | 898 | ``tag`` |
|
899 | 899 | Run after a tag is created. ID of tagged changeset is in ``$HG_NODE``. |
|
900 | 900 | Name of tag is in ``$HG_TAG``. Tag is local if ``$HG_LOCAL=1``, in |
|
901 | 901 | repository if ``$HG_LOCAL=0``. |
|
902 | 902 | |
|
903 | 903 | ``update`` |
|
904 | 904 | Run after updating the working directory. Changeset ID of first |
|
905 | 905 | new parent is in ``$HG_PARENT1``. If merge, ID of second new parent is |
|
906 | 906 | in ``$HG_PARENT2``. If the update succeeded, ``$HG_ERROR=0``. If the |
|
907 | 907 | update failed (e.g. because conflicts not resolved), ``$HG_ERROR=1``. |
|
908 | 908 | |
|
909 | 909 | .. note:: |
|
910 | 910 | |
|
911 | 911 | It is generally better to use standard hooks rather than the |
|
912 | 912 | generic pre- and post- command hooks as they are guaranteed to be |
|
913 | 913 | called in the appropriate contexts for influencing transactions. |
|
914 | 914 | Also, hooks like "commit" will be called in all contexts that |
|
915 | 915 | generate a commit (e.g. tag) and not just the commit command. |
|
916 | 916 | |
|
917 | 917 | .. note:: |
|
918 | 918 | |
|
919 | 919 | Environment variables with empty values may not be passed to |
|
920 | 920 | hooks on platforms such as Windows. As an example, ``$HG_PARENT2`` |
|
921 | 921 | will have an empty value under Unix-like platforms for non-merge |
|
922 | 922 | changesets, while it will not be available at all under Windows. |
|
923 | 923 | |
|
924 | 924 | The syntax for Python hooks is as follows:: |
|
925 | 925 | |
|
926 | 926 | hookname = python:modulename.submodule.callable |
|
927 | 927 | hookname = python:/path/to/python/module.py:callable |
|
928 | 928 | |
|
929 | 929 | Python hooks are run within the Mercurial process. Each hook is |
|
930 | 930 | called with at least three keyword arguments: a ui object (keyword |
|
931 | 931 | ``ui``), a repository object (keyword ``repo``), and a ``hooktype`` |
|
932 | 932 | keyword that tells what kind of hook is used. Arguments listed as |
|
933 | 933 | environment variables above are passed as keyword arguments, with no |
|
934 | 934 | ``HG_`` prefix, and names in lower case. |
|
935 | 935 | |
|
936 | 936 | If a Python hook returns a "true" value or raises an exception, this |
|
937 | 937 | is treated as a failure. |
|
938 | 938 | |
|
939 | 939 | |
|
940 | 940 | ``hostfingerprints`` |
|
941 | 941 | -------------------- |
|
942 | 942 | |
|
943 | 943 | Fingerprints of the certificates of known HTTPS servers. |
|
944 | 944 | A HTTPS connection to a server with a fingerprint configured here will |
|
945 | 945 | only succeed if the servers certificate matches the fingerprint. |
|
946 | 946 | This is very similar to how ssh known hosts works. |
|
947 | 947 | The fingerprint is the SHA-1 hash value of the DER encoded certificate. |
|
948 | 948 | The CA chain and web.cacerts is not used for servers with a fingerprint. |
|
949 | 949 | |
|
950 | 950 | For example:: |
|
951 | 951 | |
|
952 | 952 | [hostfingerprints] |
|
953 | 953 | hg.intevation.org = fa:1f:d9:48:f1:e7:74:30:38:8d:d8:58:b6:94:b8:58:28:7d:8b:d0 |
|
954 | 954 | |
|
955 | 955 | This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. |
|
956 | 956 | |
|
957 | 957 | |
|
958 | 958 | ``http_proxy`` |
|
959 | 959 | -------------- |
|
960 | 960 | |
|
961 | 961 | Used to access web-based Mercurial repositories through a HTTP |
|
962 | 962 | proxy. |
|
963 | 963 | |
|
964 | 964 | ``host`` |
|
965 | 965 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example |
|
966 | 966 | "myproxy:8000". |
|
967 | 967 | |
|
968 | 968 | ``no`` |
|
969 | 969 | Optional. Comma-separated list of host names that should bypass |
|
970 | 970 | the proxy. |
|
971 | 971 | |
|
972 | 972 | ``passwd`` |
|
973 | 973 | Optional. Password to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
974 | 974 | |
|
975 | 975 | ``user`` |
|
976 | 976 | Optional. User name to authenticate with at the proxy server. |
|
977 | 977 | |
|
978 | 978 | ``always`` |
|
979 | 979 | Optional. Always use the proxy, even for localhost and any entries |
|
980 | 980 | in ``http_proxy.no``. (default: False) |
|
981 | 981 | |
|
982 | 982 | ``merge-patterns`` |
|
983 | 983 | ------------------ |
|
984 | 984 | |
|
985 | 985 | This section specifies merge tools to associate with particular file |
|
986 | 986 | patterns. Tools matched here will take precedence over the default |
|
987 | 987 | merge tool. Patterns are globs by default, rooted at the repository |
|
988 | 988 | root. |
|
989 | 989 | |
|
990 | 990 | Example:: |
|
991 | 991 | |
|
992 | 992 | [merge-patterns] |
|
993 | 993 | **.c = kdiff3 |
|
994 | 994 | **.jpg = myimgmerge |
|
995 | 995 | |
|
996 | 996 | ``merge-tools`` |
|
997 | 997 | --------------- |
|
998 | 998 | |
|
999 | 999 | This section configures external merge tools to use for file-level |
|
1000 | 1000 | merges. This section has likely been preconfigured at install time. |
|
1001 | 1001 | Use :hg:`config merge-tools` to check the existing configuration. |
|
1002 | 1002 | Also see :hg:`help merge-tools` for more details. |
|
1003 | 1003 | |
|
1004 | 1004 | Example ``~/.hgrc``:: |
|
1005 | 1005 | |
|
1006 | 1006 | [merge-tools] |
|
1007 | 1007 | # Override stock tool location |
|
1008 | 1008 | kdiff3.executable = ~/bin/kdiff3 |
|
1009 | 1009 | # Specify command line |
|
1010 | 1010 | kdiff3.args = $base $local $other -o $output |
|
1011 | 1011 | # Give higher priority |
|
1012 | 1012 | kdiff3.priority = 1 |
|
1013 | 1013 | |
|
1014 | 1014 | # Changing the priority of preconfigured tool |
|
1015 | 1015 | meld.priority = 0 |
|
1016 | 1016 | |
|
1017 | 1017 | # Disable a preconfigured tool |
|
1018 | 1018 | vimdiff.disabled = yes |
|
1019 | 1019 | |
|
1020 | 1020 | # Define new tool |
|
1021 | 1021 | myHtmlTool.args = -m $local $other $base $output |
|
1022 | 1022 | myHtmlTool.regkey = Software\FooSoftware\HtmlMerge |
|
1023 | 1023 | myHtmlTool.priority = 1 |
|
1024 | 1024 | |
|
1025 | 1025 | Supported arguments: |
|
1026 | 1026 | |
|
1027 | 1027 | ``priority`` |
|
1028 | 1028 | The priority in which to evaluate this tool. |
|
1029 | 1029 | (default: 0) |
|
1030 | 1030 | |
|
1031 | 1031 | ``executable`` |
|
1032 | 1032 | Either just the name of the executable or its pathname. On Windows, |
|
1033 | 1033 | the path can use environment variables with ${ProgramFiles} syntax. |
|
1034 | 1034 | (default: the tool name) |
|
1035 | 1035 | |
|
1036 | 1036 | ``args`` |
|
1037 | 1037 | The arguments to pass to the tool executable. You can refer to the |
|
1038 | 1038 | files being merged as well as the output file through these |
|
1039 | 1039 | variables: ``$base``, ``$local``, ``$other``, ``$output``. The meaning |
|
1040 | 1040 | of ``$local`` and ``$other`` can vary depending on which action is being |
|
1041 | 1041 | performed. During and update or merge, ``$local`` represents the original |
|
1042 | 1042 | state of the file, while ``$other`` represents the commit you are updating |
|
1043 | 1043 | to or the commit you are merging with. During a rebase ``$local`` |
|
1044 | 1044 | represents the destination of the rebase, and ``$other`` represents the |
|
1045 | 1045 | commit being rebased. |
|
1046 | 1046 | (default: ``$local $base $other``) |
|
1047 | 1047 | |
|
1048 | 1048 | ``premerge`` |
|
1049 | 1049 | Attempt to run internal non-interactive 3-way merge tool before |
|
1050 | 1050 | launching external tool. Options are ``true``, ``false``, ``keep`` or |
|
1051 | 1051 | ``keep-merge3``. The ``keep`` option will leave markers in the file if the |
|
1052 | 1052 | premerge fails. The ``keep-merge3`` will do the same but include information |
|
1053 | 1053 | about the base of the merge in the marker (see internal :merge3 in |
|
1054 | 1054 | :hg:`help merge-tools`). |
|
1055 | 1055 | (default: True) |
|
1056 | 1056 | |
|
1057 | 1057 | ``binary`` |
|
1058 | 1058 | This tool can merge binary files. (default: False, unless tool |
|
1059 | 1059 | was selected by file pattern match) |
|
1060 | 1060 | |
|
1061 | 1061 | ``symlink`` |
|
1062 | 1062 | This tool can merge symlinks. (default: False) |
|
1063 | 1063 | |
|
1064 | 1064 | ``check`` |
|
1065 | 1065 | A list of merge success-checking options: |
|
1066 | 1066 | |
|
1067 | 1067 | ``changed`` |
|
1068 | 1068 | Ask whether merge was successful when the merged file shows no changes. |
|
1069 | 1069 | ``conflicts`` |
|
1070 | 1070 | Check whether there are conflicts even though the tool reported success. |
|
1071 | 1071 | ``prompt`` |
|
1072 | 1072 | Always prompt for merge success, regardless of success reported by tool. |
|
1073 | 1073 | |
|
1074 | 1074 | ``fixeol`` |
|
1075 | 1075 | Attempt to fix up EOL changes caused by the merge tool. |
|
1076 | 1076 | (default: False) |
|
1077 | 1077 | |
|
1078 | 1078 | ``gui`` |
|
1079 | 1079 | This tool requires a graphical interface to run. (default: False) |
|
1080 | 1080 | |
|
1081 | 1081 | ``regkey`` |
|
1082 | 1082 | Windows registry key which describes install location of this |
|
1083 | 1083 | tool. Mercurial will search for this key first under |
|
1084 | 1084 | ``HKEY_CURRENT_USER`` and then under ``HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE``. |
|
1085 | 1085 | (default: None) |
|
1086 | 1086 | |
|
1087 | 1087 | ``regkeyalt`` |
|
1088 | 1088 | An alternate Windows registry key to try if the first key is not |
|
1089 | 1089 | found. The alternate key uses the same ``regname`` and ``regappend`` |
|
1090 | 1090 | semantics of the primary key. The most common use for this key |
|
1091 | 1091 | is to search for 32bit applications on 64bit operating systems. |
|
1092 | 1092 | (default: None) |
|
1093 | 1093 | |
|
1094 | 1094 | ``regname`` |
|
1095 | 1095 | Name of value to read from specified registry key. |
|
1096 | 1096 | (default: the unnamed (default) value) |
|
1097 | 1097 | |
|
1098 | 1098 | ``regappend`` |
|
1099 | 1099 | String to append to the value read from the registry, typically |
|
1100 | 1100 | the executable name of the tool. |
|
1101 | 1101 | (default: None) |
|
1102 | 1102 | |
|
1103 | 1103 | |
|
1104 | 1104 | ``patch`` |
|
1105 | 1105 | --------- |
|
1106 | 1106 | |
|
1107 | 1107 | Settings used when applying patches, for instance through the 'import' |
|
1108 | 1108 | command or with Mercurial Queues extension. |
|
1109 | 1109 | |
|
1110 | 1110 | ``eol`` |
|
1111 | 1111 | When set to 'strict' patch content and patched files end of lines |
|
1112 | 1112 | are preserved. When set to ``lf`` or ``crlf``, both files end of |
|
1113 | 1113 | lines are ignored when patching and the result line endings are |
|
1114 | 1114 | normalized to either LF (Unix) or CRLF (Windows). When set to |
|
1115 | 1115 | ``auto``, end of lines are again ignored while patching but line |
|
1116 | 1116 | endings in patched files are normalized to their original setting |
|
1117 | 1117 | on a per-file basis. If target file does not exist or has no end |
|
1118 | 1118 | of line, patch line endings are preserved. |
|
1119 | 1119 | (default: strict) |
|
1120 | 1120 | |
|
1121 | 1121 | ``fuzz`` |
|
1122 | 1122 | The number of lines of 'fuzz' to allow when applying patches. This |
|
1123 | 1123 | controls how much context the patcher is allowed to ignore when |
|
1124 | 1124 | trying to apply a patch. |
|
1125 | 1125 | (default: 2) |
|
1126 | 1126 | |
|
1127 | 1127 | ``paths`` |
|
1128 | 1128 | --------- |
|
1129 | 1129 | |
|
1130 |
Assigns symbolic names to repositories. |
|
|
1131 | symbolic name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the | |
|
1132 | location of the repository. Default paths can be declared by setting | |
|
1133 | the following entries. | |
|
1130 | Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories. | |
|
1131 | ||
|
1132 | Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the | |
|
1133 | location of the repository. Example:: | |
|
1134 | ||
|
1135 | [paths] | |
|
1136 | my_server = https://example.com/my_repo | |
|
1137 | local_path = /home/me/repo | |
|
1138 | ||
|
1139 | These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull | |
|
1140 | from ``my_server``: :hg:`pull my_server`. To push to ``local_path``: | |
|
1141 | :hg:`push local_path`. | |
|
1142 | ||
|
1143 | Options containing colons (``:``) denote sub-options that can influence | |
|
1144 | behavior for that specific path. Example:: | |
|
1145 | ||
|
1146 | [paths] | |
|
1147 | my_server = https://example.com/my_path | |
|
1148 | my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path | |
|
1149 | ||
|
1150 | The following sub-options can be defined: | |
|
1151 | ||
|
1152 | ``pushurl`` | |
|
1153 | The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location | |
|
1154 | defined by the path's main entry is used. | |
|
1155 | ||
|
1156 | The following special named paths exist: | |
|
1134 | 1157 | |
|
1135 | 1158 | ``default`` |
|
1136 |
|
|
|
1137 | (default: repository from which the current repository was cloned) | |
|
1159 | The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified. | |
|
1160 | ||
|
1161 | :hg:`clone` will automatically define this path to the location the | |
|
1162 | repository was cloned from. | |
|
1138 | 1163 | |
|
1139 | 1164 | ``default-push`` |
|
1140 | Optional. Directory or URL to use when pushing if no destination | |
|
1141 | is specified. | |
|
1142 | ||
|
1143 | Custom paths can be defined by assigning the path to a name that later can be | |
|
1144 | used from the command line. Example:: | |
|
1145 | ||
|
1146 | [paths] | |
|
1147 | my_path = http://example.com/path | |
|
1148 | ||
|
1149 | To push to the path defined in ``my_path`` run the command:: | |
|
1150 | ||
|
1151 | hg push my_path | |
|
1152 | ||
|
1165 | (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default :hg:`push` location. | |
|
1166 | ``default:pushurl`` should be used instead. | |
|
1153 | 1167 | |
|
1154 | 1168 | ``phases`` |
|
1155 | 1169 | ---------- |
|
1156 | 1170 | |
|
1157 | 1171 | Specifies default handling of phases. See :hg:`help phases` for more |
|
1158 | 1172 | information about working with phases. |
|
1159 | 1173 | |
|
1160 | 1174 | ``publish`` |
|
1161 | 1175 | Controls draft phase behavior when working as a server. When true, |
|
1162 | 1176 | pushed changesets are set to public in both client and server and |
|
1163 | 1177 | pulled or cloned changesets are set to public in the client. |
|
1164 | 1178 | (default: True) |
|
1165 | 1179 | |
|
1166 | 1180 | ``new-commit`` |
|
1167 | 1181 | Phase of newly-created commits. |
|
1168 | 1182 | (default: draft) |
|
1169 | 1183 | |
|
1170 | 1184 | ``checksubrepos`` |
|
1171 | 1185 | Check the phase of the current revision of each subrepository. Allowed |
|
1172 | 1186 | values are "ignore", "follow" and "abort". For settings other than |
|
1173 | 1187 | "ignore", the phase of the current revision of each subrepository is |
|
1174 | 1188 | checked before committing the parent repository. If any of those phases is |
|
1175 | 1189 | greater than the phase of the parent repository (e.g. if a subrepo is in a |
|
1176 | 1190 | "secret" phase while the parent repo is in "draft" phase), the commit is |
|
1177 | 1191 | either aborted (if checksubrepos is set to "abort") or the higher phase is |
|
1178 | 1192 | used for the parent repository commit (if set to "follow"). |
|
1179 | 1193 | (default: follow) |
|
1180 | 1194 | |
|
1181 | 1195 | |
|
1182 | 1196 | ``profiling`` |
|
1183 | 1197 | ------------- |
|
1184 | 1198 | |
|
1185 | 1199 | Specifies profiling type, format, and file output. Two profilers are |
|
1186 | 1200 | supported: an instrumenting profiler (named ``ls``), and a sampling |
|
1187 | 1201 | profiler (named ``stat``). |
|
1188 | 1202 | |
|
1189 | 1203 | In this section description, 'profiling data' stands for the raw data |
|
1190 | 1204 | collected during profiling, while 'profiling report' stands for a |
|
1191 | 1205 | statistical text report generated from the profiling data. The |
|
1192 | 1206 | profiling is done using lsprof. |
|
1193 | 1207 | |
|
1194 | 1208 | ``type`` |
|
1195 | 1209 | The type of profiler to use. |
|
1196 | 1210 | (default: ls) |
|
1197 | 1211 | |
|
1198 | 1212 | ``ls`` |
|
1199 | 1213 | Use Python's built-in instrumenting profiler. This profiler |
|
1200 | 1214 | works on all platforms, but each line number it reports is the |
|
1201 | 1215 | first line of a function. This restriction makes it difficult to |
|
1202 | 1216 | identify the expensive parts of a non-trivial function. |
|
1203 | 1217 | ``stat`` |
|
1204 | 1218 | Use a third-party statistical profiler, statprof. This profiler |
|
1205 | 1219 | currently runs only on Unix systems, and is most useful for |
|
1206 | 1220 | profiling commands that run for longer than about 0.1 seconds. |
|
1207 | 1221 | |
|
1208 | 1222 | ``format`` |
|
1209 | 1223 | Profiling format. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1210 | 1224 | (default: text) |
|
1211 | 1225 | |
|
1212 | 1226 | ``text`` |
|
1213 | 1227 | Generate a profiling report. When saving to a file, it should be |
|
1214 | 1228 | noted that only the report is saved, and the profiling data is |
|
1215 | 1229 | not kept. |
|
1216 | 1230 | ``kcachegrind`` |
|
1217 | 1231 | Format profiling data for kcachegrind use: when saving to a |
|
1218 | 1232 | file, the generated file can directly be loaded into |
|
1219 | 1233 | kcachegrind. |
|
1220 | 1234 | |
|
1221 | 1235 | ``frequency`` |
|
1222 | 1236 | Sampling frequency. Specific to the ``stat`` sampling profiler. |
|
1223 | 1237 | (default: 1000) |
|
1224 | 1238 | |
|
1225 | 1239 | ``output`` |
|
1226 | 1240 | File path where profiling data or report should be saved. If the |
|
1227 | 1241 | file exists, it is replaced. (default: None, data is printed on |
|
1228 | 1242 | stderr) |
|
1229 | 1243 | |
|
1230 | 1244 | ``sort`` |
|
1231 | 1245 | Sort field. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1232 | 1246 | One of ``callcount``, ``reccallcount``, ``totaltime`` and |
|
1233 | 1247 | ``inlinetime``. |
|
1234 | 1248 | (default: inlinetime) |
|
1235 | 1249 | |
|
1236 | 1250 | ``limit`` |
|
1237 | 1251 | Number of lines to show. Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1238 | 1252 | (default: 30) |
|
1239 | 1253 | |
|
1240 | 1254 | ``nested`` |
|
1241 | 1255 | Show at most this number of lines of drill-down info after each main entry. |
|
1242 | 1256 | This can help explain the difference between Total and Inline. |
|
1243 | 1257 | Specific to the ``ls`` instrumenting profiler. |
|
1244 | 1258 | (default: 5) |
|
1245 | 1259 | |
|
1246 | 1260 | ``progress`` |
|
1247 | 1261 | ------------ |
|
1248 | 1262 | |
|
1249 | 1263 | Mercurial commands can draw progress bars that are as informative as |
|
1250 | 1264 | possible. Some progress bars only offer indeterminate information, while others |
|
1251 | 1265 | have a definite end point. |
|
1252 | 1266 | |
|
1253 | 1267 | ``delay`` |
|
1254 | 1268 | Number of seconds (float) before showing the progress bar. (default: 3) |
|
1255 | 1269 | |
|
1256 | 1270 | ``changedelay`` |
|
1257 | 1271 | Minimum delay before showing a new topic. When set to less than 3 * refresh, |
|
1258 | 1272 | that value will be used instead. (default: 1) |
|
1259 | 1273 | |
|
1260 | 1274 | ``refresh`` |
|
1261 | 1275 | Time in seconds between refreshes of the progress bar. (default: 0.1) |
|
1262 | 1276 | |
|
1263 | 1277 | ``format`` |
|
1264 | 1278 | Format of the progress bar. |
|
1265 | 1279 | |
|
1266 | 1280 | Valid entries for the format field are ``topic``, ``bar``, ``number``, |
|
1267 | 1281 | ``unit``, ``estimate``, speed, and item. item defaults to the last 20 |
|
1268 | 1282 | characters of the item, but this can be changed by adding either ``-<num>`` |
|
1269 | 1283 | which would take the last num characters, or ``+<num>`` for the first num |
|
1270 | 1284 | characters. |
|
1271 | 1285 | |
|
1272 | 1286 | (default: Topic bar number estimate) |
|
1273 | 1287 | |
|
1274 | 1288 | ``width`` |
|
1275 | 1289 | If set, the maximum width of the progress information (that is, min(width, |
|
1276 | 1290 | term width) will be used). |
|
1277 | 1291 | |
|
1278 | 1292 | ``clear-complete`` |
|
1279 | 1293 | Clear the progress bar after it's done. (default: True) |
|
1280 | 1294 | |
|
1281 | 1295 | ``disable`` |
|
1282 | 1296 | If true, don't show a progress bar. |
|
1283 | 1297 | |
|
1284 | 1298 | ``assume-tty`` |
|
1285 | 1299 | If true, ALWAYS show a progress bar, unless disable is given. |
|
1286 | 1300 | |
|
1287 | 1301 | ``revsetalias`` |
|
1288 | 1302 | --------------- |
|
1289 | 1303 | |
|
1290 | 1304 | Alias definitions for revsets. See :hg:`help revsets` for details. |
|
1291 | 1305 | |
|
1292 | 1306 | ``server`` |
|
1293 | 1307 | ---------- |
|
1294 | 1308 | |
|
1295 | 1309 | Controls generic server settings. |
|
1296 | 1310 | |
|
1297 | 1311 | ``uncompressed`` |
|
1298 | 1312 | Whether to allow clients to clone a repository using the |
|
1299 | 1313 | uncompressed streaming protocol. This transfers about 40% more |
|
1300 | 1314 | data than a regular clone, but uses less memory and CPU on both |
|
1301 | 1315 | server and client. Over a LAN (100 Mbps or better) or a very fast |
|
1302 | 1316 | WAN, an uncompressed streaming clone is a lot faster (~10x) than a |
|
1303 | 1317 | regular clone. Over most WAN connections (anything slower than |
|
1304 | 1318 | about 6 Mbps), uncompressed streaming is slower, because of the |
|
1305 | 1319 | extra data transfer overhead. This mode will also temporarily hold |
|
1306 | 1320 | the write lock while determining what data to transfer. |
|
1307 | 1321 | (default: True) |
|
1308 | 1322 | |
|
1309 | 1323 | ``preferuncompressed`` |
|
1310 | 1324 | When set, clients will try to use the uncompressed streaming |
|
1311 | 1325 | protocol. (default: False) |
|
1312 | 1326 | |
|
1313 | 1327 | ``validate`` |
|
1314 | 1328 | Whether to validate the completeness of pushed changesets by |
|
1315 | 1329 | checking that all new file revisions specified in manifests are |
|
1316 | 1330 | present. (default: False) |
|
1317 | 1331 | |
|
1318 | 1332 | ``maxhttpheaderlen`` |
|
1319 | 1333 | Instruct HTTP clients not to send request headers longer than this |
|
1320 | 1334 | many bytes. (default: 1024) |
|
1321 | 1335 | |
|
1322 | 1336 | ``bundle1`` |
|
1323 | 1337 | Whether to allow clients to push and pull using the legacy bundle1 |
|
1324 | 1338 | exchange format. (default: True) |
|
1325 | 1339 | |
|
1326 | 1340 | ``bundle1.push`` |
|
1327 | 1341 | Whether to allow clients to push using the legacy bundle1 exchange |
|
1328 | 1342 | format. (default: True) |
|
1329 | 1343 | |
|
1330 | 1344 | ``bundle1.pull`` |
|
1331 | 1345 | Whether to allow clients to pull using the legacy bundle1 exchange |
|
1332 | 1346 | format. (default: True) |
|
1333 | 1347 | |
|
1334 | 1348 | Large repositories using the *generaldelta* storage format should |
|
1335 | 1349 | consider setting this option because converting *generaldelta* |
|
1336 | 1350 | repositories to the exchange format required by the bundle1 data |
|
1337 | 1351 | format can consume a lot of CPU. |
|
1338 | 1352 | |
|
1339 | 1353 | ``smtp`` |
|
1340 | 1354 | -------- |
|
1341 | 1355 | |
|
1342 | 1356 | Configuration for extensions that need to send email messages. |
|
1343 | 1357 | |
|
1344 | 1358 | ``host`` |
|
1345 | 1359 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". |
|
1346 | 1360 | |
|
1347 | 1361 | ``port`` |
|
1348 | 1362 | Optional. Port to connect to on mail server. (default: 465 if |
|
1349 | 1363 | ``tls`` is smtps; 25 otherwise) |
|
1350 | 1364 | |
|
1351 | 1365 | ``tls`` |
|
1352 | 1366 | Optional. Method to enable TLS when connecting to mail server: starttls, |
|
1353 | 1367 | smtps or none. (default: none) |
|
1354 | 1368 | |
|
1355 | 1369 | ``verifycert`` |
|
1356 | 1370 | Optional. Verification for the certificate of mail server, when |
|
1357 | 1371 | ``tls`` is starttls or smtps. "strict", "loose" or False. For |
|
1358 | 1372 | "strict" or "loose", the certificate is verified as same as the |
|
1359 | 1373 | verification for HTTPS connections (see ``[hostfingerprints]`` and |
|
1360 | 1374 | ``[web] cacerts`` also). For "strict", sending email is also |
|
1361 | 1375 | aborted, if there is no configuration for mail server in |
|
1362 | 1376 | ``[hostfingerprints]`` and ``[web] cacerts``. --insecure for |
|
1363 | 1377 | :hg:`email` overwrites this as "loose". (default: strict) |
|
1364 | 1378 | |
|
1365 | 1379 | ``username`` |
|
1366 | 1380 | Optional. User name for authenticating with the SMTP server. |
|
1367 | 1381 | (default: None) |
|
1368 | 1382 | |
|
1369 | 1383 | ``password`` |
|
1370 | 1384 | Optional. Password for authenticating with the SMTP server. If not |
|
1371 | 1385 | specified, interactive sessions will prompt the user for a |
|
1372 | 1386 | password; non-interactive sessions will fail. (default: None) |
|
1373 | 1387 | |
|
1374 | 1388 | ``local_hostname`` |
|
1375 | 1389 | Optional. The hostname that the sender can use to identify |
|
1376 | 1390 | itself to the MTA. |
|
1377 | 1391 | |
|
1378 | 1392 | |
|
1379 | 1393 | ``subpaths`` |
|
1380 | 1394 | ------------ |
|
1381 | 1395 | |
|
1382 | 1396 | Subrepository source URLs can go stale if a remote server changes name |
|
1383 | 1397 | or becomes temporarily unavailable. This section lets you define |
|
1384 | 1398 | rewrite rules of the form:: |
|
1385 | 1399 | |
|
1386 | 1400 | <pattern> = <replacement> |
|
1387 | 1401 | |
|
1388 | 1402 | where ``pattern`` is a regular expression matching a subrepository |
|
1389 | 1403 | source URL and ``replacement`` is the replacement string used to |
|
1390 | 1404 | rewrite it. Groups can be matched in ``pattern`` and referenced in |
|
1391 | 1405 | ``replacements``. For instance:: |
|
1392 | 1406 | |
|
1393 | 1407 | http://server/(.*)-hg/ = http://hg.server/\1/ |
|
1394 | 1408 | |
|
1395 | 1409 | rewrites ``http://server/foo-hg/`` into ``http://hg.server/foo/``. |
|
1396 | 1410 | |
|
1397 | 1411 | Relative subrepository paths are first made absolute, and the |
|
1398 | 1412 | rewrite rules are then applied on the full (absolute) path. The rules |
|
1399 | 1413 | are applied in definition order. |
|
1400 | 1414 | |
|
1401 | 1415 | ``trusted`` |
|
1402 | 1416 | ----------- |
|
1403 | 1417 | |
|
1404 | 1418 | Mercurial will not use the settings in the |
|
1405 | 1419 | ``.hg/hgrc`` file from a repository if it doesn't belong to a trusted |
|
1406 | 1420 | user or to a trusted group, as various hgrc features allow arbitrary |
|
1407 | 1421 | commands to be run. This issue is often encountered when configuring |
|
1408 | 1422 | hooks or extensions for shared repositories or servers. However, |
|
1409 | 1423 | the web interface will use some safe settings from the ``[web]`` |
|
1410 | 1424 | section. |
|
1411 | 1425 | |
|
1412 | 1426 | This section specifies what users and groups are trusted. The |
|
1413 | 1427 | current user is always trusted. To trust everybody, list a user or a |
|
1414 | 1428 | group with name ``*``. These settings must be placed in an |
|
1415 | 1429 | *already-trusted file* to take effect, such as ``$HOME/.hgrc`` of the |
|
1416 | 1430 | user or service running Mercurial. |
|
1417 | 1431 | |
|
1418 | 1432 | ``users`` |
|
1419 | 1433 | Comma-separated list of trusted users. |
|
1420 | 1434 | |
|
1421 | 1435 | ``groups`` |
|
1422 | 1436 | Comma-separated list of trusted groups. |
|
1423 | 1437 | |
|
1424 | 1438 | |
|
1425 | 1439 | ``ui`` |
|
1426 | 1440 | ------ |
|
1427 | 1441 | |
|
1428 | 1442 | User interface controls. |
|
1429 | 1443 | |
|
1430 | 1444 | ``archivemeta`` |
|
1431 | 1445 | Whether to include the .hg_archival.txt file containing meta data |
|
1432 | 1446 | (hashes for the repository base and for tip) in archives created |
|
1433 | 1447 | by the :hg:`archive` command or downloaded via hgweb. |
|
1434 | 1448 | (default: True) |
|
1435 | 1449 | |
|
1436 | 1450 | ``askusername`` |
|
1437 | 1451 | Whether to prompt for a username when committing. If True, and |
|
1438 | 1452 | neither ``$HGUSER`` nor ``$EMAIL`` has been specified, then the user will |
|
1439 | 1453 | be prompted to enter a username. If no username is entered, the |
|
1440 | 1454 | default ``USER@HOST`` is used instead. |
|
1441 | 1455 | (default: False) |
|
1442 | 1456 | |
|
1443 | 1457 | ``clonebundlefallback`` |
|
1444 | 1458 | Whether failure to apply an advertised "clone bundle" from a server |
|
1445 | 1459 | should result in fallback to a regular clone. |
|
1446 | 1460 | |
|
1447 | 1461 | This is disabled by default because servers advertising "clone |
|
1448 | 1462 | bundles" often do so to reduce server load. If advertised bundles |
|
1449 | 1463 | start mass failing and clients automatically fall back to a regular |
|
1450 | 1464 | clone, this would add significant and unexpected load to the server |
|
1451 | 1465 | since the server is expecting clone operations to be offloaded to |
|
1452 | 1466 | pre-generated bundles. Failing fast (the default behavior) ensures |
|
1453 | 1467 | clients don't overwhelm the server when "clone bundle" application |
|
1454 | 1468 | fails. |
|
1455 | 1469 | |
|
1456 | 1470 | (default: False) |
|
1457 | 1471 | |
|
1458 | 1472 | ``commitsubrepos`` |
|
1459 | 1473 | Whether to commit modified subrepositories when committing the |
|
1460 | 1474 | parent repository. If False and one subrepository has uncommitted |
|
1461 | 1475 | changes, abort the commit. |
|
1462 | 1476 | (default: False) |
|
1463 | 1477 | |
|
1464 | 1478 | ``debug`` |
|
1465 | 1479 | Print debugging information. (default: False) |
|
1466 | 1480 | |
|
1467 | 1481 | ``editor`` |
|
1468 | 1482 | The editor to use during a commit. (default: ``$EDITOR`` or ``vi``) |
|
1469 | 1483 | |
|
1470 | 1484 | ``fallbackencoding`` |
|
1471 | 1485 | Encoding to try if it's not possible to decode the changelog using |
|
1472 | 1486 | UTF-8. (default: ISO-8859-1) |
|
1473 | 1487 | |
|
1474 | 1488 | ``graphnodetemplate`` |
|
1475 | 1489 | The template used to print changeset nodes in an ASCII revision graph. |
|
1476 | 1490 | (default: ``{graphnode}``) |
|
1477 | 1491 | |
|
1478 | 1492 | ``ignore`` |
|
1479 | 1493 | A file to read per-user ignore patterns from. This file should be |
|
1480 | 1494 | in the same format as a repository-wide .hgignore file. Filenames |
|
1481 | 1495 | are relative to the repository root. This option supports hook syntax, |
|
1482 | 1496 | so if you want to specify multiple ignore files, you can do so by |
|
1483 | 1497 | setting something like ``ignore.other = ~/.hgignore2``. For details |
|
1484 | 1498 | of the ignore file format, see the ``hgignore(5)`` man page. |
|
1485 | 1499 | |
|
1486 | 1500 | ``interactive`` |
|
1487 | 1501 | Allow to prompt the user. (default: True) |
|
1488 | 1502 | |
|
1489 | 1503 | ``logtemplate`` |
|
1490 | 1504 | Template string for commands that print changesets. |
|
1491 | 1505 | |
|
1492 | 1506 | ``merge`` |
|
1493 | 1507 | The conflict resolution program to use during a manual merge. |
|
1494 | 1508 | For more information on merge tools see :hg:`help merge-tools`. |
|
1495 | 1509 | For configuring merge tools see the ``[merge-tools]`` section. |
|
1496 | 1510 | |
|
1497 | 1511 | ``mergemarkers`` |
|
1498 | 1512 | Sets the merge conflict marker label styling. The ``detailed`` |
|
1499 | 1513 | style uses the ``mergemarkertemplate`` setting to style the labels. |
|
1500 | 1514 | The ``basic`` style just uses 'local' and 'other' as the marker label. |
|
1501 | 1515 | One of ``basic`` or ``detailed``. |
|
1502 | 1516 | (default: ``basic``) |
|
1503 | 1517 | |
|
1504 | 1518 | ``mergemarkertemplate`` |
|
1505 | 1519 | The template used to print the commit description next to each conflict |
|
1506 | 1520 | marker during merge conflicts. See :hg:`help templates` for the template |
|
1507 | 1521 | format. |
|
1508 | 1522 | |
|
1509 | 1523 | Defaults to showing the hash, tags, branches, bookmarks, author, and |
|
1510 | 1524 | the first line of the commit description. |
|
1511 | 1525 | |
|
1512 | 1526 | If you use non-ASCII characters in names for tags, branches, bookmarks, |
|
1513 | 1527 | authors, and/or commit descriptions, you must pay attention to encodings of |
|
1514 | 1528 | managed files. At template expansion, non-ASCII characters use the encoding |
|
1515 | 1529 | specified by the ``--encoding`` global option, ``HGENCODING`` or other |
|
1516 | 1530 | environment variables that govern your locale. If the encoding of the merge |
|
1517 | 1531 | markers is different from the encoding of the merged files, |
|
1518 | 1532 | serious problems may occur. |
|
1519 | 1533 | |
|
1520 | 1534 | ``origbackuppath`` |
|
1521 | 1535 | The path to a directory used to store generated .orig files. If the path is |
|
1522 | 1536 | not a directory, one will be created. |
|
1523 | 1537 | |
|
1524 | 1538 | ``patch`` |
|
1525 | 1539 | An optional external tool that ``hg import`` and some extensions |
|
1526 | 1540 | will use for applying patches. By default Mercurial uses an |
|
1527 | 1541 | internal patch utility. The external tool must work as the common |
|
1528 | 1542 | Unix ``patch`` program. In particular, it must accept a ``-p`` |
|
1529 | 1543 | argument to strip patch headers, a ``-d`` argument to specify the |
|
1530 | 1544 | current directory, a file name to patch, and a patch file to take |
|
1531 | 1545 | from stdin. |
|
1532 | 1546 | |
|
1533 | 1547 | It is possible to specify a patch tool together with extra |
|
1534 | 1548 | arguments. For example, setting this option to ``patch --merge`` |
|
1535 | 1549 | will use the ``patch`` program with its 2-way merge option. |
|
1536 | 1550 | |
|
1537 | 1551 | ``portablefilenames`` |
|
1538 | 1552 | Check for portable filenames. Can be ``warn``, ``ignore`` or ``abort``. |
|
1539 | 1553 | (default: ``warn``) |
|
1540 | 1554 | If set to ``warn`` (or ``true``), a warning message is printed on POSIX |
|
1541 | 1555 | platforms, if a file with a non-portable filename is added (e.g. a file |
|
1542 | 1556 | with a name that can't be created on Windows because it contains reserved |
|
1543 | 1557 | parts like ``AUX``, reserved characters like ``:``, or would cause a case |
|
1544 | 1558 | collision with an existing file). |
|
1545 | 1559 | If set to ``ignore`` (or ``false``), no warning is printed. |
|
1546 | 1560 | If set to ``abort``, the command is aborted. |
|
1547 | 1561 | On Windows, this configuration option is ignored and the command aborted. |
|
1548 | 1562 | |
|
1549 | 1563 | ``quiet`` |
|
1550 | 1564 | Reduce the amount of output printed. (default: False) |
|
1551 | 1565 | |
|
1552 | 1566 | ``remotecmd`` |
|
1553 | 1567 | Remote command to use for clone/push/pull operations. (default: ``hg``) |
|
1554 | 1568 | |
|
1555 | 1569 | ``report_untrusted`` |
|
1556 | 1570 | Warn if a ``.hg/hgrc`` file is ignored due to not being owned by a |
|
1557 | 1571 | trusted user or group. (default: True) |
|
1558 | 1572 | |
|
1559 | 1573 | ``slash`` |
|
1560 | 1574 | Display paths using a slash (``/``) as the path separator. This |
|
1561 | 1575 | only makes a difference on systems where the default path |
|
1562 | 1576 | separator is not the slash character (e.g. Windows uses the |
|
1563 | 1577 | backslash character (``\``)). |
|
1564 | 1578 | (default: False) |
|
1565 | 1579 | |
|
1566 | 1580 | ``statuscopies`` |
|
1567 | 1581 | Display copies in the status command. |
|
1568 | 1582 | |
|
1569 | 1583 | ``ssh`` |
|
1570 | 1584 | Command to use for SSH connections. (default: ``ssh``) |
|
1571 | 1585 | |
|
1572 | 1586 | ``strict`` |
|
1573 | 1587 | Require exact command names, instead of allowing unambiguous |
|
1574 | 1588 | abbreviations. (default: False) |
|
1575 | 1589 | |
|
1576 | 1590 | ``style`` |
|
1577 | 1591 | Name of style to use for command output. |
|
1578 | 1592 | |
|
1579 | 1593 | ``supportcontact`` |
|
1580 | 1594 | A URL where users should report a Mercurial traceback. Use this if you are a |
|
1581 | 1595 | large organisation with its own Mercurial deployment process and crash |
|
1582 | 1596 | reports should be addressed to your internal support. |
|
1583 | 1597 | |
|
1584 | 1598 | ``timeout`` |
|
1585 | 1599 | The timeout used when a lock is held (in seconds), a negative value |
|
1586 | 1600 | means no timeout. (default: 600) |
|
1587 | 1601 | |
|
1588 | 1602 | ``traceback`` |
|
1589 | 1603 | Mercurial always prints a traceback when an unknown exception |
|
1590 | 1604 | occurs. Setting this to True will make Mercurial print a traceback |
|
1591 | 1605 | on all exceptions, even those recognized by Mercurial (such as |
|
1592 | 1606 | IOError or MemoryError). (default: False) |
|
1593 | 1607 | |
|
1594 | 1608 | ``username`` |
|
1595 | 1609 | The committer of a changeset created when running "commit". |
|
1596 | 1610 | Typically a person's name and email address, e.g. ``Fred Widget |
|
1597 | 1611 | <fred@example.com>``. Environment variables in the |
|
1598 | 1612 | username are expanded. |
|
1599 | 1613 | |
|
1600 | 1614 | (default: ``$EMAIL`` or ``username@hostname``. If the username in |
|
1601 | 1615 | hgrc is empty, e.g. if the system admin set ``username =`` in the |
|
1602 | 1616 | system hgrc, it has to be specified manually or in a different |
|
1603 | 1617 | hgrc file) |
|
1604 | 1618 | |
|
1605 | 1619 | ``verbose`` |
|
1606 | 1620 | Increase the amount of output printed. (default: False) |
|
1607 | 1621 | |
|
1608 | 1622 | |
|
1609 | 1623 | ``web`` |
|
1610 | 1624 | ------- |
|
1611 | 1625 | |
|
1612 | 1626 | Web interface configuration. The settings in this section apply to |
|
1613 | 1627 | both the builtin webserver (started by :hg:`serve`) and the script you |
|
1614 | 1628 | run through a webserver (``hgweb.cgi`` and the derivatives for FastCGI |
|
1615 | 1629 | and WSGI). |
|
1616 | 1630 | |
|
1617 | 1631 | The Mercurial webserver does no authentication (it does not prompt for |
|
1618 | 1632 | usernames and passwords to validate *who* users are), but it does do |
|
1619 | 1633 | authorization (it grants or denies access for *authenticated users* |
|
1620 | 1634 | based on settings in this section). You must either configure your |
|
1621 | 1635 | webserver to do authentication for you, or disable the authorization |
|
1622 | 1636 | checks. |
|
1623 | 1637 | |
|
1624 | 1638 | For a quick setup in a trusted environment, e.g., a private LAN, where |
|
1625 | 1639 | you want it to accept pushes from anybody, you can use the following |
|
1626 | 1640 | command line:: |
|
1627 | 1641 | |
|
1628 | 1642 | $ hg --config web.allow_push=* --config web.push_ssl=False serve |
|
1629 | 1643 | |
|
1630 | 1644 | Note that this will allow anybody to push anything to the server and |
|
1631 | 1645 | that this should not be used for public servers. |
|
1632 | 1646 | |
|
1633 | 1647 | The full set of options is: |
|
1634 | 1648 | |
|
1635 | 1649 | ``accesslog`` |
|
1636 | 1650 | Where to output the access log. (default: stdout) |
|
1637 | 1651 | |
|
1638 | 1652 | ``address`` |
|
1639 | 1653 | Interface address to bind to. (default: all) |
|
1640 | 1654 | |
|
1641 | 1655 | ``allow_archive`` |
|
1642 | 1656 | List of archive format (bz2, gz, zip) allowed for downloading. |
|
1643 | 1657 | (default: empty) |
|
1644 | 1658 | |
|
1645 | 1659 | ``allowbz2`` |
|
1646 | 1660 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.bz2 downloading of repository |
|
1647 | 1661 | revisions. |
|
1648 | 1662 | (default: False) |
|
1649 | 1663 | |
|
1650 | 1664 | ``allowgz`` |
|
1651 | 1665 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .tar.gz downloading of repository |
|
1652 | 1666 | revisions. |
|
1653 | 1667 | (default: False) |
|
1654 | 1668 | |
|
1655 | 1669 | ``allowpull`` |
|
1656 | 1670 | Whether to allow pulling from the repository. (default: True) |
|
1657 | 1671 | |
|
1658 | 1672 | ``allow_push`` |
|
1659 | 1673 | Whether to allow pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
1660 | 1674 | pushing is not allowed. If the special value ``*``, any remote |
|
1661 | 1675 | user can push, including unauthenticated users. Otherwise, the |
|
1662 | 1676 | remote user must have been authenticated, and the authenticated |
|
1663 | 1677 | user name must be present in this list. The contents of the |
|
1664 | 1678 | allow_push list are examined after the deny_push list. |
|
1665 | 1679 | |
|
1666 | 1680 | ``allow_read`` |
|
1667 | 1681 | If the user has not already been denied repository access due to |
|
1668 | 1682 | the contents of deny_read, this list determines whether to grant |
|
1669 | 1683 | repository access to the user. If this list is not empty, and the |
|
1670 | 1684 | user is unauthenticated or not present in the list, then access is |
|
1671 | 1685 | denied for the user. If the list is empty or not set, then access |
|
1672 | 1686 | is permitted to all users by default. Setting allow_read to the |
|
1673 | 1687 | special value ``*`` is equivalent to it not being set (i.e. access |
|
1674 | 1688 | is permitted to all users). The contents of the allow_read list are |
|
1675 | 1689 | examined after the deny_read list. |
|
1676 | 1690 | |
|
1677 | 1691 | ``allowzip`` |
|
1678 | 1692 | (DEPRECATED) Whether to allow .zip downloading of repository |
|
1679 | 1693 | revisions. This feature creates temporary files. |
|
1680 | 1694 | (default: False) |
|
1681 | 1695 | |
|
1682 | 1696 | ``archivesubrepos`` |
|
1683 | 1697 | Whether to recurse into subrepositories when archiving. |
|
1684 | 1698 | (default: False) |
|
1685 | 1699 | |
|
1686 | 1700 | ``baseurl`` |
|
1687 | 1701 | Base URL to use when publishing URLs in other locations, so |
|
1688 | 1702 | third-party tools like email notification hooks can construct |
|
1689 | 1703 | URLs. Example: ``http://hgserver/repos/``. |
|
1690 | 1704 | |
|
1691 | 1705 | ``cacerts`` |
|
1692 | 1706 | Path to file containing a list of PEM encoded certificate |
|
1693 | 1707 | authority certificates. Environment variables and ``~user`` |
|
1694 | 1708 | constructs are expanded in the filename. If specified on the |
|
1695 | 1709 | client, then it will verify the identity of remote HTTPS servers |
|
1696 | 1710 | with these certificates. |
|
1697 | 1711 | |
|
1698 | 1712 | This feature is only supported when using Python 2.6 or later. If you wish |
|
1699 | 1713 | to use it with earlier versions of Python, install the backported |
|
1700 | 1714 | version of the ssl library that is available from |
|
1701 | 1715 | ``http://pypi.python.org``. |
|
1702 | 1716 | |
|
1703 | 1717 | To disable SSL verification temporarily, specify ``--insecure`` from |
|
1704 | 1718 | command line. |
|
1705 | 1719 | |
|
1706 | 1720 | You can use OpenSSL's CA certificate file if your platform has |
|
1707 | 1721 | one. On most Linux systems this will be |
|
1708 | 1722 | ``/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt``. Otherwise you will have to |
|
1709 | 1723 | generate this file manually. The form must be as follows:: |
|
1710 | 1724 | |
|
1711 | 1725 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1712 | 1726 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1713 | 1727 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1714 | 1728 | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1715 | 1729 | ... (certificate in base64 PEM encoding) ... |
|
1716 | 1730 | -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
|
1717 | 1731 | |
|
1718 | 1732 | ``cache`` |
|
1719 | 1733 | Whether to support caching in hgweb. (default: True) |
|
1720 | 1734 | |
|
1721 | 1735 | ``certificate`` |
|
1722 | 1736 | Certificate to use when running :hg:`serve`. |
|
1723 | 1737 | |
|
1724 | 1738 | ``collapse`` |
|
1725 | 1739 | With ``descend`` enabled, repositories in subdirectories are shown at |
|
1726 | 1740 | a single level alongside repositories in the current path. With |
|
1727 | 1741 | ``collapse`` also enabled, repositories residing at a deeper level than |
|
1728 | 1742 | the current path are grouped behind navigable directory entries that |
|
1729 | 1743 | lead to the locations of these repositories. In effect, this setting |
|
1730 | 1744 | collapses each collection of repositories found within a subdirectory |
|
1731 | 1745 | into a single entry for that subdirectory. (default: False) |
|
1732 | 1746 | |
|
1733 | 1747 | ``comparisoncontext`` |
|
1734 | 1748 | Number of lines of context to show in side-by-side file comparison. If |
|
1735 | 1749 | negative or the value ``full``, whole files are shown. (default: 5) |
|
1736 | 1750 | |
|
1737 | 1751 | This setting can be overridden by a ``context`` request parameter to the |
|
1738 | 1752 | ``comparison`` command, taking the same values. |
|
1739 | 1753 | |
|
1740 | 1754 | ``contact`` |
|
1741 | 1755 | Name or email address of the person in charge of the repository. |
|
1742 | 1756 | (default: ui.username or ``$EMAIL`` or "unknown" if unset or empty) |
|
1743 | 1757 | |
|
1744 | 1758 | ``deny_push`` |
|
1745 | 1759 | Whether to deny pushing to the repository. If empty or not set, |
|
1746 | 1760 | push is not denied. If the special value ``*``, all remote users are |
|
1747 | 1761 | denied push. Otherwise, unauthenticated users are all denied, and |
|
1748 | 1762 | any authenticated user name present in this list is also denied. The |
|
1749 | 1763 | contents of the deny_push list are examined before the allow_push list. |
|
1750 | 1764 | |
|
1751 | 1765 | ``deny_read`` |
|
1752 | 1766 | Whether to deny reading/viewing of the repository. If this list is |
|
1753 | 1767 | not empty, unauthenticated users are all denied, and any |
|
1754 | 1768 | authenticated user name present in this list is also denied access to |
|
1755 | 1769 | the repository. If set to the special value ``*``, all remote users |
|
1756 | 1770 | are denied access (rarely needed ;). If deny_read is empty or not set, |
|
1757 | 1771 | the determination of repository access depends on the presence and |
|
1758 | 1772 | content of the allow_read list (see description). If both |
|
1759 | 1773 | deny_read and allow_read are empty or not set, then access is |
|
1760 | 1774 | permitted to all users by default. If the repository is being |
|
1761 | 1775 | served via hgwebdir, denied users will not be able to see it in |
|
1762 | 1776 | the list of repositories. The contents of the deny_read list have |
|
1763 | 1777 | priority over (are examined before) the contents of the allow_read |
|
1764 | 1778 | list. |
|
1765 | 1779 | |
|
1766 | 1780 | ``descend`` |
|
1767 | 1781 | hgwebdir indexes will not descend into subdirectories. Only repositories |
|
1768 | 1782 | directly in the current path will be shown (other repositories are still |
|
1769 | 1783 | available from the index corresponding to their containing path). |
|
1770 | 1784 | |
|
1771 | 1785 | ``description`` |
|
1772 | 1786 | Textual description of the repository's purpose or contents. |
|
1773 | 1787 | (default: "unknown") |
|
1774 | 1788 | |
|
1775 | 1789 | ``encoding`` |
|
1776 | 1790 | Character encoding name. (default: the current locale charset) |
|
1777 | 1791 | Example: "UTF-8". |
|
1778 | 1792 | |
|
1779 | 1793 | ``errorlog`` |
|
1780 | 1794 | Where to output the error log. (default: stderr) |
|
1781 | 1795 | |
|
1782 | 1796 | ``guessmime`` |
|
1783 | 1797 | Control MIME types for raw download of file content. |
|
1784 | 1798 | Set to True to let hgweb guess the content type from the file |
|
1785 | 1799 | extension. This will serve HTML files as ``text/html`` and might |
|
1786 | 1800 | allow cross-site scripting attacks when serving untrusted |
|
1787 | 1801 | repositories. (default: False) |
|
1788 | 1802 | |
|
1789 | 1803 | ``hidden`` |
|
1790 | 1804 | Whether to hide the repository in the hgwebdir index. |
|
1791 | 1805 | (default: False) |
|
1792 | 1806 | |
|
1793 | 1807 | ``ipv6`` |
|
1794 | 1808 | Whether to use IPv6. (default: False) |
|
1795 | 1809 | |
|
1796 | 1810 | ``logoimg`` |
|
1797 | 1811 | File name of the logo image that some templates display on each page. |
|
1798 | 1812 | The file name is relative to ``staticurl``. That is, the full path to |
|
1799 | 1813 | the logo image is "staticurl/logoimg". |
|
1800 | 1814 | If unset, ``hglogo.png`` will be used. |
|
1801 | 1815 | |
|
1802 | 1816 | ``logourl`` |
|
1803 | 1817 | Base URL to use for logos. If unset, ``https://mercurial-scm.org/`` |
|
1804 | 1818 | will be used. |
|
1805 | 1819 | |
|
1806 | 1820 | ``maxchanges`` |
|
1807 | 1821 | Maximum number of changes to list on the changelog. (default: 10) |
|
1808 | 1822 | |
|
1809 | 1823 | ``maxfiles`` |
|
1810 | 1824 | Maximum number of files to list per changeset. (default: 10) |
|
1811 | 1825 | |
|
1812 | 1826 | ``maxshortchanges`` |
|
1813 | 1827 | Maximum number of changes to list on the shortlog, graph or filelog |
|
1814 | 1828 | pages. (default: 60) |
|
1815 | 1829 | |
|
1816 | 1830 | ``name`` |
|
1817 | 1831 | Repository name to use in the web interface. |
|
1818 | 1832 | (default: current working directory) |
|
1819 | 1833 | |
|
1820 | 1834 | ``port`` |
|
1821 | 1835 | Port to listen on. (default: 8000) |
|
1822 | 1836 | |
|
1823 | 1837 | ``prefix`` |
|
1824 | 1838 | Prefix path to serve from. (default: '' (server root)) |
|
1825 | 1839 | |
|
1826 | 1840 | ``push_ssl`` |
|
1827 | 1841 | Whether to require that inbound pushes be transported over SSL to |
|
1828 | 1842 | prevent password sniffing. (default: True) |
|
1829 | 1843 | |
|
1830 | 1844 | ``refreshinterval`` |
|
1831 | 1845 | How frequently directory listings re-scan the filesystem for new |
|
1832 | 1846 | repositories, in seconds. This is relevant when wildcards are used |
|
1833 | 1847 | to define paths. Depending on how much filesystem traversal is |
|
1834 | 1848 | required, refreshing may negatively impact performance. |
|
1835 | 1849 | |
|
1836 | 1850 | Values less than or equal to 0 always refresh. |
|
1837 | 1851 | (default: 20) |
|
1838 | 1852 | |
|
1839 | 1853 | ``staticurl`` |
|
1840 | 1854 | Base URL to use for static files. If unset, static files (e.g. the |
|
1841 | 1855 | hgicon.png favicon) will be served by the CGI script itself. Use |
|
1842 | 1856 | this setting to serve them directly with the HTTP server. |
|
1843 | 1857 | Example: ``http://hgserver/static/``. |
|
1844 | 1858 | |
|
1845 | 1859 | ``stripes`` |
|
1846 | 1860 | How many lines a "zebra stripe" should span in multi-line output. |
|
1847 | 1861 | Set to 0 to disable. (default: 1) |
|
1848 | 1862 | |
|
1849 | 1863 | ``style`` |
|
1850 | 1864 | Which template map style to use. The available options are the names of |
|
1851 | 1865 | subdirectories in the HTML templates path. (default: ``paper``) |
|
1852 | 1866 | Example: ``monoblue``. |
|
1853 | 1867 | |
|
1854 | 1868 | ``templates`` |
|
1855 | 1869 | Where to find the HTML templates. The default path to the HTML templates |
|
1856 | 1870 | can be obtained from ``hg debuginstall``. |
|
1857 | 1871 | |
|
1858 | 1872 | ``websub`` |
|
1859 | 1873 | ---------- |
|
1860 | 1874 | |
|
1861 | 1875 | Web substitution filter definition. You can use this section to |
|
1862 | 1876 | define a set of regular expression substitution patterns which |
|
1863 | 1877 | let you automatically modify the hgweb server output. |
|
1864 | 1878 | |
|
1865 | 1879 | The default hgweb templates only apply these substitution patterns |
|
1866 | 1880 | on the revision description fields. You can apply them anywhere |
|
1867 | 1881 | you want when you create your own templates by adding calls to the |
|
1868 | 1882 | "websub" filter (usually after calling the "escape" filter). |
|
1869 | 1883 | |
|
1870 | 1884 | This can be used, for example, to convert issue references to links |
|
1871 | 1885 | to your issue tracker, or to convert "markdown-like" syntax into |
|
1872 | 1886 | HTML (see the examples below). |
|
1873 | 1887 | |
|
1874 | 1888 | Each entry in this section names a substitution filter. |
|
1875 | 1889 | The value of each entry defines the substitution expression itself. |
|
1876 | 1890 | The websub expressions follow the old interhg extension syntax, |
|
1877 | 1891 | which in turn imitates the Unix sed replacement syntax:: |
|
1878 | 1892 | |
|
1879 | 1893 | patternname = s/SEARCH_REGEX/REPLACE_EXPRESSION/[i] |
|
1880 | 1894 | |
|
1881 | 1895 | You can use any separator other than "/". The final "i" is optional |
|
1882 | 1896 | and indicates that the search must be case insensitive. |
|
1883 | 1897 | |
|
1884 | 1898 | Examples:: |
|
1885 | 1899 | |
|
1886 | 1900 | [websub] |
|
1887 | 1901 | issues = s|issue(\d+)|<a href="http://bts.example.org/issue\1">issue\1</a>|i |
|
1888 | 1902 | italic = s/\b_(\S+)_\b/<i>\1<\/i>/ |
|
1889 | 1903 | bold = s/\*\b(\S+)\b\*/<b>\1<\/b>/ |
|
1890 | 1904 | |
|
1891 | 1905 | ``worker`` |
|
1892 | 1906 | ---------- |
|
1893 | 1907 | |
|
1894 | 1908 | Parallel master/worker configuration. We currently perform working |
|
1895 | 1909 | directory updates in parallel on Unix-like systems, which greatly |
|
1896 | 1910 | helps performance. |
|
1897 | 1911 | |
|
1898 | 1912 | ``numcpus`` |
|
1899 | 1913 | Number of CPUs to use for parallel operations. A zero or |
|
1900 | 1914 | negative value is treated as ``use the default``. |
|
1901 | 1915 | (default: 4 or the number of CPUs on the system, whichever is larger) |
@@ -1,1179 +1,1243 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | # ui.py - user interface bits for mercurial |
|
2 | 2 | # |
|
3 | 3 | # Copyright 2005-2007 Matt Mackall <mpm@selenic.com> |
|
4 | 4 | # |
|
5 | 5 | # This software may be used and distributed according to the terms of the |
|
6 | 6 | # GNU General Public License version 2 or any later version. |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | from __future__ import absolute_import |
|
9 | 9 | |
|
10 | 10 | import errno |
|
11 | 11 | import getpass |
|
12 | 12 | import inspect |
|
13 | 13 | import os |
|
14 | 14 | import socket |
|
15 | 15 | import sys |
|
16 | 16 | import tempfile |
|
17 | 17 | import traceback |
|
18 | 18 | |
|
19 | 19 | from .i18n import _ |
|
20 | 20 | from .node import hex |
|
21 | 21 | |
|
22 | 22 | from . import ( |
|
23 | 23 | config, |
|
24 | 24 | error, |
|
25 | 25 | formatter, |
|
26 | 26 | progress, |
|
27 | 27 | scmutil, |
|
28 | 28 | util, |
|
29 | 29 | ) |
|
30 | 30 | |
|
31 | 31 | samplehgrcs = { |
|
32 | 32 | 'user': |
|
33 | 33 | """# example user config (see "hg help config" for more info) |
|
34 | 34 | [ui] |
|
35 | 35 | # name and email, e.g. |
|
36 | 36 | # username = Jane Doe <jdoe@example.com> |
|
37 | 37 | username = |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | [extensions] |
|
40 | 40 | # uncomment these lines to enable some popular extensions |
|
41 | 41 | # (see "hg help extensions" for more info) |
|
42 | 42 | # |
|
43 | 43 | # pager = |
|
44 | 44 | # progress = |
|
45 | 45 | # color =""", |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | 'cloned': |
|
48 | 48 | """# example repository config (see "hg help config" for more info) |
|
49 | 49 | [paths] |
|
50 | 50 | default = %s |
|
51 | 51 | |
|
52 | 52 | # path aliases to other clones of this repo in URLs or filesystem paths |
|
53 | 53 | # (see "hg help config.paths" for more info) |
|
54 | 54 | # |
|
55 | 55 | # default-push = ssh://jdoe@example.net/hg/jdoes-fork |
|
56 | 56 | # my-fork = ssh://jdoe@example.net/hg/jdoes-fork |
|
57 | 57 | # my-clone = /home/jdoe/jdoes-clone |
|
58 | 58 | |
|
59 | 59 | [ui] |
|
60 | 60 | # name and email (local to this repository, optional), e.g. |
|
61 | 61 | # username = Jane Doe <jdoe@example.com> |
|
62 | 62 | """, |
|
63 | 63 | |
|
64 | 64 | 'local': |
|
65 | 65 | """# example repository config (see "hg help config" for more info) |
|
66 | 66 | [paths] |
|
67 | 67 | # path aliases to other clones of this repo in URLs or filesystem paths |
|
68 | 68 | # (see "hg help config.paths" for more info) |
|
69 | 69 | # |
|
70 | 70 | # default = http://example.com/hg/example-repo |
|
71 | 71 | # default-push = ssh://jdoe@example.net/hg/jdoes-fork |
|
72 | 72 | # my-fork = ssh://jdoe@example.net/hg/jdoes-fork |
|
73 | 73 | # my-clone = /home/jdoe/jdoes-clone |
|
74 | 74 | |
|
75 | 75 | [ui] |
|
76 | 76 | # name and email (local to this repository, optional), e.g. |
|
77 | 77 | # username = Jane Doe <jdoe@example.com> |
|
78 | 78 | """, |
|
79 | 79 | |
|
80 | 80 | 'global': |
|
81 | 81 | """# example system-wide hg config (see "hg help config" for more info) |
|
82 | 82 | |
|
83 | 83 | [extensions] |
|
84 | 84 | # uncomment these lines to enable some popular extensions |
|
85 | 85 | # (see "hg help extensions" for more info) |
|
86 | 86 | # |
|
87 | 87 | # blackbox = |
|
88 | 88 | # progress = |
|
89 | 89 | # color = |
|
90 | 90 | # pager =""", |
|
91 | 91 | } |
|
92 | 92 | |
|
93 | 93 | class ui(object): |
|
94 | 94 | def __init__(self, src=None): |
|
95 | 95 | # _buffers: used for temporary capture of output |
|
96 | 96 | self._buffers = [] |
|
97 | 97 | # 3-tuple describing how each buffer in the stack behaves. |
|
98 | 98 | # Values are (capture stderr, capture subprocesses, apply labels). |
|
99 | 99 | self._bufferstates = [] |
|
100 | 100 | # When a buffer is active, defines whether we are expanding labels. |
|
101 | 101 | # This exists to prevent an extra list lookup. |
|
102 | 102 | self._bufferapplylabels = None |
|
103 | 103 | self.quiet = self.verbose = self.debugflag = self.tracebackflag = False |
|
104 | 104 | self._reportuntrusted = True |
|
105 | 105 | self._ocfg = config.config() # overlay |
|
106 | 106 | self._tcfg = config.config() # trusted |
|
107 | 107 | self._ucfg = config.config() # untrusted |
|
108 | 108 | self._trustusers = set() |
|
109 | 109 | self._trustgroups = set() |
|
110 | 110 | self.callhooks = True |
|
111 | 111 | |
|
112 | 112 | if src: |
|
113 | 113 | self.fout = src.fout |
|
114 | 114 | self.ferr = src.ferr |
|
115 | 115 | self.fin = src.fin |
|
116 | 116 | |
|
117 | 117 | self._tcfg = src._tcfg.copy() |
|
118 | 118 | self._ucfg = src._ucfg.copy() |
|
119 | 119 | self._ocfg = src._ocfg.copy() |
|
120 | 120 | self._trustusers = src._trustusers.copy() |
|
121 | 121 | self._trustgroups = src._trustgroups.copy() |
|
122 | 122 | self.environ = src.environ |
|
123 | 123 | self.callhooks = src.callhooks |
|
124 | 124 | self.fixconfig() |
|
125 | 125 | else: |
|
126 | 126 | self.fout = sys.stdout |
|
127 | 127 | self.ferr = sys.stderr |
|
128 | 128 | self.fin = sys.stdin |
|
129 | 129 | |
|
130 | 130 | # shared read-only environment |
|
131 | 131 | self.environ = os.environ |
|
132 | 132 | # we always trust global config files |
|
133 | 133 | for f in scmutil.rcpath(): |
|
134 | 134 | self.readconfig(f, trust=True) |
|
135 | 135 | |
|
136 | 136 | def copy(self): |
|
137 | 137 | return self.__class__(self) |
|
138 | 138 | |
|
139 | 139 | def formatter(self, topic, opts): |
|
140 | 140 | return formatter.formatter(self, topic, opts) |
|
141 | 141 | |
|
142 | 142 | def _trusted(self, fp, f): |
|
143 | 143 | st = util.fstat(fp) |
|
144 | 144 | if util.isowner(st): |
|
145 | 145 | return True |
|
146 | 146 | |
|
147 | 147 | tusers, tgroups = self._trustusers, self._trustgroups |
|
148 | 148 | if '*' in tusers or '*' in tgroups: |
|
149 | 149 | return True |
|
150 | 150 | |
|
151 | 151 | user = util.username(st.st_uid) |
|
152 | 152 | group = util.groupname(st.st_gid) |
|
153 | 153 | if user in tusers or group in tgroups or user == util.username(): |
|
154 | 154 | return True |
|
155 | 155 | |
|
156 | 156 | if self._reportuntrusted: |
|
157 | 157 | self.warn(_('not trusting file %s from untrusted ' |
|
158 | 158 | 'user %s, group %s\n') % (f, user, group)) |
|
159 | 159 | return False |
|
160 | 160 | |
|
161 | 161 | def readconfig(self, filename, root=None, trust=False, |
|
162 | 162 | sections=None, remap=None): |
|
163 | 163 | try: |
|
164 | 164 | fp = open(filename) |
|
165 | 165 | except IOError: |
|
166 | 166 | if not sections: # ignore unless we were looking for something |
|
167 | 167 | return |
|
168 | 168 | raise |
|
169 | 169 | |
|
170 | 170 | cfg = config.config() |
|
171 | 171 | trusted = sections or trust or self._trusted(fp, filename) |
|
172 | 172 | |
|
173 | 173 | try: |
|
174 | 174 | cfg.read(filename, fp, sections=sections, remap=remap) |
|
175 | 175 | fp.close() |
|
176 | 176 | except error.ConfigError as inst: |
|
177 | 177 | if trusted: |
|
178 | 178 | raise |
|
179 | 179 | self.warn(_("ignored: %s\n") % str(inst)) |
|
180 | 180 | |
|
181 | 181 | if self.plain(): |
|
182 | 182 | for k in ('debug', 'fallbackencoding', 'quiet', 'slash', |
|
183 | 183 | 'logtemplate', 'statuscopies', 'style', |
|
184 | 184 | 'traceback', 'verbose'): |
|
185 | 185 | if k in cfg['ui']: |
|
186 | 186 | del cfg['ui'][k] |
|
187 | 187 | for k, v in cfg.items('defaults'): |
|
188 | 188 | del cfg['defaults'][k] |
|
189 | 189 | # Don't remove aliases from the configuration if in the exceptionlist |
|
190 | 190 | if self.plain('alias'): |
|
191 | 191 | for k, v in cfg.items('alias'): |
|
192 | 192 | del cfg['alias'][k] |
|
193 | 193 | if self.plain('revsetalias'): |
|
194 | 194 | for k, v in cfg.items('revsetalias'): |
|
195 | 195 | del cfg['revsetalias'][k] |
|
196 | 196 | |
|
197 | 197 | if trusted: |
|
198 | 198 | self._tcfg.update(cfg) |
|
199 | 199 | self._tcfg.update(self._ocfg) |
|
200 | 200 | self._ucfg.update(cfg) |
|
201 | 201 | self._ucfg.update(self._ocfg) |
|
202 | 202 | |
|
203 | 203 | if root is None: |
|
204 | 204 | root = os.path.expanduser('~') |
|
205 | 205 | self.fixconfig(root=root) |
|
206 | 206 | |
|
207 | 207 | def fixconfig(self, root=None, section=None): |
|
208 | 208 | if section in (None, 'paths'): |
|
209 | 209 | # expand vars and ~ |
|
210 | 210 | # translate paths relative to root (or home) into absolute paths |
|
211 | 211 | root = root or os.getcwd() |
|
212 | 212 | for c in self._tcfg, self._ucfg, self._ocfg: |
|
213 | 213 | for n, p in c.items('paths'): |
|
214 | 214 | if not p: |
|
215 | 215 | continue |
|
216 | 216 | if '%%' in p: |
|
217 | 217 | self.warn(_("(deprecated '%%' in path %s=%s from %s)\n") |
|
218 | 218 | % (n, p, self.configsource('paths', n))) |
|
219 | 219 | p = p.replace('%%', '%') |
|
220 | 220 | p = util.expandpath(p) |
|
221 | 221 | if not util.hasscheme(p) and not os.path.isabs(p): |
|
222 | 222 | p = os.path.normpath(os.path.join(root, p)) |
|
223 | 223 | c.set("paths", n, p) |
|
224 | 224 | |
|
225 | 225 | if section in (None, 'ui'): |
|
226 | 226 | # update ui options |
|
227 | 227 | self.debugflag = self.configbool('ui', 'debug') |
|
228 | 228 | self.verbose = self.debugflag or self.configbool('ui', 'verbose') |
|
229 | 229 | self.quiet = not self.debugflag and self.configbool('ui', 'quiet') |
|
230 | 230 | if self.verbose and self.quiet: |
|
231 | 231 | self.quiet = self.verbose = False |
|
232 | 232 | self._reportuntrusted = self.debugflag or self.configbool("ui", |
|
233 | 233 | "report_untrusted", True) |
|
234 | 234 | self.tracebackflag = self.configbool('ui', 'traceback', False) |
|
235 | 235 | |
|
236 | 236 | if section in (None, 'trusted'): |
|
237 | 237 | # update trust information |
|
238 | 238 | self._trustusers.update(self.configlist('trusted', 'users')) |
|
239 | 239 | self._trustgroups.update(self.configlist('trusted', 'groups')) |
|
240 | 240 | |
|
241 | 241 | def backupconfig(self, section, item): |
|
242 | 242 | return (self._ocfg.backup(section, item), |
|
243 | 243 | self._tcfg.backup(section, item), |
|
244 | 244 | self._ucfg.backup(section, item),) |
|
245 | 245 | def restoreconfig(self, data): |
|
246 | 246 | self._ocfg.restore(data[0]) |
|
247 | 247 | self._tcfg.restore(data[1]) |
|
248 | 248 | self._ucfg.restore(data[2]) |
|
249 | 249 | |
|
250 | 250 | def setconfig(self, section, name, value, source=''): |
|
251 | 251 | for cfg in (self._ocfg, self._tcfg, self._ucfg): |
|
252 | 252 | cfg.set(section, name, value, source) |
|
253 | 253 | self.fixconfig(section=section) |
|
254 | 254 | |
|
255 | 255 | def _data(self, untrusted): |
|
256 | 256 | return untrusted and self._ucfg or self._tcfg |
|
257 | 257 | |
|
258 | 258 | def configsource(self, section, name, untrusted=False): |
|
259 | 259 | return self._data(untrusted).source(section, name) or 'none' |
|
260 | 260 | |
|
261 | 261 | def config(self, section, name, default=None, untrusted=False): |
|
262 | 262 | if isinstance(name, list): |
|
263 | 263 | alternates = name |
|
264 | 264 | else: |
|
265 | 265 | alternates = [name] |
|
266 | 266 | |
|
267 | 267 | for n in alternates: |
|
268 | 268 | value = self._data(untrusted).get(section, n, None) |
|
269 | 269 | if value is not None: |
|
270 | 270 | name = n |
|
271 | 271 | break |
|
272 | 272 | else: |
|
273 | 273 | value = default |
|
274 | 274 | |
|
275 | 275 | if self.debugflag and not untrusted and self._reportuntrusted: |
|
276 | 276 | for n in alternates: |
|
277 | 277 | uvalue = self._ucfg.get(section, n) |
|
278 | 278 | if uvalue is not None and uvalue != value: |
|
279 | 279 | self.debug("ignoring untrusted configuration option " |
|
280 | 280 | "%s.%s = %s\n" % (section, n, uvalue)) |
|
281 | 281 | return value |
|
282 | 282 | |
|
283 | 283 | def configsuboptions(self, section, name, default=None, untrusted=False): |
|
284 | 284 | """Get a config option and all sub-options. |
|
285 | 285 | |
|
286 | 286 | Some config options have sub-options that are declared with the |
|
287 | 287 | format "key:opt = value". This method is used to return the main |
|
288 | 288 | option and all its declared sub-options. |
|
289 | 289 | |
|
290 | 290 | Returns a 2-tuple of ``(option, sub-options)``, where `sub-options`` |
|
291 | 291 | is a dict of defined sub-options where keys and values are strings. |
|
292 | 292 | """ |
|
293 | 293 | data = self._data(untrusted) |
|
294 | 294 | main = data.get(section, name, default) |
|
295 | 295 | if self.debugflag and not untrusted and self._reportuntrusted: |
|
296 | 296 | uvalue = self._ucfg.get(section, name) |
|
297 | 297 | if uvalue is not None and uvalue != main: |
|
298 | 298 | self.debug('ignoring untrusted configuration option ' |
|
299 | 299 | '%s.%s = %s\n' % (section, name, uvalue)) |
|
300 | 300 | |
|
301 | 301 | sub = {} |
|
302 | 302 | prefix = '%s:' % name |
|
303 | 303 | for k, v in data.items(section): |
|
304 | 304 | if k.startswith(prefix): |
|
305 | 305 | sub[k[len(prefix):]] = v |
|
306 | 306 | |
|
307 | 307 | if self.debugflag and not untrusted and self._reportuntrusted: |
|
308 | 308 | for k, v in sub.items(): |
|
309 | 309 | uvalue = self._ucfg.get(section, '%s:%s' % (name, k)) |
|
310 | 310 | if uvalue is not None and uvalue != v: |
|
311 | 311 | self.debug('ignoring untrusted configuration option ' |
|
312 | 312 | '%s:%s.%s = %s\n' % (section, name, k, uvalue)) |
|
313 | 313 | |
|
314 | 314 | return main, sub |
|
315 | 315 | |
|
316 | 316 | def configpath(self, section, name, default=None, untrusted=False): |
|
317 | 317 | 'get a path config item, expanded relative to repo root or config file' |
|
318 | 318 | v = self.config(section, name, default, untrusted) |
|
319 | 319 | if v is None: |
|
320 | 320 | return None |
|
321 | 321 | if not os.path.isabs(v) or "://" not in v: |
|
322 | 322 | src = self.configsource(section, name, untrusted) |
|
323 | 323 | if ':' in src: |
|
324 | 324 | base = os.path.dirname(src.rsplit(':')[0]) |
|
325 | 325 | v = os.path.join(base, os.path.expanduser(v)) |
|
326 | 326 | return v |
|
327 | 327 | |
|
328 | 328 | def configbool(self, section, name, default=False, untrusted=False): |
|
329 | 329 | """parse a configuration element as a boolean |
|
330 | 330 | |
|
331 | 331 | >>> u = ui(); s = 'foo' |
|
332 | 332 | >>> u.setconfig(s, 'true', 'yes') |
|
333 | 333 | >>> u.configbool(s, 'true') |
|
334 | 334 | True |
|
335 | 335 | >>> u.setconfig(s, 'false', 'no') |
|
336 | 336 | >>> u.configbool(s, 'false') |
|
337 | 337 | False |
|
338 | 338 | >>> u.configbool(s, 'unknown') |
|
339 | 339 | False |
|
340 | 340 | >>> u.configbool(s, 'unknown', True) |
|
341 | 341 | True |
|
342 | 342 | >>> u.setconfig(s, 'invalid', 'somevalue') |
|
343 | 343 | >>> u.configbool(s, 'invalid') |
|
344 | 344 | Traceback (most recent call last): |
|
345 | 345 | ... |
|
346 | 346 | ConfigError: foo.invalid is not a boolean ('somevalue') |
|
347 | 347 | """ |
|
348 | 348 | |
|
349 | 349 | v = self.config(section, name, None, untrusted) |
|
350 | 350 | if v is None: |
|
351 | 351 | return default |
|
352 | 352 | if isinstance(v, bool): |
|
353 | 353 | return v |
|
354 | 354 | b = util.parsebool(v) |
|
355 | 355 | if b is None: |
|
356 | 356 | raise error.ConfigError(_("%s.%s is not a boolean ('%s')") |
|
357 | 357 | % (section, name, v)) |
|
358 | 358 | return b |
|
359 | 359 | |
|
360 | 360 | def configint(self, section, name, default=None, untrusted=False): |
|
361 | 361 | """parse a configuration element as an integer |
|
362 | 362 | |
|
363 | 363 | >>> u = ui(); s = 'foo' |
|
364 | 364 | >>> u.setconfig(s, 'int1', '42') |
|
365 | 365 | >>> u.configint(s, 'int1') |
|
366 | 366 | 42 |
|
367 | 367 | >>> u.setconfig(s, 'int2', '-42') |
|
368 | 368 | >>> u.configint(s, 'int2') |
|
369 | 369 | -42 |
|
370 | 370 | >>> u.configint(s, 'unknown', 7) |
|
371 | 371 | 7 |
|
372 | 372 | >>> u.setconfig(s, 'invalid', 'somevalue') |
|
373 | 373 | >>> u.configint(s, 'invalid') |
|
374 | 374 | Traceback (most recent call last): |
|
375 | 375 | ... |
|
376 | 376 | ConfigError: foo.invalid is not an integer ('somevalue') |
|
377 | 377 | """ |
|
378 | 378 | |
|
379 | 379 | v = self.config(section, name, None, untrusted) |
|
380 | 380 | if v is None: |
|
381 | 381 | return default |
|
382 | 382 | try: |
|
383 | 383 | return int(v) |
|
384 | 384 | except ValueError: |
|
385 | 385 | raise error.ConfigError(_("%s.%s is not an integer ('%s')") |
|
386 | 386 | % (section, name, v)) |
|
387 | 387 | |
|
388 | 388 | def configbytes(self, section, name, default=0, untrusted=False): |
|
389 | 389 | """parse a configuration element as a quantity in bytes |
|
390 | 390 | |
|
391 | 391 | Units can be specified as b (bytes), k or kb (kilobytes), m or |
|
392 | 392 | mb (megabytes), g or gb (gigabytes). |
|
393 | 393 | |
|
394 | 394 | >>> u = ui(); s = 'foo' |
|
395 | 395 | >>> u.setconfig(s, 'val1', '42') |
|
396 | 396 | >>> u.configbytes(s, 'val1') |
|
397 | 397 | 42 |
|
398 | 398 | >>> u.setconfig(s, 'val2', '42.5 kb') |
|
399 | 399 | >>> u.configbytes(s, 'val2') |
|
400 | 400 | 43520 |
|
401 | 401 | >>> u.configbytes(s, 'unknown', '7 MB') |
|
402 | 402 | 7340032 |
|
403 | 403 | >>> u.setconfig(s, 'invalid', 'somevalue') |
|
404 | 404 | >>> u.configbytes(s, 'invalid') |
|
405 | 405 | Traceback (most recent call last): |
|
406 | 406 | ... |
|
407 | 407 | ConfigError: foo.invalid is not a byte quantity ('somevalue') |
|
408 | 408 | """ |
|
409 | 409 | |
|
410 | 410 | value = self.config(section, name) |
|
411 | 411 | if value is None: |
|
412 | 412 | if not isinstance(default, str): |
|
413 | 413 | return default |
|
414 | 414 | value = default |
|
415 | 415 | try: |
|
416 | 416 | return util.sizetoint(value) |
|
417 | 417 | except error.ParseError: |
|
418 | 418 | raise error.ConfigError(_("%s.%s is not a byte quantity ('%s')") |
|
419 | 419 | % (section, name, value)) |
|
420 | 420 | |
|
421 | 421 | def configlist(self, section, name, default=None, untrusted=False): |
|
422 | 422 | """parse a configuration element as a list of comma/space separated |
|
423 | 423 | strings |
|
424 | 424 | |
|
425 | 425 | >>> u = ui(); s = 'foo' |
|
426 | 426 | >>> u.setconfig(s, 'list1', 'this,is "a small" ,test') |
|
427 | 427 | >>> u.configlist(s, 'list1') |
|
428 | 428 | ['this', 'is', 'a small', 'test'] |
|
429 | 429 | """ |
|
430 | 430 | |
|
431 | 431 | def _parse_plain(parts, s, offset): |
|
432 | 432 | whitespace = False |
|
433 | 433 | while offset < len(s) and (s[offset].isspace() or s[offset] == ','): |
|
434 | 434 | whitespace = True |
|
435 | 435 | offset += 1 |
|
436 | 436 | if offset >= len(s): |
|
437 | 437 | return None, parts, offset |
|
438 | 438 | if whitespace: |
|
439 | 439 | parts.append('') |
|
440 | 440 | if s[offset] == '"' and not parts[-1]: |
|
441 | 441 | return _parse_quote, parts, offset + 1 |
|
442 | 442 | elif s[offset] == '"' and parts[-1][-1] == '\\': |
|
443 | 443 | parts[-1] = parts[-1][:-1] + s[offset] |
|
444 | 444 | return _parse_plain, parts, offset + 1 |
|
445 | 445 | parts[-1] += s[offset] |
|
446 | 446 | return _parse_plain, parts, offset + 1 |
|
447 | 447 | |
|
448 | 448 | def _parse_quote(parts, s, offset): |
|
449 | 449 | if offset < len(s) and s[offset] == '"': # "" |
|
450 | 450 | parts.append('') |
|
451 | 451 | offset += 1 |
|
452 | 452 | while offset < len(s) and (s[offset].isspace() or |
|
453 | 453 | s[offset] == ','): |
|
454 | 454 | offset += 1 |
|
455 | 455 | return _parse_plain, parts, offset |
|
456 | 456 | |
|
457 | 457 | while offset < len(s) and s[offset] != '"': |
|
458 | 458 | if (s[offset] == '\\' and offset + 1 < len(s) |
|
459 | 459 | and s[offset + 1] == '"'): |
|
460 | 460 | offset += 1 |
|
461 | 461 | parts[-1] += '"' |
|
462 | 462 | else: |
|
463 | 463 | parts[-1] += s[offset] |
|
464 | 464 | offset += 1 |
|
465 | 465 | |
|
466 | 466 | if offset >= len(s): |
|
467 | 467 | real_parts = _configlist(parts[-1]) |
|
468 | 468 | if not real_parts: |
|
469 | 469 | parts[-1] = '"' |
|
470 | 470 | else: |
|
471 | 471 | real_parts[0] = '"' + real_parts[0] |
|
472 | 472 | parts = parts[:-1] |
|
473 | 473 | parts.extend(real_parts) |
|
474 | 474 | return None, parts, offset |
|
475 | 475 | |
|
476 | 476 | offset += 1 |
|
477 | 477 | while offset < len(s) and s[offset] in [' ', ',']: |
|
478 | 478 | offset += 1 |
|
479 | 479 | |
|
480 | 480 | if offset < len(s): |
|
481 | 481 | if offset + 1 == len(s) and s[offset] == '"': |
|
482 | 482 | parts[-1] += '"' |
|
483 | 483 | offset += 1 |
|
484 | 484 | else: |
|
485 | 485 | parts.append('') |
|
486 | 486 | else: |
|
487 | 487 | return None, parts, offset |
|
488 | 488 | |
|
489 | 489 | return _parse_plain, parts, offset |
|
490 | 490 | |
|
491 | 491 | def _configlist(s): |
|
492 | 492 | s = s.rstrip(' ,') |
|
493 | 493 | if not s: |
|
494 | 494 | return [] |
|
495 | 495 | parser, parts, offset = _parse_plain, [''], 0 |
|
496 | 496 | while parser: |
|
497 | 497 | parser, parts, offset = parser(parts, s, offset) |
|
498 | 498 | return parts |
|
499 | 499 | |
|
500 | 500 | result = self.config(section, name, untrusted=untrusted) |
|
501 | 501 | if result is None: |
|
502 | 502 | result = default or [] |
|
503 | 503 | if isinstance(result, basestring): |
|
504 | 504 | result = _configlist(result.lstrip(' ,\n')) |
|
505 | 505 | if result is None: |
|
506 | 506 | result = default or [] |
|
507 | 507 | return result |
|
508 | 508 | |
|
509 | 509 | def has_section(self, section, untrusted=False): |
|
510 | 510 | '''tell whether section exists in config.''' |
|
511 | 511 | return section in self._data(untrusted) |
|
512 | 512 | |
|
513 | 513 | def configitems(self, section, untrusted=False, ignoresub=False): |
|
514 | 514 | items = self._data(untrusted).items(section) |
|
515 | 515 | if ignoresub: |
|
516 | 516 | newitems = {} |
|
517 | 517 | for k, v in items: |
|
518 | 518 | if ':' not in k: |
|
519 | 519 | newitems[k] = v |
|
520 | 520 | items = newitems.items() |
|
521 | 521 | if self.debugflag and not untrusted and self._reportuntrusted: |
|
522 | 522 | for k, v in self._ucfg.items(section): |
|
523 | 523 | if self._tcfg.get(section, k) != v: |
|
524 | 524 | self.debug("ignoring untrusted configuration option " |
|
525 | 525 | "%s.%s = %s\n" % (section, k, v)) |
|
526 | 526 | return items |
|
527 | 527 | |
|
528 | 528 | def walkconfig(self, untrusted=False): |
|
529 | 529 | cfg = self._data(untrusted) |
|
530 | 530 | for section in cfg.sections(): |
|
531 | 531 | for name, value in self.configitems(section, untrusted): |
|
532 | 532 | yield section, name, value |
|
533 | 533 | |
|
534 | 534 | def plain(self, feature=None): |
|
535 | 535 | '''is plain mode active? |
|
536 | 536 | |
|
537 | 537 | Plain mode means that all configuration variables which affect |
|
538 | 538 | the behavior and output of Mercurial should be |
|
539 | 539 | ignored. Additionally, the output should be stable, |
|
540 | 540 | reproducible and suitable for use in scripts or applications. |
|
541 | 541 | |
|
542 | 542 | The only way to trigger plain mode is by setting either the |
|
543 | 543 | `HGPLAIN' or `HGPLAINEXCEPT' environment variables. |
|
544 | 544 | |
|
545 | 545 | The return value can either be |
|
546 | 546 | - False if HGPLAIN is not set, or feature is in HGPLAINEXCEPT |
|
547 | 547 | - True otherwise |
|
548 | 548 | ''' |
|
549 | 549 | if 'HGPLAIN' not in os.environ and 'HGPLAINEXCEPT' not in os.environ: |
|
550 | 550 | return False |
|
551 | 551 | exceptions = os.environ.get('HGPLAINEXCEPT', '').strip().split(',') |
|
552 | 552 | if feature and exceptions: |
|
553 | 553 | return feature not in exceptions |
|
554 | 554 | return True |
|
555 | 555 | |
|
556 | 556 | def username(self): |
|
557 | 557 | """Return default username to be used in commits. |
|
558 | 558 | |
|
559 | 559 | Searched in this order: $HGUSER, [ui] section of hgrcs, $EMAIL |
|
560 | 560 | and stop searching if one of these is set. |
|
561 | 561 | If not found and ui.askusername is True, ask the user, else use |
|
562 | 562 | ($LOGNAME or $USER or $LNAME or $USERNAME) + "@full.hostname". |
|
563 | 563 | """ |
|
564 | 564 | user = os.environ.get("HGUSER") |
|
565 | 565 | if user is None: |
|
566 | 566 | user = self.config("ui", ["username", "user"]) |
|
567 | 567 | if user is not None: |
|
568 | 568 | user = os.path.expandvars(user) |
|
569 | 569 | if user is None: |
|
570 | 570 | user = os.environ.get("EMAIL") |
|
571 | 571 | if user is None and self.configbool("ui", "askusername"): |
|
572 | 572 | user = self.prompt(_("enter a commit username:"), default=None) |
|
573 | 573 | if user is None and not self.interactive(): |
|
574 | 574 | try: |
|
575 | 575 | user = '%s@%s' % (util.getuser(), socket.getfqdn()) |
|
576 | 576 | self.warn(_("no username found, using '%s' instead\n") % user) |
|
577 | 577 | except KeyError: |
|
578 | 578 | pass |
|
579 | 579 | if not user: |
|
580 | 580 | raise error.Abort(_('no username supplied'), |
|
581 | 581 | hint=_('use "hg config --edit" ' |
|
582 | 582 | 'to set your username')) |
|
583 | 583 | if "\n" in user: |
|
584 | 584 | raise error.Abort(_("username %s contains a newline\n") |
|
585 | 585 | % repr(user)) |
|
586 | 586 | return user |
|
587 | 587 | |
|
588 | 588 | def shortuser(self, user): |
|
589 | 589 | """Return a short representation of a user name or email address.""" |
|
590 | 590 | if not self.verbose: |
|
591 | 591 | user = util.shortuser(user) |
|
592 | 592 | return user |
|
593 | 593 | |
|
594 | 594 | def expandpath(self, loc, default=None): |
|
595 | 595 | """Return repository location relative to cwd or from [paths]""" |
|
596 | 596 | try: |
|
597 | 597 | p = self.paths.getpath(loc) |
|
598 | 598 | if p: |
|
599 | 599 | return p.rawloc |
|
600 | 600 | except error.RepoError: |
|
601 | 601 | pass |
|
602 | 602 | |
|
603 | 603 | if default: |
|
604 | 604 | try: |
|
605 | 605 | p = self.paths.getpath(default) |
|
606 | 606 | if p: |
|
607 | 607 | return p.rawloc |
|
608 | 608 | except error.RepoError: |
|
609 | 609 | pass |
|
610 | 610 | |
|
611 | 611 | return loc |
|
612 | 612 | |
|
613 | 613 | @util.propertycache |
|
614 | 614 | def paths(self): |
|
615 | 615 | return paths(self) |
|
616 | 616 | |
|
617 | 617 | def pushbuffer(self, error=False, subproc=False, labeled=False): |
|
618 | 618 | """install a buffer to capture standard output of the ui object |
|
619 | 619 | |
|
620 | 620 | If error is True, the error output will be captured too. |
|
621 | 621 | |
|
622 | 622 | If subproc is True, output from subprocesses (typically hooks) will be |
|
623 | 623 | captured too. |
|
624 | 624 | |
|
625 | 625 | If labeled is True, any labels associated with buffered |
|
626 | 626 | output will be handled. By default, this has no effect |
|
627 | 627 | on the output returned, but extensions and GUI tools may |
|
628 | 628 | handle this argument and returned styled output. If output |
|
629 | 629 | is being buffered so it can be captured and parsed or |
|
630 | 630 | processed, labeled should not be set to True. |
|
631 | 631 | """ |
|
632 | 632 | self._buffers.append([]) |
|
633 | 633 | self._bufferstates.append((error, subproc, labeled)) |
|
634 | 634 | self._bufferapplylabels = labeled |
|
635 | 635 | |
|
636 | 636 | def popbuffer(self): |
|
637 | 637 | '''pop the last buffer and return the buffered output''' |
|
638 | 638 | self._bufferstates.pop() |
|
639 | 639 | if self._bufferstates: |
|
640 | 640 | self._bufferapplylabels = self._bufferstates[-1][2] |
|
641 | 641 | else: |
|
642 | 642 | self._bufferapplylabels = None |
|
643 | 643 | |
|
644 | 644 | return "".join(self._buffers.pop()) |
|
645 | 645 | |
|
646 | 646 | def write(self, *args, **opts): |
|
647 | 647 | '''write args to output |
|
648 | 648 | |
|
649 | 649 | By default, this method simply writes to the buffer or stdout, |
|
650 | 650 | but extensions or GUI tools may override this method, |
|
651 | 651 | write_err(), popbuffer(), and label() to style output from |
|
652 | 652 | various parts of hg. |
|
653 | 653 | |
|
654 | 654 | An optional keyword argument, "label", can be passed in. |
|
655 | 655 | This should be a string containing label names separated by |
|
656 | 656 | space. Label names take the form of "topic.type". For example, |
|
657 | 657 | ui.debug() issues a label of "ui.debug". |
|
658 | 658 | |
|
659 | 659 | When labeling output for a specific command, a label of |
|
660 | 660 | "cmdname.type" is recommended. For example, status issues |
|
661 | 661 | a label of "status.modified" for modified files. |
|
662 | 662 | ''' |
|
663 | 663 | if self._buffers: |
|
664 | 664 | self._buffers[-1].extend(a for a in args) |
|
665 | 665 | else: |
|
666 | 666 | self._progclear() |
|
667 | 667 | for a in args: |
|
668 | 668 | self.fout.write(a) |
|
669 | 669 | |
|
670 | 670 | def write_err(self, *args, **opts): |
|
671 | 671 | self._progclear() |
|
672 | 672 | try: |
|
673 | 673 | if self._bufferstates and self._bufferstates[-1][0]: |
|
674 | 674 | return self.write(*args, **opts) |
|
675 | 675 | if not getattr(self.fout, 'closed', False): |
|
676 | 676 | self.fout.flush() |
|
677 | 677 | for a in args: |
|
678 | 678 | self.ferr.write(a) |
|
679 | 679 | # stderr may be buffered under win32 when redirected to files, |
|
680 | 680 | # including stdout. |
|
681 | 681 | if not getattr(self.ferr, 'closed', False): |
|
682 | 682 | self.ferr.flush() |
|
683 | 683 | except IOError as inst: |
|
684 | 684 | if inst.errno not in (errno.EPIPE, errno.EIO, errno.EBADF): |
|
685 | 685 | raise |
|
686 | 686 | |
|
687 | 687 | def flush(self): |
|
688 | 688 | try: self.fout.flush() |
|
689 | 689 | except (IOError, ValueError): pass |
|
690 | 690 | try: self.ferr.flush() |
|
691 | 691 | except (IOError, ValueError): pass |
|
692 | 692 | |
|
693 | 693 | def _isatty(self, fh): |
|
694 | 694 | if self.configbool('ui', 'nontty', False): |
|
695 | 695 | return False |
|
696 | 696 | return util.isatty(fh) |
|
697 | 697 | |
|
698 | 698 | def interactive(self): |
|
699 | 699 | '''is interactive input allowed? |
|
700 | 700 | |
|
701 | 701 | An interactive session is a session where input can be reasonably read |
|
702 | 702 | from `sys.stdin'. If this function returns false, any attempt to read |
|
703 | 703 | from stdin should fail with an error, unless a sensible default has been |
|
704 | 704 | specified. |
|
705 | 705 | |
|
706 | 706 | Interactiveness is triggered by the value of the `ui.interactive' |
|
707 | 707 | configuration variable or - if it is unset - when `sys.stdin' points |
|
708 | 708 | to a terminal device. |
|
709 | 709 | |
|
710 | 710 | This function refers to input only; for output, see `ui.formatted()'. |
|
711 | 711 | ''' |
|
712 | 712 | i = self.configbool("ui", "interactive", None) |
|
713 | 713 | if i is None: |
|
714 | 714 | # some environments replace stdin without implementing isatty |
|
715 | 715 | # usually those are non-interactive |
|
716 | 716 | return self._isatty(self.fin) |
|
717 | 717 | |
|
718 | 718 | return i |
|
719 | 719 | |
|
720 | 720 | def termwidth(self): |
|
721 | 721 | '''how wide is the terminal in columns? |
|
722 | 722 | ''' |
|
723 | 723 | if 'COLUMNS' in os.environ: |
|
724 | 724 | try: |
|
725 | 725 | return int(os.environ['COLUMNS']) |
|
726 | 726 | except ValueError: |
|
727 | 727 | pass |
|
728 | 728 | return util.termwidth() |
|
729 | 729 | |
|
730 | 730 | def formatted(self): |
|
731 | 731 | '''should formatted output be used? |
|
732 | 732 | |
|
733 | 733 | It is often desirable to format the output to suite the output medium. |
|
734 | 734 | Examples of this are truncating long lines or colorizing messages. |
|
735 | 735 | However, this is not often not desirable when piping output into other |
|
736 | 736 | utilities, e.g. `grep'. |
|
737 | 737 | |
|
738 | 738 | Formatted output is triggered by the value of the `ui.formatted' |
|
739 | 739 | configuration variable or - if it is unset - when `sys.stdout' points |
|
740 | 740 | to a terminal device. Please note that `ui.formatted' should be |
|
741 | 741 | considered an implementation detail; it is not intended for use outside |
|
742 | 742 | Mercurial or its extensions. |
|
743 | 743 | |
|
744 | 744 | This function refers to output only; for input, see `ui.interactive()'. |
|
745 | 745 | This function always returns false when in plain mode, see `ui.plain()'. |
|
746 | 746 | ''' |
|
747 | 747 | if self.plain(): |
|
748 | 748 | return False |
|
749 | 749 | |
|
750 | 750 | i = self.configbool("ui", "formatted", None) |
|
751 | 751 | if i is None: |
|
752 | 752 | # some environments replace stdout without implementing isatty |
|
753 | 753 | # usually those are non-interactive |
|
754 | 754 | return self._isatty(self.fout) |
|
755 | 755 | |
|
756 | 756 | return i |
|
757 | 757 | |
|
758 | 758 | def _readline(self, prompt=''): |
|
759 | 759 | if self._isatty(self.fin): |
|
760 | 760 | try: |
|
761 | 761 | # magically add command line editing support, where |
|
762 | 762 | # available |
|
763 | 763 | import readline |
|
764 | 764 | # force demandimport to really load the module |
|
765 | 765 | readline.read_history_file |
|
766 | 766 | # windows sometimes raises something other than ImportError |
|
767 | 767 | except Exception: |
|
768 | 768 | pass |
|
769 | 769 | |
|
770 | 770 | # call write() so output goes through subclassed implementation |
|
771 | 771 | # e.g. color extension on Windows |
|
772 | 772 | self.write(prompt) |
|
773 | 773 | |
|
774 | 774 | # instead of trying to emulate raw_input, swap (self.fin, |
|
775 | 775 | # self.fout) with (sys.stdin, sys.stdout) |
|
776 | 776 | oldin = sys.stdin |
|
777 | 777 | oldout = sys.stdout |
|
778 | 778 | sys.stdin = self.fin |
|
779 | 779 | sys.stdout = self.fout |
|
780 | 780 | # prompt ' ' must exist; otherwise readline may delete entire line |
|
781 | 781 | # - http://bugs.python.org/issue12833 |
|
782 | 782 | line = raw_input(' ') |
|
783 | 783 | sys.stdin = oldin |
|
784 | 784 | sys.stdout = oldout |
|
785 | 785 | |
|
786 | 786 | # When stdin is in binary mode on Windows, it can cause |
|
787 | 787 | # raw_input() to emit an extra trailing carriage return |
|
788 | 788 | if os.linesep == '\r\n' and line and line[-1] == '\r': |
|
789 | 789 | line = line[:-1] |
|
790 | 790 | return line |
|
791 | 791 | |
|
792 | 792 | def prompt(self, msg, default="y"): |
|
793 | 793 | """Prompt user with msg, read response. |
|
794 | 794 | If ui is not interactive, the default is returned. |
|
795 | 795 | """ |
|
796 | 796 | if not self.interactive(): |
|
797 | 797 | self.write(msg, ' ', default, "\n") |
|
798 | 798 | return default |
|
799 | 799 | try: |
|
800 | 800 | r = self._readline(self.label(msg, 'ui.prompt')) |
|
801 | 801 | if not r: |
|
802 | 802 | r = default |
|
803 | 803 | if self.configbool('ui', 'promptecho'): |
|
804 | 804 | self.write(r, "\n") |
|
805 | 805 | return r |
|
806 | 806 | except EOFError: |
|
807 | 807 | raise error.ResponseExpected() |
|
808 | 808 | |
|
809 | 809 | @staticmethod |
|
810 | 810 | def extractchoices(prompt): |
|
811 | 811 | """Extract prompt message and list of choices from specified prompt. |
|
812 | 812 | |
|
813 | 813 | This returns tuple "(message, choices)", and "choices" is the |
|
814 | 814 | list of tuple "(response character, text without &)". |
|
815 | 815 | """ |
|
816 | 816 | parts = prompt.split('$$') |
|
817 | 817 | msg = parts[0].rstrip(' ') |
|
818 | 818 | choices = [p.strip(' ') for p in parts[1:]] |
|
819 | 819 | return (msg, |
|
820 | 820 | [(s[s.index('&') + 1].lower(), s.replace('&', '', 1)) |
|
821 | 821 | for s in choices]) |
|
822 | 822 | |
|
823 | 823 | def promptchoice(self, prompt, default=0): |
|
824 | 824 | """Prompt user with a message, read response, and ensure it matches |
|
825 | 825 | one of the provided choices. The prompt is formatted as follows: |
|
826 | 826 | |
|
827 | 827 | "would you like fries with that (Yn)? $$ &Yes $$ &No" |
|
828 | 828 | |
|
829 | 829 | The index of the choice is returned. Responses are case |
|
830 | 830 | insensitive. If ui is not interactive, the default is |
|
831 | 831 | returned. |
|
832 | 832 | """ |
|
833 | 833 | |
|
834 | 834 | msg, choices = self.extractchoices(prompt) |
|
835 | 835 | resps = [r for r, t in choices] |
|
836 | 836 | while True: |
|
837 | 837 | r = self.prompt(msg, resps[default]) |
|
838 | 838 | if r.lower() in resps: |
|
839 | 839 | return resps.index(r.lower()) |
|
840 | 840 | self.write(_("unrecognized response\n")) |
|
841 | 841 | |
|
842 | 842 | def getpass(self, prompt=None, default=None): |
|
843 | 843 | if not self.interactive(): |
|
844 | 844 | return default |
|
845 | 845 | try: |
|
846 | 846 | self.write_err(self.label(prompt or _('password: '), 'ui.prompt')) |
|
847 | 847 | # disable getpass() only if explicitly specified. it's still valid |
|
848 | 848 | # to interact with tty even if fin is not a tty. |
|
849 | 849 | if self.configbool('ui', 'nontty'): |
|
850 | 850 | return self.fin.readline().rstrip('\n') |
|
851 | 851 | else: |
|
852 | 852 | return getpass.getpass('') |
|
853 | 853 | except EOFError: |
|
854 | 854 | raise error.ResponseExpected() |
|
855 | 855 | def status(self, *msg, **opts): |
|
856 | 856 | '''write status message to output (if ui.quiet is False) |
|
857 | 857 | |
|
858 | 858 | This adds an output label of "ui.status". |
|
859 | 859 | ''' |
|
860 | 860 | if not self.quiet: |
|
861 | 861 | opts['label'] = opts.get('label', '') + ' ui.status' |
|
862 | 862 | self.write(*msg, **opts) |
|
863 | 863 | def warn(self, *msg, **opts): |
|
864 | 864 | '''write warning message to output (stderr) |
|
865 | 865 | |
|
866 | 866 | This adds an output label of "ui.warning". |
|
867 | 867 | ''' |
|
868 | 868 | opts['label'] = opts.get('label', '') + ' ui.warning' |
|
869 | 869 | self.write_err(*msg, **opts) |
|
870 | 870 | def note(self, *msg, **opts): |
|
871 | 871 | '''write note to output (if ui.verbose is True) |
|
872 | 872 | |
|
873 | 873 | This adds an output label of "ui.note". |
|
874 | 874 | ''' |
|
875 | 875 | if self.verbose: |
|
876 | 876 | opts['label'] = opts.get('label', '') + ' ui.note' |
|
877 | 877 | self.write(*msg, **opts) |
|
878 | 878 | def debug(self, *msg, **opts): |
|
879 | 879 | '''write debug message to output (if ui.debugflag is True) |
|
880 | 880 | |
|
881 | 881 | This adds an output label of "ui.debug". |
|
882 | 882 | ''' |
|
883 | 883 | if self.debugflag: |
|
884 | 884 | opts['label'] = opts.get('label', '') + ' ui.debug' |
|
885 | 885 | self.write(*msg, **opts) |
|
886 | 886 | |
|
887 | 887 | def edit(self, text, user, extra=None, editform=None, pending=None): |
|
888 | 888 | extra_defaults = { 'prefix': 'editor' } |
|
889 | 889 | if extra is not None: |
|
890 | 890 | extra_defaults.update(extra) |
|
891 | 891 | extra = extra_defaults |
|
892 | 892 | (fd, name) = tempfile.mkstemp(prefix='hg-' + extra['prefix'] + '-', |
|
893 | 893 | suffix=".txt", text=True) |
|
894 | 894 | try: |
|
895 | 895 | f = os.fdopen(fd, "w") |
|
896 | 896 | f.write(text) |
|
897 | 897 | f.close() |
|
898 | 898 | |
|
899 | 899 | environ = {'HGUSER': user} |
|
900 | 900 | if 'transplant_source' in extra: |
|
901 | 901 | environ.update({'HGREVISION': hex(extra['transplant_source'])}) |
|
902 | 902 | for label in ('intermediate-source', 'source', 'rebase_source'): |
|
903 | 903 | if label in extra: |
|
904 | 904 | environ.update({'HGREVISION': extra[label]}) |
|
905 | 905 | break |
|
906 | 906 | if editform: |
|
907 | 907 | environ.update({'HGEDITFORM': editform}) |
|
908 | 908 | if pending: |
|
909 | 909 | environ.update({'HG_PENDING': pending}) |
|
910 | 910 | |
|
911 | 911 | editor = self.geteditor() |
|
912 | 912 | |
|
913 | 913 | self.system("%s \"%s\"" % (editor, name), |
|
914 | 914 | environ=environ, |
|
915 | 915 | onerr=error.Abort, errprefix=_("edit failed")) |
|
916 | 916 | |
|
917 | 917 | f = open(name) |
|
918 | 918 | t = f.read() |
|
919 | 919 | f.close() |
|
920 | 920 | finally: |
|
921 | 921 | os.unlink(name) |
|
922 | 922 | |
|
923 | 923 | return t |
|
924 | 924 | |
|
925 | 925 | def system(self, cmd, environ=None, cwd=None, onerr=None, errprefix=None): |
|
926 | 926 | '''execute shell command with appropriate output stream. command |
|
927 | 927 | output will be redirected if fout is not stdout. |
|
928 | 928 | ''' |
|
929 | 929 | out = self.fout |
|
930 | 930 | if any(s[1] for s in self._bufferstates): |
|
931 | 931 | out = self |
|
932 | 932 | return util.system(cmd, environ=environ, cwd=cwd, onerr=onerr, |
|
933 | 933 | errprefix=errprefix, out=out) |
|
934 | 934 | |
|
935 | 935 | def traceback(self, exc=None, force=False): |
|
936 | 936 | '''print exception traceback if traceback printing enabled or forced. |
|
937 | 937 | only to call in exception handler. returns true if traceback |
|
938 | 938 | printed.''' |
|
939 | 939 | if self.tracebackflag or force: |
|
940 | 940 | if exc is None: |
|
941 | 941 | exc = sys.exc_info() |
|
942 | 942 | cause = getattr(exc[1], 'cause', None) |
|
943 | 943 | |
|
944 | 944 | if cause is not None: |
|
945 | 945 | causetb = traceback.format_tb(cause[2]) |
|
946 | 946 | exctb = traceback.format_tb(exc[2]) |
|
947 | 947 | exconly = traceback.format_exception_only(cause[0], cause[1]) |
|
948 | 948 | |
|
949 | 949 | # exclude frame where 'exc' was chained and rethrown from exctb |
|
950 | 950 | self.write_err('Traceback (most recent call last):\n', |
|
951 | 951 | ''.join(exctb[:-1]), |
|
952 | 952 | ''.join(causetb), |
|
953 | 953 | ''.join(exconly)) |
|
954 | 954 | else: |
|
955 | 955 | output = traceback.format_exception(exc[0], exc[1], exc[2]) |
|
956 | 956 | self.write_err(''.join(output)) |
|
957 | 957 | return self.tracebackflag or force |
|
958 | 958 | |
|
959 | 959 | def geteditor(self): |
|
960 | 960 | '''return editor to use''' |
|
961 | 961 | if sys.platform == 'plan9': |
|
962 | 962 | # vi is the MIPS instruction simulator on Plan 9. We |
|
963 | 963 | # instead default to E to plumb commit messages to |
|
964 | 964 | # avoid confusion. |
|
965 | 965 | editor = 'E' |
|
966 | 966 | else: |
|
967 | 967 | editor = 'vi' |
|
968 | 968 | return (os.environ.get("HGEDITOR") or |
|
969 | 969 | self.config("ui", "editor") or |
|
970 | 970 | os.environ.get("VISUAL") or |
|
971 | 971 | os.environ.get("EDITOR", editor)) |
|
972 | 972 | |
|
973 | 973 | @util.propertycache |
|
974 | 974 | def _progbar(self): |
|
975 | 975 | """setup the progbar singleton to the ui object""" |
|
976 | 976 | if (self.quiet or self.debugflag |
|
977 | 977 | or self.configbool('progress', 'disable', False) |
|
978 | 978 | or not progress.shouldprint(self)): |
|
979 | 979 | return None |
|
980 | 980 | return getprogbar(self) |
|
981 | 981 | |
|
982 | 982 | def _progclear(self): |
|
983 | 983 | """clear progress bar output if any. use it before any output""" |
|
984 | 984 | if '_progbar' not in vars(self): # nothing loaded yet |
|
985 | 985 | return |
|
986 | 986 | if self._progbar is not None and self._progbar.printed: |
|
987 | 987 | self._progbar.clear() |
|
988 | 988 | |
|
989 | 989 | def progress(self, topic, pos, item="", unit="", total=None): |
|
990 | 990 | '''show a progress message |
|
991 | 991 | |
|
992 | 992 | With stock hg, this is simply a debug message that is hidden |
|
993 | 993 | by default, but with extensions or GUI tools it may be |
|
994 | 994 | visible. 'topic' is the current operation, 'item' is a |
|
995 | 995 | non-numeric marker of the current position (i.e. the currently |
|
996 | 996 | in-process file), 'pos' is the current numeric position (i.e. |
|
997 | 997 | revision, bytes, etc.), unit is a corresponding unit label, |
|
998 | 998 | and total is the highest expected pos. |
|
999 | 999 | |
|
1000 | 1000 | Multiple nested topics may be active at a time. |
|
1001 | 1001 | |
|
1002 | 1002 | All topics should be marked closed by setting pos to None at |
|
1003 | 1003 | termination. |
|
1004 | 1004 | ''' |
|
1005 | 1005 | if self._progbar is not None: |
|
1006 | 1006 | self._progbar.progress(topic, pos, item=item, unit=unit, |
|
1007 | 1007 | total=total) |
|
1008 | 1008 | if pos is None or not self.configbool('progress', 'debug'): |
|
1009 | 1009 | return |
|
1010 | 1010 | |
|
1011 | 1011 | if unit: |
|
1012 | 1012 | unit = ' ' + unit |
|
1013 | 1013 | if item: |
|
1014 | 1014 | item = ' ' + item |
|
1015 | 1015 | |
|
1016 | 1016 | if total: |
|
1017 | 1017 | pct = 100.0 * pos / total |
|
1018 | 1018 | self.debug('%s:%s %s/%s%s (%4.2f%%)\n' |
|
1019 | 1019 | % (topic, item, pos, total, unit, pct)) |
|
1020 | 1020 | else: |
|
1021 | 1021 | self.debug('%s:%s %s%s\n' % (topic, item, pos, unit)) |
|
1022 | 1022 | |
|
1023 | 1023 | def log(self, service, *msg, **opts): |
|
1024 | 1024 | '''hook for logging facility extensions |
|
1025 | 1025 | |
|
1026 | 1026 | service should be a readily-identifiable subsystem, which will |
|
1027 | 1027 | allow filtering. |
|
1028 | 1028 | |
|
1029 | 1029 | *msg should be a newline-terminated format string to log, and |
|
1030 | 1030 | then any values to %-format into that format string. |
|
1031 | 1031 | |
|
1032 | 1032 | **opts currently has no defined meanings. |
|
1033 | 1033 | ''' |
|
1034 | 1034 | |
|
1035 | 1035 | def label(self, msg, label): |
|
1036 | 1036 | '''style msg based on supplied label |
|
1037 | 1037 | |
|
1038 | 1038 | Like ui.write(), this just returns msg unchanged, but extensions |
|
1039 | 1039 | and GUI tools can override it to allow styling output without |
|
1040 | 1040 | writing it. |
|
1041 | 1041 | |
|
1042 | 1042 | ui.write(s, 'label') is equivalent to |
|
1043 | 1043 | ui.write(ui.label(s, 'label')). |
|
1044 | 1044 | ''' |
|
1045 | 1045 | return msg |
|
1046 | 1046 | |
|
1047 | 1047 | def develwarn(self, msg): |
|
1048 | 1048 | """issue a developer warning message""" |
|
1049 | 1049 | msg = 'devel-warn: ' + msg |
|
1050 | 1050 | if self.tracebackflag: |
|
1051 | 1051 | util.debugstacktrace(msg, 2, self.ferr, self.fout) |
|
1052 | 1052 | else: |
|
1053 | 1053 | curframe = inspect.currentframe() |
|
1054 | 1054 | calframe = inspect.getouterframes(curframe, 2) |
|
1055 | 1055 | self.write_err('%s at: %s:%s (%s)\n' % ((msg,) + calframe[2][1:4])) |
|
1056 | 1056 | |
|
1057 | 1057 | class paths(dict): |
|
1058 | 1058 | """Represents a collection of paths and their configs. |
|
1059 | 1059 | |
|
1060 | 1060 | Data is initially derived from ui instances and the config files they have |
|
1061 | 1061 | loaded. |
|
1062 | 1062 | """ |
|
1063 | 1063 | def __init__(self, ui): |
|
1064 | 1064 | dict.__init__(self) |
|
1065 | 1065 | |
|
1066 | for name, loc in ui.configitems('paths'): | |
|
1066 | for name, loc in ui.configitems('paths', ignoresub=True): | |
|
1067 | 1067 | # No location is the same as not existing. |
|
1068 | 1068 | if not loc: |
|
1069 | 1069 | continue |
|
1070 | 1070 | |
|
1071 | 1071 | # TODO ignore default-push once all consumers stop referencing it |
|
1072 | 1072 | # since it is handled specifically below. |
|
1073 | 1073 | |
|
1074 | self[name] = path(ui, name, rawloc=loc) | |
|
1074 | loc, sub = ui.configsuboptions('paths', name) | |
|
1075 | self[name] = path(ui, name, rawloc=loc, suboptions=sub) | |
|
1075 | 1076 | |
|
1076 | 1077 | # Handle default-push, which is a one-off that defines the push URL for |
|
1077 | 1078 | # the "default" path. |
|
1078 | 1079 | defaultpush = ui.config('paths', 'default-push') |
|
1079 | 1080 | if defaultpush: |
|
1080 | 1081 | # "default-push" can be defined without "default" entry. This is a |
|
1081 | 1082 | # bit weird, but is allowed for backwards compatibility. |
|
1082 | 1083 | if 'default' not in self: |
|
1083 | 1084 | self['default'] = path(ui, 'default', rawloc=defaultpush) |
|
1084 | 1085 | self['default'].pushloc = defaultpush |
|
1085 | 1086 | |
|
1086 | 1087 | def getpath(self, name, default=None): |
|
1087 | 1088 | """Return a ``path`` from a string, falling back to a default. |
|
1088 | 1089 | |
|
1089 | 1090 | ``name`` can be a named path or locations. Locations are filesystem |
|
1090 | 1091 | paths or URIs. |
|
1091 | 1092 | |
|
1092 | 1093 | Returns None if ``name`` is not a registered path, a URI, or a local |
|
1093 | 1094 | path to a repo. |
|
1094 | 1095 | """ |
|
1095 | 1096 | # Only fall back to default if no path was requested. |
|
1096 | 1097 | if name is None: |
|
1097 | 1098 | if default: |
|
1098 | 1099 | try: |
|
1099 | 1100 | return self[default] |
|
1100 | 1101 | except KeyError: |
|
1101 | 1102 | return None |
|
1102 | 1103 | else: |
|
1103 | 1104 | return None |
|
1104 | 1105 | |
|
1105 | 1106 | # Most likely empty string. |
|
1106 | 1107 | # This may need to raise in the future. |
|
1107 | 1108 | if not name: |
|
1108 | 1109 | return None |
|
1109 | 1110 | |
|
1110 | 1111 | try: |
|
1111 | 1112 | return self[name] |
|
1112 | 1113 | except KeyError: |
|
1113 | 1114 | # Try to resolve as a local path or URI. |
|
1114 | 1115 | try: |
|
1115 | 1116 | # We don't pass sub-options in, so no need to pass ui instance. |
|
1116 | 1117 | return path(None, None, rawloc=name) |
|
1117 | 1118 | except ValueError: |
|
1118 | 1119 | raise error.RepoError(_('repository %s does not exist') % |
|
1119 | 1120 | name) |
|
1120 | 1121 | |
|
1121 | 1122 | assert False |
|
1122 | 1123 | |
|
1124 | _pathsuboptions = {} | |
|
1125 | ||
|
1126 | def pathsuboption(option, attr): | |
|
1127 | """Decorator used to declare a path sub-option. | |
|
1128 | ||
|
1129 | Arguments are the sub-option name and the attribute it should set on | |
|
1130 | ``path`` instances. | |
|
1131 | ||
|
1132 | The decorated function will receive as arguments a ``ui`` instance, | |
|
1133 | ``path`` instance, and the string value of this option from the config. | |
|
1134 | The function should return the value that will be set on the ``path`` | |
|
1135 | instance. | |
|
1136 | ||
|
1137 | This decorator can be used to perform additional verification of | |
|
1138 | sub-options and to change the type of sub-options. | |
|
1139 | """ | |
|
1140 | def register(func): | |
|
1141 | _pathsuboptions[option] = (attr, func) | |
|
1142 | return func | |
|
1143 | return register | |
|
1144 | ||
|
1145 | @pathsuboption('pushurl', 'pushloc') | |
|
1146 | def pushurlpathoption(ui, path, value): | |
|
1147 | u = util.url(value) | |
|
1148 | # Actually require a URL. | |
|
1149 | if not u.scheme: | |
|
1150 | ui.warn(_('(paths.%s:pushurl not a URL; ignoring)\n') % path.name) | |
|
1151 | return None | |
|
1152 | ||
|
1153 | # Don't support the #foo syntax in the push URL to declare branch to | |
|
1154 | # push. | |
|
1155 | if u.fragment: | |
|
1156 | ui.warn(_('("#fragment" in paths.%s:pushurl not supported; ' | |
|
1157 | 'ignoring)\n') % path.name) | |
|
1158 | u.fragment = None | |
|
1159 | ||
|
1160 | return str(u) | |
|
1161 | ||
|
1123 | 1162 | class path(object): |
|
1124 | 1163 | """Represents an individual path and its configuration.""" |
|
1125 | 1164 | |
|
1126 |
def __init__(self, ui, name, rawloc=None, |
|
|
1165 | def __init__(self, ui, name, rawloc=None, suboptions=None): | |
|
1127 | 1166 | """Construct a path from its config options. |
|
1128 | 1167 | |
|
1129 | 1168 | ``ui`` is the ``ui`` instance the path is coming from. |
|
1130 | 1169 | ``name`` is the symbolic name of the path. |
|
1131 | 1170 | ``rawloc`` is the raw location, as defined in the config. |
|
1132 | 1171 | ``pushloc`` is the raw locations pushes should be made to. |
|
1133 | 1172 | |
|
1134 | 1173 | If ``name`` is not defined, we require that the location be a) a local |
|
1135 | 1174 | filesystem path with a .hg directory or b) a URL. If not, |
|
1136 | 1175 | ``ValueError`` is raised. |
|
1137 | 1176 | """ |
|
1138 | 1177 | if not rawloc: |
|
1139 | 1178 | raise ValueError('rawloc must be defined') |
|
1140 | 1179 | |
|
1141 | 1180 | # Locations may define branches via syntax <base>#<branch>. |
|
1142 | 1181 | u = util.url(rawloc) |
|
1143 | 1182 | branch = None |
|
1144 | 1183 | if u.fragment: |
|
1145 | 1184 | branch = u.fragment |
|
1146 | 1185 | u.fragment = None |
|
1147 | 1186 | |
|
1148 | 1187 | self.url = u |
|
1149 | 1188 | self.branch = branch |
|
1150 | 1189 | |
|
1151 | 1190 | self.name = name |
|
1152 | 1191 | self.rawloc = rawloc |
|
1153 | 1192 | self.loc = str(u) |
|
1154 | self.pushloc = pushloc | |
|
1155 | 1193 | |
|
1156 | 1194 | # When given a raw location but not a symbolic name, validate the |
|
1157 | 1195 | # location is valid. |
|
1158 | 1196 | if not name and not u.scheme and not self._isvalidlocalpath(self.loc): |
|
1159 | 1197 | raise ValueError('location is not a URL or path to a local ' |
|
1160 | 1198 | 'repo: %s' % rawloc) |
|
1161 | 1199 | |
|
1200 | suboptions = suboptions or {} | |
|
1201 | ||
|
1202 | # Now process the sub-options. If a sub-option is registered, its | |
|
1203 | # attribute will always be present. The value will be None if there | |
|
1204 | # was no valid sub-option. | |
|
1205 | for suboption, (attr, func) in _pathsuboptions.iteritems(): | |
|
1206 | if suboption not in suboptions: | |
|
1207 | setattr(self, attr, None) | |
|
1208 | continue | |
|
1209 | ||
|
1210 | value = func(ui, self, suboptions[suboption]) | |
|
1211 | setattr(self, attr, value) | |
|
1212 | ||
|
1162 | 1213 | def _isvalidlocalpath(self, path): |
|
1163 | 1214 | """Returns True if the given path is a potentially valid repository. |
|
1164 | 1215 | This is its own function so that extensions can change the definition of |
|
1165 | 1216 | 'valid' in this case (like when pulling from a git repo into a hg |
|
1166 | 1217 | one).""" |
|
1167 | 1218 | return os.path.isdir(os.path.join(path, '.hg')) |
|
1168 | 1219 | |
|
1220 | @property | |
|
1221 | def suboptions(self): | |
|
1222 | """Return sub-options and their values for this path. | |
|
1223 | ||
|
1224 | This is intended to be used for presentation purposes. | |
|
1225 | """ | |
|
1226 | d = {} | |
|
1227 | for subopt, (attr, _func) in _pathsuboptions.iteritems(): | |
|
1228 | value = getattr(self, attr) | |
|
1229 | if value is not None: | |
|
1230 | d[subopt] = value | |
|
1231 | return d | |
|
1232 | ||
|
1169 | 1233 | # we instantiate one globally shared progress bar to avoid |
|
1170 | 1234 | # competing progress bars when multiple UI objects get created |
|
1171 | 1235 | _progresssingleton = None |
|
1172 | 1236 | |
|
1173 | 1237 | def getprogbar(ui): |
|
1174 | 1238 | global _progresssingleton |
|
1175 | 1239 | if _progresssingleton is None: |
|
1176 | 1240 | # passing 'ui' object to the singleton is fishy, |
|
1177 | 1241 | # this is how the extension used to work but feel free to rework it. |
|
1178 | 1242 | _progresssingleton = progress.progbar(ui) |
|
1179 | 1243 | return _progresssingleton |
@@ -1,71 +1,94 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | $ hg init a |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | $ echo a > a/a |
|
4 | 4 | $ hg --cwd a ci -Ama |
|
5 | 5 | adding a |
|
6 | 6 | |
|
7 | 7 | $ hg clone a c |
|
8 | 8 | updating to branch default |
|
9 | 9 | 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved |
|
10 | 10 | |
|
11 | 11 | $ hg clone a b |
|
12 | 12 | updating to branch default |
|
13 | 13 | 1 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved |
|
14 | 14 | |
|
15 | 15 | $ echo b >> b/a |
|
16 | 16 | $ hg --cwd b ci -mb |
|
17 | 17 | |
|
18 | 18 | Push should provide a hint when both 'default' and 'default-push' not set: |
|
19 | 19 | $ cd c |
|
20 | 20 | $ hg push --config paths.default= |
|
21 | 21 | abort: default repository not configured! |
|
22 | 22 | (see the "path" section in "hg help config") |
|
23 | 23 | [255] |
|
24 | 24 | |
|
25 | 25 | $ cd .. |
|
26 | 26 | |
|
27 | 27 | Push should push to 'default' when 'default-push' not set: |
|
28 | 28 | |
|
29 | 29 | $ hg --cwd b push |
|
30 | 30 | pushing to $TESTTMP/a (glob) |
|
31 | 31 | searching for changes |
|
32 | 32 | adding changesets |
|
33 | 33 | adding manifests |
|
34 | 34 | adding file changes |
|
35 | 35 | added 1 changesets with 1 changes to 1 files |
|
36 | 36 | |
|
37 | 37 | Push should push to 'default-push' when set: |
|
38 | 38 | |
|
39 | 39 | $ echo '[paths]' >> b/.hg/hgrc |
|
40 | 40 | $ echo 'default-push = ../c' >> b/.hg/hgrc |
|
41 | 41 | $ hg --cwd b push |
|
42 | 42 | pushing to $TESTTMP/c (glob) |
|
43 | 43 | searching for changes |
|
44 | 44 | adding changesets |
|
45 | 45 | adding manifests |
|
46 | 46 | adding file changes |
|
47 | 47 | added 1 changesets with 1 changes to 1 files |
|
48 | 48 | |
|
49 | 49 | Push should push to 'default-push' when 'default' is not set |
|
50 | 50 | |
|
51 | 51 | $ hg -q clone a push-default-only |
|
52 | 52 | $ cd push-default-only |
|
53 | 53 | $ rm .hg/hgrc |
|
54 | 54 | |
|
55 | 55 | $ touch foo |
|
56 | 56 | $ hg -q commit -A -m 'add foo' |
|
57 | 57 | $ hg --config paths.default-push=../a push |
|
58 | 58 | pushing to $TESTTMP/a (glob) |
|
59 | 59 | searching for changes |
|
60 | 60 | adding changesets |
|
61 | 61 | adding manifests |
|
62 | 62 | adding file changes |
|
63 | 63 | added 1 changesets with 1 changes to 1 files |
|
64 | 64 | |
|
65 | 65 | $ cd .. |
|
66 | 66 | |
|
67 | 67 | Pushing to a path that isn't defined should not fall back to default |
|
68 | 68 | |
|
69 | 69 | $ hg --cwd b push doesnotexist |
|
70 | 70 | abort: repository doesnotexist does not exist! |
|
71 | 71 | [255] |
|
72 | ||
|
73 | :pushurl is used when defined | |
|
74 | ||
|
75 | $ hg -q clone a pushurlsource | |
|
76 | $ hg -q clone a pushurldest | |
|
77 | $ cd pushurlsource | |
|
78 | $ cat > .hg/hgrc << EOF | |
|
79 | > [paths] | |
|
80 | > default = https://example.com/not/relevant | |
|
81 | > default:pushurl = file://`pwd`/../pushurldest | |
|
82 | > EOF | |
|
83 | ||
|
84 | $ touch pushurl | |
|
85 | $ hg -q commit -A -m 'add pushurl' | |
|
86 | $ hg push | |
|
87 | pushing to file:/*/$TESTTMP/pushurlsource/../pushurldest (glob) | |
|
88 | searching for changes | |
|
89 | adding changesets | |
|
90 | adding manifests | |
|
91 | adding file changes | |
|
92 | added 1 changesets with 1 changes to 1 files | |
|
93 | ||
|
94 | $ cd .. |
@@ -1,2415 +1,2430 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | Short help: |
|
2 | 2 | |
|
3 | 3 | $ hg |
|
4 | 4 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
5 | 5 | |
|
6 | 6 | basic commands: |
|
7 | 7 | |
|
8 | 8 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
9 | 9 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
10 | 10 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
11 | 11 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
12 | 12 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
13 | 13 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
14 | 14 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
15 | 15 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
16 | 16 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
17 | 17 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
18 | 18 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
19 | 19 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
20 | 20 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
21 | 21 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
22 | 22 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
23 | 23 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
24 | 24 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
25 | 25 | |
|
26 | 26 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands or "hg -v" for details) |
|
27 | 27 | |
|
28 | 28 | $ hg -q |
|
29 | 29 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
30 | 30 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
31 | 31 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
32 | 32 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
33 | 33 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
34 | 34 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
35 | 35 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
36 | 36 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
37 | 37 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
38 | 38 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
39 | 39 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
40 | 40 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
41 | 41 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
42 | 42 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
43 | 43 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
44 | 44 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
45 | 45 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | 47 | $ hg help |
|
48 | 48 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
49 | 49 | |
|
50 | 50 | list of commands: |
|
51 | 51 | |
|
52 | 52 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
53 | 53 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
54 | 54 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
55 | 55 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
56 | 56 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
57 | 57 | bisect subdivision search of changesets |
|
58 | 58 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
59 | 59 | branch set or show the current branch name |
|
60 | 60 | branches list repository named branches |
|
61 | 61 | bundle create a changegroup file |
|
62 | 62 | cat output the current or given revision of files |
|
63 | 63 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
64 | 64 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
65 | 65 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
66 | 66 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
67 | 67 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
68 | 68 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
69 | 69 | files list tracked files |
|
70 | 70 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
71 | 71 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
72 | 72 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
73 | 73 | heads show branch heads |
|
74 | 74 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
75 | 75 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
76 | 76 | import import an ordered set of patches |
|
77 | 77 | incoming show new changesets found in source |
|
78 | 78 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
79 | 79 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
80 | 80 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
81 | 81 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
82 | 82 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination |
|
83 | 83 | paths show aliases for remote repositories |
|
84 | 84 | phase set or show the current phase name |
|
85 | 85 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
86 | 86 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
87 | 87 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
88 | 88 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
89 | 89 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
90 | 90 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
91 | 91 | revert restore files to their checkout state |
|
92 | 92 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
93 | 93 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
94 | 94 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
95 | 95 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
96 | 96 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
97 | 97 | tags list repository tags |
|
98 | 98 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files |
|
99 | 99 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
100 | 100 | verify verify the integrity of the repository |
|
101 | 101 | version output version and copyright information |
|
102 | 102 | |
|
103 | 103 | additional help topics: |
|
104 | 104 | |
|
105 | 105 | config Configuration Files |
|
106 | 106 | dates Date Formats |
|
107 | 107 | diffs Diff Formats |
|
108 | 108 | environment Environment Variables |
|
109 | 109 | extensions Using Additional Features |
|
110 | 110 | filesets Specifying File Sets |
|
111 | 111 | glossary Glossary |
|
112 | 112 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files |
|
113 | 113 | hgweb Configuring hgweb |
|
114 | 114 | merge-tools Merge Tools |
|
115 | 115 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions |
|
116 | 116 | patterns File Name Patterns |
|
117 | 117 | phases Working with Phases |
|
118 | 118 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions |
|
119 | 119 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets |
|
120 | 120 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation |
|
121 | 121 | subrepos Subrepositories |
|
122 | 122 | templating Template Usage |
|
123 | 123 | urls URL Paths |
|
124 | 124 | |
|
125 | 125 | (use "hg help -v" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
126 | 126 | |
|
127 | 127 | $ hg -q help |
|
128 | 128 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
129 | 129 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
130 | 130 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
131 | 131 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
132 | 132 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
133 | 133 | bisect subdivision search of changesets |
|
134 | 134 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
135 | 135 | branch set or show the current branch name |
|
136 | 136 | branches list repository named branches |
|
137 | 137 | bundle create a changegroup file |
|
138 | 138 | cat output the current or given revision of files |
|
139 | 139 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
140 | 140 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
141 | 141 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
142 | 142 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
143 | 143 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
144 | 144 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
145 | 145 | files list tracked files |
|
146 | 146 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
147 | 147 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
148 | 148 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
149 | 149 | heads show branch heads |
|
150 | 150 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
151 | 151 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
152 | 152 | import import an ordered set of patches |
|
153 | 153 | incoming show new changesets found in source |
|
154 | 154 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
155 | 155 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
156 | 156 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
157 | 157 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
158 | 158 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination |
|
159 | 159 | paths show aliases for remote repositories |
|
160 | 160 | phase set or show the current phase name |
|
161 | 161 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
162 | 162 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
163 | 163 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
164 | 164 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
165 | 165 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
166 | 166 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
167 | 167 | revert restore files to their checkout state |
|
168 | 168 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
169 | 169 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
170 | 170 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
171 | 171 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
172 | 172 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
173 | 173 | tags list repository tags |
|
174 | 174 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files |
|
175 | 175 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
176 | 176 | verify verify the integrity of the repository |
|
177 | 177 | version output version and copyright information |
|
178 | 178 | |
|
179 | 179 | additional help topics: |
|
180 | 180 | |
|
181 | 181 | config Configuration Files |
|
182 | 182 | dates Date Formats |
|
183 | 183 | diffs Diff Formats |
|
184 | 184 | environment Environment Variables |
|
185 | 185 | extensions Using Additional Features |
|
186 | 186 | filesets Specifying File Sets |
|
187 | 187 | glossary Glossary |
|
188 | 188 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files |
|
189 | 189 | hgweb Configuring hgweb |
|
190 | 190 | merge-tools Merge Tools |
|
191 | 191 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions |
|
192 | 192 | patterns File Name Patterns |
|
193 | 193 | phases Working with Phases |
|
194 | 194 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions |
|
195 | 195 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets |
|
196 | 196 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation |
|
197 | 197 | subrepos Subrepositories |
|
198 | 198 | templating Template Usage |
|
199 | 199 | urls URL Paths |
|
200 | 200 | |
|
201 | 201 | Test extension help: |
|
202 | 202 | $ hg help extensions --config extensions.rebase= --config extensions.children= |
|
203 | 203 | Using Additional Features |
|
204 | 204 | """"""""""""""""""""""""" |
|
205 | 205 | |
|
206 | 206 | Mercurial has the ability to add new features through the use of |
|
207 | 207 | extensions. Extensions may add new commands, add options to existing |
|
208 | 208 | commands, change the default behavior of commands, or implement hooks. |
|
209 | 209 | |
|
210 | 210 | To enable the "foo" extension, either shipped with Mercurial or in the |
|
211 | 211 | Python search path, create an entry for it in your configuration file, |
|
212 | 212 | like this: |
|
213 | 213 | |
|
214 | 214 | [extensions] |
|
215 | 215 | foo = |
|
216 | 216 | |
|
217 | 217 | You may also specify the full path to an extension: |
|
218 | 218 | |
|
219 | 219 | [extensions] |
|
220 | 220 | myfeature = ~/.hgext/myfeature.py |
|
221 | 221 | |
|
222 | 222 | See "hg help config" for more information on configuration files. |
|
223 | 223 | |
|
224 | 224 | Extensions are not loaded by default for a variety of reasons: they can |
|
225 | 225 | increase startup overhead; they may be meant for advanced usage only; they |
|
226 | 226 | may provide potentially dangerous abilities (such as letting you destroy |
|
227 | 227 | or modify history); they might not be ready for prime time; or they may |
|
228 | 228 | alter some usual behaviors of stock Mercurial. It is thus up to the user |
|
229 | 229 | to activate extensions as needed. |
|
230 | 230 | |
|
231 | 231 | To explicitly disable an extension enabled in a configuration file of |
|
232 | 232 | broader scope, prepend its path with !: |
|
233 | 233 | |
|
234 | 234 | [extensions] |
|
235 | 235 | # disabling extension bar residing in /path/to/extension/bar.py |
|
236 | 236 | bar = !/path/to/extension/bar.py |
|
237 | 237 | # ditto, but no path was supplied for extension baz |
|
238 | 238 | baz = ! |
|
239 | 239 | |
|
240 | 240 | enabled extensions: |
|
241 | 241 | |
|
242 | 242 | children command to display child changesets (DEPRECATED) |
|
243 | 243 | rebase command to move sets of revisions to a different ancestor |
|
244 | 244 | |
|
245 | 245 | disabled extensions: |
|
246 | 246 | |
|
247 | 247 | acl hooks for controlling repository access |
|
248 | 248 | blackbox log repository events to a blackbox for debugging |
|
249 | 249 | bugzilla hooks for integrating with the Bugzilla bug tracker |
|
250 | 250 | censor erase file content at a given revision |
|
251 | 251 | churn command to display statistics about repository history |
|
252 | 252 | clonebundles advertise pre-generated bundles to seed clones |
|
253 | 253 | (experimental) |
|
254 | 254 | color colorize output from some commands |
|
255 | 255 | convert import revisions from foreign VCS repositories into |
|
256 | 256 | Mercurial |
|
257 | 257 | eol automatically manage newlines in repository files |
|
258 | 258 | extdiff command to allow external programs to compare revisions |
|
259 | 259 | factotum http authentication with factotum |
|
260 | 260 | gpg commands to sign and verify changesets |
|
261 | 261 | hgcia hooks for integrating with the CIA.vc notification service |
|
262 | 262 | hgk browse the repository in a graphical way |
|
263 | 263 | highlight syntax highlighting for hgweb (requires Pygments) |
|
264 | 264 | histedit interactive history editing |
|
265 | 265 | keyword expand keywords in tracked files |
|
266 | 266 | largefiles track large binary files |
|
267 | 267 | mq manage a stack of patches |
|
268 | 268 | notify hooks for sending email push notifications |
|
269 | 269 | pager browse command output with an external pager |
|
270 | 270 | patchbomb command to send changesets as (a series of) patch emails |
|
271 | 271 | purge command to delete untracked files from the working |
|
272 | 272 | directory |
|
273 | 273 | record commands to interactively select changes for |
|
274 | 274 | commit/qrefresh |
|
275 | 275 | relink recreates hardlinks between repository clones |
|
276 | 276 | schemes extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms |
|
277 | 277 | share share a common history between several working directories |
|
278 | 278 | shelve save and restore changes to the working directory |
|
279 | 279 | strip strip changesets and their descendants from history |
|
280 | 280 | transplant command to transplant changesets from another branch |
|
281 | 281 | win32mbcs allow the use of MBCS paths with problematic encodings |
|
282 | 282 | zeroconf discover and advertise repositories on the local network |
|
283 | 283 | |
|
284 | 284 | Verify that extension keywords appear in help templates |
|
285 | 285 | |
|
286 | 286 | $ hg help --config extensions.transplant= templating|grep transplant > /dev/null |
|
287 | 287 | |
|
288 | 288 | Test short command list with verbose option |
|
289 | 289 | |
|
290 | 290 | $ hg -v help shortlist |
|
291 | 291 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
292 | 292 | |
|
293 | 293 | basic commands: |
|
294 | 294 | |
|
295 | 295 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
296 | 296 | annotate, blame |
|
297 | 297 | show changeset information by line for each file |
|
298 | 298 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
299 | 299 | commit, ci commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
300 | 300 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
301 | 301 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
302 | 302 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
303 | 303 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
304 | 304 | log, history show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
305 | 305 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
306 | 306 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
307 | 307 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
308 | 308 | remove, rm remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
309 | 309 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
310 | 310 | status, st show changed files in the working directory |
|
311 | 311 | summary, sum summarize working directory state |
|
312 | 312 | update, up, checkout, co |
|
313 | 313 | update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
314 | 314 | |
|
315 | 315 | global options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
316 | 316 | |
|
317 | 317 | -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle |
|
318 | 318 | file |
|
319 | 319 | --cwd DIR change working directory |
|
320 | 320 | -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for |
|
321 | 321 | all prompts |
|
322 | 322 | -q --quiet suppress output |
|
323 | 323 | -v --verbose enable additional output |
|
324 | 324 | --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value') |
|
325 | 325 | --debug enable debugging output |
|
326 | 326 | --debugger start debugger |
|
327 | 327 | --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii) |
|
328 | 328 | --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict) |
|
329 | 329 | --traceback always print a traceback on exception |
|
330 | 330 | --time time how long the command takes |
|
331 | 331 | --profile print command execution profile |
|
332 | 332 | --version output version information and exit |
|
333 | 333 | -h --help display help and exit |
|
334 | 334 | --hidden consider hidden changesets |
|
335 | 335 | |
|
336 | 336 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands) |
|
337 | 337 | |
|
338 | 338 | $ hg add -h |
|
339 | 339 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
340 | 340 | |
|
341 | 341 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
342 | 342 | |
|
343 | 343 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository. |
|
344 | 344 | |
|
345 | 345 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an |
|
346 | 346 | add before that, see "hg forget". |
|
347 | 347 | |
|
348 | 348 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. |
|
349 | 349 | |
|
350 | 350 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
351 | 351 | |
|
352 | 352 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
353 | 353 | |
|
354 | 354 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
355 | 355 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
356 | 356 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
357 | 357 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output |
|
358 | 358 | |
|
359 | 359 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
360 | 360 | |
|
361 | 361 | Verbose help for add |
|
362 | 362 | |
|
363 | 363 | $ hg add -hv |
|
364 | 364 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
365 | 365 | |
|
366 | 366 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
367 | 367 | |
|
368 | 368 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the repository. |
|
369 | 369 | |
|
370 | 370 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To undo an |
|
371 | 371 | add before that, see "hg forget". |
|
372 | 372 | |
|
373 | 373 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. |
|
374 | 374 | |
|
375 | 375 | Examples: |
|
376 | 376 | |
|
377 | 377 | - New (unknown) files are added automatically by "hg add": |
|
378 | 378 | |
|
379 | 379 | $ ls |
|
380 | 380 | foo.c |
|
381 | 381 | $ hg status |
|
382 | 382 | ? foo.c |
|
383 | 383 | $ hg add |
|
384 | 384 | adding foo.c |
|
385 | 385 | $ hg status |
|
386 | 386 | A foo.c |
|
387 | 387 | |
|
388 | 388 | - Specific files to be added can be specified: |
|
389 | 389 | |
|
390 | 390 | $ ls |
|
391 | 391 | bar.c foo.c |
|
392 | 392 | $ hg status |
|
393 | 393 | ? bar.c |
|
394 | 394 | ? foo.c |
|
395 | 395 | $ hg add bar.c |
|
396 | 396 | $ hg status |
|
397 | 397 | A bar.c |
|
398 | 398 | ? foo.c |
|
399 | 399 | |
|
400 | 400 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
401 | 401 | |
|
402 | 402 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
403 | 403 | |
|
404 | 404 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
405 | 405 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
406 | 406 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
407 | 407 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output |
|
408 | 408 | |
|
409 | 409 | global options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
410 | 410 | |
|
411 | 411 | -R --repository REPO repository root directory or name of overlay bundle |
|
412 | 412 | file |
|
413 | 413 | --cwd DIR change working directory |
|
414 | 414 | -y --noninteractive do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for |
|
415 | 415 | all prompts |
|
416 | 416 | -q --quiet suppress output |
|
417 | 417 | -v --verbose enable additional output |
|
418 | 418 | --config CONFIG [+] set/override config option (use 'section.name=value') |
|
419 | 419 | --debug enable debugging output |
|
420 | 420 | --debugger start debugger |
|
421 | 421 | --encoding ENCODE set the charset encoding (default: ascii) |
|
422 | 422 | --encodingmode MODE set the charset encoding mode (default: strict) |
|
423 | 423 | --traceback always print a traceback on exception |
|
424 | 424 | --time time how long the command takes |
|
425 | 425 | --profile print command execution profile |
|
426 | 426 | --version output version information and exit |
|
427 | 427 | -h --help display help and exit |
|
428 | 428 | --hidden consider hidden changesets |
|
429 | 429 | |
|
430 | 430 | Test help option with version option |
|
431 | 431 | |
|
432 | 432 | $ hg add -h --version |
|
433 | 433 | Mercurial Distributed SCM (version *) (glob) |
|
434 | 434 | (see https://mercurial-scm.org for more information) |
|
435 | 435 | |
|
436 | 436 | Copyright (C) 2005-2015 Matt Mackall and others |
|
437 | 437 | This is free software; see the source for copying conditions. There is NO |
|
438 | 438 | warranty; not even for MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. |
|
439 | 439 | |
|
440 | 440 | $ hg add --skjdfks |
|
441 | 441 | hg add: option --skjdfks not recognized |
|
442 | 442 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
443 | 443 | |
|
444 | 444 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
445 | 445 | |
|
446 | 446 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
447 | 447 | |
|
448 | 448 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
449 | 449 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
450 | 450 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
451 | 451 | -n --dry-run do not perform actions, just print output |
|
452 | 452 | |
|
453 | 453 | (use "hg add -h" to show more help) |
|
454 | 454 | [255] |
|
455 | 455 | |
|
456 | 456 | Test ambiguous command help |
|
457 | 457 | |
|
458 | 458 | $ hg help ad |
|
459 | 459 | list of commands: |
|
460 | 460 | |
|
461 | 461 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
462 | 462 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
463 | 463 | |
|
464 | 464 | (use "hg help -v ad" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
465 | 465 | |
|
466 | 466 | Test command without options |
|
467 | 467 | |
|
468 | 468 | $ hg help verify |
|
469 | 469 | hg verify |
|
470 | 470 | |
|
471 | 471 | verify the integrity of the repository |
|
472 | 472 | |
|
473 | 473 | Verify the integrity of the current repository. |
|
474 | 474 | |
|
475 | 475 | This will perform an extensive check of the repository's integrity, |
|
476 | 476 | validating the hashes and checksums of each entry in the changelog, |
|
477 | 477 | manifest, and tracked files, as well as the integrity of their crosslinks |
|
478 | 478 | and indices. |
|
479 | 479 | |
|
480 | 480 | Please see https://mercurial-scm.org/wiki/RepositoryCorruption for more |
|
481 | 481 | information about recovery from corruption of the repository. |
|
482 | 482 | |
|
483 | 483 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if errors are encountered. |
|
484 | 484 | |
|
485 | 485 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
486 | 486 | |
|
487 | 487 | $ hg help diff |
|
488 | 488 | hg diff [OPTION]... ([-c REV] | [-r REV1 [-r REV2]]) [FILE]... |
|
489 | 489 | |
|
490 | 490 | diff repository (or selected files) |
|
491 | 491 | |
|
492 | 492 | Show differences between revisions for the specified files. |
|
493 | 493 | |
|
494 | 494 | Differences between files are shown using the unified diff format. |
|
495 | 495 | |
|
496 | 496 | Note: |
|
497 | 497 | diff may generate unexpected results for merges, as it will default to |
|
498 | 498 | comparing against the working directory's first parent changeset if no |
|
499 | 499 | revisions are specified. |
|
500 | 500 | |
|
501 | 501 | When two revision arguments are given, then changes are shown between |
|
502 | 502 | those revisions. If only one revision is specified then that revision is |
|
503 | 503 | compared to the working directory, and, when no revisions are specified, |
|
504 | 504 | the working directory files are compared to its parent. |
|
505 | 505 | |
|
506 | 506 | Alternatively you can specify -c/--change with a revision to see the |
|
507 | 507 | changes in that changeset relative to its first parent. |
|
508 | 508 | |
|
509 | 509 | Without the -a/--text option, diff will avoid generating diffs of files it |
|
510 | 510 | detects as binary. With -a, diff will generate a diff anyway, probably |
|
511 | 511 | with undesirable results. |
|
512 | 512 | |
|
513 | 513 | Use the -g/--git option to generate diffs in the git extended diff format. |
|
514 | 514 | For more information, read "hg help diffs". |
|
515 | 515 | |
|
516 | 516 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
517 | 517 | |
|
518 | 518 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
519 | 519 | |
|
520 | 520 | -r --rev REV [+] revision |
|
521 | 521 | -c --change REV change made by revision |
|
522 | 522 | -a --text treat all files as text |
|
523 | 523 | -g --git use git extended diff format |
|
524 | 524 | --nodates omit dates from diff headers |
|
525 | 525 | --noprefix omit a/ and b/ prefixes from filenames |
|
526 | 526 | -p --show-function show which function each change is in |
|
527 | 527 | --reverse produce a diff that undoes the changes |
|
528 | 528 | -w --ignore-all-space ignore white space when comparing lines |
|
529 | 529 | -b --ignore-space-change ignore changes in the amount of white space |
|
530 | 530 | -B --ignore-blank-lines ignore changes whose lines are all blank |
|
531 | 531 | -U --unified NUM number of lines of context to show |
|
532 | 532 | --stat output diffstat-style summary of changes |
|
533 | 533 | --root DIR produce diffs relative to subdirectory |
|
534 | 534 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
535 | 535 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
536 | 536 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
537 | 537 | |
|
538 | 538 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
539 | 539 | |
|
540 | 540 | $ hg help status |
|
541 | 541 | hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
542 | 542 | |
|
543 | 543 | aliases: st |
|
544 | 544 | |
|
545 | 545 | show changed files in the working directory |
|
546 | 546 | |
|
547 | 547 | Show status of files in the repository. If names are given, only files |
|
548 | 548 | that match are shown. Files that are clean or ignored or the source of a |
|
549 | 549 | copy/move operation, are not listed unless -c/--clean, -i/--ignored, |
|
550 | 550 | -C/--copies or -A/--all are given. Unless options described with "show |
|
551 | 551 | only ..." are given, the options -mardu are used. |
|
552 | 552 | |
|
553 | 553 | Option -q/--quiet hides untracked (unknown and ignored) files unless |
|
554 | 554 | explicitly requested with -u/--unknown or -i/--ignored. |
|
555 | 555 | |
|
556 | 556 | Note: |
|
557 | 557 | status may appear to disagree with diff if permissions have changed or |
|
558 | 558 | a merge has occurred. The standard diff format does not report |
|
559 | 559 | permission changes and diff only reports changes relative to one merge |
|
560 | 560 | parent. |
|
561 | 561 | |
|
562 | 562 | If one revision is given, it is used as the base revision. If two |
|
563 | 563 | revisions are given, the differences between them are shown. The --change |
|
564 | 564 | option can also be used as a shortcut to list the changed files of a |
|
565 | 565 | revision from its first parent. |
|
566 | 566 | |
|
567 | 567 | The codes used to show the status of files are: |
|
568 | 568 | |
|
569 | 569 | M = modified |
|
570 | 570 | A = added |
|
571 | 571 | R = removed |
|
572 | 572 | C = clean |
|
573 | 573 | ! = missing (deleted by non-hg command, but still tracked) |
|
574 | 574 | ? = not tracked |
|
575 | 575 | I = ignored |
|
576 | 576 | = origin of the previous file (with --copies) |
|
577 | 577 | |
|
578 | 578 | Returns 0 on success. |
|
579 | 579 | |
|
580 | 580 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
581 | 581 | |
|
582 | 582 | -A --all show status of all files |
|
583 | 583 | -m --modified show only modified files |
|
584 | 584 | -a --added show only added files |
|
585 | 585 | -r --removed show only removed files |
|
586 | 586 | -d --deleted show only deleted (but tracked) files |
|
587 | 587 | -c --clean show only files without changes |
|
588 | 588 | -u --unknown show only unknown (not tracked) files |
|
589 | 589 | -i --ignored show only ignored files |
|
590 | 590 | -n --no-status hide status prefix |
|
591 | 591 | -C --copies show source of copied files |
|
592 | 592 | -0 --print0 end filenames with NUL, for use with xargs |
|
593 | 593 | --rev REV [+] show difference from revision |
|
594 | 594 | --change REV list the changed files of a revision |
|
595 | 595 | -I --include PATTERN [+] include names matching the given patterns |
|
596 | 596 | -X --exclude PATTERN [+] exclude names matching the given patterns |
|
597 | 597 | -S --subrepos recurse into subrepositories |
|
598 | 598 | |
|
599 | 599 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
600 | 600 | |
|
601 | 601 | $ hg -q help status |
|
602 | 602 | hg status [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
603 | 603 | |
|
604 | 604 | show changed files in the working directory |
|
605 | 605 | |
|
606 | 606 | $ hg help foo |
|
607 | 607 | abort: no such help topic: foo |
|
608 | 608 | (try "hg help --keyword foo") |
|
609 | 609 | [255] |
|
610 | 610 | |
|
611 | 611 | $ hg skjdfks |
|
612 | 612 | hg: unknown command 'skjdfks' |
|
613 | 613 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
614 | 614 | |
|
615 | 615 | basic commands: |
|
616 | 616 | |
|
617 | 617 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
618 | 618 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
619 | 619 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
620 | 620 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
621 | 621 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
622 | 622 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
623 | 623 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
624 | 624 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
625 | 625 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
626 | 626 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
627 | 627 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
628 | 628 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
629 | 629 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
630 | 630 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
631 | 631 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
632 | 632 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
633 | 633 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
634 | 634 | |
|
635 | 635 | (use "hg help" for the full list of commands or "hg -v" for details) |
|
636 | 636 | [255] |
|
637 | 637 | |
|
638 | 638 | |
|
639 | 639 | Make sure that we don't run afoul of the help system thinking that |
|
640 | 640 | this is a section and erroring out weirdly. |
|
641 | 641 | |
|
642 | 642 | $ hg .log |
|
643 | 643 | hg: unknown command '.log' |
|
644 | 644 | (did you mean one of log?) |
|
645 | 645 | [255] |
|
646 | 646 | |
|
647 | 647 | $ hg log. |
|
648 | 648 | hg: unknown command 'log.' |
|
649 | 649 | (did you mean one of log?) |
|
650 | 650 | [255] |
|
651 | 651 | $ hg pu.lh |
|
652 | 652 | hg: unknown command 'pu.lh' |
|
653 | 653 | (did you mean one of pull, push?) |
|
654 | 654 | [255] |
|
655 | 655 | |
|
656 | 656 | $ cat > helpext.py <<EOF |
|
657 | 657 | > import os |
|
658 | 658 | > from mercurial import cmdutil, commands |
|
659 | 659 | > |
|
660 | 660 | > cmdtable = {} |
|
661 | 661 | > command = cmdutil.command(cmdtable) |
|
662 | 662 | > |
|
663 | 663 | > @command('nohelp', |
|
664 | 664 | > [('', 'longdesc', 3, 'x'*90), |
|
665 | 665 | > ('n', '', None, 'normal desc'), |
|
666 | 666 | > ('', 'newline', '', 'line1\nline2')], |
|
667 | 667 | > 'hg nohelp', |
|
668 | 668 | > norepo=True) |
|
669 | 669 | > @command('debugoptDEP', [('', 'dopt', None, 'option is (DEPRECATED)')]) |
|
670 | 670 | > @command('debugoptEXP', [('', 'eopt', None, 'option is (EXPERIMENTAL)')]) |
|
671 | 671 | > def nohelp(ui, *args, **kwargs): |
|
672 | 672 | > pass |
|
673 | 673 | > |
|
674 | 674 | > EOF |
|
675 | 675 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH |
|
676 | 676 | $ echo "helpext = `pwd`/helpext.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
677 | 677 | |
|
678 | 678 | Test command with no help text |
|
679 | 679 | |
|
680 | 680 | $ hg help nohelp |
|
681 | 681 | hg nohelp |
|
682 | 682 | |
|
683 | 683 | (no help text available) |
|
684 | 684 | |
|
685 | 685 | options: |
|
686 | 686 | |
|
687 | 687 | --longdesc VALUE xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx |
|
688 | 688 | xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx (default: 3) |
|
689 | 689 | -n -- normal desc |
|
690 | 690 | --newline VALUE line1 line2 |
|
691 | 691 | |
|
692 | 692 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
693 | 693 | |
|
694 | 694 | $ hg help -k nohelp |
|
695 | 695 | Commands: |
|
696 | 696 | |
|
697 | 697 | nohelp hg nohelp |
|
698 | 698 | |
|
699 | 699 | Extension Commands: |
|
700 | 700 | |
|
701 | 701 | nohelp (no help text available) |
|
702 | 702 | |
|
703 | 703 | Test that default list of commands omits extension commands |
|
704 | 704 | |
|
705 | 705 | $ hg help |
|
706 | 706 | Mercurial Distributed SCM |
|
707 | 707 | |
|
708 | 708 | list of commands: |
|
709 | 709 | |
|
710 | 710 | add add the specified files on the next commit |
|
711 | 711 | addremove add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
712 | 712 | annotate show changeset information by line for each file |
|
713 | 713 | archive create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
714 | 714 | backout reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
715 | 715 | bisect subdivision search of changesets |
|
716 | 716 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
717 | 717 | branch set or show the current branch name |
|
718 | 718 | branches list repository named branches |
|
719 | 719 | bundle create a changegroup file |
|
720 | 720 | cat output the current or given revision of files |
|
721 | 721 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
722 | 722 | commit commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
723 | 723 | config show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
724 | 724 | copy mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
725 | 725 | diff diff repository (or selected files) |
|
726 | 726 | export dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
727 | 727 | files list tracked files |
|
728 | 728 | forget forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
729 | 729 | graft copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
730 | 730 | grep search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
731 | 731 | heads show branch heads |
|
732 | 732 | help show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
733 | 733 | identify identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
734 | 734 | import import an ordered set of patches |
|
735 | 735 | incoming show new changesets found in source |
|
736 | 736 | init create a new repository in the given directory |
|
737 | 737 | log show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
738 | 738 | manifest output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
739 | 739 | merge merge another revision into working directory |
|
740 | 740 | outgoing show changesets not found in the destination |
|
741 | 741 | paths show aliases for remote repositories |
|
742 | 742 | phase set or show the current phase name |
|
743 | 743 | pull pull changes from the specified source |
|
744 | 744 | push push changes to the specified destination |
|
745 | 745 | recover roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
746 | 746 | remove remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
747 | 747 | rename rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
748 | 748 | resolve redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
749 | 749 | revert restore files to their checkout state |
|
750 | 750 | root print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
751 | 751 | serve start stand-alone webserver |
|
752 | 752 | status show changed files in the working directory |
|
753 | 753 | summary summarize working directory state |
|
754 | 754 | tag add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
755 | 755 | tags list repository tags |
|
756 | 756 | unbundle apply one or more changegroup files |
|
757 | 757 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
758 | 758 | verify verify the integrity of the repository |
|
759 | 759 | version output version and copyright information |
|
760 | 760 | |
|
761 | 761 | enabled extensions: |
|
762 | 762 | |
|
763 | 763 | helpext (no help text available) |
|
764 | 764 | |
|
765 | 765 | additional help topics: |
|
766 | 766 | |
|
767 | 767 | config Configuration Files |
|
768 | 768 | dates Date Formats |
|
769 | 769 | diffs Diff Formats |
|
770 | 770 | environment Environment Variables |
|
771 | 771 | extensions Using Additional Features |
|
772 | 772 | filesets Specifying File Sets |
|
773 | 773 | glossary Glossary |
|
774 | 774 | hgignore Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files |
|
775 | 775 | hgweb Configuring hgweb |
|
776 | 776 | merge-tools Merge Tools |
|
777 | 777 | multirevs Specifying Multiple Revisions |
|
778 | 778 | patterns File Name Patterns |
|
779 | 779 | phases Working with Phases |
|
780 | 780 | revisions Specifying Single Revisions |
|
781 | 781 | revsets Specifying Revision Sets |
|
782 | 782 | scripting Using Mercurial from scripts and automation |
|
783 | 783 | subrepos Subrepositories |
|
784 | 784 | templating Template Usage |
|
785 | 785 | urls URL Paths |
|
786 | 786 | |
|
787 | 787 | (use "hg help -v" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
788 | 788 | |
|
789 | 789 | |
|
790 | 790 | Test list of internal help commands |
|
791 | 791 | |
|
792 | 792 | $ hg help debug |
|
793 | 793 | debug commands (internal and unsupported): |
|
794 | 794 | |
|
795 | 795 | debugancestor |
|
796 | 796 | find the ancestor revision of two revisions in a given index |
|
797 | 797 | debugapplystreamclonebundle |
|
798 | 798 | apply a stream clone bundle file |
|
799 | 799 | debugbuilddag |
|
800 | 800 | builds a repo with a given DAG from scratch in the current |
|
801 | 801 | empty repo |
|
802 | 802 | debugbundle lists the contents of a bundle |
|
803 | 803 | debugcheckstate |
|
804 | 804 | validate the correctness of the current dirstate |
|
805 | 805 | debugcommands |
|
806 | 806 | list all available commands and options |
|
807 | 807 | debugcomplete |
|
808 | 808 | returns the completion list associated with the given command |
|
809 | 809 | debugcreatestreamclonebundle |
|
810 | 810 | create a stream clone bundle file |
|
811 | 811 | debugdag format the changelog or an index DAG as a concise textual |
|
812 | 812 | description |
|
813 | 813 | debugdata dump the contents of a data file revision |
|
814 | 814 | debugdate parse and display a date |
|
815 | 815 | debugdeltachain |
|
816 | 816 | dump information about delta chains in a revlog |
|
817 | 817 | debugdirstate |
|
818 | 818 | show the contents of the current dirstate |
|
819 | 819 | debugdiscovery |
|
820 | 820 | runs the changeset discovery protocol in isolation |
|
821 | 821 | debugextensions |
|
822 | 822 | show information about active extensions |
|
823 | 823 | debugfileset parse and apply a fileset specification |
|
824 | 824 | debugfsinfo show information detected about current filesystem |
|
825 | 825 | debuggetbundle |
|
826 | 826 | retrieves a bundle from a repo |
|
827 | 827 | debugignore display the combined ignore pattern |
|
828 | 828 | debugindex dump the contents of an index file |
|
829 | 829 | debugindexdot |
|
830 | 830 | dump an index DAG as a graphviz dot file |
|
831 | 831 | debuginstall test Mercurial installation |
|
832 | 832 | debugknown test whether node ids are known to a repo |
|
833 | 833 | debuglocks show or modify state of locks |
|
834 | 834 | debugmergestate |
|
835 | 835 | print merge state |
|
836 | 836 | debugnamecomplete |
|
837 | 837 | complete "names" - tags, open branch names, bookmark names |
|
838 | 838 | debugobsolete |
|
839 | 839 | create arbitrary obsolete marker |
|
840 | 840 | debugoptDEP (no help text available) |
|
841 | 841 | debugoptEXP (no help text available) |
|
842 | 842 | debugpathcomplete |
|
843 | 843 | complete part or all of a tracked path |
|
844 | 844 | debugpushkey access the pushkey key/value protocol |
|
845 | 845 | debugpvec (no help text available) |
|
846 | 846 | debugrebuilddirstate |
|
847 | 847 | rebuild the dirstate as it would look like for the given |
|
848 | 848 | revision |
|
849 | 849 | debugrebuildfncache |
|
850 | 850 | rebuild the fncache file |
|
851 | 851 | debugrename dump rename information |
|
852 | 852 | debugrevlog show data and statistics about a revlog |
|
853 | 853 | debugrevspec parse and apply a revision specification |
|
854 | 854 | debugsetparents |
|
855 | 855 | manually set the parents of the current working directory |
|
856 | 856 | debugsub (no help text available) |
|
857 | 857 | debugsuccessorssets |
|
858 | 858 | show set of successors for revision |
|
859 | 859 | debugwalk show how files match on given patterns |
|
860 | 860 | debugwireargs |
|
861 | 861 | (no help text available) |
|
862 | 862 | |
|
863 | 863 | (use "hg help -v debug" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
864 | 864 | |
|
865 | 865 | |
|
866 | 866 | Test list of commands with command with no help text |
|
867 | 867 | |
|
868 | 868 | $ hg help helpext |
|
869 | 869 | helpext extension - no help text available |
|
870 | 870 | |
|
871 | 871 | list of commands: |
|
872 | 872 | |
|
873 | 873 | nohelp (no help text available) |
|
874 | 874 | |
|
875 | 875 | (use "hg help -v helpext" to show built-in aliases and global options) |
|
876 | 876 | |
|
877 | 877 | |
|
878 | 878 | test deprecated and experimental options are hidden in command help |
|
879 | 879 | $ hg help debugoptDEP |
|
880 | 880 | hg debugoptDEP |
|
881 | 881 | |
|
882 | 882 | (no help text available) |
|
883 | 883 | |
|
884 | 884 | options: |
|
885 | 885 | |
|
886 | 886 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
887 | 887 | |
|
888 | 888 | $ hg help debugoptEXP |
|
889 | 889 | hg debugoptEXP |
|
890 | 890 | |
|
891 | 891 | (no help text available) |
|
892 | 892 | |
|
893 | 893 | options: |
|
894 | 894 | |
|
895 | 895 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
896 | 896 | |
|
897 | 897 | test deprecated and experimental options is shown with -v |
|
898 | 898 | $ hg help -v debugoptDEP | grep dopt |
|
899 | 899 | --dopt option is (DEPRECATED) |
|
900 | 900 | $ hg help -v debugoptEXP | grep eopt |
|
901 | 901 | --eopt option is (EXPERIMENTAL) |
|
902 | 902 | |
|
903 | 903 | #if gettext |
|
904 | 904 | test deprecated option is hidden with translation with untranslated description |
|
905 | 905 | (use many globy for not failing on changed transaction) |
|
906 | 906 | $ LANGUAGE=sv hg help debugoptDEP |
|
907 | 907 | hg debugoptDEP |
|
908 | 908 | |
|
909 | 909 | (*) (glob) |
|
910 | 910 | |
|
911 | 911 | options: |
|
912 | 912 | |
|
913 | 913 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
914 | 914 | #endif |
|
915 | 915 | |
|
916 | 916 | Test commands that collide with topics (issue4240) |
|
917 | 917 | |
|
918 | 918 | $ hg config -hq |
|
919 | 919 | hg config [-u] [NAME]... |
|
920 | 920 | |
|
921 | 921 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
922 | 922 | $ hg showconfig -hq |
|
923 | 923 | hg config [-u] [NAME]... |
|
924 | 924 | |
|
925 | 925 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
926 | 926 | |
|
927 | 927 | Test a help topic |
|
928 | 928 | |
|
929 | 929 | $ hg help revs |
|
930 | 930 | Specifying Single Revisions |
|
931 | 931 | """"""""""""""""""""""""""" |
|
932 | 932 | |
|
933 | 933 | Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions. |
|
934 | 934 | |
|
935 | 935 | A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are |
|
936 | 936 | treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip, -2 |
|
937 | 937 | denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth. |
|
938 | 938 | |
|
939 | 939 | A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision identifier. |
|
940 | 940 | |
|
941 | 941 | A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a unique |
|
942 | 942 | revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form identifier. A |
|
943 | 943 | short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix of exactly one |
|
944 | 944 | full-length identifier. |
|
945 | 945 | |
|
946 | 946 | Any other string is treated as a bookmark, tag, or branch name. A bookmark |
|
947 | 947 | is a movable pointer to a revision. A tag is a permanent name associated |
|
948 | 948 | with a revision. A branch name denotes the tipmost open branch head of |
|
949 | 949 | that branch - or if they are all closed, the tipmost closed head of the |
|
950 | 950 | branch. Bookmark, tag, and branch names must not contain the ":" |
|
951 | 951 | character. |
|
952 | 952 | |
|
953 | 953 | The reserved name "tip" always identifies the most recent revision. |
|
954 | 954 | |
|
955 | 955 | The reserved name "null" indicates the null revision. This is the revision |
|
956 | 956 | of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0. |
|
957 | 957 | |
|
958 | 958 | The reserved name "." indicates the working directory parent. If no |
|
959 | 959 | working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an |
|
960 | 960 | uncommitted merge is in progress, "." is the revision of the first parent. |
|
961 | 961 | |
|
962 | 962 | Test repeated config section name |
|
963 | 963 | |
|
964 | 964 | $ hg help config.host |
|
965 | 965 | "http_proxy.host" |
|
966 | 966 | Host name and (optional) port of the proxy server, for example |
|
967 | 967 | "myproxy:8000". |
|
968 | 968 | |
|
969 | 969 | "smtp.host" |
|
970 | 970 | Host name of mail server, e.g. "mail.example.com". |
|
971 | 971 | |
|
972 | 972 | Unrelated trailing paragraphs shouldn't be included |
|
973 | 973 | |
|
974 | 974 | $ hg help config.extramsg | grep '^$' |
|
975 | 975 | |
|
976 | 976 | |
|
977 | 977 | Test capitalized section name |
|
978 | 978 | |
|
979 | 979 | $ hg help scripting.HGPLAIN > /dev/null |
|
980 | 980 | |
|
981 | 981 | Help subsection: |
|
982 | 982 | |
|
983 | 983 | $ hg help config.charsets |grep "Email example:" > /dev/null |
|
984 | 984 | [1] |
|
985 | 985 | |
|
986 | 986 | Show nested definitions |
|
987 | 987 | ("profiling.type"[break]"ls"[break]"stat"[break]) |
|
988 | 988 | |
|
989 | 989 | $ hg help config.type | egrep '^$'|wc -l |
|
990 | 990 | \s*3 (re) |
|
991 | 991 | |
|
992 | 992 | Last item in help config.*: |
|
993 | 993 | |
|
994 | 994 | $ hg help config.`hg help config|grep '^ "'| \ |
|
995 | 995 | > tail -1|sed 's![ "]*!!g'`| \ |
|
996 | 996 | > grep "hg help -c config" > /dev/null |
|
997 | 997 | [1] |
|
998 | 998 | |
|
999 | 999 | note to use help -c for general hg help config: |
|
1000 | 1000 | |
|
1001 | 1001 | $ hg help config |grep "hg help -c config" > /dev/null |
|
1002 | 1002 | |
|
1003 | 1003 | Test templating help |
|
1004 | 1004 | |
|
1005 | 1005 | $ hg help templating | egrep '(desc|diffstat|firstline|nonempty) ' |
|
1006 | 1006 | desc String. The text of the changeset description. |
|
1007 | 1007 | diffstat String. Statistics of changes with the following format: |
|
1008 | 1008 | firstline Any text. Returns the first line of text. |
|
1009 | 1009 | nonempty Any text. Returns '(none)' if the string is empty. |
|
1010 | 1010 | |
|
1011 | 1011 | Test deprecated items |
|
1012 | 1012 | |
|
1013 | 1013 | $ hg help -v templating | grep currentbookmark |
|
1014 | 1014 | currentbookmark |
|
1015 | 1015 | $ hg help templating | (grep currentbookmark || true) |
|
1016 | 1016 | |
|
1017 | 1017 | Test help hooks |
|
1018 | 1018 | |
|
1019 | 1019 | $ cat > helphook1.py <<EOF |
|
1020 | 1020 | > from mercurial import help |
|
1021 | 1021 | > |
|
1022 | 1022 | > def rewrite(ui, topic, doc): |
|
1023 | 1023 | > return doc + '\nhelphook1\n' |
|
1024 | 1024 | > |
|
1025 | 1025 | > def extsetup(ui): |
|
1026 | 1026 | > help.addtopichook('revsets', rewrite) |
|
1027 | 1027 | > EOF |
|
1028 | 1028 | $ cat > helphook2.py <<EOF |
|
1029 | 1029 | > from mercurial import help |
|
1030 | 1030 | > |
|
1031 | 1031 | > def rewrite(ui, topic, doc): |
|
1032 | 1032 | > return doc + '\nhelphook2\n' |
|
1033 | 1033 | > |
|
1034 | 1034 | > def extsetup(ui): |
|
1035 | 1035 | > help.addtopichook('revsets', rewrite) |
|
1036 | 1036 | > EOF |
|
1037 | 1037 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1038 | 1038 | $ echo "helphook1 = `pwd`/helphook1.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1039 | 1039 | $ echo "helphook2 = `pwd`/helphook2.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1040 | 1040 | $ hg help revsets | grep helphook |
|
1041 | 1041 | helphook1 |
|
1042 | 1042 | helphook2 |
|
1043 | 1043 | |
|
1044 | 1044 | Test -e / -c / -k combinations |
|
1045 | 1045 | |
|
1046 | 1046 | $ hg help -c schemes |
|
1047 | 1047 | abort: no such help topic: schemes |
|
1048 | 1048 | (try "hg help --keyword schemes") |
|
1049 | 1049 | [255] |
|
1050 | 1050 | $ hg help -e schemes |head -1 |
|
1051 | 1051 | schemes extension - extend schemes with shortcuts to repository swarms |
|
1052 | 1052 | $ hg help -c -k dates |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):' |
|
1053 | 1053 | Commands: |
|
1054 | 1054 | $ hg help -e -k a |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):' |
|
1055 | 1055 | Extensions: |
|
1056 | 1056 | $ hg help -e -c -k date |egrep '^(Topics|Extensions|Commands):' |
|
1057 | 1057 | Extensions: |
|
1058 | 1058 | Commands: |
|
1059 | 1059 | $ hg help -c commit > /dev/null |
|
1060 | 1060 | $ hg help -e -c commit > /dev/null |
|
1061 | 1061 | $ hg help -e commit > /dev/null |
|
1062 | 1062 | abort: no such help topic: commit |
|
1063 | 1063 | (try "hg help --keyword commit") |
|
1064 | 1064 | [255] |
|
1065 | 1065 | |
|
1066 | 1066 | Test keyword search help |
|
1067 | 1067 | |
|
1068 | 1068 | $ cat > prefixedname.py <<EOF |
|
1069 | 1069 | > '''matched against word "clone" |
|
1070 | 1070 | > ''' |
|
1071 | 1071 | > EOF |
|
1072 | 1072 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1073 | 1073 | $ echo "dot.dot.prefixedname = `pwd`/prefixedname.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1074 | 1074 | $ hg help -k clone |
|
1075 | 1075 | Topics: |
|
1076 | 1076 | |
|
1077 | 1077 | config Configuration Files |
|
1078 | 1078 | extensions Using Additional Features |
|
1079 | 1079 | glossary Glossary |
|
1080 | 1080 | phases Working with Phases |
|
1081 | 1081 | subrepos Subrepositories |
|
1082 | 1082 | urls URL Paths |
|
1083 | 1083 | |
|
1084 | 1084 | Commands: |
|
1085 | 1085 | |
|
1086 | 1086 | bookmarks create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
1087 | 1087 | clone make a copy of an existing repository |
|
1088 | 1088 | debugapplystreamclonebundle apply a stream clone bundle file |
|
1089 | 1089 | debugcreatestreamclonebundle create a stream clone bundle file |
|
1090 | 1090 | paths show aliases for remote repositories |
|
1091 | 1091 | update update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
1092 | 1092 | |
|
1093 | 1093 | Extensions: |
|
1094 | 1094 | |
|
1095 | 1095 | clonebundles advertise pre-generated bundles to seed clones (experimental) |
|
1096 | 1096 | prefixedname matched against word "clone" |
|
1097 | 1097 | relink recreates hardlinks between repository clones |
|
1098 | 1098 | |
|
1099 | 1099 | Extension Commands: |
|
1100 | 1100 | |
|
1101 | 1101 | qclone clone main and patch repository at same time |
|
1102 | 1102 | |
|
1103 | 1103 | Test unfound topic |
|
1104 | 1104 | |
|
1105 | 1105 | $ hg help nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever |
|
1106 | 1106 | abort: no such help topic: nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever |
|
1107 | 1107 | (try "hg help --keyword nonexistingtopicthatwillneverexisteverever") |
|
1108 | 1108 | [255] |
|
1109 | 1109 | |
|
1110 | 1110 | Test unfound keyword |
|
1111 | 1111 | |
|
1112 | 1112 | $ hg help --keyword nonexistingwordthatwillneverexisteverever |
|
1113 | 1113 | abort: no matches |
|
1114 | 1114 | (try "hg help" for a list of topics) |
|
1115 | 1115 | [255] |
|
1116 | 1116 | |
|
1117 | 1117 | Test omit indicating for help |
|
1118 | 1118 | |
|
1119 | 1119 | $ cat > addverboseitems.py <<EOF |
|
1120 | 1120 | > '''extension to test omit indicating. |
|
1121 | 1121 | > |
|
1122 | 1122 | > This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) |
|
1123 | 1123 | > |
|
1124 | 1124 | > .. container:: verbose |
|
1125 | 1125 | > |
|
1126 | 1126 | > This paragraph is omitted, |
|
1127 | 1127 | > if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for extension) |
|
1128 | 1128 | > |
|
1129 | 1129 | > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) |
|
1130 | 1130 | > ''' |
|
1131 | 1131 | > |
|
1132 | 1132 | > from mercurial import help, commands |
|
1133 | 1133 | > testtopic = """This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). |
|
1134 | 1134 | > |
|
1135 | 1135 | > .. container:: verbose |
|
1136 | 1136 | > |
|
1137 | 1137 | > This paragraph is omitted, |
|
1138 | 1138 | > if :hg:\`help\` is invoked without \`\`-v\`\` (for topic) |
|
1139 | 1139 | > |
|
1140 | 1140 | > This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) |
|
1141 | 1141 | > """ |
|
1142 | 1142 | > def extsetup(ui): |
|
1143 | 1143 | > help.helptable.append((["topic-containing-verbose"], |
|
1144 | 1144 | > "This is the topic to test omit indicating.", |
|
1145 | 1145 | > lambda ui: testtopic)) |
|
1146 | 1146 | > EOF |
|
1147 | 1147 | $ echo '[extensions]' >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1148 | 1148 | $ echo "addverboseitems = `pwd`/addverboseitems.py" >> $HGRCPATH |
|
1149 | 1149 | $ hg help addverboseitems |
|
1150 | 1150 | addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating. |
|
1151 | 1151 | |
|
1152 | 1152 | This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) |
|
1153 | 1153 | |
|
1154 | 1154 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) |
|
1155 | 1155 | |
|
1156 | 1156 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
1157 | 1157 | |
|
1158 | 1158 | no commands defined |
|
1159 | 1159 | $ hg help -v addverboseitems |
|
1160 | 1160 | addverboseitems extension - extension to test omit indicating. |
|
1161 | 1161 | |
|
1162 | 1162 | This paragraph is never omitted (for extension) |
|
1163 | 1163 | |
|
1164 | 1164 | This paragraph is omitted, if "hg help" is invoked without "-v" (for |
|
1165 | 1165 | extension) |
|
1166 | 1166 | |
|
1167 | 1167 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for extension) |
|
1168 | 1168 | |
|
1169 | 1169 | no commands defined |
|
1170 | 1170 | $ hg help topic-containing-verbose |
|
1171 | 1171 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. |
|
1172 | 1172 | """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" |
|
1173 | 1173 | |
|
1174 | 1174 | This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). |
|
1175 | 1175 | |
|
1176 | 1176 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) |
|
1177 | 1177 | |
|
1178 | 1178 | (some details hidden, use --verbose to show complete help) |
|
1179 | 1179 | $ hg help -v topic-containing-verbose |
|
1180 | 1180 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. |
|
1181 | 1181 | """""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" |
|
1182 | 1182 | |
|
1183 | 1183 | This paragraph is never omitted (for topic). |
|
1184 | 1184 | |
|
1185 | 1185 | This paragraph is omitted, if "hg help" is invoked without "-v" (for |
|
1186 | 1186 | topic) |
|
1187 | 1187 | |
|
1188 | 1188 | This paragraph is never omitted, too (for topic) |
|
1189 | 1189 | |
|
1190 | 1190 | Test section lookup |
|
1191 | 1191 | |
|
1192 | 1192 | $ hg help revset.merge |
|
1193 | 1193 | "merge()" |
|
1194 | 1194 | Changeset is a merge changeset. |
|
1195 | 1195 | |
|
1196 | 1196 | $ hg help glossary.dag |
|
1197 | 1197 | DAG |
|
1198 | 1198 | The repository of changesets of a distributed version control system |
|
1199 | 1199 | (DVCS) can be described as a directed acyclic graph (DAG), consisting |
|
1200 | 1200 | of nodes and edges, where nodes correspond to changesets and edges |
|
1201 | 1201 | imply a parent -> child relation. This graph can be visualized by |
|
1202 | 1202 | graphical tools such as "hg log --graph". In Mercurial, the DAG is |
|
1203 | 1203 | limited by the requirement for children to have at most two parents. |
|
1204 | 1204 | |
|
1205 | 1205 | |
|
1206 | 1206 | $ hg help hgrc.paths |
|
1207 | 1207 | "paths" |
|
1208 | 1208 | ------- |
|
1209 | 1209 | |
|
1210 |
Assigns symbolic names to repositories. |
|
|
1211 | name, and the right gives the directory or URL that is the location of the | |
|
1212 | repository. Default paths can be declared by setting the following | |
|
1213 | entries. | |
|
1210 | Assigns symbolic names and behavior to repositories. | |
|
1211 | ||
|
1212 | Options are symbolic names defining the URL or directory that is the | |
|
1213 | location of the repository. Example: | |
|
1214 | ||
|
1215 | [paths] | |
|
1216 | my_server = https://example.com/my_repo | |
|
1217 | local_path = /home/me/repo | |
|
1218 | ||
|
1219 | These symbolic names can be used from the command line. To pull from | |
|
1220 | "my_server": "hg pull my_server". To push to "local_path": "hg push | |
|
1221 | local_path". | |
|
1222 | ||
|
1223 | Options containing colons (":") denote sub-options that can influence | |
|
1224 | behavior for that specific path. Example: | |
|
1225 | ||
|
1226 | [paths] | |
|
1227 | my_server = https://example.com/my_path | |
|
1228 | my_server:pushurl = ssh://example.com/my_path | |
|
1229 | ||
|
1230 | The following sub-options can be defined: | |
|
1231 | ||
|
1232 | "pushurl" | |
|
1233 | The URL to use for push operations. If not defined, the location | |
|
1234 | defined by the path's main entry is used. | |
|
1235 | ||
|
1236 | The following special named paths exist: | |
|
1214 | 1237 |
|
|
1215 | 1238 | "default" |
|
1216 |
|
|
|
1217 | (default: repository from which the current repository was cloned) | |
|
1239 | The URL or directory to use when no source or remote is specified. | |
|
1240 | ||
|
1241 | "hg clone" will automatically define this path to the location the | |
|
1242 | repository was cloned from. | |
|
1218 | 1243 |
|
|
1219 | 1244 | "default-push" |
|
1220 | Optional. Directory or URL to use when pushing if no destination is | |
|
1221 | specified. | |
|
1222 | ||
|
1223 | Custom paths can be defined by assigning the path to a name that later can | |
|
1224 | be used from the command line. Example: | |
|
1225 | ||
|
1226 | [paths] | |
|
1227 | my_path = http://example.com/path | |
|
1228 | ||
|
1229 | To push to the path defined in "my_path" run the command: | |
|
1230 | ||
|
1231 | hg push my_path | |
|
1245 | (deprecated) The URL or directory for the default "hg push" location. | |
|
1246 | "default:pushurl" should be used instead. | |
|
1232 | 1247 |
|
|
1233 | 1248 | $ hg help glossary.mcguffin |
|
1234 | 1249 | abort: help section not found |
|
1235 | 1250 | [255] |
|
1236 | 1251 | |
|
1237 | 1252 | $ hg help glossary.mc.guffin |
|
1238 | 1253 | abort: help section not found |
|
1239 | 1254 | [255] |
|
1240 | 1255 | |
|
1241 | 1256 | $ hg help template.files |
|
1242 | 1257 | files List of strings. All files modified, added, or removed by |
|
1243 | 1258 | this changeset. |
|
1244 | 1259 | |
|
1245 | 1260 | Test dynamic list of merge tools only shows up once |
|
1246 | 1261 | $ hg help merge-tools |
|
1247 | 1262 | Merge Tools |
|
1248 | 1263 | """"""""""" |
|
1249 | 1264 |
|
|
1250 | 1265 | To merge files Mercurial uses merge tools. |
|
1251 | 1266 |
|
|
1252 | 1267 | A merge tool combines two different versions of a file into a merged file. |
|
1253 | 1268 | Merge tools are given the two files and the greatest common ancestor of |
|
1254 | 1269 | the two file versions, so they can determine the changes made on both |
|
1255 | 1270 | branches. |
|
1256 | 1271 |
|
|
1257 | 1272 | Merge tools are used both for "hg resolve", "hg merge", "hg update", "hg |
|
1258 | 1273 | backout" and in several extensions. |
|
1259 | 1274 |
|
|
1260 | 1275 | Usually, the merge tool tries to automatically reconcile the files by |
|
1261 | 1276 | combining all non-overlapping changes that occurred separately in the two |
|
1262 | 1277 | different evolutions of the same initial base file. Furthermore, some |
|
1263 | 1278 | interactive merge programs make it easier to manually resolve conflicting |
|
1264 | 1279 | merges, either in a graphical way, or by inserting some conflict markers. |
|
1265 | 1280 | Mercurial does not include any interactive merge programs but relies on |
|
1266 | 1281 | external tools for that. |
|
1267 | 1282 |
|
|
1268 | 1283 | Available merge tools |
|
1269 | 1284 | ===================== |
|
1270 | 1285 |
|
|
1271 | 1286 | External merge tools and their properties are configured in the merge- |
|
1272 | 1287 | tools configuration section - see hgrc(5) - but they can often just be |
|
1273 | 1288 | named by their executable. |
|
1274 | 1289 |
|
|
1275 | 1290 | A merge tool is generally usable if its executable can be found on the |
|
1276 | 1291 | system and if it can handle the merge. The executable is found if it is an |
|
1277 | 1292 | absolute or relative executable path or the name of an application in the |
|
1278 | 1293 | executable search path. The tool is assumed to be able to handle the merge |
|
1279 | 1294 | if it can handle symlinks if the file is a symlink, if it can handle |
|
1280 | 1295 | binary files if the file is binary, and if a GUI is available if the tool |
|
1281 | 1296 | requires a GUI. |
|
1282 | 1297 |
|
|
1283 | 1298 | There are some internal merge tools which can be used. The internal merge |
|
1284 | 1299 | tools are: |
|
1285 | 1300 |
|
|
1286 | 1301 | ":dump" |
|
1287 | 1302 | Creates three versions of the files to merge, containing the contents of |
|
1288 | 1303 | local, other and base. These files can then be used to perform a merge |
|
1289 | 1304 | manually. If the file to be merged is named "a.txt", these files will |
|
1290 | 1305 | accordingly be named "a.txt.local", "a.txt.other" and "a.txt.base" and |
|
1291 | 1306 | they will be placed in the same directory as "a.txt". |
|
1292 | 1307 |
|
|
1293 | 1308 | ":fail" |
|
1294 | 1309 | Rather than attempting to merge files that were modified on both |
|
1295 | 1310 | branches, it marks them as unresolved. The resolve command must be used |
|
1296 | 1311 | to resolve these conflicts. |
|
1297 | 1312 |
|
|
1298 | 1313 | ":local" |
|
1299 | 1314 | Uses the local version of files as the merged version. |
|
1300 | 1315 |
|
|
1301 | 1316 | ":merge" |
|
1302 | 1317 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging |
|
1303 | 1318 | files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the |
|
1304 | 1319 | partially merged file. Markers will have two sections, one for each side |
|
1305 | 1320 | of merge. |
|
1306 | 1321 |
|
|
1307 | 1322 | ":merge-local" |
|
1308 | 1323 | Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor of the |
|
1309 | 1324 | local changes. |
|
1310 | 1325 |
|
|
1311 | 1326 | ":merge-other" |
|
1312 | 1327 | Like :merge, but resolve all conflicts non-interactively in favor of the |
|
1313 | 1328 | other changes. |
|
1314 | 1329 |
|
|
1315 | 1330 | ":merge3" |
|
1316 | 1331 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging |
|
1317 | 1332 | files. It will fail if there are any conflicts and leave markers in the |
|
1318 | 1333 | partially merged file. Marker will have three sections, one from each |
|
1319 | 1334 | side of the merge and one for the base content. |
|
1320 | 1335 |
|
|
1321 | 1336 | ":other" |
|
1322 | 1337 | Uses the other version of files as the merged version. |
|
1323 | 1338 |
|
|
1324 | 1339 | ":prompt" |
|
1325 | 1340 | Asks the user which of the local or the other version to keep as the |
|
1326 | 1341 | merged version. |
|
1327 | 1342 |
|
|
1328 | 1343 | ":tagmerge" |
|
1329 | 1344 | Uses the internal tag merge algorithm (experimental). |
|
1330 | 1345 |
|
|
1331 | 1346 | ":union" |
|
1332 | 1347 | Uses the internal non-interactive simple merge algorithm for merging |
|
1333 | 1348 | files. It will use both left and right sides for conflict regions. No |
|
1334 | 1349 | markers are inserted. |
|
1335 | 1350 |
|
|
1336 | 1351 | Internal tools are always available and do not require a GUI but will by |
|
1337 | 1352 | default not handle symlinks or binary files. |
|
1338 | 1353 |
|
|
1339 | 1354 | Choosing a merge tool |
|
1340 | 1355 | ===================== |
|
1341 | 1356 |
|
|
1342 | 1357 | Mercurial uses these rules when deciding which merge tool to use: |
|
1343 | 1358 |
|
|
1344 | 1359 | 1. If a tool has been specified with the --tool option to merge or |
|
1345 | 1360 | resolve, it is used. If it is the name of a tool in the merge-tools |
|
1346 | 1361 | configuration, its configuration is used. Otherwise the specified tool |
|
1347 | 1362 | must be executable by the shell. |
|
1348 | 1363 | 2. If the "HGMERGE" environment variable is present, its value is used and |
|
1349 | 1364 | must be executable by the shell. |
|
1350 | 1365 | 3. If the filename of the file to be merged matches any of the patterns in |
|
1351 | 1366 | the merge-patterns configuration section, the first usable merge tool |
|
1352 | 1367 | corresponding to a matching pattern is used. Here, binary capabilities |
|
1353 | 1368 | of the merge tool are not considered. |
|
1354 | 1369 | 4. If ui.merge is set it will be considered next. If the value is not the |
|
1355 | 1370 | name of a configured tool, the specified value is used and must be |
|
1356 | 1371 | executable by the shell. Otherwise the named tool is used if it is |
|
1357 | 1372 | usable. |
|
1358 | 1373 | 5. If any usable merge tools are present in the merge-tools configuration |
|
1359 | 1374 | section, the one with the highest priority is used. |
|
1360 | 1375 | 6. If a program named "hgmerge" can be found on the system, it is used - |
|
1361 | 1376 | but it will by default not be used for symlinks and binary files. |
|
1362 | 1377 | 7. If the file to be merged is not binary and is not a symlink, then |
|
1363 | 1378 | internal ":merge" is used. |
|
1364 | 1379 | 8. The merge of the file fails and must be resolved before commit. |
|
1365 | 1380 |
|
|
1366 | 1381 | Note: |
|
1367 | 1382 | After selecting a merge program, Mercurial will by default attempt to |
|
1368 | 1383 | merge the files using a simple merge algorithm first. Only if it |
|
1369 | 1384 |
|
|
1370 | 1385 | execute the merge program. Whether to use the simple merge algorithm |
|
1371 | 1386 | first can be controlled by the premerge setting of the merge tool. |
|
1372 | 1387 | Premerge is enabled by default unless the file is binary or a symlink. |
|
1373 | 1388 | |
|
1374 | 1389 | See the merge-tools and ui sections of hgrc(5) for details on the |
|
1375 | 1390 | configuration of merge tools. |
|
1376 | 1391 | |
|
1377 | 1392 | Test usage of section marks in help documents |
|
1378 | 1393 | |
|
1379 | 1394 | $ cd "$TESTDIR"/../doc |
|
1380 | 1395 | $ python check-seclevel.py |
|
1381 | 1396 | $ cd $TESTTMP |
|
1382 | 1397 | |
|
1383 | 1398 | #if serve |
|
1384 | 1399 | |
|
1385 | 1400 | Test the help pages in hgweb. |
|
1386 | 1401 | |
|
1387 | 1402 | Dish up an empty repo; serve it cold. |
|
1388 | 1403 | |
|
1389 | 1404 | $ hg init "$TESTTMP/test" |
|
1390 | 1405 | $ hg serve -R "$TESTTMP/test" -n test -p $HGPORT -d --pid-file=hg.pid |
|
1391 | 1406 | $ cat hg.pid >> $DAEMON_PIDS |
|
1392 | 1407 | |
|
1393 | 1408 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help" |
|
1394 | 1409 | 200 Script output follows |
|
1395 | 1410 | |
|
1396 | 1411 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> |
|
1397 | 1412 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> |
|
1398 | 1413 | <head> |
|
1399 | 1414 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> |
|
1400 | 1415 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> |
|
1401 | 1416 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> |
|
1402 | 1417 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> |
|
1403 | 1418 | |
|
1404 | 1419 | <title>Help: Index</title> |
|
1405 | 1420 | </head> |
|
1406 | 1421 | <body> |
|
1407 | 1422 | |
|
1408 | 1423 | <div class="container"> |
|
1409 | 1424 | <div class="menu"> |
|
1410 | 1425 | <div class="logo"> |
|
1411 | 1426 | <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/"> |
|
1412 | 1427 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> |
|
1413 | 1428 | </div> |
|
1414 | 1429 | <ul> |
|
1415 | 1430 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> |
|
1416 | 1431 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> |
|
1417 | 1432 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> |
|
1418 | 1433 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> |
|
1419 | 1434 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> |
|
1420 | 1435 | </ul> |
|
1421 | 1436 | <ul> |
|
1422 | 1437 | <li class="active">help</li> |
|
1423 | 1438 | </ul> |
|
1424 | 1439 | </div> |
|
1425 | 1440 | |
|
1426 | 1441 | <div class="main"> |
|
1427 | 1442 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> |
|
1428 | 1443 | <form class="search" action="/log"> |
|
1429 | 1444 | |
|
1430 | 1445 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> |
|
1431 | 1446 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision |
|
1432 | 1447 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> |
|
1433 | 1448 | </form> |
|
1434 | 1449 | <table class="bigtable"> |
|
1435 | 1450 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="main" href="#topics">Topics</a></h2></td></tr> |
|
1436 | 1451 | |
|
1437 | 1452 | <tr><td> |
|
1438 | 1453 | <a href="/help/config"> |
|
1439 | 1454 | config |
|
1440 | 1455 | </a> |
|
1441 | 1456 | </td><td> |
|
1442 | 1457 | Configuration Files |
|
1443 | 1458 | </td></tr> |
|
1444 | 1459 | <tr><td> |
|
1445 | 1460 | <a href="/help/dates"> |
|
1446 | 1461 | dates |
|
1447 | 1462 | </a> |
|
1448 | 1463 | </td><td> |
|
1449 | 1464 | Date Formats |
|
1450 | 1465 | </td></tr> |
|
1451 | 1466 | <tr><td> |
|
1452 | 1467 | <a href="/help/diffs"> |
|
1453 | 1468 | diffs |
|
1454 | 1469 | </a> |
|
1455 | 1470 | </td><td> |
|
1456 | 1471 | Diff Formats |
|
1457 | 1472 | </td></tr> |
|
1458 | 1473 | <tr><td> |
|
1459 | 1474 | <a href="/help/environment"> |
|
1460 | 1475 | environment |
|
1461 | 1476 | </a> |
|
1462 | 1477 | </td><td> |
|
1463 | 1478 | Environment Variables |
|
1464 | 1479 | </td></tr> |
|
1465 | 1480 | <tr><td> |
|
1466 | 1481 | <a href="/help/extensions"> |
|
1467 | 1482 | extensions |
|
1468 | 1483 | </a> |
|
1469 | 1484 | </td><td> |
|
1470 | 1485 | Using Additional Features |
|
1471 | 1486 | </td></tr> |
|
1472 | 1487 | <tr><td> |
|
1473 | 1488 | <a href="/help/filesets"> |
|
1474 | 1489 | filesets |
|
1475 | 1490 | </a> |
|
1476 | 1491 | </td><td> |
|
1477 | 1492 | Specifying File Sets |
|
1478 | 1493 | </td></tr> |
|
1479 | 1494 | <tr><td> |
|
1480 | 1495 | <a href="/help/glossary"> |
|
1481 | 1496 | glossary |
|
1482 | 1497 | </a> |
|
1483 | 1498 | </td><td> |
|
1484 | 1499 | Glossary |
|
1485 | 1500 | </td></tr> |
|
1486 | 1501 | <tr><td> |
|
1487 | 1502 | <a href="/help/hgignore"> |
|
1488 | 1503 | hgignore |
|
1489 | 1504 | </a> |
|
1490 | 1505 | </td><td> |
|
1491 | 1506 | Syntax for Mercurial Ignore Files |
|
1492 | 1507 | </td></tr> |
|
1493 | 1508 | <tr><td> |
|
1494 | 1509 | <a href="/help/hgweb"> |
|
1495 | 1510 | hgweb |
|
1496 | 1511 | </a> |
|
1497 | 1512 | </td><td> |
|
1498 | 1513 | Configuring hgweb |
|
1499 | 1514 | </td></tr> |
|
1500 | 1515 | <tr><td> |
|
1501 | 1516 | <a href="/help/merge-tools"> |
|
1502 | 1517 | merge-tools |
|
1503 | 1518 | </a> |
|
1504 | 1519 | </td><td> |
|
1505 | 1520 | Merge Tools |
|
1506 | 1521 | </td></tr> |
|
1507 | 1522 | <tr><td> |
|
1508 | 1523 | <a href="/help/multirevs"> |
|
1509 | 1524 | multirevs |
|
1510 | 1525 | </a> |
|
1511 | 1526 | </td><td> |
|
1512 | 1527 | Specifying Multiple Revisions |
|
1513 | 1528 | </td></tr> |
|
1514 | 1529 | <tr><td> |
|
1515 | 1530 | <a href="/help/patterns"> |
|
1516 | 1531 | patterns |
|
1517 | 1532 | </a> |
|
1518 | 1533 | </td><td> |
|
1519 | 1534 | File Name Patterns |
|
1520 | 1535 | </td></tr> |
|
1521 | 1536 | <tr><td> |
|
1522 | 1537 | <a href="/help/phases"> |
|
1523 | 1538 | phases |
|
1524 | 1539 | </a> |
|
1525 | 1540 | </td><td> |
|
1526 | 1541 | Working with Phases |
|
1527 | 1542 | </td></tr> |
|
1528 | 1543 | <tr><td> |
|
1529 | 1544 | <a href="/help/revisions"> |
|
1530 | 1545 | revisions |
|
1531 | 1546 | </a> |
|
1532 | 1547 | </td><td> |
|
1533 | 1548 | Specifying Single Revisions |
|
1534 | 1549 | </td></tr> |
|
1535 | 1550 | <tr><td> |
|
1536 | 1551 | <a href="/help/revsets"> |
|
1537 | 1552 | revsets |
|
1538 | 1553 | </a> |
|
1539 | 1554 | </td><td> |
|
1540 | 1555 | Specifying Revision Sets |
|
1541 | 1556 | </td></tr> |
|
1542 | 1557 | <tr><td> |
|
1543 | 1558 | <a href="/help/scripting"> |
|
1544 | 1559 | scripting |
|
1545 | 1560 | </a> |
|
1546 | 1561 | </td><td> |
|
1547 | 1562 | Using Mercurial from scripts and automation |
|
1548 | 1563 | </td></tr> |
|
1549 | 1564 | <tr><td> |
|
1550 | 1565 | <a href="/help/subrepos"> |
|
1551 | 1566 | subrepos |
|
1552 | 1567 | </a> |
|
1553 | 1568 | </td><td> |
|
1554 | 1569 | Subrepositories |
|
1555 | 1570 | </td></tr> |
|
1556 | 1571 | <tr><td> |
|
1557 | 1572 | <a href="/help/templating"> |
|
1558 | 1573 | templating |
|
1559 | 1574 | </a> |
|
1560 | 1575 | </td><td> |
|
1561 | 1576 | Template Usage |
|
1562 | 1577 | </td></tr> |
|
1563 | 1578 | <tr><td> |
|
1564 | 1579 | <a href="/help/urls"> |
|
1565 | 1580 | urls |
|
1566 | 1581 | </a> |
|
1567 | 1582 | </td><td> |
|
1568 | 1583 | URL Paths |
|
1569 | 1584 | </td></tr> |
|
1570 | 1585 | <tr><td> |
|
1571 | 1586 | <a href="/help/topic-containing-verbose"> |
|
1572 | 1587 | topic-containing-verbose |
|
1573 | 1588 | </a> |
|
1574 | 1589 | </td><td> |
|
1575 | 1590 | This is the topic to test omit indicating. |
|
1576 | 1591 | </td></tr> |
|
1577 | 1592 | |
|
1578 | 1593 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="main" href="#main">Main Commands</a></h2></td></tr> |
|
1579 | 1594 | |
|
1580 | 1595 | <tr><td> |
|
1581 | 1596 | <a href="/help/add"> |
|
1582 | 1597 | add |
|
1583 | 1598 | </a> |
|
1584 | 1599 | </td><td> |
|
1585 | 1600 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
1586 | 1601 | </td></tr> |
|
1587 | 1602 | <tr><td> |
|
1588 | 1603 | <a href="/help/annotate"> |
|
1589 | 1604 | annotate |
|
1590 | 1605 | </a> |
|
1591 | 1606 | </td><td> |
|
1592 | 1607 | show changeset information by line for each file |
|
1593 | 1608 | </td></tr> |
|
1594 | 1609 | <tr><td> |
|
1595 | 1610 | <a href="/help/clone"> |
|
1596 | 1611 | clone |
|
1597 | 1612 | </a> |
|
1598 | 1613 | </td><td> |
|
1599 | 1614 | make a copy of an existing repository |
|
1600 | 1615 | </td></tr> |
|
1601 | 1616 | <tr><td> |
|
1602 | 1617 | <a href="/help/commit"> |
|
1603 | 1618 | commit |
|
1604 | 1619 | </a> |
|
1605 | 1620 | </td><td> |
|
1606 | 1621 | commit the specified files or all outstanding changes |
|
1607 | 1622 | </td></tr> |
|
1608 | 1623 | <tr><td> |
|
1609 | 1624 | <a href="/help/diff"> |
|
1610 | 1625 | diff |
|
1611 | 1626 | </a> |
|
1612 | 1627 | </td><td> |
|
1613 | 1628 | diff repository (or selected files) |
|
1614 | 1629 | </td></tr> |
|
1615 | 1630 | <tr><td> |
|
1616 | 1631 | <a href="/help/export"> |
|
1617 | 1632 | export |
|
1618 | 1633 | </a> |
|
1619 | 1634 | </td><td> |
|
1620 | 1635 | dump the header and diffs for one or more changesets |
|
1621 | 1636 | </td></tr> |
|
1622 | 1637 | <tr><td> |
|
1623 | 1638 | <a href="/help/forget"> |
|
1624 | 1639 | forget |
|
1625 | 1640 | </a> |
|
1626 | 1641 | </td><td> |
|
1627 | 1642 | forget the specified files on the next commit |
|
1628 | 1643 | </td></tr> |
|
1629 | 1644 | <tr><td> |
|
1630 | 1645 | <a href="/help/init"> |
|
1631 | 1646 | init |
|
1632 | 1647 | </a> |
|
1633 | 1648 | </td><td> |
|
1634 | 1649 | create a new repository in the given directory |
|
1635 | 1650 | </td></tr> |
|
1636 | 1651 | <tr><td> |
|
1637 | 1652 | <a href="/help/log"> |
|
1638 | 1653 | log |
|
1639 | 1654 | </a> |
|
1640 | 1655 | </td><td> |
|
1641 | 1656 | show revision history of entire repository or files |
|
1642 | 1657 | </td></tr> |
|
1643 | 1658 | <tr><td> |
|
1644 | 1659 | <a href="/help/merge"> |
|
1645 | 1660 | merge |
|
1646 | 1661 | </a> |
|
1647 | 1662 | </td><td> |
|
1648 | 1663 | merge another revision into working directory |
|
1649 | 1664 | </td></tr> |
|
1650 | 1665 | <tr><td> |
|
1651 | 1666 | <a href="/help/pull"> |
|
1652 | 1667 | pull |
|
1653 | 1668 | </a> |
|
1654 | 1669 | </td><td> |
|
1655 | 1670 | pull changes from the specified source |
|
1656 | 1671 | </td></tr> |
|
1657 | 1672 | <tr><td> |
|
1658 | 1673 | <a href="/help/push"> |
|
1659 | 1674 | push |
|
1660 | 1675 | </a> |
|
1661 | 1676 | </td><td> |
|
1662 | 1677 | push changes to the specified destination |
|
1663 | 1678 | </td></tr> |
|
1664 | 1679 | <tr><td> |
|
1665 | 1680 | <a href="/help/remove"> |
|
1666 | 1681 | remove |
|
1667 | 1682 | </a> |
|
1668 | 1683 | </td><td> |
|
1669 | 1684 | remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
1670 | 1685 | </td></tr> |
|
1671 | 1686 | <tr><td> |
|
1672 | 1687 | <a href="/help/serve"> |
|
1673 | 1688 | serve |
|
1674 | 1689 | </a> |
|
1675 | 1690 | </td><td> |
|
1676 | 1691 | start stand-alone webserver |
|
1677 | 1692 | </td></tr> |
|
1678 | 1693 | <tr><td> |
|
1679 | 1694 | <a href="/help/status"> |
|
1680 | 1695 | status |
|
1681 | 1696 | </a> |
|
1682 | 1697 | </td><td> |
|
1683 | 1698 | show changed files in the working directory |
|
1684 | 1699 | </td></tr> |
|
1685 | 1700 | <tr><td> |
|
1686 | 1701 | <a href="/help/summary"> |
|
1687 | 1702 | summary |
|
1688 | 1703 | </a> |
|
1689 | 1704 | </td><td> |
|
1690 | 1705 | summarize working directory state |
|
1691 | 1706 | </td></tr> |
|
1692 | 1707 | <tr><td> |
|
1693 | 1708 | <a href="/help/update"> |
|
1694 | 1709 | update |
|
1695 | 1710 | </a> |
|
1696 | 1711 | </td><td> |
|
1697 | 1712 | update working directory (or switch revisions) |
|
1698 | 1713 | </td></tr> |
|
1699 | 1714 | |
|
1700 | 1715 | <tr><td colspan="2"><h2><a name="other" href="#other">Other Commands</a></h2></td></tr> |
|
1701 | 1716 | |
|
1702 | 1717 | <tr><td> |
|
1703 | 1718 | <a href="/help/addremove"> |
|
1704 | 1719 | addremove |
|
1705 | 1720 | </a> |
|
1706 | 1721 | </td><td> |
|
1707 | 1722 | add all new files, delete all missing files |
|
1708 | 1723 | </td></tr> |
|
1709 | 1724 | <tr><td> |
|
1710 | 1725 | <a href="/help/archive"> |
|
1711 | 1726 | archive |
|
1712 | 1727 | </a> |
|
1713 | 1728 | </td><td> |
|
1714 | 1729 | create an unversioned archive of a repository revision |
|
1715 | 1730 | </td></tr> |
|
1716 | 1731 | <tr><td> |
|
1717 | 1732 | <a href="/help/backout"> |
|
1718 | 1733 | backout |
|
1719 | 1734 | </a> |
|
1720 | 1735 | </td><td> |
|
1721 | 1736 | reverse effect of earlier changeset |
|
1722 | 1737 | </td></tr> |
|
1723 | 1738 | <tr><td> |
|
1724 | 1739 | <a href="/help/bisect"> |
|
1725 | 1740 | bisect |
|
1726 | 1741 | </a> |
|
1727 | 1742 | </td><td> |
|
1728 | 1743 | subdivision search of changesets |
|
1729 | 1744 | </td></tr> |
|
1730 | 1745 | <tr><td> |
|
1731 | 1746 | <a href="/help/bookmarks"> |
|
1732 | 1747 | bookmarks |
|
1733 | 1748 | </a> |
|
1734 | 1749 | </td><td> |
|
1735 | 1750 | create a new bookmark or list existing bookmarks |
|
1736 | 1751 | </td></tr> |
|
1737 | 1752 | <tr><td> |
|
1738 | 1753 | <a href="/help/branch"> |
|
1739 | 1754 | branch |
|
1740 | 1755 | </a> |
|
1741 | 1756 | </td><td> |
|
1742 | 1757 | set or show the current branch name |
|
1743 | 1758 | </td></tr> |
|
1744 | 1759 | <tr><td> |
|
1745 | 1760 | <a href="/help/branches"> |
|
1746 | 1761 | branches |
|
1747 | 1762 | </a> |
|
1748 | 1763 | </td><td> |
|
1749 | 1764 | list repository named branches |
|
1750 | 1765 | </td></tr> |
|
1751 | 1766 | <tr><td> |
|
1752 | 1767 | <a href="/help/bundle"> |
|
1753 | 1768 | bundle |
|
1754 | 1769 | </a> |
|
1755 | 1770 | </td><td> |
|
1756 | 1771 | create a changegroup file |
|
1757 | 1772 | </td></tr> |
|
1758 | 1773 | <tr><td> |
|
1759 | 1774 | <a href="/help/cat"> |
|
1760 | 1775 | cat |
|
1761 | 1776 | </a> |
|
1762 | 1777 | </td><td> |
|
1763 | 1778 | output the current or given revision of files |
|
1764 | 1779 | </td></tr> |
|
1765 | 1780 | <tr><td> |
|
1766 | 1781 | <a href="/help/config"> |
|
1767 | 1782 | config |
|
1768 | 1783 | </a> |
|
1769 | 1784 | </td><td> |
|
1770 | 1785 | show combined config settings from all hgrc files |
|
1771 | 1786 | </td></tr> |
|
1772 | 1787 | <tr><td> |
|
1773 | 1788 | <a href="/help/copy"> |
|
1774 | 1789 | copy |
|
1775 | 1790 | </a> |
|
1776 | 1791 | </td><td> |
|
1777 | 1792 | mark files as copied for the next commit |
|
1778 | 1793 | </td></tr> |
|
1779 | 1794 | <tr><td> |
|
1780 | 1795 | <a href="/help/files"> |
|
1781 | 1796 | files |
|
1782 | 1797 | </a> |
|
1783 | 1798 | </td><td> |
|
1784 | 1799 | list tracked files |
|
1785 | 1800 | </td></tr> |
|
1786 | 1801 | <tr><td> |
|
1787 | 1802 | <a href="/help/graft"> |
|
1788 | 1803 | graft |
|
1789 | 1804 | </a> |
|
1790 | 1805 | </td><td> |
|
1791 | 1806 | copy changes from other branches onto the current branch |
|
1792 | 1807 | </td></tr> |
|
1793 | 1808 | <tr><td> |
|
1794 | 1809 | <a href="/help/grep"> |
|
1795 | 1810 | grep |
|
1796 | 1811 | </a> |
|
1797 | 1812 | </td><td> |
|
1798 | 1813 | search for a pattern in specified files and revisions |
|
1799 | 1814 | </td></tr> |
|
1800 | 1815 | <tr><td> |
|
1801 | 1816 | <a href="/help/heads"> |
|
1802 | 1817 | heads |
|
1803 | 1818 | </a> |
|
1804 | 1819 | </td><td> |
|
1805 | 1820 | show branch heads |
|
1806 | 1821 | </td></tr> |
|
1807 | 1822 | <tr><td> |
|
1808 | 1823 | <a href="/help/help"> |
|
1809 | 1824 | help |
|
1810 | 1825 | </a> |
|
1811 | 1826 | </td><td> |
|
1812 | 1827 | show help for a given topic or a help overview |
|
1813 | 1828 | </td></tr> |
|
1814 | 1829 | <tr><td> |
|
1815 | 1830 | <a href="/help/identify"> |
|
1816 | 1831 | identify |
|
1817 | 1832 | </a> |
|
1818 | 1833 | </td><td> |
|
1819 | 1834 | identify the working directory or specified revision |
|
1820 | 1835 | </td></tr> |
|
1821 | 1836 | <tr><td> |
|
1822 | 1837 | <a href="/help/import"> |
|
1823 | 1838 | import |
|
1824 | 1839 | </a> |
|
1825 | 1840 | </td><td> |
|
1826 | 1841 | import an ordered set of patches |
|
1827 | 1842 | </td></tr> |
|
1828 | 1843 | <tr><td> |
|
1829 | 1844 | <a href="/help/incoming"> |
|
1830 | 1845 | incoming |
|
1831 | 1846 | </a> |
|
1832 | 1847 | </td><td> |
|
1833 | 1848 | show new changesets found in source |
|
1834 | 1849 | </td></tr> |
|
1835 | 1850 | <tr><td> |
|
1836 | 1851 | <a href="/help/manifest"> |
|
1837 | 1852 | manifest |
|
1838 | 1853 | </a> |
|
1839 | 1854 | </td><td> |
|
1840 | 1855 | output the current or given revision of the project manifest |
|
1841 | 1856 | </td></tr> |
|
1842 | 1857 | <tr><td> |
|
1843 | 1858 | <a href="/help/nohelp"> |
|
1844 | 1859 | nohelp |
|
1845 | 1860 | </a> |
|
1846 | 1861 | </td><td> |
|
1847 | 1862 | (no help text available) |
|
1848 | 1863 | </td></tr> |
|
1849 | 1864 | <tr><td> |
|
1850 | 1865 | <a href="/help/outgoing"> |
|
1851 | 1866 | outgoing |
|
1852 | 1867 | </a> |
|
1853 | 1868 | </td><td> |
|
1854 | 1869 | show changesets not found in the destination |
|
1855 | 1870 | </td></tr> |
|
1856 | 1871 | <tr><td> |
|
1857 | 1872 | <a href="/help/paths"> |
|
1858 | 1873 | paths |
|
1859 | 1874 | </a> |
|
1860 | 1875 | </td><td> |
|
1861 | 1876 | show aliases for remote repositories |
|
1862 | 1877 | </td></tr> |
|
1863 | 1878 | <tr><td> |
|
1864 | 1879 | <a href="/help/phase"> |
|
1865 | 1880 | phase |
|
1866 | 1881 | </a> |
|
1867 | 1882 | </td><td> |
|
1868 | 1883 | set or show the current phase name |
|
1869 | 1884 | </td></tr> |
|
1870 | 1885 | <tr><td> |
|
1871 | 1886 | <a href="/help/recover"> |
|
1872 | 1887 | recover |
|
1873 | 1888 | </a> |
|
1874 | 1889 | </td><td> |
|
1875 | 1890 | roll back an interrupted transaction |
|
1876 | 1891 | </td></tr> |
|
1877 | 1892 | <tr><td> |
|
1878 | 1893 | <a href="/help/rename"> |
|
1879 | 1894 | rename |
|
1880 | 1895 | </a> |
|
1881 | 1896 | </td><td> |
|
1882 | 1897 | rename files; equivalent of copy + remove |
|
1883 | 1898 | </td></tr> |
|
1884 | 1899 | <tr><td> |
|
1885 | 1900 | <a href="/help/resolve"> |
|
1886 | 1901 | resolve |
|
1887 | 1902 | </a> |
|
1888 | 1903 | </td><td> |
|
1889 | 1904 | redo merges or set/view the merge status of files |
|
1890 | 1905 | </td></tr> |
|
1891 | 1906 | <tr><td> |
|
1892 | 1907 | <a href="/help/revert"> |
|
1893 | 1908 | revert |
|
1894 | 1909 | </a> |
|
1895 | 1910 | </td><td> |
|
1896 | 1911 | restore files to their checkout state |
|
1897 | 1912 | </td></tr> |
|
1898 | 1913 | <tr><td> |
|
1899 | 1914 | <a href="/help/root"> |
|
1900 | 1915 | root |
|
1901 | 1916 | </a> |
|
1902 | 1917 | </td><td> |
|
1903 | 1918 | print the root (top) of the current working directory |
|
1904 | 1919 | </td></tr> |
|
1905 | 1920 | <tr><td> |
|
1906 | 1921 | <a href="/help/tag"> |
|
1907 | 1922 | tag |
|
1908 | 1923 | </a> |
|
1909 | 1924 | </td><td> |
|
1910 | 1925 | add one or more tags for the current or given revision |
|
1911 | 1926 | </td></tr> |
|
1912 | 1927 | <tr><td> |
|
1913 | 1928 | <a href="/help/tags"> |
|
1914 | 1929 | tags |
|
1915 | 1930 | </a> |
|
1916 | 1931 | </td><td> |
|
1917 | 1932 | list repository tags |
|
1918 | 1933 | </td></tr> |
|
1919 | 1934 | <tr><td> |
|
1920 | 1935 | <a href="/help/unbundle"> |
|
1921 | 1936 | unbundle |
|
1922 | 1937 | </a> |
|
1923 | 1938 | </td><td> |
|
1924 | 1939 | apply one or more changegroup files |
|
1925 | 1940 | </td></tr> |
|
1926 | 1941 | <tr><td> |
|
1927 | 1942 | <a href="/help/verify"> |
|
1928 | 1943 | verify |
|
1929 | 1944 | </a> |
|
1930 | 1945 | </td><td> |
|
1931 | 1946 | verify the integrity of the repository |
|
1932 | 1947 | </td></tr> |
|
1933 | 1948 | <tr><td> |
|
1934 | 1949 | <a href="/help/version"> |
|
1935 | 1950 | version |
|
1936 | 1951 | </a> |
|
1937 | 1952 | </td><td> |
|
1938 | 1953 | output version and copyright information |
|
1939 | 1954 | </td></tr> |
|
1940 | 1955 | </table> |
|
1941 | 1956 | </div> |
|
1942 | 1957 | </div> |
|
1943 | 1958 | |
|
1944 | 1959 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> |
|
1945 | 1960 | |
|
1946 | 1961 | |
|
1947 | 1962 | </body> |
|
1948 | 1963 | </html> |
|
1949 | 1964 | |
|
1950 | 1965 | |
|
1951 | 1966 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/add" |
|
1952 | 1967 | 200 Script output follows |
|
1953 | 1968 | |
|
1954 | 1969 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> |
|
1955 | 1970 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> |
|
1956 | 1971 | <head> |
|
1957 | 1972 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> |
|
1958 | 1973 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> |
|
1959 | 1974 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> |
|
1960 | 1975 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> |
|
1961 | 1976 | |
|
1962 | 1977 | <title>Help: add</title> |
|
1963 | 1978 | </head> |
|
1964 | 1979 | <body> |
|
1965 | 1980 | |
|
1966 | 1981 | <div class="container"> |
|
1967 | 1982 | <div class="menu"> |
|
1968 | 1983 | <div class="logo"> |
|
1969 | 1984 | <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/"> |
|
1970 | 1985 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> |
|
1971 | 1986 | </div> |
|
1972 | 1987 | <ul> |
|
1973 | 1988 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> |
|
1974 | 1989 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> |
|
1975 | 1990 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> |
|
1976 | 1991 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> |
|
1977 | 1992 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> |
|
1978 | 1993 | </ul> |
|
1979 | 1994 | <ul> |
|
1980 | 1995 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> |
|
1981 | 1996 | </ul> |
|
1982 | 1997 | </div> |
|
1983 | 1998 | |
|
1984 | 1999 | <div class="main"> |
|
1985 | 2000 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> |
|
1986 | 2001 | <h3>Help: add</h3> |
|
1987 | 2002 | |
|
1988 | 2003 | <form class="search" action="/log"> |
|
1989 | 2004 | |
|
1990 | 2005 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> |
|
1991 | 2006 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision |
|
1992 | 2007 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> |
|
1993 | 2008 | </form> |
|
1994 | 2009 | <div id="doc"> |
|
1995 | 2010 | <p> |
|
1996 | 2011 | hg add [OPTION]... [FILE]... |
|
1997 | 2012 | </p> |
|
1998 | 2013 | <p> |
|
1999 | 2014 | add the specified files on the next commit |
|
2000 | 2015 | </p> |
|
2001 | 2016 | <p> |
|
2002 | 2017 | Schedule files to be version controlled and added to the |
|
2003 | 2018 | repository. |
|
2004 | 2019 | </p> |
|
2005 | 2020 | <p> |
|
2006 | 2021 | The files will be added to the repository at the next commit. To |
|
2007 | 2022 | undo an add before that, see "hg forget". |
|
2008 | 2023 | </p> |
|
2009 | 2024 | <p> |
|
2010 | 2025 | If no names are given, add all files to the repository. |
|
2011 | 2026 | </p> |
|
2012 | 2027 | <p> |
|
2013 | 2028 | Examples: |
|
2014 | 2029 | </p> |
|
2015 | 2030 | <ul> |
|
2016 | 2031 | <li> New (unknown) files are added automatically by "hg add": |
|
2017 | 2032 | <pre> |
|
2018 | 2033 | \$ ls (re) |
|
2019 | 2034 | foo.c |
|
2020 | 2035 | \$ hg status (re) |
|
2021 | 2036 | ? foo.c |
|
2022 | 2037 | \$ hg add (re) |
|
2023 | 2038 | adding foo.c |
|
2024 | 2039 | \$ hg status (re) |
|
2025 | 2040 | A foo.c |
|
2026 | 2041 | </pre> |
|
2027 | 2042 | <li> Specific files to be added can be specified: |
|
2028 | 2043 | <pre> |
|
2029 | 2044 | \$ ls (re) |
|
2030 | 2045 | bar.c foo.c |
|
2031 | 2046 | \$ hg status (re) |
|
2032 | 2047 | ? bar.c |
|
2033 | 2048 | ? foo.c |
|
2034 | 2049 | \$ hg add bar.c (re) |
|
2035 | 2050 | \$ hg status (re) |
|
2036 | 2051 | A bar.c |
|
2037 | 2052 | ? foo.c |
|
2038 | 2053 | </pre> |
|
2039 | 2054 | </ul> |
|
2040 | 2055 | <p> |
|
2041 | 2056 | Returns 0 if all files are successfully added. |
|
2042 | 2057 | </p> |
|
2043 | 2058 | <p> |
|
2044 | 2059 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
2045 | 2060 | </p> |
|
2046 | 2061 | <table> |
|
2047 | 2062 | <tr><td>-I</td> |
|
2048 | 2063 | <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td> |
|
2049 | 2064 | <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr> |
|
2050 | 2065 | <tr><td>-X</td> |
|
2051 | 2066 | <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td> |
|
2052 | 2067 | <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr> |
|
2053 | 2068 | <tr><td>-S</td> |
|
2054 | 2069 | <td>--subrepos</td> |
|
2055 | 2070 | <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr> |
|
2056 | 2071 | <tr><td>-n</td> |
|
2057 | 2072 | <td>--dry-run</td> |
|
2058 | 2073 | <td>do not perform actions, just print output</td></tr> |
|
2059 | 2074 | </table> |
|
2060 | 2075 | <p> |
|
2061 | 2076 | global options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
2062 | 2077 | </p> |
|
2063 | 2078 | <table> |
|
2064 | 2079 | <tr><td>-R</td> |
|
2065 | 2080 | <td>--repository REPO</td> |
|
2066 | 2081 | <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr> |
|
2067 | 2082 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2068 | 2083 | <td>--cwd DIR</td> |
|
2069 | 2084 | <td>change working directory</td></tr> |
|
2070 | 2085 | <tr><td>-y</td> |
|
2071 | 2086 | <td>--noninteractive</td> |
|
2072 | 2087 | <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr> |
|
2073 | 2088 | <tr><td>-q</td> |
|
2074 | 2089 | <td>--quiet</td> |
|
2075 | 2090 | <td>suppress output</td></tr> |
|
2076 | 2091 | <tr><td>-v</td> |
|
2077 | 2092 | <td>--verbose</td> |
|
2078 | 2093 | <td>enable additional output</td></tr> |
|
2079 | 2094 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2080 | 2095 | <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td> |
|
2081 | 2096 | <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr> |
|
2082 | 2097 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2083 | 2098 | <td>--debug</td> |
|
2084 | 2099 | <td>enable debugging output</td></tr> |
|
2085 | 2100 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2086 | 2101 | <td>--debugger</td> |
|
2087 | 2102 | <td>start debugger</td></tr> |
|
2088 | 2103 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2089 | 2104 | <td>--encoding ENCODE</td> |
|
2090 | 2105 | <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr> |
|
2091 | 2106 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2092 | 2107 | <td>--encodingmode MODE</td> |
|
2093 | 2108 | <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr> |
|
2094 | 2109 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2095 | 2110 | <td>--traceback</td> |
|
2096 | 2111 | <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr> |
|
2097 | 2112 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2098 | 2113 | <td>--time</td> |
|
2099 | 2114 | <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr> |
|
2100 | 2115 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2101 | 2116 | <td>--profile</td> |
|
2102 | 2117 | <td>print command execution profile</td></tr> |
|
2103 | 2118 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2104 | 2119 | <td>--version</td> |
|
2105 | 2120 | <td>output version information and exit</td></tr> |
|
2106 | 2121 | <tr><td>-h</td> |
|
2107 | 2122 | <td>--help</td> |
|
2108 | 2123 | <td>display help and exit</td></tr> |
|
2109 | 2124 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2110 | 2125 | <td>--hidden</td> |
|
2111 | 2126 | <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr> |
|
2112 | 2127 | </table> |
|
2113 | 2128 | |
|
2114 | 2129 | </div> |
|
2115 | 2130 | </div> |
|
2116 | 2131 | </div> |
|
2117 | 2132 | |
|
2118 | 2133 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> |
|
2119 | 2134 | |
|
2120 | 2135 | |
|
2121 | 2136 | </body> |
|
2122 | 2137 | </html> |
|
2123 | 2138 | |
|
2124 | 2139 | |
|
2125 | 2140 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/remove" |
|
2126 | 2141 | 200 Script output follows |
|
2127 | 2142 | |
|
2128 | 2143 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> |
|
2129 | 2144 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> |
|
2130 | 2145 | <head> |
|
2131 | 2146 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> |
|
2132 | 2147 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> |
|
2133 | 2148 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> |
|
2134 | 2149 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> |
|
2135 | 2150 | |
|
2136 | 2151 | <title>Help: remove</title> |
|
2137 | 2152 | </head> |
|
2138 | 2153 | <body> |
|
2139 | 2154 | |
|
2140 | 2155 | <div class="container"> |
|
2141 | 2156 | <div class="menu"> |
|
2142 | 2157 | <div class="logo"> |
|
2143 | 2158 | <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/"> |
|
2144 | 2159 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> |
|
2145 | 2160 | </div> |
|
2146 | 2161 | <ul> |
|
2147 | 2162 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> |
|
2148 | 2163 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> |
|
2149 | 2164 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> |
|
2150 | 2165 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> |
|
2151 | 2166 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> |
|
2152 | 2167 | </ul> |
|
2153 | 2168 | <ul> |
|
2154 | 2169 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> |
|
2155 | 2170 | </ul> |
|
2156 | 2171 | </div> |
|
2157 | 2172 | |
|
2158 | 2173 | <div class="main"> |
|
2159 | 2174 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> |
|
2160 | 2175 | <h3>Help: remove</h3> |
|
2161 | 2176 | |
|
2162 | 2177 | <form class="search" action="/log"> |
|
2163 | 2178 | |
|
2164 | 2179 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> |
|
2165 | 2180 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision |
|
2166 | 2181 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> |
|
2167 | 2182 | </form> |
|
2168 | 2183 | <div id="doc"> |
|
2169 | 2184 | <p> |
|
2170 | 2185 | hg remove [OPTION]... FILE... |
|
2171 | 2186 | </p> |
|
2172 | 2187 | <p> |
|
2173 | 2188 | aliases: rm |
|
2174 | 2189 | </p> |
|
2175 | 2190 | <p> |
|
2176 | 2191 | remove the specified files on the next commit |
|
2177 | 2192 | </p> |
|
2178 | 2193 | <p> |
|
2179 | 2194 | Schedule the indicated files for removal from the current branch. |
|
2180 | 2195 | </p> |
|
2181 | 2196 | <p> |
|
2182 | 2197 | This command schedules the files to be removed at the next commit. |
|
2183 | 2198 | To undo a remove before that, see "hg revert". To undo added |
|
2184 | 2199 | files, see "hg forget". |
|
2185 | 2200 | </p> |
|
2186 | 2201 | <p> |
|
2187 | 2202 | -A/--after can be used to remove only files that have already |
|
2188 | 2203 | been deleted, -f/--force can be used to force deletion, and -Af |
|
2189 | 2204 | can be used to remove files from the next revision without |
|
2190 | 2205 | deleting them from the working directory. |
|
2191 | 2206 | </p> |
|
2192 | 2207 | <p> |
|
2193 | 2208 | The following table details the behavior of remove for different |
|
2194 | 2209 | file states (columns) and option combinations (rows). The file |
|
2195 | 2210 | states are Added [A], Clean [C], Modified [M] and Missing [!] |
|
2196 | 2211 | (as reported by "hg status"). The actions are Warn, Remove |
|
2197 | 2212 | (from branch) and Delete (from disk): |
|
2198 | 2213 | </p> |
|
2199 | 2214 | <table> |
|
2200 | 2215 | <tr><td>opt/state</td> |
|
2201 | 2216 | <td>A</td> |
|
2202 | 2217 | <td>C</td> |
|
2203 | 2218 | <td>M</td> |
|
2204 | 2219 | <td>!</td></tr> |
|
2205 | 2220 | <tr><td>none</td> |
|
2206 | 2221 | <td>W</td> |
|
2207 | 2222 | <td>RD</td> |
|
2208 | 2223 | <td>W</td> |
|
2209 | 2224 | <td>R</td></tr> |
|
2210 | 2225 | <tr><td>-f</td> |
|
2211 | 2226 | <td>R</td> |
|
2212 | 2227 | <td>RD</td> |
|
2213 | 2228 | <td>RD</td> |
|
2214 | 2229 | <td>R</td></tr> |
|
2215 | 2230 | <tr><td>-A</td> |
|
2216 | 2231 | <td>W</td> |
|
2217 | 2232 | <td>W</td> |
|
2218 | 2233 | <td>W</td> |
|
2219 | 2234 | <td>R</td></tr> |
|
2220 | 2235 | <tr><td>-Af</td> |
|
2221 | 2236 | <td>R</td> |
|
2222 | 2237 | <td>R</td> |
|
2223 | 2238 | <td>R</td> |
|
2224 | 2239 | <td>R</td></tr> |
|
2225 | 2240 | </table> |
|
2226 | 2241 | <p> |
|
2227 | 2242 | Note that remove never deletes files in Added [A] state from the |
|
2228 | 2243 | working directory, not even if option --force is specified. |
|
2229 | 2244 | </p> |
|
2230 | 2245 | <p> |
|
2231 | 2246 | Returns 0 on success, 1 if any warnings encountered. |
|
2232 | 2247 | </p> |
|
2233 | 2248 | <p> |
|
2234 | 2249 | options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
2235 | 2250 | </p> |
|
2236 | 2251 | <table> |
|
2237 | 2252 | <tr><td>-A</td> |
|
2238 | 2253 | <td>--after</td> |
|
2239 | 2254 | <td>record delete for missing files</td></tr> |
|
2240 | 2255 | <tr><td>-f</td> |
|
2241 | 2256 | <td>--force</td> |
|
2242 | 2257 | <td>remove (and delete) file even if added or modified</td></tr> |
|
2243 | 2258 | <tr><td>-S</td> |
|
2244 | 2259 | <td>--subrepos</td> |
|
2245 | 2260 | <td>recurse into subrepositories</td></tr> |
|
2246 | 2261 | <tr><td>-I</td> |
|
2247 | 2262 | <td>--include PATTERN [+]</td> |
|
2248 | 2263 | <td>include names matching the given patterns</td></tr> |
|
2249 | 2264 | <tr><td>-X</td> |
|
2250 | 2265 | <td>--exclude PATTERN [+]</td> |
|
2251 | 2266 | <td>exclude names matching the given patterns</td></tr> |
|
2252 | 2267 | </table> |
|
2253 | 2268 | <p> |
|
2254 | 2269 | global options ([+] can be repeated): |
|
2255 | 2270 | </p> |
|
2256 | 2271 | <table> |
|
2257 | 2272 | <tr><td>-R</td> |
|
2258 | 2273 | <td>--repository REPO</td> |
|
2259 | 2274 | <td>repository root directory or name of overlay bundle file</td></tr> |
|
2260 | 2275 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2261 | 2276 | <td>--cwd DIR</td> |
|
2262 | 2277 | <td>change working directory</td></tr> |
|
2263 | 2278 | <tr><td>-y</td> |
|
2264 | 2279 | <td>--noninteractive</td> |
|
2265 | 2280 | <td>do not prompt, automatically pick the first choice for all prompts</td></tr> |
|
2266 | 2281 | <tr><td>-q</td> |
|
2267 | 2282 | <td>--quiet</td> |
|
2268 | 2283 | <td>suppress output</td></tr> |
|
2269 | 2284 | <tr><td>-v</td> |
|
2270 | 2285 | <td>--verbose</td> |
|
2271 | 2286 | <td>enable additional output</td></tr> |
|
2272 | 2287 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2273 | 2288 | <td>--config CONFIG [+]</td> |
|
2274 | 2289 | <td>set/override config option (use 'section.name=value')</td></tr> |
|
2275 | 2290 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2276 | 2291 | <td>--debug</td> |
|
2277 | 2292 | <td>enable debugging output</td></tr> |
|
2278 | 2293 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2279 | 2294 | <td>--debugger</td> |
|
2280 | 2295 | <td>start debugger</td></tr> |
|
2281 | 2296 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2282 | 2297 | <td>--encoding ENCODE</td> |
|
2283 | 2298 | <td>set the charset encoding (default: ascii)</td></tr> |
|
2284 | 2299 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2285 | 2300 | <td>--encodingmode MODE</td> |
|
2286 | 2301 | <td>set the charset encoding mode (default: strict)</td></tr> |
|
2287 | 2302 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2288 | 2303 | <td>--traceback</td> |
|
2289 | 2304 | <td>always print a traceback on exception</td></tr> |
|
2290 | 2305 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2291 | 2306 | <td>--time</td> |
|
2292 | 2307 | <td>time how long the command takes</td></tr> |
|
2293 | 2308 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2294 | 2309 | <td>--profile</td> |
|
2295 | 2310 | <td>print command execution profile</td></tr> |
|
2296 | 2311 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2297 | 2312 | <td>--version</td> |
|
2298 | 2313 | <td>output version information and exit</td></tr> |
|
2299 | 2314 | <tr><td>-h</td> |
|
2300 | 2315 | <td>--help</td> |
|
2301 | 2316 | <td>display help and exit</td></tr> |
|
2302 | 2317 | <tr><td></td> |
|
2303 | 2318 | <td>--hidden</td> |
|
2304 | 2319 | <td>consider hidden changesets</td></tr> |
|
2305 | 2320 | </table> |
|
2306 | 2321 | |
|
2307 | 2322 | </div> |
|
2308 | 2323 | </div> |
|
2309 | 2324 | </div> |
|
2310 | 2325 | |
|
2311 | 2326 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> |
|
2312 | 2327 | |
|
2313 | 2328 | |
|
2314 | 2329 | </body> |
|
2315 | 2330 | </html> |
|
2316 | 2331 | |
|
2317 | 2332 | |
|
2318 | 2333 | $ get-with-headers.py 127.0.0.1:$HGPORT "help/revisions" |
|
2319 | 2334 | 200 Script output follows |
|
2320 | 2335 | |
|
2321 | 2336 | <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd"> |
|
2322 | 2337 | <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en-US"> |
|
2323 | 2338 | <head> |
|
2324 | 2339 | <link rel="icon" href="/static/hgicon.png" type="image/png" /> |
|
2325 | 2340 | <meta name="robots" content="index, nofollow" /> |
|
2326 | 2341 | <link rel="stylesheet" href="/static/style-paper.css" type="text/css" /> |
|
2327 | 2342 | <script type="text/javascript" src="/static/mercurial.js"></script> |
|
2328 | 2343 | |
|
2329 | 2344 | <title>Help: revisions</title> |
|
2330 | 2345 | </head> |
|
2331 | 2346 | <body> |
|
2332 | 2347 | |
|
2333 | 2348 | <div class="container"> |
|
2334 | 2349 | <div class="menu"> |
|
2335 | 2350 | <div class="logo"> |
|
2336 | 2351 | <a href="https://mercurial-scm.org/"> |
|
2337 | 2352 | <img src="/static/hglogo.png" alt="mercurial" /></a> |
|
2338 | 2353 | </div> |
|
2339 | 2354 | <ul> |
|
2340 | 2355 | <li><a href="/shortlog">log</a></li> |
|
2341 | 2356 | <li><a href="/graph">graph</a></li> |
|
2342 | 2357 | <li><a href="/tags">tags</a></li> |
|
2343 | 2358 | <li><a href="/bookmarks">bookmarks</a></li> |
|
2344 | 2359 | <li><a href="/branches">branches</a></li> |
|
2345 | 2360 | </ul> |
|
2346 | 2361 | <ul> |
|
2347 | 2362 | <li class="active"><a href="/help">help</a></li> |
|
2348 | 2363 | </ul> |
|
2349 | 2364 | </div> |
|
2350 | 2365 | |
|
2351 | 2366 | <div class="main"> |
|
2352 | 2367 | <h2 class="breadcrumb"><a href="/">Mercurial</a> </h2> |
|
2353 | 2368 | <h3>Help: revisions</h3> |
|
2354 | 2369 | |
|
2355 | 2370 | <form class="search" action="/log"> |
|
2356 | 2371 | |
|
2357 | 2372 | <p><input name="rev" id="search1" type="text" size="30" /></p> |
|
2358 | 2373 | <div id="hint">Find changesets by keywords (author, files, the commit message), revision |
|
2359 | 2374 | number or hash, or <a href="/help/revsets">revset expression</a>.</div> |
|
2360 | 2375 | </form> |
|
2361 | 2376 | <div id="doc"> |
|
2362 | 2377 | <h1>Specifying Single Revisions</h1> |
|
2363 | 2378 | <p> |
|
2364 | 2379 | Mercurial supports several ways to specify individual revisions. |
|
2365 | 2380 | </p> |
|
2366 | 2381 | <p> |
|
2367 | 2382 | A plain integer is treated as a revision number. Negative integers are |
|
2368 | 2383 | treated as sequential offsets from the tip, with -1 denoting the tip, |
|
2369 | 2384 | -2 denoting the revision prior to the tip, and so forth. |
|
2370 | 2385 | </p> |
|
2371 | 2386 | <p> |
|
2372 | 2387 | A 40-digit hexadecimal string is treated as a unique revision |
|
2373 | 2388 | identifier. |
|
2374 | 2389 | </p> |
|
2375 | 2390 | <p> |
|
2376 | 2391 | A hexadecimal string less than 40 characters long is treated as a |
|
2377 | 2392 | unique revision identifier and is referred to as a short-form |
|
2378 | 2393 | identifier. A short-form identifier is only valid if it is the prefix |
|
2379 | 2394 | of exactly one full-length identifier. |
|
2380 | 2395 | </p> |
|
2381 | 2396 | <p> |
|
2382 | 2397 | Any other string is treated as a bookmark, tag, or branch name. A |
|
2383 | 2398 | bookmark is a movable pointer to a revision. A tag is a permanent name |
|
2384 | 2399 | associated with a revision. A branch name denotes the tipmost open branch head |
|
2385 | 2400 | of that branch - or if they are all closed, the tipmost closed head of the |
|
2386 | 2401 | branch. Bookmark, tag, and branch names must not contain the ":" character. |
|
2387 | 2402 | </p> |
|
2388 | 2403 | <p> |
|
2389 | 2404 | The reserved name "tip" always identifies the most recent revision. |
|
2390 | 2405 | </p> |
|
2391 | 2406 | <p> |
|
2392 | 2407 | The reserved name "null" indicates the null revision. This is the |
|
2393 | 2408 | revision of an empty repository, and the parent of revision 0. |
|
2394 | 2409 | </p> |
|
2395 | 2410 | <p> |
|
2396 | 2411 | The reserved name "." indicates the working directory parent. If no |
|
2397 | 2412 | working directory is checked out, it is equivalent to null. If an |
|
2398 | 2413 | uncommitted merge is in progress, "." is the revision of the first |
|
2399 | 2414 | parent. |
|
2400 | 2415 | </p> |
|
2401 | 2416 | |
|
2402 | 2417 | </div> |
|
2403 | 2418 | </div> |
|
2404 | 2419 | </div> |
|
2405 | 2420 | |
|
2406 | 2421 | <script type="text/javascript">process_dates()</script> |
|
2407 | 2422 | |
|
2408 | 2423 | |
|
2409 | 2424 | </body> |
|
2410 | 2425 | </html> |
|
2411 | 2426 | |
|
2412 | 2427 | |
|
2413 | 2428 | $ killdaemons.py |
|
2414 | 2429 | |
|
2415 | 2430 | #endif |
@@ -1,65 +1,118 b'' | |||
|
1 | 1 | $ hg init a |
|
2 | 2 | $ hg clone a b |
|
3 | 3 | updating to branch default |
|
4 | 4 | 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved |
|
5 | 5 | $ cd a |
|
6 | 6 | $ echo '[paths]' >> .hg/hgrc |
|
7 | 7 | $ echo 'dupe = ../b' >> .hg/hgrc |
|
8 | 8 | $ echo 'expand = $SOMETHING/bar' >> .hg/hgrc |
|
9 | 9 | $ hg in dupe |
|
10 | 10 | comparing with $TESTTMP/b (glob) |
|
11 | 11 | no changes found |
|
12 | 12 | [1] |
|
13 | 13 | $ cd .. |
|
14 | 14 | $ hg -R a in dupe |
|
15 | 15 | comparing with $TESTTMP/b (glob) |
|
16 | 16 | no changes found |
|
17 | 17 | [1] |
|
18 | 18 | $ cd a |
|
19 | 19 | $ hg paths |
|
20 | 20 | dupe = $TESTTMP/b (glob) |
|
21 | 21 | expand = $TESTTMP/a/$SOMETHING/bar (glob) |
|
22 | 22 | $ SOMETHING=foo hg paths |
|
23 | 23 | dupe = $TESTTMP/b (glob) |
|
24 | 24 | expand = $TESTTMP/a/foo/bar (glob) |
|
25 | 25 | #if msys |
|
26 | 26 | $ SOMETHING=//foo hg paths |
|
27 | 27 | dupe = $TESTTMP/b (glob) |
|
28 | 28 | expand = /foo/bar |
|
29 | 29 | #else |
|
30 | 30 | $ SOMETHING=/foo hg paths |
|
31 | 31 | dupe = $TESTTMP/b (glob) |
|
32 | 32 | expand = /foo/bar |
|
33 | 33 | #endif |
|
34 | 34 | $ hg paths -q |
|
35 | 35 | dupe |
|
36 | 36 | expand |
|
37 | 37 | $ hg paths dupe |
|
38 | 38 | $TESTTMP/b (glob) |
|
39 | 39 | $ hg paths -q dupe |
|
40 | 40 | $ hg paths unknown |
|
41 | 41 | not found! |
|
42 | 42 | [1] |
|
43 | 43 | $ hg paths -q unknown |
|
44 | 44 | [1] |
|
45 | 45 | $ cd .. |
|
46 | 46 | |
|
47 | sub-options for an undeclared path are ignored | |
|
48 | ||
|
49 | $ hg init suboptions | |
|
50 | $ cd suboptions | |
|
51 | ||
|
52 | $ cat > .hg/hgrc << EOF | |
|
53 | > [paths] | |
|
54 | > path0 = https://example.com/path0 | |
|
55 | > path1:pushurl = https://example.com/path1 | |
|
56 | > EOF | |
|
57 | $ hg paths | |
|
58 | path0 = https://example.com/path0 | |
|
59 | ||
|
60 | unknown sub-options aren't displayed | |
|
61 | ||
|
62 | $ cat > .hg/hgrc << EOF | |
|
63 | > [paths] | |
|
64 | > path0 = https://example.com/path0 | |
|
65 | > path0:foo = https://example.com/path1 | |
|
66 | > EOF | |
|
67 | ||
|
68 | $ hg paths | |
|
69 | path0 = https://example.com/path0 | |
|
70 | ||
|
71 | :pushurl must be a URL | |
|
72 | ||
|
73 | $ cat > .hg/hgrc << EOF | |
|
74 | > [paths] | |
|
75 | > default = /path/to/nothing | |
|
76 | > default:pushurl = /not/a/url | |
|
77 | > EOF | |
|
78 | ||
|
79 | $ hg paths | |
|
80 | (paths.default:pushurl not a URL; ignoring) | |
|
81 | default = /path/to/nothing | |
|
82 | ||
|
83 | #fragment is not allowed in :pushurl | |
|
84 | ||
|
85 | $ cat > .hg/hgrc << EOF | |
|
86 | > [paths] | |
|
87 | > default = https://example.com/repo | |
|
88 | > invalid = https://example.com/repo | |
|
89 | > invalid:pushurl = https://example.com/repo#branch | |
|
90 | > EOF | |
|
91 | ||
|
92 | $ hg paths | |
|
93 | ("#fragment" in paths.invalid:pushurl not supported; ignoring) | |
|
94 | default = https://example.com/repo | |
|
95 | invalid = https://example.com/repo | |
|
96 | invalid:pushurl = https://example.com/repo | |
|
97 | ||
|
98 | $ cd .. | |
|
99 | ||
|
47 | 100 | 'file:' disables [paths] entries for clone destination |
|
48 | 101 | |
|
49 | 102 | $ cat >> $HGRCPATH <<EOF |
|
50 | 103 | > [paths] |
|
51 | 104 | > gpath1 = http://hg.example.com |
|
52 | 105 | > EOF |
|
53 | 106 | |
|
54 | 107 | $ hg clone a gpath1 |
|
55 | 108 | abort: cannot create new http repository |
|
56 | 109 | [255] |
|
57 | 110 | |
|
58 | 111 | $ hg clone a file:gpath1 |
|
59 | 112 | updating to branch default |
|
60 | 113 | 0 files updated, 0 files merged, 0 files removed, 0 files unresolved |
|
61 | 114 | $ cd gpath1 |
|
62 | 115 | $ hg -q id |
|
63 | 116 | 000000000000 |
|
64 | 117 | |
|
65 | 118 | $ cd .. |
General Comments 0
You need to be logged in to leave comments.
Login now